Skip to main content

Full text of "Records of the Past"

See other formats 


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 



'.C 




RECORDS ^ PAST 




REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L. 

EDITOR 

FREDERICK BENNETT WRIGHT 

ASSISTANT EDITOR 



'w * •* 



' V « 









VOLUME III, 1904 



PUBLISHED BY 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

WASHWGTON, D. C. 



THE N!-W YOf-K 

PUBLIC LIBRARY 

313164 

Arron, lenox and 

ntOCN FOUN'OATiONB 



COPYRIGHT 1904 
BY 

RKCORDS OF THK PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 



•"• . . 






. • ' • • • 

• •• • •• !• 

•• •• 1 V 

• ♦ ••• • 



• _• 



, • « • • • • 

" • •••• • '; 



• f • • • 



» • • • • 



r 



• • •• 



PRINTED BY 

THE HENRY K. WILKENS PRINTING CO. 
WASHINGTON 



CONTENTS 



PAGE 

A Cluster of Arizona Ruins which Should be Preserved 3 

BY DR. J. WALTER FEWKES 

The Duty of the United States Government to Investigate the Ethnology and 

Archaeology of the Aboriginal American Races 19 

Book Reviews 28 

Editorial Notes 31 

The Monoliths of Aksum by mrs. m able v. a. bent 35 

When Did the American Mammoth and Mastodon Become Extinct? 43 

BY PROF. JOHN URI LLOYD 

The Taj Mahal, India by mrs. j. ghosal 46 

Book Reviews 50 

Editorial Notes 55 

The Cavate Dwellings of Cappadocia by g. e. white 67 

The Beetle that Influenced a Nation by c. dew. brower, a. m. 73 

Shell Heaps of the Lower Eraser River, British Columbia 79 

BY HARLAN 1, SMITH 

Editorial Notes 91 

Pending Legislation on American Antiquities 99 

BY REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L. 

A Recent Discovery in Egypt and the Care of Antiquities 116 

BY DR. LUCIEN C. WARNER 

Chickasawaba Mound, Mississippi Valley by curtis j. little, esq. 118 

Editorial Notes 123 

The Macedonian Tomb and the Battlefield of Chaironeia 131 

BY DR. ARTHUR STODDARD COOLEY 

Pending Legislation for the Protection of Antiquities on the Public Domain . . 143 

BY REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L- 

The Stone Lions of Cochiti by hon. l. bradi^ord prince, ll. d, 151 

Ancient Caravan Routes of China by Frederick bennett wright 163 

German Explorations in Babylon, 1901 and 1902. .from the German reports 166 

Mohawk Pottery by w. max reid 184 

Editorial Notes 189 

Excavations of the German Oriental Society near Abusir 195 

BY LUDWIG BORCHARD 

Gezer Foundation Deposits and Modern Beliefs by dr. ghosn el-howie 212 

The Bone Cave of San Ciro, Sicily 216 

BY PROF. GEORGE FREDERICK WRIGHT, D. D., LL. D. 



CONTENTS— Continued 

PAGE 

Editorial Notes 219 

Neglected Archaeological Ruins in Coelesyria • 22y 

BY REV. GEORGE C. DOOLITTLE, M. A. 

German Excavations in Kara ^rou the German oi^Ficiai, reports 233 

The Cairns or Stone Sepulchers of British Columbia and Washington 243 

BY HARLAN I. SMITH 

Editorial Notes 254 

Philae by charles dew. brower 259 

Some Unknown Forms of Stone Objects by warren k. moorehead 269 

The Exploration of the Potter Creek Cave, California 275 

Gold Plates and Figures from Costa Rica 282 

Editorial Notes 286 

History of the Queres Pueblos of Laguna and Acoma, Part 1 291 

BY JOHN M. GUNN 

Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome 310 

BY prof. AI.BERT R. CRITTENDEN 

Editorial Notes 315 

History of tlie Queres Pueblos of Laguna and Acoma, Part II 328 

BY JOHN M. GUNN 

Discovery of Ancient Wooden Structure in the Excavations of Port Zeebrugge 344 

BY M. BON ALI^RED DE LOE 

Current Literature 347 

Editorial Notes 352 

Survey of Cyzicus by Arthur e. Henderson, r. b. a. 355 

Business House of Murashu Sons of Nippur by Hermann ranke, ph. d. 364 

Editorial Notes 375 

Index 381 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



PAGE 

View from the Summit of the Citadel, Looking North Frontispiece 

View op Section A of Wukoki, Showing Fallen Walls and Modern Wall in the 

Foreground 5 

Highest Wall of Ruin A, Group C; Showing Windows of 3 Rooms^ One Above the 

Other 7 

Remains of a Reservoir, Near Wukoki 7 

View of the Citadel, With Terraced Gardens, and Adjacent Ruin 9 

Three Ruins G, H, I, of Group A ; Reservoir at Ent^lance to the Canyon 9 

View of Ruin A of Group C, Showing Mesa 9 

View op Section A of Wukoki ; Showing Modern Stone Wall in the Foreground and 

Debris at Bottom of the Mesa 11 

View of Ruin G, Group A ; Showing Ruin on Precipice, and Wall of Canyon 11 

View of Ruin A, Group B, or Wukoki, Showing Series of Chambers Filled With 

Fallen Walls 13 

View of Ruin G, Group A ; Showing Ruin on the Precipice 13 

Complete View of Wukoki ; Section A on the Left, and Modern Wall Connecting 

THE Two Sections 15 

View of Ruin A, Group C, as Approached from the South ; Showing Basal Walls, 

Tower and Windows 17 

Structure Resembling a Chimney on Top of Section B of Wukoki 17 

James Theodore Bent Frontispiece 

Rudest Monouths, Aksum 37 

Monolith Adorned With Bands, Aksum 37 

Tall Standing Monolith, Aksum 37 

Rude Type of Monolith, Aksum 38 

A Sabeean Altar, Aksum 38 

Black and White Tombs of Bogos 41 

Rock Church, Debes Sina 41 

Monastery of Bizen 41 

Wall Paintings and Tower 42 

Coast Scenery West of Dhofar 42 

The Taj, from the Agra River 47 

Gate of the Taj Agra 49 

Head of Sumerian High Priest ; 52 

Rock- Hewn Dwellings of Cappadocia, Asia 'Minor Frontispiece 

Cliff Excavations Overlooking the Halyer River 69 

Excavations in Rock- Worn Formations 69 

Excavations at Geureme 69 

Cuff and Other Excavations 69 

Rock-Hewn Dwellings of Cappadooa, Asia Minor 71 

The Mirror Tomb, Near Amasia, Asia Minor 71 

Egyptian Scarab and Decorative Symbols 75 

Scarab With Spiral Scroll, V Dynasty 79 

Scroll Scarab, Middle Kingdom 79 

Ra-men-maat, " Truth Upholds Ra " 79 

Main Shell-Heap at Eburne. Man Standing on Natural Soil. All Above His Feet 

Are Layers of Shells 81 

Main Shell-Heap at Eburne, Indicating Age of 500 Years. Fir Stump in Which 

Woman Is Standing Is 7 ft. in Diameter, Standing on 9 ft. Undisturbed Layer 

OF Shells 8i 

Implements from Port Hammond and Eburne, Eraser River, British Columbia 85 

Implements from Port Hammond and Eburne, Eraser River, British Columbia 87 

Types of Skulls from Shell-Mounds at Eburne; Above, Three Views of Narrow 

Type of Skull ; Below, Three Views of Broad Type 90 

Mound in the Park, Kalamazoo, Michigan 95 

Panoramic View, Showing the Ruins of Pueblo Bonito from the Northwest. .Frontispiece 

Panoramic View of Pueblo Bonito About 600 ft. Above the Ruins loi 

Panoramic View of a Large Pueblo Ruin 2 Miles Above Pueblo Bonito 105 

Supposed Statues of Sen-Nofer, Wife and Child 117 

The Chickasawaba Mound 119 



ILLUSTRATIONS— O////;^//^^ 

PAGE 

BuRiAi, Ground, Chickasaw aba Mound 1 19 

Front and Side View op Skull Found in the Chickasaw aba Mound 121 

Images and Pottery Found in the Chickasaw aba Mound 121 

Inscriptions from Geureme, Asia Minor 128 

Forms of the Cross at Geureme, Asia Minor 128 

Chaironeia and the Burial Place of the Thebans; Fragments of the Lion. . .Frontispiece 

Tomb of the Macedonians Frontispiece 

The Battlefield of Chaironeia 135 

Battlefield op Chaironeia ! Parnassos Covered With Snow in Distance 137 

Tomb of the Macedonians 137 

Kapraina (Chaironeia) and Parnassos \ 141 

Work at a Depth of 7 Meters in the Center of the Tomb of the Macedonians 141 

Stone Lions of Cochiti 153 

Plan Showing Orientation of the Stone Lions 160 

Old Chinaman at a Well on the Caravan Route, Below Kalgan Frontispiece 

Pass Above Kalgan by Which the Caravan Route Crosses the Mountains to the 

Plains of Mongolia and the Desert of Gobi Frontispiece 

Isolated Towers Near the Chinese Wall, Between Kalgan and Han-oor 165 

Great Chinese Wall, from the Caravan Route Near Kalgan 165 

Chinese Inn, Showing the Character of Carts Used on the Mongolian Plains 166 

The Excavations of the Principal Mound from the Northwest, Showing the Wall 

17 M. Thick 169 

Obverse View of " Hades-Relief " 171 

Reverse View of " Hades-Relief " 171 

Colored Enameled Tile from the Southern Hill of the " Kasr " 173 

Ornamental Tile Work 173 

South Hill of the " Kasr," Showing Arched Gate in the Fortress Wall 175 

Fragments of Mohawk Pottery, Plates I and II 185 

The Norracks Jar 187 

The Hanson Pot 187 

A Family Group from Abusir Frontispiece 

Temple of King Ne-woser-re 197 

Model of a Boat from the Grave of Herishef-Hetep 199 

Appurtenances in the Grave of Herishef-Hetep After the Cover Was Removed 199 

Head-Stone and Foot-Stone from the Outer Tomb of Herishef-Hetep 201 

One Column of a Papyrus Roll from a Mummy Case Found at Abusir 201 

Excavations in the Temple of King Ne-woser-re at Abusir in 1903 205 

An Opened Greek Coffin, Abusir 207 

Rich Gilded Mask; Soles, Amulets, etc., from a Mummy of Later Date; and a 

Wooden Statue from a Tomb of the Middle Kingdom 207 

Stone Door of Princess Nebti-cha-Merer 209 

Part of a Temple Relief from Abusir, Showing the Crocodile-Headed God, Sobk 209 

A Lion Head, Gargoyle 212 

Broad Plain in Which Palermo Is Situated 217 

Mount Grifone, Showing the Bone Cave of San Giro, Sicily 218 

Baal-Temple, Above Niha, Syria Frontispiece 

A Lebanon Fountain, Syria Frontispiece 

Ya'at Column 229 

ANaENT Aqueduct, Near Libo 229 

Zahleh 229 

Shrine Near Kobb Elias 229 

Near View of Triple Niche 229 

Kobb Elias, Showing Crusader Castle 229 

Kamu'at Hirmil — ^From the Northeast 231 

Eastern Face of Kamu'at Hirmil, Wild Bo.\r Attacked by Dogs 231 

Northern Face of Kamu'at Hirmil, Enlarged View of Recumbent Deer 231 

Southwestern Corner of Kamu'at Hirmil, Destroyed by Treasure Seekers 232 

Map of Fara and Abu Hatab 234-235 

Circular Brick Wall at the North End of Trench 1 236 

Brick Canal, Fara 239 

Ruins of a House Destroyed by Fire, Fara \ 240 

Court of a Hou§e in Fara 241 

Walls of a Brick Building, Fara 241 

The Covered Grave of a Child, Fara 242 

Map of Vancouver, British Columbia and Washington 245 

Cairns Nos. 14 and 15 at North Saanich, B. C, Showing Skeleton 248 

Enclosure No. 6, Cadboro Bay, Near Victoria, B. C, Formed of Six Large Bowlders 

AND Some Small Stones 251 

Cairns Nos. 10 and ioa, Cadboro Bay, Near Victoria, B. C 251 

Cairns Nos. 14 and 15, North Saanich, B. C, in Right Backgrolnd and Left Fore- 
ground, Respectively, Both Filled With Clay 252 



ILLUSTRATIONS— ConHnued 

PAGE 

Stone Objects from a Cairn in British Columbia 254 

Phil* As It Was • Frontispiece 

Looking at Phil* from the Southwest, Not Long Before the Building of the 

Dam Frontispiece 

TvOOKiNG North from Top of Pylon of Temple of Tsis 261 

Submergence of Phil*, According to Present Height of Assouan Dam 265 

Pylon and Part of the Court Before the Temple of Tsis 261; 

Egyptian Scarab 268 

Unknown Forms of Stone Objects. Figs, t, 2 270 

Unknown Forms of Stone Objects. Figs. 3, 4 271 

Butterfly Type 272 

Interior of Main Chamber of Potter Creek Cave 277 

Implements Like Bone Fragments from Potter Creek Cave 279 

Gold Objects from Costa Rica 283 

Gold Plate and Other Objects in Gold from Costa Rica 283 

Gold Frogs and Lizards from Costa Rica 285 

Gold Images and Bells from Costa Rica 285 

Enchanted Mesa, New Mexico, North Side Frontispiece 

Map Showing the Various Settlements Made by the Queres in North America 292 

The Pueblo Village, Laguna, New Mexico 295 

Mesa, on Which Stands the Pueblo Village of Acoma, New Mexico 301 

The Temple of Castor 311 

The Lacus Juturn* 311 

The Forum of Augustus 312 

The Regia and the Temple of Antonius and Faustina 313 

The Pavement of the Sacra Via 314 

View of Acoma, Showing Principal Street Frontispiece 

Enchanted Mesa, Facing Acoma 331 

losE CoucHO, Governor of Acoma 331 

Roman Structure at Zeebrugge, Looking Toward the South 345 

Construction of the Pile Work in the Roman Structure at Zeebrugge 345 

Jacobs Cavern, Opening from the West. 349 

Jacobs Cavern ; Stalagmitic Material With Flint and Bone 350 

Neck of Land Connecting Cyzicus With the Main Land Frontispiece 

Architectural Opening in the City Wall of Cyzicus Frontispiece 

Decorated Marble from the Temple of Hadrian 357 

Lime Kiln on the Site of the Temple of Hadrian 357 

Map of Cyzicus 35^-359 

Western Hexagonal Tower of Bal-Kiz Serai — Honey-Maiden's Palace 361 

Well Preserved Section of City Wall of Cyzicus 361 

A Hellenistic Statue Found Near the " Demir Kapu Road/' Possibly of Kova Sotera 363 

Modern Babylonian Water Wheel 365 

Tablets With Seal Impressions and Thumb Nail Marks 367 

Tablets With Incised Aramaic Endorsements Containing the Name of the So- 

Called God NIN-IB 367 

Fish Pond Lease. (Translated as No. I) 369 

Tablets Containing Aramaic Endorsements. The Translation of the Lower Is, 
"The Document of the Nagariya Lands, Which Hiduri, the Son of Habsir, Gave 

to Ribat, the Son of Bel-Erba, for Rent " 369 

A Release on Account of Claim for Damages, Arising from Trespass. (Transla- 
tion No. s) 371 

Records of Sheep and Goats Delivered to Shepherds for Stock Raising 373 

Babylonian Wine Jars 374 



1 




V'^^!:,^:''-'*^ 



^\yS^^ 



,.»*'" 









^^^ 






? ■ 



[ 






RECORDS^PAST 




VOL. Ill ■f U^ H PART I 



JANUARY, 1904 



+ + + 



A CLUSTER OF ARIZONA RUINS WHICH SHOULD BE PRESERVED 

BY DR. J. WALTER FEWKES 

THE wholesale destruction of prehistoric monuments in our 
Southwest has attracted wide attention, and many appeals 
have been made to prevent the increase of this vandalism. 
The results of these appeals thus far have not been crowned with 
great success, due in part to a lack of intelligent popular interest in 
the subject. If a strong public sentiment in this direction could be 
created the indications are that effective legislative action would be 
brought about. A possible cause of the past indifference to an obvi- 
ous duty may be an absence of information regarding these early 
monuments, or a want of knowledge of their importance to science. 
It is plain that a stronger plea could be made for a ruin or prehis- 
toric monument of which we had some knowledge than for one of 
which we are wholly ignorant. We may therefore add considerable 
weight to our plea by stating the particular reasons why the preser- 
vation of individual ruins is desirable. Interest may be thus aroused, 
and a public sentiment created for a monument concerning which 
the public has some knowledge. 

An examination of the geographical distribution of ruined pueb- 
los in Arizona teaches that many of them lie on or near temporary 
or permanent streams of water, and it is instructive to note that when 



\y 



4 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

these structures are situated near constant water, they are, as a rule, 
larger and apparently more ancient than when situated on inaccessi- 
ble cliffs, or in isolated localities where there is a scanty water supply. 
The cause of this distribution is not far to seek, for an arid climate, 
like that of Arizona, would naturally force the original colonists to 
erect their buildings in localities blessed by an abundant and constant 
water supply, which is absolutely necessary for an agricultural life. 
But as time passed, these early settlements would attract the greed of 
nomads, and their inhabitants would be compelled to leave these 
favored but exposed places, and retreat into more isolated regions 
where they would be protected from their foes by such natural de- 
fenses as a rugged environment would furnish. Such retreats, al- 
though more sheltered from foes, are, as a rule, less suited to an agri- 
cultural life on account of the uncertainty of the water supply. 

The aboriginal ruins in Arizona are practically situated in the 
valleys of two rivers, and their tributaries. These rivers which unite 
before they pour their water into the Gulf of California, are the Colo- 
rado, on the north, and the Gila, on the south ; the latter a branch of 
the former. The large tributaries of the Gila enter it on the north or 
right bank, those of the Colorado on the south, or left bank. The 
belt of high land which forms the water-shed being situated between 
their sources. 

The relation of this water-shed to the branches of the two rivers 
which drain the territory is intimately connected with the distribution 
of primitive trails in this region. The sources of the minor water- 
ways are brought close together, and only a short distance separates 
the headwaters of the tributaries of the two great rivers. In their 
migrations the primitive peoples followed up the tributaries of the 
Gila, crossed the water-shed, and descended those of the Little 
Colorado. 

A study of the character and size of the ruins along the Gila, 
as compared with those of the Colorado, shows that these vestiges of 
former habitations in the south, are much older than those in the 
Colorado Valley, and it is logical to conclude that the culture of the 
pueblos came from them and extended northward. The pathways 
which this northern migration followed were naturally the valleys of 
those tributaries, like the Verde and Tonto, along which many exist- 
ing ruins indicate successive halting places. Having crossed the 
divide, the people from the south entered the Colorado drainage area 
and followed down the tributaries of the stream to the northern part 
of what is now Arizona. 

It must not be supposed, however, that these colonists from the 
south were the only prehistoric sedentary peoples who were making 
their way into this territory in prehistoric times. The Rio Grande 
River Valley, in New Mexico, was also a pathway of migration from 
south to north. The tributaries of this stream, interdigitating with 
those of the Colorado, also served as trails along which semi-migra- 
tory tribes made their way into Arizona, later joining those coming 



6 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

north from the Gila. The indications are that the valleys of this river 
received their original colonists from the same source as the Gila, viz., 
the northern portions of the Mexican states, Sonora and Chihuahua. 

The migration, thus facilitated by the geographical position of 
the water-ways in Arizona and New Mexico, was a culture migration 
rather than tribal. The clans which brought the culture rapidly as- 
similated with wilder tribes inhabiting the region into which they 
entered, bequeathing little of their blood or language to the compo- 
site people who adopted the introduced culture. 

No tributary of the northern river has played a more important 
role in the distribution of this culture than the Little * Colorado, the 
sources of the tributaries of which adjoin those of the Rio Grande 
and Gila. From its source to its mouth vestiges of former migra- 
tions, back and forth, appear along its banks. There can be no doubt 
that the valley of this River was once a great highway along which 
migrated, by easy stages lasting many generations, the prehistoric 
pueblo clans. Although there was formerly a considerable popula- 
tion along the banks of this stream, and in its immediate neighbor- 
hood, the sites of that population are now all deserted save 2 clusters, 
Thusayan and Zufii, which contain all that remains of the descendants 
of the clans which once lived in these now ruined houses. Whatever 
traditions may still exist concerning these old people are to be sought 
among the descendants living in these modern pueblos. It is a part 
of the work of the ethnologist to gather together and record these 
precious traditions, but it must be done immediately, for every year 
many are lost through deaths of the natives. 

The study of these ancient habitations on the Little Colorado 
may be considered, likewise, from the historical side, or by a study of 
old Spanish records in which some of them are mentioned. This 
field of research is destined to reveal much information concerning 
these pueblos, in the historic epoch. 

We can also approach the subject archaeologically by studying 
the present condition of the ruins. By the aid of excavations we 
may obtain valuable data which taken in connection with that dis- 
covered by the ethnologist and historian will make it possible for us 
to add instructive chapters to the history of the Southwest. 

A complete account of all the ruins on the banks of the Little 
Colorado, and its tributaries, would mean many years of field work 
by well organized parties possessing ample means. This work might 
well enlist the generosity of some patron of science. But a condition 
of affairs has arisen which makes this work imperative at once, which 
threatens to destroy even archaeological data. Our Southwestern 
ruins are being rapidly glutted by those who seek for commercial 
gain, the objects hidden under ground. Valuable objects are dug 
up and sold, and their archaeological data is scattered, and eventually 
lost. Against this wholesale destruction the archaeologist is now 
protesting. 

Manifestly there are certain of these ruins which are typical and 



WAtt OP SUIN A, CROUP C ; SHOWING WINDOWS OF THKKK ROOMS, ONH ABOVH 



OF A RBSEKVOIR, NBAR WUKOKI 



8 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

merit preservation more than others. It would be well if all were 
protected by law, but there are some of these monuments which 
merit immediate legislation, and no one is better able to indicate 
these than the expert, who is familiar with the nature of the archaeo- 
logical problems which these ruins will do so much to elucidate, if 
not to the present generation of students, at all events to that which 
follows. In the following pages the author, who is familiar with 
many other ruins in the Southwest worthy of preservation will con- 
sider the claims for preservation of a cluster of ruins near the Black 
Falls on the the Little Colorado River. The pueblo ruins are not 
many miles from Flagstaff, and were visited by me* in April, 1900, 
and were described by me in an article in the American Anthropologist 
in the same year. We outfitted at Flagstaff from which town 
the nearest ruins of the cluster are situated about 20 miles, the most 
distant about forty. The road from that town to the ruins follows 
what is called the Moenkopi trail to within a few miles of the ford of 
the Little Colorado from which place one sees far off to the right a 
truncated lava hill crowned by a fort. This fort is the central ruin of 
the first cluster or group A and may be called the Citadel. From its 
top 20 well preserved ruins of different sizes and shapes are clearly 
visible. Continuing eastward from group A about 10 miles we find 
an extensive ruin, the largest visited, which may be designated group 
B, ruin a^ and about 5 miles nearer the river lies the best preser\'ed 
of all the ruins called ruin ^ of a third group, C. The general char- 
acter of these ruins is not unlike that of other prehistoric buildings 
in the Southwest. These structures are, as a rule, small with low 
walls, the largest being not more than three stories high. Their 
masonry is fairly good, the component stones fitting closely together, 
and showing signs of having been Mressed into shape. This is 
especially true of the walls constructed of soft sandstones, but when the 
walls were made of lava, the component fragments were roughly fitted 
together. Apparently the rooms of the lower series were entered 
from the roof, and never from the lateral doors. When windows 
were present they were mere lookouts, or small rectangular openings 
which would admit very scanty light. The roofs were apparently 
flat. The form and situation of both door-ways and windows recall 
the older houses in Walpi, and in a general way, we may say that 
Hopi architecture predominates in the construction of all these 
buildings. 

Citadel, figure $ , The most conspicuous of all the ruins in the 
first cluster from its commanding position and possible use, is tha 
Citadel. This structure crowns the elevation on which it stands, and 
consists of a series of rooms, the walls of which are made of rough 
hewn blocks of lava and sandstone slabs surrounding a central plaza. 

From the top of the Citadel the observer's eye commands a fine 
view over the surrounding plane including many ruins in different 
stages of destruction. It would appear from its relative position that 

* This visit was a part of my field work for the Bureau of American Ethnology in the year mentioned. 



r IHR CITAOBI, WITH TSBBACKD GAKDKNS, AND ADJACENT BUIM 



XHKBS KDINS G, H, I, OF GROUP A ; KKSBKVOIR AT KNTRANCS TO THB 



VII. VIEW OF RUIN A OF GROUP C, SHOWING MKSA 



lo RECORDS OF THE PAST 

this building was a centrally placed fort or castle to which the inhab- 
itants of the neighboring pueblos retreated when hard pressed by 
their foes. 

At the base of the hill upon which it stands is a small ruin con- 
taining a few rooms, and on the slope near this building are rows of 
stones forming enclosures, arranged one above the other like ter- 
raced gardens. It is highly probable that these areas were protected 
farms from which beleaguered people may have raised their scanty 
crops of corn and melons. 

Group Ay ruin gy figures g^ //.In order to designate the different 
ruins in each of the three clusters, the different members of these 
groups may be indicated by letters, in which nomenclature the ruins 
in sight of the observer on the Citadel belong to group A. A brief 
reference to a few of these will suffice to convey an idea of all the 
others in this cluster. As a rule the majority of these ruined struc- 
tures stand on the edge of moderately elevated precipices forming 
the sides of the canyons. Ruin^ of group A, is one of the simplest 
of these ruins. Its ground plan is practically rectangular in shape, 
and its walls of stone still stand about lo feet high, but are roofless, 
unplastered and the enclosures deserted. The most marked architec- 
tural feature in the walls is a choice of large stones for the basal and 
flat slabs of sandstone for the upper courses, an almost constant 
feature in all these ruins. 

Group Ay ruins g h iy figure 6. The accompanying plate shows 
two other ruins of the same group, one of which, g, is on the opposite 
side of the canyon from gy the other /, some distance away is seen in 
the middle of the plate. The latter ruin from its size and remarkable 
state of preservation merits a few words. It lies at the entrance to a 
small canyon, its walls rising from the very rim of the precipice. At 
the base of the precipice, below the walls of the ruin, there are 
evidences of other rooms, possible granaries or store houses for the 
reception of provisions. Passing through the narrow canyon below 
the ruin which lies on the left hand, and with the steep opposite wall 
of the canyon on the right, the observer enters a basin-like depression 
enclosed on all sides by high cliffs. In the sides of these cliffs there 
are soft strata of rock alternating with hard, which permit excavation 
of cavities resembling catacombs. The entrances to these cavities 
were closed by flat stone slabs, which lead to the suggestion that they 
were columbaria in which were deposited the bodies of the dead 
accompanied by mortuary offerings. These cysts were of small size 
and their former contents have been long ago abstracted, leaving 
nothing to indicate their original character or purpose. 

Group By rui^t Uy figure lo. Several miles nearer the river than 
the last group of ruins, lie a few more abandoned houses forming 
group B, which includes in its number on6 of the largest ruins, 
which also bears evidence of being the oldest in the neighborhood. 
On account of its size it is called by the Hopi, Wukoki or Great 
Pueblo. 



I FORBCROUKD, 



U a, GKOUP A ; SHOWING RUIN OM PBBCIPICK, AND WALL OF CANYON 



12 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

As shown in the figure (figure lo), this ruin extended along a 
rocky ridge and consisted of 2 parts connected by a row of one- 
story houses. The character of the connecting ridge is somewhat 
modified and the above mentioned figure of it somewhat misleading 
an account of the prominence of a modern stone wall, erected by 
sheep herders a few years ago. The ends of the ruin, called in the 
following description sections A and B, have their walls still standing, 
those of B being sufficiently well preserved to form a habitable room 
which is remarkable in having an aboriginal fire-place communicating 
with a chimney shown in the accompanying figure (figurei4). 

Section A, shown in figureio, stands on a rocky elevation and was 
apparently, when inhabited, several stories high. Its walls in places 
are still 15 to 20 feet above their bases, exhibiting well plastered sur- 
faces which are still exposed in several places. As a rule the former 
rooms are now full of fallen debris consisting of broken rafters, frag- 
ments of clay which once served for floors and overturned walls. In 
addition to the broken rafters and beams which once supported the 
roofs and floors of upper rooms there have fallen likewise twigs, reeds 
and straw with other parts of the original flooring. But in 2 or 3 
rooms the floor beams and rafters still remained in situ, their ends 
projecting through holes in the side walls. 

In addition to rooms enclosed by upright walls, standing on the 
rocky elevation there are numerous other chambers at the base of the 
cliff on which they stand forming a series of basal rooms partially 
filled with fallen debris. It is estimated that all the rooms of this 
section of the ruin would, when inhabited, accommodate at least 
1 50 persons. 

The rooms of the second section, yJ^ttr^/o, several of which are well preserved, 
are lower than those of the first section, and the detritus has covered the base sc 
completely that the mesa is inconspicuous. Ten rooms were counted, several oi 
which had 2 stories. There were apparently basal rooms on the eastern side. The 
entire section is about 60 feet long. 

A chimney-like structure, figure 1 4, \s one of the most conspicu- 
ous objects in this part of the ruin. It rises from the mass of debris 
and communicates by a well-made flue with the fire-place. This flue 
is not perpendicular, for a vertical line from its top would fall 7 feet 
10 inches from the nearest wall of the room in which the fire-place 
is situated. Whether this structure is aboriginal, or whether it is a 
chimney at all, are open questions. Excepting its state of preserva- 
tion and the fine masonry, no evidence was found that it is of more 
recent date than the walls of the rooms. If an aboriginal chimney, 
which is doubtful, the structure is unique. " It may be a ventilafOr, 
comparable with chimney-like structures described by Mindeleff in 
the ruins of Caayon de Chelly.'** 

Group Cy ruin a, figure 7. This ruin, which lies 40 miles by 
road from Flagstaff, and 5 miles due west on the Falls, is one of the 
most impressive masses of aboriginal masonry in this section. It 

* Pueblo Ruins near Flagstaff, Arizona. — American Anthropologist^ N. S., Vol. II, July-Sept., 190a 



Xr. VIEW OP RUIX G. GROUP A ; SHOWING RUIM OK THK FRBCIPICS 



14 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

stands high above the plain and is visible for many miles, from a dis- 
tance resembling an old castle, rising from the northern end of a low 
isolated red-sandstone mesa, the top of which is 15 feet above the 
plain. The southern end of the base is higher than the northern 
extremity, and its rim appears to have been surrounded by a low wall 
enclosing a plaza. Standing walls cover about half the surface of 
the mesa. 

At its highest point this ruin was evidently 3 stories high or had 
3 rooms one above the other. This is shown by the line of holes 
through which beams of 2 floors formerly projected and by the 
notches on the highest wall for the rafters. The walls are fine exam- 
ples of primitive masonry, due care having been taken to bind the 
corners and otherwise tie the walls together. 

OBJECTS IN THE RUINS 

The implements used by the people which once lived in these 
pueblos are either buried in the debris which fills the rooms or in the 
soil outside covered by the fallen walls. Many of the smaller objects 
were no doubt carried away by the former inhabitants when they left 
to seek new homes elsewhere, but the larger implements such as pot- 
tery were broken, the fragments of which can now be seen scattered 
over the surface of the ground. Unscientific excavations in the 
rooms, especially of the larger ruin, have been made in a desultory 
way and many of the objects owned by the ancient peooles have been 
brought to light. 

It was the custom of the ancient peoples who inhabited the pre- 
historic pueblos of Arizona to deposit many of their treasures, espec- 
ially ornaments, and clay vessels, vases, or dippers on the graves of 
their dead. This practice still survives at the Hopi pueblos where 
food is placed on 'the grave for several days. The object of the 
mourners is to provide nourishment for the breathbody of the de- 
ceased ere it departs to the underworld, the abode of the dead. On 
account of this custom the cemeteries of the old pueblos or ruins 
have yielded some of the most important objects illustrating ancient 
life, and the archaeologist has eagerly sought these places fog such 
objects. Each ruin has its own cemetery, but there is no uniformity 
in the situation or orientation of these burial places relating to the 
ruin. Sometimes the dead appeared to have been buried just outside 
the outer wall of the pueblo, and at other times in some sand hill, a 
few hundred feet away. If a priest, his body was interred in the floor 
of his house, and the entrances to the room closed by being sealed 
with clay or adobe. When the pueblo is situated on the top of a 
mesa the dead were often carried to the foothills, and thrust into a 
shallow grave amonp the fallen rocks. The place of burial appar- 
ently varies with each ruin, and no uniform rule can be laid down re- 
garding its position. No superficial sign betrays it to the archaeolo- 
gist, for in that region drifting sand soon obliterates all evidence 
above ground of the graves of the dead. 



i6 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The former inhabitants of the Black Falls Ruins deposited their 
dead in enclosures made of stone slabs set on edge and covered by 
a flat top of the same material. These cysts are now buried wijth 
sand which has drifted over them since they received the bodies of 
the dead. Several of these cysts were opened, and in them I found 
skeletons stretched at full length with the mortuary offerings at their 
sides. In most instances the bones crumbled into dust when the soil 
was removed, but in one case the bracelets and armlets, made of 
shell, marked the arms of the deceased. This grave was evidently 
that of a woman or girl for by the side of the skull the author found 
the ear pendants made of small square plates of lignite or soft coal, 
one surface of which was covered with a turquoise and lignite mosaic, 
much finer, but of the same general form as like ornaments still 
used by modern Hopi girls. 

In one of the rooms there was found the body of a baby wrapped 
in a coarse, white cotton blanket around which were tied other cloths. 
At the feet of the child had been placed a mummified bird, the bright 
colored feathers of which resembled those of a parrot. This bird was 
also wrapped in cloth, and to one leg was tied a prayer-stick as if it 
were regarded as a sacred animal. 

Many fragments of coarse netting and painted cloth were picked 
out of the side of the wall of debris in the same room. A small 
piece of basketry dug out of another room revealed the fact that the 
ancients were basket makers. There were also short tubes or canes 
blackened by smoke at one end, wooden objects of unknown use, 
shells cut into various forms, and many other objects, to describe 
which would fill many pages. The indications are good that there is 
a wealth of material hidden in these ruins which pleads for the spade 
of the archaeologist. 

The cause of the abandonment of the* habitations near the Black 
Falls is probably the same as that which led to the desertion of many 
other pueblos along the Little Colorado. Crops may have failed on 
account of drought or other reasons; hostile Apaches may have 
raided their farms and compelled the farmers to abatidon the exposed 
sites of their pueblos in the valley and migrate to more isolated and 
inaccessible localities. They may have sought the protection which 
comes from numbers when combined with other pueblos. 

There is no way to determine the date when the original inhabi- 
tants left their settlement near the Black Falls. No historian sheds 
any satisfactory light on the subject and Hopi legends have not yet 
revealed the time of the abandonment of Wukoki. If the Snake 
Clans lived in these homes before they went to Walpi, as tradition 
states, the abandonment was early in Tusayan history, but not neces- 
sarily very ancient. 

None of the ruins near the Black Falls of the Little Colorado 
show evidences of great antiquity although some of them are un- 
doubtedly prehistoric. As a rule the oldest ruins of Arizona are 
simple mounds, the walls of which do not rise high above the sur- 



xm. VIEW o 



SHOWING BASAL 



XtV. STRCCTDRB 



A CHIMKKY I 



J TOP OF SECTION B OF WUKOKI. 



1 8 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

face of the ground. All these ruins have high walls of decidedly 
modern appearance. 

With the exception of Wukoki none of these dwellings appear 
to have been inhabited for any considerable length of time, as there 
is little debris about them or other evidences of long occupation. 

The pottery found in or near the ruins is decidedly northern in 
character, belonging to a type which is characteristic of the cliff- 
houses of the San Juan, a tributary of the Colorado. In has no 
close resemblance to the pottery of the great ruins higher up the 
Little Colorado called Homolobi and Chevlon,* a fact which is of 
great importance to a knowledge of the ancient people who lived in 
these habitations. If the people who lived in the houses near the 
Black Hills came from the south the probabilities are that their pot- 
tery would bear close resemblances to that of the accolents of the 
river valley higher up or more to the south. Such a resemblance 
would have been inevitable. But the pottery has a near likeness to 
that of the northern rivers, such as the San Juan, and we naturally 
conclude that in their migration the colonists who settled here came 
from the north. The arrival of these colonists was a late event, how- 
ever, and their coming no part of an earlier drift of the pueblo 
culture from the southern to the northern parts of Arizona, It bears 
all the evidence of having been a returning wave of the survivors of 
the cliff house and other people from the northern limits of this cul- 
ture. From these and other facts it appears that while in most 
ancient times there was a migration northward later there was a re- 
turn towards the south and apparently the clans drifted back and 
forth, driven by their enemies or seeking favorable places to make 
their small farms and gather their meagre harvests. 

Hopi traditions aid us in answering the question **What became 
of the people who once inhabited the cluster of pueblos at and near 
the Black Falls?" The traditions of the Snake Clans declare that 
they went, in part, to the Hopi towns where the descendants of the 
survivors still live ; another contingent probably followed up the 
river and later continued on to the pueblo Cocoma. The survivors 
who went to Walpi belonged to the Snake Clan which ultimately 
became the most important family in that pueblo. But when it 
arrived at Walpi there were several pueblos existing in Tusayan. 
One of them was a pueblo called Sikyatki about 3 miles from modern 
Walpi, another called Lenyanabi, earlier in coming were Flute Clans 
mixed with the Horn Clans, had made a settlement. Probably there 
was also in Tusayan a flourishing pueblo called Awatobi. The subse- 
quent history of the Snake Clans after they joined the Bear people 
at the East mesa of Tusayan is a chapter in the Hopi history which 
need not be considered here. 

It is highly important, however, to bear in mind 2 facts, viz. : the 
modern appearance of the Black Falls Ruins and the probable kin- 

* From an account of the pottery and other objects from the ruins see 22d Annual Rej^ort of the Bu- 
reau of American Ethnology. 






UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 19 

ship of their inhabitants to the Snake Clan. Accepting these facts 
it is concluded that the advent of the Snake Clans at Walpi is com- 
paratively recent, and that this addition to the pueblo is much more 
modern than some authorities have taught After the Snake Clan 
left the Little Colorado pueblos, it went to the Walpi settlement 
of Bear Clans, whose ancestors came from the Rio Grande. It 
brought many Shoshonean customs and words which were incorpor- 
ated in the existing Hopi tongue, but there is no reason to suppose 
that these additions were great enough to lead us to classify the 
Hopis as Shoshoneans. The stock is a composite one in language, 
customs and religions. 



+ + + 



THE DUTY OF THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT TO INVES- 

TIGATE THE ETHNOLOGY AND ARCHAEOLOGY 

OF THE ABORIGINAL AMERICAN RACES 

NO GOVERNMENT in the world has so great an opportunity 
to render a lasting service to present and future generations 
in the domain of anthropology, ethnology and archaeology 
as that of the United States. The obligation to render this service 
is equal to the opportunity. 

With the advent of the white race into the Western Hemisphere 
began the gradual disappearance of its aboriginal inhabitants. One 
of the great problems the United States has to deal with is how to 
care for and treat the American Indians. They are now, as they have 
been for a long time, the wards of the Nation. 

As civilization spread westward, it was found that the aborigines 
of North America had left behind them monuments carrying their 
history far back into the past. 

WHAT ARE OUR NATIONAL OBLIGATIONS ? 

I. To Study the tribal characteristics, culture, status, needs and 
possibilities of the American Indians for the purpose of putting them 
in the way of advancement toward civilization. 

II. To provide in each case the instruction and the impliments 
necessary to carry on the work for which they are best fitted by 
nature. 

III. To study and record the tribal languages and their leg- 
endary history. 

IV. To examine and, so far as possible, protect the Archaeo- 
logical and Monumental remains within our territorial limit. 

It may be worth while, before entering upon a discussion of the 
nature of these obligations, to state that every civilized nation of the 



\y 



20 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

world has done more or less in one or all of these directions. The 
great German Assyriologist, Dr. Delitzsch, closes the first of his 
famous lectures on Babel and the Bible with these words : 

We too confess ourselves to be of the race which is struggling out of darkness 
into light, sustained, like the archaeological undertakings of the other nations, by the 
increasing interest of our people and by the energetic support of our Government. 

That our own Government has neither been energetic nor liberal 
in these matters is well known to all. It has even been suggested 
by some, that this work which is the outgrowth of the foundation 
laid by Smithson, whose remains have recently been brought to 
our shores for interment, shall be discontinued. But we do not 
believe that Congress will listen to such a fatal suggestion, but that 
with the awakened interest in all parts of our country, in the study 
of its aboriginal inhabitants and archaeological remains, will make 
liberal provision for the carrying on of the work already begun and 
which has done so much for our Country and science. There are 
many men in the present Congress who are students of ethnolog}' 
and archaeology and who fully realize the necessity for the Govern- 
ment to provide men and means to carry on this great work. Espe- 
cially since the field has been enlarged by our recently acquired 
possessions in the West Indies and the islands of the Pacific Ocean. 
It is but a miserable pittance that the Government has granted from 
year to year for this important work. But even with the small amout 
given, a great deal has been accomplished. 

THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 

The first work undertaken, that was national in its character, was 
by the Smithsonian Institution. The first volume of Smithsonian 
contributions to knowledge was devoted to the Ancient Monuments 
of the Mississippi Valley^ and up to the founding of the Bureau of 
American Ethnology it had issued about 600 publications on anthropol- 
ogy, ethnology and archaeology. Before the founding of the Bureau 
of Ethnology surveys were made for the War Department, by 
Whipple and Wheeler, who visited and reported on the the tribes and 
monuments of many parts of the West. Hayden made a survey 
of the Territories, and examined and described many of the Cliff 
and Pueblo dwellings, and published important papers on the ethnol- 
ogy of the Mississippi Valley. Major Powell had accomplished 
much among the tribes of the Colorado Valley and had commenced 
a series of contributions to North American Ethnology. 

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 

The Bureau of American Ethnology was organized as a separate 
bureau in 1879, and placed by Congress under the supervision of the 
Smithsonian Institution. 

So well directed and energetic were the efforts of Major Powell, 
in initiating researches among the American tribes, that he was se- 
lected by Prof. Baird, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, as the 



UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 21 

person preeminently fitted to organize and conduct the Bureau. 
Major Powell was one of the world's most able students of the history 
and science of man, and his plans were laid on a broad and enlight- 
ened basis. He recognized the claims of the native tribes on the 
Nation and on humanity ; he understood the needs of the Govern- 
ment in dealing with its uncivilized wards, and he appreciated the 
requirements of history and science. 

Years of experience were necessary before the work could be 
fully organized ; methods of research had to be developed, languages 
had to be learned and a large body of classified knowledge had to 
be accumulated before results of importance could be attained. 
Other important bureaus of the National Government have had a 
similar history, as for example, the Geological Survey, the Weather 
Bureau, and the Biological Survey. 

The early researches had taken a wide range, but in a ranoom 
way, and Major Powell began at once the work of determining the 
real scope of the field, the classification of the subject-matter, and 
the selection of those questions that required immediate attention by 
the Bureau. He found that there were numerous questions of a 
practical nature to be dealt with, and at the same time many less 
strictly practical, but vastly important, problems to be considered. 
Some of the practical questions were superficial, but in the main they 
were so involved with strictly scientific questions, that the two could 
not be considered separately. 

One of the most difficult problems to be dealt with by the Gov- 
ernment was that arising out of the presence within its domain of 
ever 300,000 aborigines, dependent wards of the Government. In 
the main the difficulties encountered in the management of this 
element arose from the lack of a knowledge of the people, of a real 
appreciation of their character, culture status, needs, and possibilities. 
A knowledge of the elements with which a government has to deal 
lies, necessarily, at the basis of intelligent administration, and the 
chief object in organizing the Bureau of American Ethnology was 
to obtain necessary knowledge of the tribes and to so study them that 
not only would the Legislative and Administrative arms of the Govern- 
ment appreciate the native population and its needs, but that this 
knowledge should be so disseminated among the people generally 
that intelligent administration would have sympathetic support. 

The first step in this great work, as wisely determined by Major 
Powell, was that of locating*the tribes, and classifying them in such 
manner as to make it possible to assemble them in harmonious groups 
based on relationships by blood, language, customs, beliefs and grades 
of culture. To do otherwise would be to perpetuate the blunders in 
the management of earlier days and to contribute nothing to the 
material welfare and the civilization of the tribes. This work was 
undertaken by a few students, and with appropriations so limited as 
to be out of all proportion to the magnitude of the field covered. 
For 20 years the work has been going on, and the corps of workers 



22 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

has been distributed among the tribes studying such groups as prom- 
ised to yield valuable results. Languages have been recorded and 
learned as the necessary basis upon which to carry forward the re- 
searches in the various branches, and today a great body of informa- 
tion has been gathered and published, and the methods of research, 
at first so imperfect, are now fully developed and intelligently applied. 
The first essential step in the work was a classification of the tribes 
into groups allied by language. It was found that within the area 
with which the Nation has to deal there are spoken some 350 lan- 
guages as distinct from each other as French is from Italian, and that 
these languages can be grouped in some 40 or 50 families. It was 
found, further, that in connection with the differences in language 
are many other distinctions requiring attention. Tribes allied in 
language are often allied also in capacity, habits, tastes, social organ- 
ization, religion, and arts and industries; and it was plain that a 
satisfactory investigation of the tribes reqired a systematic study of 
all of these conditions. It was not attempted, however, to cover the 
whole field in detail. When sufficient progress had been made in the 
classification of the tribes, certain groups were selected as types, and 
investigations among them were so pursued as to yield results appli- 
cable in large measure to all. 

Today gratifying progress has been made, and a deeper insight 
has been gained into the inner life and character of the people, and 
thus in a large sense of all primitive peoples, than has been reached 
before by any agency whatever. Many of the results of these re- 
searches have already been published and are in the hands of all the 
civilized nations of the world. 

Some of the more directly practical results accomplished may 
be briefly mentioned: [i] The classification of the tribes on the 
basis of affinity in language ; [2] a study of the numerous sociolog- 
ical, religious and industrial problems involved, and acquaintance 
with which is essential to the intelligent management of the tribes ; 
[3] a history of the relations of the red and white races embodied in 
a volume on land cessions, allotment of land in severalty, etc.; [4] 
a study of the industrial and economic resources of the tribes with 
the view of discovering new materials for the arts, new sources of 
food supply, and new medicinal plants ; and [5] a cyclopedia of the 
tribes, embodying in condensed form, the accumulated information 
of many years. 

The Bureau deals with this great subject primarily from the 
practical point of view, on the theory that a well-rounded knowledge 
of the tribes is essential to their proper management by the Nation. 
It deals with the native population as the Geological Surv^ deals 
with the geology of the country and the Biological Survey deals with 
its animal life. The idea is that an intimate knowledge of the elements 
with which a nation has to deal is in each case essential to an enlight- 
ened administration. The practical results multiply as the work pro- 
gresses and as the body of knowledge increases. 



UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 23 

Many of the researches thus initiated and carried forward have a 
much more far reaching significance and influence than is implied in 
their application to the practical problems of today. A closer ex- 
amination shows that they furnish the means of determining laws and 
principles that may be applied in the broadest sense to the affairs of 
nations, to a proper comprehension of the processes of human de- 
velopment, and the means of regulating and promoting progress. It 
is in what we usually regard as the less essentially practical — the 
scientific — results of these investigations that we find the most urgent 
and imperative reasons for continuing the whole group of researches, 
and these reasons may be briefly outlined. 

The white race, of which oOr own people are the leading rep- 
resentatives in America, are rapidly completing the obliteration of 
the native race, which is one of the 4 great races of men. It is there- 
fore asked if our enlightened Nation shall permit the obliteration of 
that race without making a vigorous effort to properly record its 
existence, to preserve an account of its physical and mental characters 
and its varied and interesting activities? Shall no attention be paid 
to the requirements of history and science ? In these people and 
their culture we have the most important keys now preserved in the 
world, to human history, in its early stages. The urgency of this 
work is apparent from the fact that in a generation little will be left 
as a subject for scientific study. 

The work of making adequate records of a vanishing people and 
culture was an inspiration of Major Powell, and the men he trained 
and who are devoting their lives to the work are in the midst o2 re- 
searches for which they alone are especially fitted. To close the 
work abruptly would be inadvisable in the extreme, and especially so 
when we recall the fact that in a generation nothing will be left but 
mongrel remnants of a once remarkable and most interesting people. 

The conditions are well illustrated by one of the 7 great branches 
of research — language. In the area of the United States and Canada 
alone, approximately 350 languages are spoken. Of these languages 
not more than 20 are well known to our philologists, while of the 
rest we have nothing but brief vocabularies and unsatisfactory gram- 
matical sketches. Inside of 10 years, one-third of the remaining 350 
languages will have disappeared, in 25 years it will be impossible to 
obtain in these languages more than vocabularies, while the culture 
and native ideas will have disappeared completely. These statements 
apply with equal force to the native peoples of Mexico, Central 
and South America, whose languages and customs are akin to those 
of our own tribes. If this great body of the subject-matter of human 
history is to be saved for the future, active researches must be vigor- 
ously prosecuted. 

It is asked why it is necessary to study so many of these lan- 
guages or to devote so much attention to other branches of research 
among a multitude of tribes. It may be said that the value of such 
studies in ethnology, as in other sciences, is in direct ratio to the 



24 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

number of observations made. The general results, the principles 
and laws, which we seek to determine and establish for future use and 
guidance, are only to be obtained from a large body of scientific ob- 
servations. What we seek is not to preserve thejanguage, or a num- 
ber of languages, merely, but by a study of many related languages, 
to reveal the history of .language, its origin and mutations, its 
branchings and its reunions, its principles and laws. We seek the 
key to the history of all language and to all the mysterious things 
connected with the progress of. man. The same is true of every other 
branch of study pursued by the Bureau of Ethnology. The so-called 
non-utilitarian studies mean more than all others to an enlightened 
world, and especially to the American Nation. 

The men trained by Major Powell have spent years of faithful 
study in acquiring proficiency in the work ; they have learned the 
native languages and have begun a record of the tribes and their cus- 
toms on a higher plane than was possible before. The researches 
thus founded cannot be transferred to other people and agencies and 
cannot be hastily stopped and curtailed without inflicting a great and 
irreparable injury to the work. 

Some branches of the work are well advanced and approaching 
completion ; among these are the history of land cessions by the 
native tribes, and a dictionary of families, tribes and villages. Other 
branches of equal importance are still in hand and new fields are 
opening from year to year. Work has now begun in Porto Rico, and 
should soon extend to the Philippines. These island possessions 
comprise primitive populations outnumbering the native tribes of the 
entire American continent. 

Although confined to a single race, the work of the Bureau con- 
stitutes the most important study of man ever planned, and the body 
of facts already published exceeds in importance all that has been 
done by all other agencies in the world combined. 

The 66 volumes already issued are a monument to Major Powell, 
which will stand in the future as one of the most noble achievements 
of American governmental science. The observations so recorded 
can never be duplicated or repeated, for in a generation the native 
population will have lost its racial characteristics and its peculiar cul- 
ture will have vanished. 

There is a strong feeling in this countr}' and even in Europe that 
the work should be continued. This is indicated by correspondence 
and especially by criticism resulting from the report that the Bureau 
is to be discontinued. 

It is regarded as most important that the Bureau should take up 
the physical anthropology of the native tribes. This is urged not 
only by our own scholars but by many of the leading anthropologists 
of Europe. Thus far no trustworthy records have been made of the 
physical characteristics of the American race. Adequate statistics are 
required as to bodily character, strength, endurance, viability, fecun- 
dity, liability to disease, etc. Physiometric records should be made 



UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 25 

of the child and the manner of his development into manhood. The 
results of intermingling with other races as well as effects of changes 
of environment and manner of life should be observed by scientific 
methods, and the whole should be placed on record for present and 
future use before the typical race characteristics are lost. Along with 
the physical researches should go statistical studies of the native mind. 
The Bureau should be permitted to continue its researches 
among the tribes of the country in the various fields already occupied, 
since its methods are now well perfected and its students well trained 
in their various specialties. It should also, as far as possible, extend its 
investigations to our newly acquired possessions — to the various races 
that have come recently within range of observation and control. It 
is most important from both the immediately practical and the more 
strictly scientific points of view, that expeditions should be sent to 
Hawaii, Samoa, the Ladrones, and if possible to the Philippines at 
the earliest possible dates. Other countries are rapidly collecting the 
ethnological and historical objects and data that should enrich our 
own institutions. 

FIELDS OF RESEARCH FOR THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN 

ETHNOLOGY. 

United States . . . Three hundred thousand aborigines, with allied 

populations of neighboring countries amount- 
ing to 7 millions. 

Porto Rico .... Aborigines, indefinite numbers, with a wide 

historical and archaeological field of research. 

Hawaii Forty thousand aborigines, with studies of 

allied peoples, including history and archae- 
ology. 

Tutuila (Samoa) . . Thirty-four thousand aborigines in the. whole 

group. 

Guam (Landrones) . Ten thousand aborigines. 

Philippines .... Eight million native population (one and a 

^ half millions. Pagan). 

The Philippine Government has a local Bureau of Ethnology 
which is expected to cover the ground more or less fully. 

Say what we may respecting the absence of the immediate prac- 
tical benefits arising from these researches, it is this group of studies 
that will stand out in the future as among the greatest achievements 
of government science, for they are researches which can never be 
repeated. The opportunity passes with the present generation — and 
forever. 

PUBLICATIONS — HISTORY OF THE SERIES 

When the U. S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the 
Rocky Mountain Region was discontinued, by Act approved March 



26 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

3, 1879, it had published 2 volumes (i and 3) of a quarto series of 
Contributions to North American Ethnology. The same Act made 
an appropriation for completing and preparing for publication other 
volumes of the series. The work was put in charge of Major Powell, 
previously Director of the Rocky Mountain Survey, and the Bureau 
of Ethnology was organized. The new Bureau continued the Publi- 
cation of the Contributions, and in 1880 the Director began a series 
of annual reports of progress to the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution, which were published, with accompanying scientific 
papers, in handsomely illustrated royal octavo volumes. The print- 
ing of the volumes of both series was at first specially authorized by 
Congressional resolutions, but on March 2, 1881, volumes 6-10 of the 
Contributions were provided for by a single resolution. 

Under authority of a joint resolution of August .. 1886, the 
Director of the Bureau commenced in the following year the publi- 
cation of a series of bulletins, in octavo form, unbound, which was 
continued by authority, of the concurrent resolution of July 28, 1888. 

The Public Printing Act of January 28, 1895, which superseded 
all previous acts and resolutions relating to public printing and bind- 
ing, provided for the continuance of the series of annual reports only. 
At that time there had been published, or were in course of publica- 
tion, 8 volumes of Contributions to North American Ethnology, 
numbered 1-7 and 9, 24 bulletins, and 13 annual reports. Of volume 
2 of the Contributions, which was issued in 2 parts, there were printed 
3,600 copies, of which 750 were distributed by the Smithsonian 
Institution and the Bureau. Of the other volumes of Contributions 
from 6,500 to 7,000 were printed, the Smithsonian Institution and the 
Bureau receiving 1,000 copies of volumes 4 and 5 and about 2,000 
copies of volumes 6, 7, and 9. Of the first 10 annual reports there 
were printed from 16,000 to 17,000 copies, of the 11 to 13 about 
8,600 ; in all cases the Bureau received 5,000. Of the bulletins, be- 
tween 7,000 and 8,000 copies were printed, the Bureau receiving 
3,000. The numbers given include in all cases the **usual number," 
from which the personal copies of the members of Congress and 
copies for the various governmental libraries are drawn. 

From 1895 to 1900 the Bureau issued the series of annual reports 
only, but on April 7 of the latter year the Senate passed a House con- 
current resolution authorizing the commencement of a new series of 
bulletins in royal octavo, uniform with the annual reports. Three 
numbers (25-27) of this series have been issued, and a fourth is in the 
hands of the printer. The edition of both annual reports and 
bulletins is 8,640 copies, of which the Senate receives 1,500, the 
House 3,000, and the Bureau 3,500 (of which 500 are distributed by 
the Smithsonian Institution). The remaining copies constitute the 
"usual number." 

Besides the series mentioned there have been issued small 
editions of several miscellaneous publications intended chiefly or 
wholly for the use of collaborators and correspondents, which were 



UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT 27 

not authorized by Congress but were probably paid for from the 
annual appropriations for continuing research. These comprise 3 
introductions to the study of aboriginal activities (one having been 
previously published bp the Rocky Mountain Survey), a collection of 
Indian gesture signs, a provisional list of the principal North Ameri- 
can tribes, with synonyms. A set of proof sheets of a bibliography 
of North American languages was set up as Contributions to North 
American Ethnology, volume 10, but only a few copies were printed. 
As may be seen from the appended list of publications, there 
have been issued up to the present 19 Annual Reports, of which 4 
are in 2 parts, 27 Bulletins, of which 24 are in octavo, unbound, and 
3 are in royal octavo, bound, 8 volumes of Contributions, of which i 
is in 2 parts, 4 introductions to the study of aboriginal activities, and 
6 miscellaneous pamphlets — 69 volumes and pamphlets in all. 

SUBJECT-MATTER OF THE PAPERS 

The papers published have covered the entire range of aboriginal 
characters and activities, and have contained in addition much his- 
torical and general cyclopedic material. Seven deal largely (3 of 
them almost wholly) with the classification of the tribes ; almost all 
contain some cyclopedic material, but only one is devoted to it 
chiefly, while 18 others have a large amount of such material; 3 
deal chiefly and 9 largely with history and tradition, and 3 are con- 
cerned with relations with the Whites as shown through land cessions 
and reservations. Of those treating of aboriginal activities 3 deal 
chiefly and (perhaps) 12 largely with social organization ; 50 are de- 
voted to arts and industries, and 20 more contain considerable ma- 
terial on this subject. Forty are devoted chiefly to linguistics, and 
perhaps 35 to mythology and folklore, and a number of others con- 
tain material on both these topics. The whole are a record of great 
practical value to those dealing with the interests of the native tribes 
and constitute a record of the utmost importance to the science of man. 

THE INVESTIGATION OF ARCH^OLOGICAL REMAINS 

Under the direction of the Bureau of Ethnology and of the 
Smithsonian Institution important explorations have been conducted, 
but scarcely a beginning has been made. One has only to visit the 
National Museum to see how important the field for further explora- 
tions is. It is from the ruins scattered from the Atlantic to the Pacific 
and from Alaska to the Gulf of Mexico that we must search for the 
records of the prehistoric past, left by the people who once lived 
within our territorial limits. Our Government is about to build a 
Museum worthy of the Nation, a matter that has been long neglected, 
and in it should be gathered the archaeological remains of the abori- 
gines of our country. It is here that coming generations should 
come to study the handiwork of past generations. The ruins are fast 
being despoiled and their contents scattered over the country and it 
is hoped that the present movement to secure National Legislation 



28 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

for their preservation wilLbe successful, so that the National and other 
Museums and Educational Institutions can carry on scientific investi- 
gations under the direction of the Government. The preceding 
article by Dr. Fewkes, who ranks with the most famous explorers of 
the Old World, will give the reader an idea of what awaits the spade 
of the explorer in the Southwest The men to carry on this work 
must have a scientific training, for which Educational Institutions, as 
the result of the work of the Smithsonian Institution and the Bureau 
of American Ethnology, are founding Professorships in Archaeology 
and Ethnology. But explorations cannot be made unless the Gov- 
ernment will make liberal appropriations from year to year for that 
purpose. 

The work that Major Powell began and prosecuted for so many 
years with great success and lasting benefit to our Country and to 
science, is now in the hands of one — Professor William Henry Holmes 
— who is in every way fitted for the great task before him, a man of 
culture, of wide learning, with a lifelong experience in this field of 
research, conservative and possesses the confidence and esteem of 
the scientific men of this Country and Europe. He has been build- 
ing wisely on the foundations laid by his great predecessor, Major 
Powell, and today only needs the men and money to prosecute suc- 
cessfully the greatest work in the interest of science that has ever 
been undertaken by any government. 



•f + + 



BOOK REVIEWS 

The Coming Prince ; or, the Seventy Weeks of Daniel with 
AN Answer to the Higher Criticism. By Sir Robert An- 
derson, K.C.B., LL.D., London and New York, Sixth Edition — 
1903. 

Daniel in the Critics' Den, By Sir Robert Anderson, K.C.B., 
LL.D., London and New York, Second Edition — 1903. 

THERE is a freshness about Sir Robert Anderson's way of pre- 
senting a subject that sustains the interest of the reader, and 
such a thoroughness of research, as brings one in touch with many 
authorities. Besides it is always interesting to view any subject from 
the legal standpoint and follow the workings of a mind that is ac- 
customed to sift evidence. However, when discussing an unique 
experience like that of the Prophet Daniel, one could wish for more 
original work and less of what Sir Robert calls, " Taking history from 
the historian and chronology from the chronologist ; " which in a 
sense is quite necessary, but an investigation to be thorough, should 



BOOK REVIEWS 29 

put both the historian and the chronologist on the witness-stand, 
quite regardless of any reputation as specialists they may have in 
their own lines. The habit of accepting certain data as proven be- 
yond a doubt, also of approaching the Book of Daniel in the light 
of supposed verities discovered in the Book of Revelation, has done 
more to keep it a sealed book than all the so-called difficulties 
brought forward by its opponents. 

The 2 volumes of Sir Robert viewed from a friendly standpoint 
have one Gibraltar-like statement, that is intended to be impregnable, 
viz., "The great prophecy of the Seventy WeekSy so far as its fulfill- 
ment belongs to the past was fulfilled with such definiteness and 
precision as to make an "end of controversy " upon the whole ques- 
tion. It will be found that the interval from the issue of the decree 
to build Jerusalem [March 14, B. C. 445] to the public proclamation 
of the Messiah [April 4, A. D. 32] was exactly and to the very day 
the period foretold by Daniel "... An attempt to dismiss the ful- 
fillment of the prophecy as a mere coincidence is not intelligent 
scepticism, but a cross misbelief which is sheer credulity." 

Now I am convinced that whoever dares to inquire into the 
Seasons^ Times and Weeks of Daniel should tread very carefully, for 
in one case he will incur the anathema of the Rabbins, which runs 
thus : — 

May their bones b<e broken 
May their souls go out, who 
compute the periods of the Times, 

while in the case of the 70 Weeks, if perchance the inquirer finds 
mathematical errors that warrant him in setting aside the conclusions 
of Sir Robert, he will become a boorish ** Sceptic whose cross misbe- 
lief ranks as sheer credulity." 

Turning to the date April 6, wherein it is said our Lord was pro- 
claimed the Messiah, Sir Robert tells us the day was the 10 of the 
month Nisan just 4 days prior to the Paschal Supper, which accord- 
ing to the Julian Calendar, was eaten that year on April 15. Taking 
4 from 15 leaves 11 ; in other words the Messiahship was announced 
April II, instead of April 6 as stated by Sir Robert. Here then we 
find an error of 5 days, and the claim of accuracy which reads : 

^^ Exactly and to the very day*^ goes to the winds, for in this 
respect alone his answer is 5 days out of truth. So much for the 
last date of his claim. 

We turn now to the first date, viz. — March 14 given by the As- 
tronomer Royal, Sir C. B. Airy. We admit his figures are right, for 
they agree with the Calendar or Rabbi Hibbel II, but it was not a 
question as to the first day of the month, it related to the entire 
month Nisan and might have been any one of the 30 days. The 
passage in the Bible reads : 

And it came to pass in the month Nisan in the 20 year of Artaxerxes. 

Therefore, in running the lines of his survey Sir Robert gives us 
no permanent land marks, for the starting point sways back and 



30 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

forth over 30 days and the last stake has been moved inwards 5 days, 
thereby shortening the route. In no sense therefore can the total 
period be said to fit : 

" Exactly and to the very day.^^ But movable land-marks are 
not our only difficulty. Sir Robert takes the year as 360 days, instead 
of the measure known to Astronomy. This is a serious matter, for 
the difference between 360 and the true length amounts to about 7 
years shrinkage for the period in question. 

In calling to mind the marvelous accuracy which characterizes 
the movement of the planets belonging to our Solar System, and 
passing onward we find that the same beauty and precision prevails 
among the stellar worlds, our minds are prepared to accept any 
numerical statement brought by the Angel Gabriel as being the per- 
fect embodiment of mathematical precision. A loose statement like 
"360 days make one year" would be a cause for grave doubts as to 
the source of the information. 

In the light of the foregoing remarks it will not be necessary to 
review Sir Robert's terminal dates in B. C. and A. D. from their his- 
torical standpoints. Suffice it to say, that both the length of the year 
and selection of terminal points are faulty in the extreme. 

Sir Robert's mathematics fail to throw light on the problem of 
the " Seventy weeks." Our Author also leaves in darkness the mean- 
ing of the 2,300 days, 1,290 days and 1,335 days of the Prophet 
Daniel. 

W. S. AUCHINCLOSS. 



In Old Egypt : A Story about the Bible but not in the 
Bible. By H. Pereira Mendes. Illustrated by Mabel L. 
Humphrey, New York: Frederick A. Stokes Company — 1903. 

THE Author has presented the great leader of the Hebrews to 
the world in a new light. Beginning with the parents of Moses, 
he has told the story of the life of his hero until his flight from 
Egypt, and promises to continue it in a second volume. A most 
vivid and altogether probable picture is drawn of the Hebrews at the 
time of Moses. The story of the life of the parents of Moses is full 
of deeply interesting events from first to last. 

Many of the characters introduced are, as we might say, from 
life. Their names and achievements are recorded on the monuments 
of Egypt. The author has produced something more than a histori- 
cal novel. He has succeeded in making Moses more real and inter- 
esting as a great historical character than appears to the casual 
reader of the Bible. We think the book should not only be read by 
children, for whom it is specially written, but by many who seem to 
think they know a great deal more about Moses than they really do. 

The book is most beautifully illustrated and its typography is 
perfect. 



J 



EDITORIAL NOTES 



AFRICA:— TRIPOLI — M. de Mathuisieulx has recently re- 
turned to Paris from a journey of exploration in Tripoli. In 1901 the 
explorer obtained permission, rarely given by the Turkish authorities, 
to travel through that little-known country in order to collect infor- 
mation on its natural products and geological structure as well as 
upon its ancient monuments and racial types. M. de Mathuisieulx 
made an interesting report on the subject to the Minister of Public 
Instruction, and it was to complete his observations that he again 
visited Tripoli in the spring of the past year. He first made a care- 
ful study of the ruins at Sabratha, about 60 miles through Tripoli, 
and a considerable port under the Phoenicians. From Sabratha M. 
de Mathuisieulx traveled south to the Djebel Mountain, where he was 
able to establish the fact that the celebrated Roman road from Gabes 
to Lebda passed not by Ghadames, as has been for long supposed, 
but over an elevated plateau in the district. The traveler noted that 
in this neighborhood the ruins of various temples and mausoleums 
are disappearing, as the inhabitants use the stones to build their 
houses. At Gherza, 70 miles to the south of Misda, the mission 
visited other ruins belonging to the Byzantine period. Copies were 
taken of numerous inscriptions and bas-reliefs of considerable archae- 
ological interest. At Orfela and in the valley of Nefed mausoleums 
of a style of architecture peculiar to this part of Africa were dis- 
covered. They were of ancient date and displayed an unusual wealth 
of detail. In this case the monuments had been respected by the 
inhabitants, who were, indeed, of too nomadic a character to have 
recourse to building material of such a nature. In addition to his 
archaeological researches, M. de Mathuisieulx made an ethnographical 
study of the native negro. 

EGYPT — A recently discovered papyrus, according to the 
London Chronicle^ was a contract between a shorthand teacher and a 
man who wished one of his slaves to acquire the art. The fee was 120 
drachmae, 40 to be paid on apprenticeship, 40 at the end of the year, 
and the balance when the slave was proficient. Shorthand writing 
was then presumably not so easy of attainment as it is now. Among 
the other documents of the Oxrhynchus Papyri is the account of a 
fatal accident, and the body of the victim being examined by the 



32 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

coroner of the day, in company with a public physician. That dates 
back to the II Century of our era, in which, judging by other discov- 
eries, the formal invitations to dinner might be literal renderings of 
ours at the present time. 

ASIA.: — TIBET — Dr. M. A. Stein of the Indian Civil Service 
has been excavating sand-buried cities among the dunes of the de- 
serts on the northwest frontier of Tibet, in the region which Sven 
Hedin visited several years ago. In these ruins Dr. Stein has discov- 
ered many Tibetan writings which throw much light on the former 
extent of Tibet and the power of the country. Colossal figures of 
Buddha and other figures have been found which show that this race 
which vanished centuries ago, was one of great culture, possibly a 
!ink between the civilization of China and the West. A thorough ex- 
amination of the ruins of the Central Asian cities which lie buried be- 
neath the desert sands will add many new chapters to our history of 
the world. Dr. Stein's new book, Sand-Buried Ruins of Khotan 
shows the possibilities along this line of investigation. 

EUROPE : — FRANCE — Among recent communications to 
the Society of Anthropology of Paris are several by M. Emile Riviere, 
dealing with the engraved and painted walls of the cave of La Mouthe 
(Dordogue), discovered in August, 1902, representing animal figures 
and colored with peroxide of iron and manganese, with shell orna- 
ments ; with the discovery of a Gallo-Roman necropolis at Paris in 
February and March last, which he has also made the subject of a 
communication to the Academy of Inscriptions and Belles-Lettres, 
and of a second note recording subsequent finds, including an object 
of bone or ivory, which seems to have served the purpose of a tally ; 
and with a leaden ring, ornamented with a heart, of the XIV Century, 
in comparison with a chatelaine, bearing a like ornament, of the 
XVIII Century. The last named communication is in illustration of 
a previous paper by Dr. Marcel Baudouin, on the subject of Vendean 
hearts. Emblems of this kind have at various times been circulated 
for political purposes, and their use on brooches and rings dates back 
to the Gallo-Roman period, if not earlier. 

At the meeting of the Society of Anthropology of Paris on July 
2, Mr. Threullen made a communication, which he has since pub- 
lished independently, on the discovery of relics of the mammoth and 
die reindeer, in the course of the same excavations which furnish the 
relics of a Gallo-Roman necropolis described by Mr. Riviere. At 10 
m. below the vegetable soil he found a number of neolithic instru- 
ments. At the depth of 5 m. he found the lower jaw of the mam- 
moth in perfect preservation, some meters lower the jaw of a reindeer. 
He also discovered many hundreds of the rudimentary instruments 
which appear to me to bear evidence of human workmanship. AH 
these objects have been deposited in the galleries of Mineralogy at 
the Museum of Paris under the care of Prof. Stanislas Meunier. 






V « I 



Z"^ VQF g-' 



!^up.;. , 






f 






JAUBS THEODORE BSHT 



I 



RECORDS ^PAST 




VOL. Ill ■ U^ H PART II 



FEBRUARY, 1904 

+ + + 

THE MONOLITHS OF AKSUM VX 

BY MRS. MABLE V. A. BENT 

IN the winter of 1892-3 my husband, Mr. Theodore Bent, and I 
went to Abyssinia to study the ruins of Aksum (Axum) and did 
so under very difficult circumstances, as war was raging and we 
ourselves eventually had to take flight under protection of a strong 
escort of the native troops, sent by the Italian governor of the Colony 
of Eritrea to fetch us, as there was danger of our being kept prisoners. 
We should have done more but for this. Many things about 
Abyssinia are so strange that the first travellers, who described them, 
were disbelieved and lay under the stigma of telling "travellers' 
tales" for many a long year, waiting to have their truth established 
by those who came after them. In fact Abyssinia is a country which 
appears to have been lost and rediscovered. Aksum from very early 
days has been looked upon as an extremely sacred place and the 
Cathedral is evidently upon the site of an ancient Sabean temple. It 
would well repay excavation, but of course that is out of the question. 
The Emperor Justinian's ambassador, Nonossus, whom he sent 
to the King of Ethiopia, says that " Aksum is both the greatest city 
and the capital of all Ethiopia." It was also mentioned A. D. 64 by 
the anonymous author of the Periphis of the Red Sea as the capital 
of this land. To this day it is an astonishing looking place, with 



36 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

monoliths standing in various parts and larger ones still are lying 
broken and prostrate. What an awful crash there must have been 
when they fell ; huge fragments are in gardens or built into walls and 
forming parts of houses. 

There is no record or legend to tell us when or by whom these 
obelisks were erected. The hrst one we saw was about ^ of a mile 
from the town. It is about 20 ft. high, cut out of granite with a 
pointed head and fiat sides. Several that had stood near it were 
lying on the ground. They did not seem to have any decoration. 

The stone with the inscription in Greek and in Sabean is about 100 
yards from this. The Greek is quite legible and every word could be 
made out. Taking a squeeze was very tiresome as the stone leans 
over, and we were in momentary expectation that the day of having 
to take flight had arrived. I will not discuss the inscriptions here, 
but pass on to the wonderful monuments. The greater part of the 
standing ones were arranged more or less in a line, and are all the 
more interesting as one can trace their development from a rude 
boulder or stock to a finished decorated obelisk. The photographs 
which I succeeded in taking show this very plainly. The perfect 
ones all represent a many storied tower. The stories are marked off 
by the round ends of beams, showing that the model was a wooden 
building such as those we saw at Myra and Patara in Asia Minor. 
The rock cuttings all portray wooden erections. There are the doors, 
some single, some double, with ring handles or bolts. 

The tallest standing one is 60 ft. in height — it was'by no means 
the largest of them and has 8 floors above the ground floor and a 
kind of a dwarf entresol^ and then there is a rounded gable on the 
summit. On the face of this a metal disk was fastened. A represen- 
tation of the Sun may be seen carved on the back, which is otherwise 
quite plain. The 2 next to this, that is, one on either side, are not 
so high and quite plain but well cut, the head of one being more 
pointed than the other. The next is by no means symmetrical 
and is adorned with 4 stories, only the floors and a row of 4 round 
beam ends being indicated. The rest are very rude indeed. The 
cutting on the granite is as sharp and fresh as possible. 

The monoliths had formerly altars at their bases — that belonging 
to one of them stands there still, but its foundation is much denuded 
of earth. It is 13 ft. 10 in. in width by 1 1 ft. 5 in. from back to front 
There are 3 deep holes, 3 across and one in front of the middle one 
I ft. 2 in. in diameter. Round the stone is a branch of vine leaves 
and grapes such as is seen on a Hemyaritic stone in the British 
Museum. 

The obelisk next to it, with a rounded top, like those in Meidum 
in Egypt, has a perfectly plain altar. We saw fragments of one, the 
extreme width of whose front measured 12 ft. 8^ in. as against 8 ft. 
7 in. of the standing one. This and another which lies in Ras Alulas 
garden must have towered above the others. These 2 were also 
divided into stories and in falling must have shattered their altars 



I TYPE OF MONOI.ITB, AESUH 



i. SABSBAN AI.TAK, AESDM 



ABYSSINIAN INSCRIPTIONi 



I 



8. 



'•oo|^NnAoo|llX^DVoo|IlS4r>oo|]>lVHoo|]|lAAMA1llSX?o 

>x?hHi]ii>v]imnm<^i]iii<iiii]inooiiAfiooii]Y;%ooiii|iiA 

3H?IA0MVoo|mHomfooVMiSMI?nMinnHVIl}>HMhoo< 

^VMiA]ii]ixnmaxAMAi]ivn a > v iiiv^nooioon^n 

5- AShoo|B]|«HI1Al|]>iiinhlIIH1fMI1ooYShoe|]]|vni 

«^Hii]ihniini>i'iHVMSo . h ' nBfiivnxvj^ooiiix 

11VI001 . . . v D IX . iini??x . . IX 

oo.iiiv8nvhooii>nfioo| 

l]|>>l'n.MI|ooooHoo|....BAl^..f8h?IHS^ 

n^ooi 8..>n..-.ii?ioi. 

?AllIX?>oo..o..lIo....ft.?1X AlEHrthTH 
llloo8..l||^ . . J X 

ool>AhooM]|VnAi ^IV 

iD^HinnnfifMNoo 00 . . x 

!XOoo|DfVnilooYIIA?oo . . 00 . . . . loo.lB. 

ASrtf IB ...... . ii-ioo>nH'iinii.. 

• n hoo I xn^- 

• ? V 00 H I^IUVBUD. 

Ill XDVJ. nxoo 

.iE<x.v-.n...v jyooixoH' 

iii> vnoo 

,olB n^.SAl 

«». I 11 rt ^ ? o ... 1 X 

'iBrsni* 



o. 
I. 

3- 

4. 

5- 
6. 

7- 
S. 

9- 
ao. 



B 



n 
n 



iixn 

D?1SII 



i 



21 



24 



TRANSLATION 

1. Aizan, kingof Aksum, and of Homer, andRaydan, and Habaset, and Saba, 

and 

2. Silh and Tiyam, and Kas, and Bega, king of kings, son of Mahrem, who is 

never triumphed 

3. over by his foes. Since the people of Bega had revolted he sent his 2 broth- 

ers, Shazan and Hadefah, and made against them 

4. war, and when they had reached them they overpowered them — ^namely, 6 

kings with their tribes 

5. and their furniture, which was not fixed to the ground, with their children 

and their wo- 

6. men and their servants. . [also they] took the sucklings with their mothers. . 
7 gave to drink (?) and their cattle. 

8 and they presented them and provided them with bread 

9. whilst and they drove them forth from .their lands. 

10 to and their meat (?) 

1 1 . that they gave them to eat 

12 

13. Delivery (7) and they adorned. 

14 where their land is great. 

15 and they would take. 

16 and 17 

18. To Mahrem 

21. and their land 

24. Their sucklings (?) 



40 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

beneath them. To seek for and count all the fallen ones was a task 
beyond the time at our disposal and they must indeed have looked, 
when all standing erect, like an imposing array of Bethels — houses 
of God. 

The religious purport of the monoliths is plainly to be Seen and 
the altars below them form interesting examples of religious archi- 
tecture. One of these 9 ft. in width by 7 ft. 10 in. has a raised plat- 
form in the middle, in which is cut a two-handled vessel resembling 
a Greek kefix. This would receive the blood of the slaughtered vic- 
tim. Channels cut in 2 of the corners would allow the blood to flow 
to a lower level where there were 3 similar receptacles. There were 
a series of small holes, not very deep, cut round the upper platform, 
but below it, and continuing all round the altar, 2 more channels let- 
ting the blood flow to the ground. 

There are no data, as I said before, to enable us to assign an 
epoch for the erection of these monuments. They were probably 
erected about the same time as the colossal buildings at Baalbec and 
the Aksumites either took the fashion of decorating the stones they 
set up in honor of their deity from Asia Minor or from their own way 
of building, which is certainly very ancient. 

Alvarez only describes one decorated monolith thus "This raised 
stone is 64 ells in length and 6 wide. It is very straight and well 
worked, made with areoles below, as far as a head like a half moon, 
and the side which has this half moon is towards the south." As far 
as we could see there was no special system of alignment observed, 
but the altar and decorated side was always toward the rising Sun. 

We could not obtain any account of what occasioned the fall of 
these monoliths, but most likely it was caused by the washing away 
of the soil by the Mai Shum Stream, in the deep bed of which some 
fragments lie. 

On an eminence, a little way up the valley, are some ancient 
rock-cut tombs, called by the natives the tombs of Kaleb, the king 
whom legend says carried war victoriously into Arabia in the VI 
Century, A. D., but they bear evidence of being far older than that 
time. They are like Greek tombs in having a descending dromos as 
the entry. There are 3 sepulchral chambers built with such regu- 
larity as to remind one of Greek tombs of a good period. In one of 
the tombs close by there is a sarcophagus and the tombs in the tombs 
around are quite analogous to the sepulchres of Asia Minor and 
Syrifit. 

The general features of the monuments of Aksum point to a 
Greek influence which from its style must have been brought to bear 
upon the Sabeans before our era. There were many traces of large 
buildings in all directions, and a large mound gave us longings to 
open it, but owing to the anxiety of our position this was impossible. 

About 3 miles northwest of Aksum, on a boulder of granite 
called Mount Gobederah and up a steep hill there is a lioness cut in 
outline 10 ft. 8 in. in length in a running attitude. It has in front of 



BLACK AND WHITE TOMBS OF BOGOS 



As Keren is approached there are very curious evidences of a very large 
popnlation having once existed here in the shape of certain tombs all along the 
roadside. These tombs are certainly not made now, and probably date from the 
time when the merchants of Bogos were men of importance. The approach to 
Keren is a perfect Appian Way of these tombs ; they crown every height, and 
form a marked and curious feature in the landscape. They are round ; and are 
thus constructed : A wall is built of dark stone round the grave from 1 3 to so 
ft. in diameter ; these circles are filled up with small fragments of.either white 
qoartz or dark stone until they form a mound about 6 ft. high. The tradition 
is, amongst the inhabitants, that the white graves are those of good men who 
have died a natural death, and the black graves are those of evil-doers and those 
have died a violent death. At any rate, the white graves are far in excess of the 
black ones. They are exceedingly neatly finished off, and look from a distance 
like large huts with whitewashed roofs. Most of them are in clusters, presuma- 
bly belonging to one family. In one cluster I counted 22 graves; thecenter 
one, probably that of an important chief or head of a family, being very much 
larger and higher than the rest; in this cluster we found only 3 black graves. 
[From The Sacred City of the Ethiofnans.l 



ROCK CHURCH, DEBES SINA MONASTERY OF BIZEN 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



WALL PAINTINGS AND TOWER 



its mouth, a few inches off, a circular disk with rays, evidently the 
Sun. 

I have taken this slight outline of what we saw at Aksum from 
my husband's book, the Sacred City of the Etkwpeans, in which is 
incorporated my own notes. All is more fully set out there, as well 
as a detailed account of the inscriptions. We were there for too 
short a time when we got warning that we must depart at once, as 
the Bishop was going to join Ras Mangasha in the war and all good 
people must bear him company. None but the bad would remain 
behind and the town would be given up to pillage. 

Forthwith my husband began trying to dry squeeze inscriptions in 
the condition of wet blotting paper, trying to get them in the sun and 
shelter them from the wind. I frizzled some negatives trying to dry 
them on the teapot, as I dared not go out in the sun for fear of dust, 
and our servant made himself wretched over some delightful and 
valuable dripping which would not cool. Meanwhile we packed our 
boxes keeping one open for these treasures, the mules being ready at 
the door waiting for the last possible moment. 

To make a resum'e of the information to be generally gleaned 
from the inscriptions we brought home would, I am sure, take up too 
much space, but enough has been said to point out the wonderful 
interest for the Archceologist of a journey in Abyssinia. 



COAST SCENERV WEST OF DHOFAR 



WHEN DID THE AMERICAN MAMMOTH AND MASTODON 

BECOME EXTINCT? 

BY PROF. JOHN URI LLOYD 

FOR presuming to discuss a subject that must needs be left un- 
decided after I have stated my opinion, I may be pardoned, 
inasmuch as my early life was cast in a section of the 
country where early impressions enabled me to presume to speak. 
Reared close to the celebrated Kentucky Big Bone Springs Valley, 
familiar with all that comes from early impressions without much self- 
thought, subsequent matured reflection, fortified by early recollection, 
naturally leads to discursive questionings concerning the period in 
which those mighty beasts that left their relics over that famous land 
disappeared from life. True it is, evidences about us indicate that at 
one time in ages unknown, the mammoth and the mastodon roamed 
this whole country over. Back of the glacial period must their jour- 
ney have begun, for in the Ohio Valley we find tusks and teeth and 
bones of mastodon and mammoth beneath and in the drift that came 
from out the far North. Evidences that need not be mentioned seem 
to prove that these animals browsed once in mighty herds over this 
country. It is not, however, my intention to concern myself with the 
subject of their distribution, or with an antiquity that rests in the myth- 
periods of lost geological epochs. My part is to touch upon the end 
reaction which, I believe, in comparatively modern times, witnessed 
the extinction of these monstrous American relatives of the elephant. 

It is well known that the general opinion is to the effect that the 
mammoth and the mastodon vanished untold ages before the white 
man discovered America, and yet we may ask the question, does the 
testimony before us support that opinion ? 

I am in a position to speak advisedly on my own account, and 
need not, for evidence, refer to printed works in a statement that 
when Big Bone Springs was discovered the bones of the mastodon 
and mammoth were not only found submerged beneath that swamp 
muck, but were also scattered in considerable quantity over the sur- 
face of the earth in that neighborhood. It is, however, a matter of 
printed record, in many places, that when the early settlers of Ken- 
tucky went to Big Bone Springs to make salt they picked up the rib 
bones of these animals and used them for tent poles. It is also estab- 
lished that the first specimens collected for museums in that vicinity 
were such as these, and that these bones also were found upon the 
surface of the earth. It seems irrational to suppose that these sur- 
face bones could have been preserved intact through untold ages, 
hence the theory is untenable that the mammoth and mastodon bones 



\j 



T 

/ 



44 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

from Big Bone Springs were only those of prehistoric creatures pre- 
served to us by the mire in which they perished, and through which 
they sank out of sight. 

In this connection I must ask, how long will a bone remain 
intact, lying exposed to the air, in such a climate as Northern Ken- 
tucky, under the influence of the weather and the attacks of wild ani- 
mals ? • V hen Big Bone Springs was discovered mighty buffalo roads, 
50 and 100 ft. wide, beaten through the forests, led t) those salt 
waters. In the underbrush and thickets thereabouts animals of prey 
lured in profusion. It was a veritable Mecca for the hunter by reason 
of the abundance of life, both carnivora and herbivora. Thus we are 
confronted with the fact that if among these animals there were bone 
eaters, as is true, the bones of fallen creatures would, by such attack, 
in addition to the action of the elements, rapidly disappear. And 
now a detail word concerning this phase of the subject Near the 
farm of my father-in-law, Mr. Thomas Rouse [born 87 years ago near 
Big Bone], on the side of a hill lay the shoulder blade of a mam- 
moth. This blade had been upended, the base upon the ground, the 
blade against the trunk of an oak. So large was it that when Mr. 
Rouse was a boy, in the beginning of the last century, he stood 
under it to keep out of a summer shower. The bone fell upon the 
earth. It was attacked by wild beasts of various kinds that consume 
bone materials. It was disintegrated by the action of the air and 
frost and water. It crumbled, and before Mr. Rouse attained middle 
age had entirely disappeared. This is but a single instance, and some 
might argue inconclusive if unsupported. But it points to the fact 
that this mighty bone of a mammoth did not continue to lie on the 
surface of the ground more than 50 years after the period named. 

Said Mr. Rouse when asked concerning the probable period when 
the mammoth disappeared from his section, "Not more than 100 
years preceding the white man's appearance, probably much less than 
that.'' Said he, " When the new Big Bone Springs Hotel was built 
on the side of the hill where it now stands, back of it and on the hills 
about that valley were great oak tree trunks 2 ft. and 2 J/^ ft. in diam- 
eter, but they were stub trees, and had apparently been broken off at 
the top, and sprouting, had become topped with bristling sprouts, as 
do trees browsed upon from above. Such trees were not known in 
other parts of the country." In his opinion they had been browsed 
upon, when young, by mammoths that had broken off their tops and 
kept them down. This also may be said to be merely negative testi- 
mony, although it may be considered supporting evidence when taken 
in connection with the disintegration of the surface bone. 

Does Indian tradition offer anything concerning the extinction of 
the mammoth ? So far as I know but one single bit of evidence is 
recorded, and that I give from memory. It is claimed that about 
that section of Kentucky a short time before the white man entered 
the land a herd of those mighty beasts was to be found. This Indian 
tradition continues that, reduced at last to a single specimen, a great 



AMERICAN MAMMOTH AND MASTODON 45 

bull, the Great Spirit attacked him by lightning and drove him across 
the Mississippi River, never to return. This, about as given, seems to 
indicate that the shadow story of the last herd of mastodons rested in 
this Indian tradition. 

Is there any evidence to show that man ever met one of these 
beasts? Have we any testimony brioging their records together? 
So far as Big Springs is concerned none has yet been discovered, 
unless the scattered bones above the ground speak of Indian persecu- 
tion and destruction. And yet, in the American Journal of Science and 
Arts \Silliman' s Journal^ for July, 1839, p. 199, we find the following 
statement* which was copied in many places after it appeared in this 
Journal, and, so far as I know, was neither disproved nor corrobo- 
rated. It seems as though, owing to its wide distribution, had it been 
a misstatement, the evidence to show the same would have been 
quickly forthcoming. 

THE MASTODON 

It is with the greatest pleasure, the writer of this article can state, from personal 
knowledge, that one of the largest of these animals has actually been stoned and 
burned by Indians, as appears from implements found among the ashes, cinders and 
half-burned wood and bones of the animal. The circumstances are as follows : 

A farmer in Gasconade county, Missouri, lat. 38® 20' N., Ion. 92® W., wished 
to improve his spring, and in doing so discovered, about 5 ft. beneath the surface, 
a part of the back and hip bone. Of this I was informed by Mr. Wash, and not 
doubting but the whole or nearly the whole skeleton might be discovered, I went 
there and found as had been stated, also a knife made of stone. I immediately 
commenced opening a much larger space ; the first layer of earth was a vegetable 
mouldy then a blue clay, then sand and blue clay. I found a large quantity of 
pieces of rocks weighing from 2 to 25 pounds each, evidently thrown there with the 
intention of hitting some object. It is necessary to remark that not the least sign 
of rocks or gravel is to be found nearer than from 400 to 500 yards ; and that these 
pieces were broken from larger rocks and consequently carried here for some 
express purpose. . After passing through these rocks I came to a layer of vegetable 
mould ; on the surface of this was found the first blue bone, with this a spear and 
axe ; the spear corresponds precisely with our common Indian spear ; the axe is 
different from any one I have seen. Also on this earth were ashes nearly from 6 in. 
to I ft. in depth, intermixed with burned wood and burned bones, broken spears, 
axes, knives, etc. The fire appeared to have been the largest on the head and 
neck of the animal, as the ashes and coals were much deeper here than in the rest 
of the body ; the skull was quite perfect, but so much burned that it crumbled to 
dust on the least touch ; 2 ft. from this were found 2 teeth broken off from the jaw, 
but mashed entirely to pieces. By putting them together they showed the animal 
to have been much larger than any heretofore discovered. It appeared by the 
situation of the skeleton that the animal had been sunk with its hind feet in the 
mud and water, and, unable to extricate itself, had fallen on its right side, and in 
that situation was found and killed as above described, consequently the hind and 
for^ foot on the right side were sunk deeper in the mud and thereby saved from the 
effects of the fire ; therefore I was able to preserve the whole of the hind foot to the 
very last joint, and the fore foot all but some few small bones, that were too much 
decayed to be worth saving. Also between the rocks that had sunk through the 
ashes were found large pieces of skin that appeared like fresh tanned sole leather. 
stroAgly impregnated with the leye from the ashes, and a great many of the sinews 
and arteries were plainly to be seen on the earth and rocks, but in such a state as 

•This appeared originally in the Philadelphia Presbyterian^ Jan. 12, 1839. 



46 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

not to be moved, excepting in small pieces of the size of a hand, which are now 
preserved in spirits. 

Should any doubts arise in the mind of the reader of the correctness of the 
above statement he can be referred to more than 20 witnesses who were present at 
the time of digging. 

Now, with these points in mind, let us reason backward. Have 
we ground for belief that it could be possible for a mighty host of 
gigantic beasts to dwindle until finally, as Mr. Rouse believes, one 
lingering herd, a remnant of the extinct race, hung about a locality 
like Big Bone Springs ? Need we go farther in support of such a 
conclusion than to call to memory the monstrous herds of buffalo 
that in recent times browsed the great plains of the West, and add 
thereto the innumerable number that less than 150 years ago covered 
the country where we now live (Ohio) ? Need we do more than refer 
to this fact and contrast therewith the lone decimated herd that the Gov- 
ernment is vainly attempting to preserve in the fastnesses of Yellow 
Stone Park ? Is it at all improbable, in reflecting over this entire mat- 
ter, that these gigantic, clumsy beasts, the mastodon and the mam- 
moth, disappeared from the land that knew them, through some 
agency that may never be comprehended by us until at last, as a 
mournful relic, a few retained their place about the Big Bone Salt 
Springs they loved' so well, and there, browsing on the abundant 
vegetation of those basin-like hills, decreased in number, one by one, 
sinking now into the mire, and now falling a prey to the aggressive 
foe about, until at last, as Indian mythology states, the largest and 
strongest, the lone representative of his species, turned from that 
home where all but he had perished, and disappeared in the West. 
Taking everything together, need we argue that because the bones 
of creatures such as these are found beneath the glacier drift of the 
Ohio Valley, and because the tracing of his past is lost in the obscu- 
rity of mythological periods, his extinction need have been a long- 
period before the white man came into his final valley home ? 

+ + + 

. THE TAJ MAHAL, INDIA 

BY MRS. J. GHOSAL 

THE TAJ MAHAL, the Wonder of Agra arid the " Crown of 
the World " was erected as a Mausoleum for the remains of 
the fair Arjamand Banu Begam by her lord and lover, the 
Emperor Shah Jehan. The Mogul prince and princesses used to choose 
in their lifetime a piece of picturesque ground, to inclose it with high 
walls, embellish its precincts with flower beds and groves of shady 
trees and to build upon it a pleasure house where they took delight 
during their lifetime. After the founder died the pavilion became a 
Mausoleum and never again echoed with song and music. In all 



43 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the world no king or queen had ever such monument as the Taj 
^^r^haJ. It is known also by the name of Mamtatzie Mahal or exalted 
oi the palaces. The Queen died in 1629 and the building was set 
on foot soon after her death, though not completed till 1648. The 
beautiful domes of the Taj, "a dream in marble,'' rise on the river 
bank. The complexity of its design and the delicate intricacy of the 
workmanship baffle description. The Taj is, built entirely of white 
marble, which is inlaid with precious stones arranged in lovely pat- 
terns of flowers. A feeling of purity impresses itself on the eye and 
the mind from the absence of any coarser material. The lower walls 
and panels are covered with tulips, oleanders and full blown lilies, 
worked in relief on the white marble, and although the inlaid work 
of flowers, done in gems, is very brilliant when looked at closely, 
there is on the whole but little color and the all prevailing sentiment 
is one of whiteness, silence and calm, the sameness being relieved by 
the fine color of the inlaid gems, by lines in black marble and by 
delicately written inscriptions also in black from the Koran. As will 
be seen in the accompanying illustration the whole Mausoleum stands 
on a raised marble platform, at each of whose corners rises a tall and 
slender minoret of graceful proportions and exquisite beauty. In the 
center of the whole design the Mausoleum occupies a square of 186 
ft, with the angles deeply truncated, so as to form an unequal octa- 
gon. The main feature of this central pile is the great dome, which 
swells upward to nearly ^ of a sphere and tapers at its ex- 
tremity into a pointed spire crowned by a crescent. Beneath it an 
enclosure of marble trellis work surrounds the tombs of the Empress 
and her husband, the Emperor. Each corner of the Mausoleum is 
covered by a similar though much smaller dome, erected on a pedi- 
ment pierced with graceful saraceme archea. Light is admitted into 
the interior through a double screen of pierced marble which tempers 
the glare of an Indian sky, while its whiteness prevents the mellow 
effect from degenerating into gloom. The internal decorations con- 
sist of inlaid work in precious stones, such as agate and jaspar with 
which every spandril or other salient point in the architecture is 
richly fretted. Brown and violet marble is also freely employed in 
wreaths, scrolls and lintels, to relieve the monotony of the white 
walls. 

The colour and design of the interior of the Taj and the perfect 
symmetry of its exterior, and the aerial grace of its domes represents 
the most highly architectural period of India — the stage at which the 
architect ends and the jeweller begins. The gateway is also magnifi- 
cent. The diagonal ornamentation at the corners by fine marble 
cables, in bold twists are strong and beautiful. The triangular inser- 
titions of white marble and large flowers have in like manner given 
place to fine inlaid work. Firm perpendicular lines in black marble 
with well-proportioned panels of the same material are effectively 
used in the interior of the gateway. On its top the Hindu brack- 
ets and monolithic architraves of sikandra are replaced by Moorish 



THE TAJ MAHAL 49 



GATE OF THE TAJ AGRA 

cusped arches, usually single blocks of red sandstone in the kiosks 
and pavilions which adorn the road. From this beautiful and splen- 
did gateway one passes up a straight alley, shaded by ever green 
trees and cooled by a broad shallow piece of water running along 
the middle of the path, to the Taj itself. The garden adds to the 
beauty of the buildings as the buildings to the garden. It is such an 
orderly wilderness of lovely vegetation as could only be had in India. 
yet, says a great poet, " If the Taj rose amid the sands of a dreary 
desert, the lovely edifice would beautify the waste and turn it into a 
tender parable of the desolation of death and power of love, which 
is stronger than death." 



BOOK REVIEWS 

Greek Sculpture: Its Spirit and Principles. By Edmund 
von Mach, Ph.D., late Instructor in Greek Art in Harvard Uni- 
versity. Boston, Ginn & Co., 1903. 

HERE is a book which will supply a long-felt want of students of 
Greek sculpture and of art in general. Excellent handbooks, 
such as Ernest Gardner's, and discussions of many works of ancient 
art from the archaeological as well as the artistic standpoint have not 
been lacking, but we now have what we call a Psychology of Greek 
Art. I am one of those who have been privileged to listen to Dr. 
von Mach's lectures on sculpture, not only most sympathetic in 
spirit but also most illuminating and suggestive. The reader now 
joins this privileged company and has in permanent form what the 
author's hearers have found most valuable in these lectures. 

True, Dr. von Mach here discusses many of the most important 
works of Greek sculpture and tells of Phidias, Skopas, Praxiteles 
and the other most famous artists. But his purpose is not to give us 
a history of sculpture, primarily, but to show what the Greek sculptor 
tried to express in his work, the difficulties and problems he had to 
meet and how he solved them or failed in part to do so. Among 
the most interesting chapters is that on The Coloring of Greek Sculj>- 
ture, a subject comparatively little known and which is treated quite 
fully. 

The book is attractively made and well illustrated in the body of 
the text, while at the end are added forty plates figuring some 130 of 
the most important works of Greek Art. Other valuable features are 
a Chapter of ''Notes and a Selected and Graded Bibliography. 

Dr. von Mach does not force his Greeks to dress in Roman togas 
but uses as a rule the pure Hellenic forms of their names, which to 
many will be refreshing. Let us hope that his example in another 
respect also will be followed : The list pHce of the book is $4.50, but 
teachers and students — a class which needs most to own such books, 
and is often practically prohibited from doing so by the very high net 
prices — for classroom use receive a discount of one-half and get it 
for $2.25. 

Arthur Stoddard Cooley. 

Babel and Bible : Two Lectures by Prof, Friedrich Delitzsch, Edited^ 
with an Introduction^ by C. H. W. Johns, M. A., New York : G. 
P. Putnam's Sons. London : Williams and Norgate, 1903. 



BOOK REVIEWS 51 

The Bible and Babylon : A brief study in the History of Ancient 
Civilization^ by Dr. Edward Konig, 9 Edition, translated from the 
German by Charles E. Hay, D. D., Burlington, Iowa : The Ger- 
man Literary Board, 1903. 

PROFESSOR DELITZSCH started an endless chain in Biblical 
archaeology when he delivered his famous \ect\xre Babel and Bible 
2 years ago. He gave a new impetus to it when he delivered his 
second lecture on the same subject. The replies to them, by pam- 
phlets and lectures, are too numerous to be mentioned here. At the 
outset we must credit the distinguished Assyriologist with being a 
spiritual-minded man, judging from his lectures and replies made to 
his critics. As. such he is entitled to courteous treatment from those 
who do not agree with him. 

Prof. Delitzsch's critics, almost without exception, have plainly 
told him that he is not a theologian and therefore was not competent 
to deal with his subject, and he tells his critics that they are not Assy- 
riologists. With apparent satisfaction, he tells the story of the Monk 
of the Middle Ages, who in reading his Latin edition of the Psalms, 
crossed himself whenever he came to the word maria (seas). The 
condition of Prof. Delitzsch's mind may perhaps be best illustrated by 
reference to Cooper's naval Chaplain, who could always find some 
Office in the Book of Common Prayer to meet any emergency. One 
day a marine fell overboard and, after some difficulty, was rescued. 
As he was hauled on board the man-of-war, the Chaplain stood by 
with his Prayer Book open and read the Office for " A Safe Return 
from Sea." So Prof. Delitzsch finds in the literature of ancient Baby- 
lonia something to parallel everything in the Bible. Being a devoted 
student of Assyriology, it is but natural that he should hold to the 
views which he has defined and defended with great vigor. He reaches 
his climax when he claims that Mohammed got his idea of a sensual 
Paradise from the ancient Babylonians. U nfortunately for the learned 
Professor, all the documents and monuments which have shed so 
much light upon the historical records of the Bible and the life of the 
Babylonians, were, in Mohammed's time, buried in the mounds of the 
Tigro-Euphrates Valley. 

The whole world is indebted to Prof. Delitzsch for the great in- 
terest he has aroused in the study of the monuments in their relation 
to the Bible. We believe that he has turned the attention of all 
thoughtful people to the marvelous discoveries that have been made 
illustrating ancient civilization and the relation of many of these dis- 
coveries to the Bible. If Prof. Delitzsch were not an honest man he 
would not unhesitatingly point out wherein many of these discoveries^ 
confirm the historical records of the Bible. This point should not be 
lost sight of by his critics. But Prof. Delitzsch should not overlook 
the all-important fact that the records now brought to light from the 
buried cities of ancient Babylonia, were known to the writers of the 
Old Testament as well as the Babylonians. It is only natural, there- 



52 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

fore, that there should be many striking parallels between the Bible 
and the documents written by the ancient Babylonians, There are 
striking parallels between the Biblical account of the Creation and the 
riood, and the Babylonian tablets discovered, making record of the 
same. And why should there not be? But the Biblical accounts 
bear the impress of Divine Revelation. The same great truths, com- 
ing down through Babylonian traditions, are enshrined in myths that 
grew up around them. Any man of standing in the scientific world 
today knows full well that the order of the Creation of the world, as 
given in Genesis, is the only one by which it could have been evolved 
by natural growth. This has been demonstrated by some of the most 
profound scientific men that this age has produced. 

Prof. Delitzsch is in duty bound to plead guilty to the indictment 
that he has charged the Church with holding the theory of the verbal 



HEAD OF SUMERIAN HIGH PRIEST 

inspiration of the Bible, which it does not and never has. We do not 
believe that any profound theologian, in any period of the Christian 
Church, has ever held to the verbal inspiration of the Bible, as pub- 
lished in any language 

Of course, there are many striking resemblances between the 
writings of the Hebrews and those of the Babylonians, which might 
lead an Assyrian scholar, not a theologian, to believe that al! had 
been drawn from Assyrian sources, but a statement of all the facts to 
a jury of jurists would, we think, result in a unanimous verdict against 
Prof. Delitzsch's claim. That among the more highly educated and 
deeply spiritual Babylonians there were many who held to a belief in 
a one Supreme God there can be no doubt. Why should there not 
have been ? If man was created in the image of his Creator, there 
must have come down through the generations a belief in that Crea- 



BOOK REVIEWS 53 

tor as the one Supreme God. If any one fact is being made clearer 
than another, it is that as the spade goes deeper into the ruins of an- 
cient Babylonia, it is evident that the aborigines of Babylonia were 
not savages. The theory once held by many, that man was evolved 
out of the lower order of the animal creation, is being disproved by 
the spade of the excavator. The type of the earliest inhabitants of 
Babylonia, which Prof. Delitzsch produces, does not indicate a low 
order of intelligence. In all ages of the world, since man came into 
it and we have found any record of him, wherever we have found him 
advanced in civilization and culture, we have found him a religious 
being, and his noblest monuments have been erected for the worship 
and glory of a Supreme Being. As man has wandered from this 
belief he has degenerated. This is the history of the rise and fall 
of the civilizations of the past, and this is the reason why men who 
believe in God have nothing to fear from the spade of the excavator, 
and they are the men who are giving of their means to carry on the 
work of historical research. 

Why God should have chosen the Hebrews as His special people 
is a question quite beyond the ability of Prof. Delitzsch to answer. 
The fact remains that He did, and Prof. Delitzsch quotes many sub- 
lime passages from the Bible breathing deeper spiritual sentiments 
than any found in the literature of the Babylonians. Among all the 
races, who have left behind them a literature, we find that some of 
their great leaders had a noble conception of a spiritual and moral life. 

Moses must have been acquainted with all the literature that has 
come under the eye of Prof. Delitzsch, and a great deal more that the 
spade will bring to light as the years go on and others take the places 
now so honorably filled by men like Prof. Delitzsch. The laws of 
Hammurabi are the laws of a just and enlightened ruler. That Moses 
copied from them, although he undoubtedly had studied them, has 
not yet been proved. 

Dr. Konig reviews Prof. Delitzsch's statements in great detail. 
We think he has gone deeper into the literature of the Ancient Baby- 
lonians than Prof. Delitzsch gives him credit for. He certainly is 
more of a theologian. We do not think it will harm any one to read 
the volume just published containing Prof. Delitzsch's Lectures, and 
the real truth will be evident to the unbiased scholar when he has 
read both Prof. Delitzsch's Lectures and the reply to them by Dr. 
Konig. 

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Published by the 
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 1904. 

THE annual reports, etc., of the Smithsonian Institution and some 
of its Bureaus have been and are greatly delayed in their publica- 
tion. The most important Bureau, that of the Bureau of American 
Ethnology, is now between 5 and 6 years behind time. Thus many 
important contributions to science are a long time in reaching the pub- 



54 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

lie. To remedy this evil the more important reports and monographs 
are to be published in a Quarterly entitled Smithsonian Miscellaneous 
Collections. The editorial announcement of these quarterly issues is 
as follow: 

m 

The Quarterly Issue of the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections is designed 
chiefly to afford a medium for the early publication of the results of researches con- 
ducted by the Smithsonian Institution and its bureaus, and especially for the publi- 
cation of reports of a preliminary nature. It is not designed that the Quarterly 
Issue shall supersede the regular series of the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections^ 
but, as its name implies, will form a part thereof. 

We have received Parts i and 2 of Volume I, which contains sev- 
eral interesting and important articles, among which are Seventy 
New Malayan Mammals, fully illustrated, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. ; 
Recent Studies of the Solar Constant of Radiation, by C. G. Abbot, il- 
lustrated ; A Skeleton of HesperorniSy by Frederic A. Lucas ; A New 
PlesiosauTy by the same author ; Shell Ornaments from Kentucky and 
Mexico, by Prof. W. H. Holmes ; On the Glacial Pothole in the Na- 
tional Museum, by George P. Merrill. The articles are all illustrated 
and are of present interest. 

The Prehistoric Races of America and Other Lands as Dis- 
closed THRU Indian Traditions, Comprehending also 
THE Origin of Matter and the Formation of the World, 
THE Periodic Changes of the Earth, the Glacial Peri- 
ods AND Astronomy Solving the Chronological Prob- 
lems, Etc., Etc. In 5 volumes. Fully Illustrated, By Rev. Dr. 
E. S. Curry. Volume 1. Christy, Mo. Published by the Au- 
thor, 1903. 

DR. CURRY, the author of this Volume, was a Missionary for 
many years among the Indians of the Middle West, and devoted 
a great deal of his time to the study of Indian myths and traditions, 
and sought diligently to decipher Indian pictographs. But he has 
not confined himself to Indian myths and legends. He has branched 
out into the wider field of general archaeology, anthropology and eth- 
nology. To cover the ground mapped out he contemplates the pub- 
lishing of 5 volumes, of which this is the first. Many of the theories 
advanced are original. The present volume contains a very interest- 
ing contribution to the literature of Indian myths and legends, but it 
does not carry us far enough in the author's work to justify com- 
ments on the theories he has advanced. 

But there is another reason why a great many persons will be glad 
to have in their libraries this volume. Dr. Curry has been obliged to 
carry on his investigations in the midst of other labors and without 
money. Most of his life has been spent away from libraries, and we 
might say civilization. He doubtless was unable to find a publisher to 
issue his work, but he was not to be deterred from reaching the public 
by his failure to enlist a publishing house in his enterprise. He there- 



EDITORIAL NOTES 55 

fore conceived the idea of being his own printer and publisher. To do 
this it became necessary for himself and members of his family to learn 
the art of printing, photo-engraving and book-binding. A font of type 
was secured, a stereotype foundry was constructed by them, out of old 
iron engraving tools were made, and later a printing press built, and 
the work of manufacture began. Everything connected with the man- 
ufacture of a book was done by himself and family on his farm. We 
do not believe that in the whole history of printing and book making 
another such case of determination to reach the public is to be found. 
The volume, in appearance — typography, illustrations, press work and 
binding — is worthy of many publishing houses. For this reason alone 
we think many of our readers will be interested in securing a copy for 
their libraries. Besides, there is enough between the covers of value to 
amply repay the price of the book — $2. We cheerfully give this no- 
tice while many volumes by distinguished authors await notice here. 



+ -f + 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

ASIA: — GOBI DESERT — Sven Hedin has furnished additional 
evidence of the Chinese invention of paper. On his recent journeys 
he found Chinese paper that dates back to the second half of the III 
Century after Christ This lay buried in the sand of the Gobi desert, 
near the former northern shore of Lop Nor, where, in the ruins of a 
city and in the remnants of one of the oldest houses, he discovered a 
goodly lot of manuscripts, many of paper, covered with Chinese 
script, preserved forsome 1,650 years. Thedatei^Dr. Himly's conclu- 
sion. According to Chinese sources, paper was manufactured as 
early as the II Millennium before the Christian era. The character of 
the Gobi desert find makes it probable that the making of paper out 
of vegetable fibres was already an old art in the III Christian Century. 

Ancient Nineveh: — ^The activity of the Germans in excavating in 
Babylonia and Assyria seems to be exerting a reflex influence on other 
countries. The British Museum has resumed excavations at the 
mound of Kuyunjik, the site of ancient Nineveh, with the especial 
object of finding additional remains of the famous library of Ashur- 
banipal. In this country, also, a new organization has been formed, 
the Oriental Elxploration Fund of the University of Chicago, under the 
general directorship of President Harper, for the purpose of conduct- 
ing excavations in Babylonia and Assyria, Egypt, Syria, and Pales- 
tine, the same field occupied by the German Orient-Gesellschaft. This 
organization has already commenced excavations at Bismya, a ruin 
site near Nippur in Babylonia, commonly supposed to be the remains 



^ 



56 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

of the city of Isin, a place of great importance in the III Millennium 
B. C. The field director of these excavations is Dr. Edgar J. Banks, 
formerly American Consul at Bagdad. 

ASIA MINOR : — Hearion — A report on the excavations un- 
dertaken at the instance of the Greek Archaeological Society at 
Hearion, in Samos, has just been submitted by M. Kappadias, who 
personally conducted them. The Temple of Hera was the most cele- 
brated of all the temples in Asia Minor, and was supposed to be the 
National Sanctuary of the lonians. It was built long pefore the Arte- 
mision at Ephesus, and consisted of 2 wings. There were 24 pillars 
along each of the longer sides, and 8 pillars on the short ones. When 
compared with the temple at Ephesus, many similarities may be 
noted as regards the foundations and arrangement of the pillars. Two 
pillar capitals were discovered during the excavations which, in the 
opinion of M. Kappadias, were Doric, and not Ionic, ones. This is, 
however, not so remarkable, as the IDoric style was frequently used 
for the most ancient buildings in Asia Minor. In the Hearion the 
capitals were executed in Doric, and the pedestals in Ionic, style. — 
London Standard. 

Ancient Pergamos: — According to the reports published by 
Smyrna papers, Prof. Dorpfeld has unearthed, in the course of his 
archaeological excavations in ancient Pergamos, a magnificent hall 
of columns fully 60 metres in length, which apparently was a grand 
portico. Among the finds made here was a life-sized woman's head 
in marble, also the inscribed base of a statue of a iEsculapius, a large 
vase with the figure of Apollo, and, more noteworthy, 4 marble slabs 
covered with a hieroglyphic style of script, and pictures of various the- 
atrical scenes and actors, men, women and girls. Two other marble 
heads were found, one being that of Bacchus, the other probably that 
of the Empress Faustina, the wife of Marcus Aurelius. 

EUROPE:— GERMANY— 7«r/;^— On January 26 the library of 
the University of Turin was destroyed by fire. This library was spe- 
cially rich in old manuscripts, and about 3,700 of these, mostly of 
Oriental origin, were lost. There were 3,000 volumes of Greek, 
Latin and other codices as well as the valuable Venetian collection 
of books from the library of Cardinal Delia Rovere which were de- 
stroyed. It has been impossible, as yet, to ascertain the full extent 
of the loss. 

The XIV International Congress of Americanists will meet in 
Stuttgart next summer from August 18 to 23. The 3 topics for dis- 
cussion are: "The Native Races of America," in all aspects; "The 
Monuments and Archaeology '* of this hemisphere, and ** The History 
of the Discovery and Occupation of the New World." Communi- 
cations may be in English, German, French, Italian or Spanish. The 
local general secretary is Prof. Dr. Kurt Lampert, Archivstrasse 3. 

ITALY — Commendatore Boni has made further discoveries in 
the Forum at Rome, among them the site of the ancient temple of 
Janus, a small structure compared with later temples. In a gallery 



EDITORIAL NOTES 57 

about 20 ft. under ground he thinks he has discovered the substruc- 
ture of the theater built by Julius Caesar. Short galleries ending in a 
square chamber run at right angles from the long gallery, 4 on the 
lett and 3 on the right. All these chambers are connected by a nar- 
row terra-cotta tube. His explanation is this : The gladiators entered 
these chambers and at a signal given by way of the terra cotta tube 
they rose up through trap doors, as if out of the earth, and appeared in 
the arena before the public. The tubes have been cleared and are 
found to work perfectly, while objects discovered in the galleries give 
further indications of their use. 

RUSSIA — Ancient Olbia — ^The excavations recently made by M. 
Formakovski, under the auspices of the Russian Archaeological Soci- 
ety on the site of ancient Olbia, have led, and are daily leading, to 
very interesting results. The site of the old Greek city lies on the 
southern bank of the Boug, about midway between Otchakoff and 
Nicolaieff, and not far distant, on the landward side, from the estuary 
of the Dnieper. 

M. Formakovski's researches have, during the last few weeks, 
laid bare part of the walls and foundations of the original city, dating 
back from the VII Century B. C. The masonry is of the same archaic 
description as that of the ruins of ancient cities uncovered in various 
parts of Greece. Before this depth was reached the excavators came 
upon 2 different strata of walls and basements, bearing inscriptions of 
the IV and I Centuries B. C. The stone blocks composing the ruins 
of houses, temples, etc., in these upper strata are of remarkably exact 
square proportions and excellently dressed. The more solid con- 
structive work is, however, found in the lowest stratum — that is, in 
the remains of the original city. At this depth there was unearthed 
a short time ago a perfectly preserved wine cellar. Some 50 huge 
black jars, or vases, had evidently contained red wine, now turned to 
a light, powdery substance. A large collection of valuable antiques 
in gold, marble and ancient pottery is being taken from the newly 
uncovered ruins. These are all sent to the Hermitage at St. Peters- 
burg, and it is stated that, as a result of the numerous and interesting 
discoveries expected to be made during the process of further and 
comprehensive excavations, a special Olbia section will be arranged 
in the famous museum in the Russian Capital. Under the super- 
vision of M. Formakovski, the greatest care is taken to attest the 
genuine nature of the newly-found antiquities, as it was on this site, 
it will be remembered, that the spurious tiara of Saitapharnes was 
falsely alleged to have been discovered. 

Olbia, Olbiopolis or Borysthenis, on the right bank of the Borys- 
thenes, near its estuary, was a colony of Miletus, 655 B. C. It was 
the great station for Greek trade with the interior, and a wealthy city 
from a very early time. Inscriptions, published in the Cof^pus Insc. 
Grtsc^ Volume II., and especially the famous Decree in honor of Pro- 
togenes, threw much light on its internal history in the few centuries 
before and after the Christian era. They show it as a Greek city, 



58 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

maintaining its independence with difficulty against the barbarians 
who continually threatened it ; but the Greek life and the Greek name 
gradually gave place to Scythian, the city was finally merged with 
the surrounding tribes, and its civilization and import^ce disap- 
peared. It is a commonplace among archaeologists to speak of the 
trade route which lead across country to the Northern Sea from 
Olbia, and a find of Archaic Greek coins in Prussia is appealed to as 
proof of this contention ; but it has recently been shown that this find 
of coins was an imposture. Though it is not improbable that such 
trade routes did exist at an early time, it is extremely unlikely *,hat 
the Greek traders used them. The natives brought down their mer- 
chandise to the Greek colonies, and the trade was there conducted, 
not by money, but by barter. 

The most interesting point about the religion of Olbia is the cult 
of Achilles Pontarches, the ruler of the sea, a deity who was exten- 
sively worshiped along the northern coast of the Black Sea. He was 
evidently a god of the native races, in whom some analogy of name 
and character caused the Greeks to recognize their hero Achilles. 
Hence arose the legend, known already to Pindar, that Achilles lived 
in the White Isle, in the Black Sea, a god surrounded by the other 
heroes. Olbia was destroyed by the Getae about 70-60 B. C, but re- 
vived, and was a flourishing city when Dion Chrysostom visited it 
about A. D. 100. 

SICILY — Syracuse — The history of Syracuse, and of Sicily, is 
nearly all written in one building still doing active service in modern 
Syracuse, the Cathedral. It was first a Greek temple — perhaps to 
Minerva. Then came Christianity in the I or II Century, and the 
Doric columns of the Temple, 6 ft. in diameter, were connected with 
walls of masonry ; arches were cut through the walls of the Cella, a 
roof was placed in position and a fine Christian Church was provided. 
In the X Century the Saracens came into power, some shield-like 
battlements were added both to the outside walls and the projecting 
walls of the Cella or nave, a few internal changes were made, a mina- 
ret added and a first-class mosque was provided. Two hundred years 
later the Normans came into power, when the small minaret was 
removed, the interior slightly changed, and again it was a Christian 
Church. All these changes, I think, left the simple dignified outlines 
of the original Greek Temple, but the modern Rennaissance at last 
got hold of it and constructed a new front totally out of character 
with anything that had been done before. And now one has the 5 
periods beautifully mixed. The old Greek pillars were thicker than 
the walls and still show their outlines both inside and out. Even 
the triglyphs show in a few places where the old entabulature 
has remained. The Saracen battlements, the Norman arches and 
the modern "gingerbread'' are all preser\^ed, and each in its 
turn testifies to the fact that religion in all races and ages is the 
most mighty of all influences in shaping the thoughts and actions of 
men. 



J 



EDITORIAL NOTES i^c, 

THE WILD PAPYRUS 

An interesting excursion from Syracuse is up the historical 
Anapo and its tributary, the Cyane, to the fountain of Cyane. Our 
special object in this trip was to visit the papyrus in the only place 
in Europe, if not in the world, where it grows wild. Here for fully 
2 miles the banks of the stream are lined with immense masses of 
papyrus, most of it growing to the height of 15 or 20 ft, and measur- 
ing over 2 in. in diameter where it grows out of the water We 
picked 2 beautiful specimens, hoping to get them to our hotel and 
save them as specimens for the botanical collection at Oberlin, but 
when we reached our landing place, the guardian of the law was at 
hand and compelled us to throw all aside except one fine top 
we had selected. The rule is to allow only one small specimen to 
each boat load. By much persuasion we induced him to permit us 
to also retain a piece about i ft. long of the stalk that grew below 
water. This is the part from which the papyrus paper is made. We 
also saved a fine stalk about 18 inches long in bud, which the faithful 
officers did not discern. The Government will do well to preserve 
this fine lot of papyrus, but they might do it with greater intelli- 
gence, for they permit the boatmen to tear and trample at will, but 
not to carry it away. — Dr. Lucien C. Warner in the Oberlin REyiEW. 

NORTH AMERICA: — UNITED STATES — The lat- Prof. 
Charles F. Olney, of Cleveland/ Ohio, had made a vast collection 
from all parts of the world of curios, rare pictures, sculptures, bronzes, 
ivory carvings, etc., forming one of the most notable collections of 
the kind in this country, and had probably expended over $500,000 
on the collection. A few years ago he built an annex to his residence 
for housing it. This he freely opened to the public. 

It was supposed by many that he would leave his collection to 
the city of Cleveland, but it was also well known that he was very 
much attached to Oberlin College. He died suddenly in New 
Haven, Conn., in July last, and among the many bequests he made 
was one to Oberlin College, but it provided, in case Mrs. Olney should 
survive him for 30 days that all the property without reserve should 
become hers. Both Mr. and Mrs. Olney, it seems, made wills which 
were substantially identical in their provisions, at the same time. 
Mrs. Olney survived her husband a few days over 6 months, and 
when her will was admitted to probate last month it was found 'that 
the vast collection was left to Oberlin College. The collection is 
undoubtedly one of the finest private collections ever made in this 
country. With the collection is left a legacy of $10,000 to be 
invested in trust for the care and maintainance, repair and improve- 
ment of the collection, and as soon as sufficient funds can be secured 
a suitable building will be erected at Oberlin and the collection will 
be transferred to its new home. 

Prof. Olney was a teacher and scholar of considerable promi- 
nence. He was the author of Olney' s Geography and Atlas, the 
National Preceptor and other widely used text books. 



6o RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Prof. Olney's collection is so varied and valuable that we give 
the following brief outline : 

The pictures are almost all oil paintings and embrace some very 
fine old canvasses. An "Adoration of the Virgin" by an Italian artist 
of the XV Century, is extremely interesting in its characteristics. A 
Salvator Rosa, a Rembrandt, a VanDyke, a " St. Anthony and the 
Charity Child " by Cano the Spanish artist. Among the works of 
modern artists is a lovely landscape that bears the famous name of 
Corot, 2 beautiful children by Bouguereau, a beautiful landscape by 
George Inness, and others by Dupre, Rousseau, Lambinet, and a mar- 
velously beautiful Russian scene by Vesin, Innsley, Cole, William and 
James Hart, Cropsey, Coleman, and 'many others. 

The collection of jewels, cameos, ivories, bronzes and filigrees 
is very large. The jewels comprise opals, pearls, topazes, rubies, gar- 
nets, turquoises, chalcedony, blood-stones, moon-stones, crystals, 
moss-agates, etc. Among the cameos are rare examples of art seldom 
seen in museums. Among the ivories are many great treasures, rival- 
ing those in the famous Green Vaults at Dresden, and other great 
collections of the world. One of a " Cupid and Psyche," by Canova, 
is extremely beautiful. The talented artist as well as actor, Mr. Joseph 
Jefferson, says it is the most beautiful thing he has ever seen. An an- 
tique ivory figure called "The Wandering Minstrel," is full of deep 
feeling. An elaborately carved tankard is of marvelous beauty among 
the larger pieces. The collection of ivories embraces over loo pieces, 
all worthy a place in any museum in the world. 

The bronzes embrace examples from Japan, China, Russia and 
France, and well illustrate the development of art in those countries. 
A fine modern bronze 7 ft. in height stands in the center of the gallery. 
Of this Professor Olney was very proud, and often remarked that it illus- 
trated the triumph of the good and the beautiful over evil and ugliness : 
the dragon of evil is dying, and the symbol of light and beauty rises 
dominant. The specimens of pottery represent many countries. A set 
of 6 Cloissone plates, imported for Professor Olney from Japan, illustrate 
the processes of their manufacture from the beginning to the end. There 
are mosaics, Statsum, bowls, rare screens, costly and beautiful oriental 
rugs, inlaid and carved cabinets, and many other choice objects. There 
is a touch of delicacy and refinement noticeable in the whole collection. 

Among his collection of ivory carvings is one of rare artistic 
workmanship representing the presentation of Christ in the Temple. 
He found it some 6 years ago in a curio shop in the City of Mexico 
and at once purchased it. It is about 8 by 12 in. and at the time 
he bought it it was in a wooden frame. When he reached Cleve- 
land he removed the original frame and was surprised to find on the 
back of the carving an inscription in Chinese characters. Through 
the courtesy of Prof. Olney we made a photograph of the inscription 
and also of the carving, which we will reproduce in the near future in 
Records of the Past. The indications are that the carving was 
either made in China in the XIV Century, when Christianity seemed 



EDITORIAL NOTES 6i 

to have gained a firm foothold, or that it was made later in Mexico 
by some Chinaman who had been converted to Christianity. 

Council Bluffs, Iowa — Within a few miles of the city of Council 
Bluffs there is an ancient village site about 15 miles long and 
4 miles broad along the river. On the summit of the bluffs are re- 
mains of ancient earthworks, which may have been for defensive pur- 
poses. Prof. E. A. Rinehart, of the State University of Minnesota, has 
been devoting considerable time to a study of the Indian mounds and 
burying places of Iowa. He proposes to invite archaeologists, from 
different parts of the country in the early spring, to Council Bluffs for 
the purpose of investigating the antiquities of that region. Prepara- 
tions have already been made for setting a large force of laborers at 
work to excavate on this important site. The work will be carried on 
under the direction of the Iowa State Archaeological Society. Re- 
cently, Prof. Sneik, of the Minnesota Historical Society, while making 
some investigations on the site of the village, unearthed a unique iron 
hoe, buried 14 ft. below the surface. While an oddly-shaped instru- 
ment, it was evidently intended for digging. 

Last month Mr. N. J. Miller, of Council Bluffs, in company with 
several gentlemen, while making a survey of this village site, and in 
cutting down a giant oak, near the summit of the bluff, found a pecu- 
liar copper bullet in the very heart of the tree. The bullet had evi- 
dently been buried in the oak when quite small, as no evidence of its 
passage through the surrounding wood could be found. The bullet 
is spherical and must have been fired into the tree long before fire- 
arms are supposed to have been known in the West. 

Leading from the site of the ancient village, there is a well- 
defined route extending 20 miles into Nebraska to the old flint quar- 
ries near Nehawka. This route is marked by flint chippings, arrow- 
heads and other stone implements, and shows plainly where the dwell- 
ers in the village secured the materials for their implements of war. 

The Nehawka flint quarries have long been a theme of interest to 
scientists, and they are gradually yielding their secrets to the persist- 
ent efforts of archaeologists, who have searched for years among the 
debris for their concealed mysteries. 

Prof. Blackman, archaeologist of the Nebraska State Histori- 
cal Society, speaking of the Nehawka flint quarries, says: The 
vicinity is underlain with a deposit of permo-carboniferous limestone, 
in which are imbedded nodules of flint of fine quality. These flint 
nodules are found in the third stratum, at a depth of 10 ft. below the 
surface and 40 ft. above the creek bed. The aborigines have quar- 
ried over about 6 acres and have taken out vast quantities of flint from 
the old mines. 

It is the belief of Prof. Blackman that these quarries were 
used by all the Western tribes, as flint-strewn routes lead off in all 
directions from the ancient workings and show the flint to have been 
taken in every direction by the miners. 

To determine the people who inhabited the ancient villages below 



62 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Council Bluffs, it will be necessary to make a large collection of the 
stone implements and weapons from the graves, said Prof. Blackmao. 
It yet remains for some one to make this collection and to give the 
village a systematic study. The town was not in existence when the 
Lewis and Clarke expedition passed up the Missouri in 1804. There 
have been some traces of white men's trinkets found in the graves, and 
from the appearance of pottery found I believe the date of its deser- 
tion could not have been later than the year 1 700. 

The circular earthworks found on the highest points around the 
old village are still plainly defined, although built perhaps as much as 
2 centuries ago. One circle is 40 ft. in diameter, 4 ft. deep and 
the walls still stand 2 ft. higher than the surrounding level. I am 
credibly informed that these circles were used in the " Sun Dance,'* as 
practiced by the Indians of the prairies. 

Prof. Blackman hopes that when the big gathering of archae- 
ologists takes place, their excavations will bring to light enough relics 
to practically establish the history of the old village. 

An Ancient Indian Jar from the Mohawk Valley, — Mr. R. Hor- 
racks, of Fonda, N. Y., while stalking deer during the last hunting 
season at the Little Falls of the upper waters of the Sacondaga, near 
Lake Piseco, caught in a heavy downpour of rain, was obliged to seek 
shelter from the storm under the ledges of the Little Falls. While 
sitting there his attention was attracted to what seemed to be a round, 
brown bowlder, partly covered with moss. Carelessly striking it, it 
gave forth a hollow sound. His curiosity being excited, he dug away 
the earth with his hunting knife and soon laid bare a symmetrically 
formed earthen jar. The jar stands 10 in. high. At its largest cir- 
cumference it -measures 30 in. and at its smallest 20 in. The circum- 
ference of the top or mouth of the jar measures 24 in. The vessel on 
the inside bears signs of use, but the outside shows no trace of fire, as 
is usual in Indian jars. The bottom is rounded. The ornamentation 
around the top is of the usual style of the Mohawk pottery — that is, a 
series of straight and diagonal lines. The jar still bears the moss that 
had gathered on the rounded bottom that was exposed above the 
earth. The jar is a well preserved specimen of Mohawk pottery, and 
is rare on account of the shape of the top, which is cut in 3 curves, 
forming 3 points, which give it a triangular appearance. It is a 
singular fact that the 3 largest specimens of Indian pottery now in 
the valley were found in the lake region of the foothills of the Adi- 
rondacks — the Richmond jar, the Hanson jar and the Horracks jar. 
The Horracks jar is in the possession of W. MacReid for the present 
and IS an interesting study. It is not as large as the Hanson jar, but 
to those interested in the life and affairs of the "aboriginal Americans," 
is of equal value. 

Gradual Extinction of the Natives of Alaska, — Reports to the 
Interior Department and from other sources from Alaska show the 
lamentable condition of the native Alaskans and their gradual extinc- 
tion. Special Inspector James W. Whitton, in his report to the Sec- 



EDITORIAL NOTES 63 

retary of the Interior, says that destitution is everywhere present and 
the total extinction of some of the tribes is threatened. He states 
that the Indians in Southeastern Alaska are superior in points of 
intelligence and civilization to those of other sections of the district, 
and he quotes from a letter to him by Judge Wickersham, of the 
United States District Court, whose jurisdiction extends over all the 
natives except the Southeastern Alaskans, as follows : 

The Tsymsheans have their permanent home on Annette Island, which was 
reserved for their use by Section 15, Act of March 3, 189 1. The Hidahs occupy 
the southern portion of Prince of Wales Island, and the Thlingets occupy the other 
southeastern islands and the coast as far west as Yakutat. The Tsymsheans are 
the most civilized of all the Alaskan Indians, and are an entirdy self-supporting 
and well-disposed people. 

The Hidahs and the Thlingets come next in point of intelligence, and are also 
self-supporting, although their improvident use of money sometimes leaves indi- 
vidual families in want at certain seasons of the year. The Southeastern Alaskan 
natives all live in comfortable houses, mainly of modern construction, and are usu- 
ally well and comfortably dressed. They hunt, fish, chop in the woods and work 
about mills, mines, canneries and on steamboats. They are generally an industri- 
ous, frugal and well-to-do people. 

The Aleuts do not fare so well. They learned many years ago to use the food of the 
white man, their section of the country having been largely occupied by the Russians 
at an early day. Their money supply originally came from hunting the sea otter, which 
of late has almost entirely disappeared from Alaskan waters. Judge Wickersham 
says : * * The Aleutian Islands, too, have suffered greatly by reason of the laws restrict- 
ing* the hunting of seals and other fur-breeding animals, and they are nearly at the 
point of starvation for that reason. If the Government would judiciously place 
reindeer among these people it would help them in time and possibly save some 
remnant of them from destruction ; but they are unable to meet the pressure of the 
Anglo-Saxon, and especially his game and fish laws, and are being rapidly extermi- 
nated by such legislation. * ' 

Perhaps the most destitute of the Aleuts are those who inhabit Afongnak Island, 
about 350 in number, and their condition and the cause of their destitution is told 
by Howard M. Kutchin, special agent to the Treasury Department, in his report for 
last year, as follows : 

**The particular hardship to which these people have been subjected is ex- 
plained by the fact that Afognak Island was some years ago made a Government 
reservation, and two salmon canneries located there had to be suspended. At these 
the natives found work and also a market for the salmon they caught. The reserva- 
tion order forbade them taking salmon except for domestic use. By a liberal con- 
struction of the law they were permitted to sell their surplus ukala (or dried salmon) 
to the trading companies having stores on the island. 

• * Latterly their case has become even more hopeless by reason of the fact that 
the stores have ceased to buy ukala. The people have been educated to require 
more than the bare necessaries of life, and they now find themselves reduced to 
dried fish. It is true that some of them procure work at the neighboring canneries, 
and so earn a little money to help themselves, but their situation is a hard one, and 
entitles them to something more than empty commiseration." 

The condition of the Eskimo is even worse than that of the Aleuts. He occu- 
pies a colder and more inhospitable climate, with no timber to furnish either employ- 
merit or fuel, and with very few exceptions there are no white settlements at which 
he can find either assistance or employment. The condition of the Eskimo and its 
cause is tersely and forcibly told by Governor Brady in his annual report, in which he 
says : * * We have invaded his country and killed and driven oflf the whales, walruses, 
seals and caribou, and in places have made fish scarce. We have gone along the 



64 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

shores of Bering Sea and have burned up the trees and driftwood on the beach, set 
fire to the tundra, have driven off the birds, and in our mad rush for gold have bur- 
rowed under his rude bara-babara and have allowed it to tumble even when the inmates 
were sick and dying. This has all been so sudden that he has been fairly stunned/ ' 
Judge Wickersham says : ** I see no future for the Athabaskans except ex- 
tinction, and little better fate for the Eskimo. There is a strength of virility in the 
Eskimo, however, which the Yukon Indians do not possess, and if the Eskimo could be 
turned into a reindeer people, they would be an advantageous population to Alaska.** 

Prof. Frederick Starr, of the University of Chicago, has had a 
silver medal struck, which he will offer each year to the person in the 
United States who most distinguishes himself in research work among 
the American Indians. The medal is to be called the " Corn Planter 
Medal," in honor of Chief Corn Planter, head of the Long House, 
the great council of the Five Nations. Prof. Starr is having 6 of the 
medals made for the 6 most prominent workers in Indian research at 
the present time. Hereafter the medal will be awarded annually. 

SOUTH AMERICA:— BOLIVIA— The Bolivian Government 
objects to having its antiquities taken out of the country without its 
consent. A recent French explorer, it seems, clandestinely smuggled 
out of Bolivia a large quantity of antiquities. After they were safely 
out of the country, the fact was reported to the Bolivian Government, 
which at once took stringent measures to prevent antiquities being 
removed from the country without its permission. The whole Pacific 
Coast of South America is rich in prehistoric remains, and it is most 
gratifying that some of the South American Republics are beginning 
to realize the importance of guarding their antiquities. 

ARGENTINE— Prof. William D. Scott, of Princeton University, 
visited last season the great Argentine Fossil Beds. He states that, 
in addition to the discovery of the fossil remains, the expedition dis- 
covered that the Southern Andes are of much later geological date 
than has heretofore been supposed — the Pliocene; that Patagonia pre- 
sents the appearance of a prehistoric Pompeii, in that it is covered 
with volcanic ash in the same way. 

The beds are wondrous rich in fossils. Before the bridge was 
erected between the American continents, animal life in South Amer- 
ica was much like that of Australia, but when Central America was 
formed the northern animals migrated, and some of the migrants ex- 
isted much longer in their new home than in the North. Such was the 
sabre-toothed tiger, of which extinct specie there are 4 perfect speci- 
mens (or nearly so) in the world, one of them at the American Museum of 
Natural History in New York. A remarkable thing, he says, about 
many of these strange-looking skeletons was the fact that their tusks 
were formed of the incisors instead of the canine teeth. In many 
cases the latter are extremely small. • It requires great care to get the 
fossils out of the surrounding bed, and generally, the material imme- 
diately investing the object is very hard, being composed of volcanic 
ash and 60 per cent, of carbonate of lime, probably the deposit of 
rain water. Another striking observation was that fossils obser\'ed in 
Santa Cruz beds are small, where those found in Pompeian are large. 



THK NEW YO 

WBUC UBSU 









ROCK-HRWN DWELLINGS OF CAPPADOCIA, ASIA UINOK 



f't. 






RECORDS ^ PAST 




VOL. Ill ■ W W PART III 



MARCH, 1904 



+ + + 



THE CAVATE DWELLINGS OF CAPPADCX3A 

BY G. E. WHITE 

WHILE all of Asia Minor is rich in archaeological remains, 
the places of greatest interest visited by me are Troy, Boghaz 
Keuy and the Cappadocian cavate dwellings. Troy is at- 
tractive chiefly because of Homer. As one stands on those ruins of 
moderate extent and views the meadow where run the tiny rivulets 
dignified as the Scamander and the Simois, he feels that Homer made 
better use of the literary materials at his disposal than any other 
writer that ever lived. Boghaz Keuy, the ancient Pteria, represents 
the Hittite civilization, old, peculiar and but partly understood. The 
cavate dwellings of Cappadocia represent the Christian religion, the 
Greek language and the Byzantine government. 

An extensive region in central Asia Minor, of which Cesarea 
Mazaca is at the northeastern corner, is largely volcanic in formation, 
the rocks being composed of soft tufa or trachyte, and the soil, one 
of the most favorable for the production of grapes, being formed of 
the same grayish material reduced to powder. This rock is so soft 
that it can be slowly whittled with a knife, and doors, windows, stairs, 
pillars, arches, and rooms greater and smaller, are easily worked in 
it, though it does not wear away rapidly under natural agencies, and 
its surface hardens on exposure to the air. 



68 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

It was a fine summer morning when a party of 3 Americans, 
amateur archaeologists bent on sightseeing, left Urgub to visit the 
remarkable collection of abandoned cavate dwellings in the valley of 
Guereme. On the way we passed many huge tufa cones 4 to 80 ft. 
high, the material between them having been cut away by the action 
of water, but the material of each cone being held by a conical fiat 
cap of still harder stone tipsily balanced on the apex. As we as- 
cended the last ridge beyond which lay the valley of our quest, our 
guide excitedly covered my eyes with his hands, and led me to the 
top, whence the eye takes in the whole panorama beyond and below. 

It was indeed a weird picture that burst on my sight. The main 
valley was over half a mile long, deepening and widening toward 
the open plain. The sides, which were 100 to 200 ft. high, and vari- 
ous cones and eminences tossed up in the middle of the valleys, w^ere 
honeycombed with old cavate dwellings to the number of hundreds, 
» the work mostly of monks, and I think, in the generations soon after 
Constantine and Helena. 

The custom of hewing out dwellings in the rocks is old. The 
prophet Obadiah says to Edom: "The pride of thy heart hath de- 
ceived thee, O thou that dwellest in the clefts of the rock, whose hab- 
itation is high : that saith in his heart who shall bring me down to 
the ground ?" Edomites like Cappadocians were troglodytes. Asia 
Minor as well as Syria has abundant magnificent rock-hewn tombs, 
habitations not of the living but of the dead; for example witness 
the "5 Mirror Tomb'* near Amasia. Rooms cut in the rock overlook 
the Halys River where it is crossed by the Samsoun Cesarea Road, 
doubtless a trade route from time immemorial. Excavations in the 
living rock for cisterns, granaries, snow-pits, dove-cotes, and even 
houses, are very common in the region over which Mt. Argaeus stands 
sentinel. Some villages are double, consisting of a series of houses 
above ground habitually occupied, and another series under ground, 
reached by shafts and connected by tunnels, to which the inhabitants 
resort in time of danger. When Ibrahim Pasha invaded Turkey half 
a century ago with the Egyptian army, the villagers of Misli fled be- 
low ground, cutting ofl their rear by stone doors like mill stones, 
which they rolled across the passageways. The army could not force 
an entrance. When they lowered buckets into the wells to draw up 
water, the refugees below cut off the buckets, and finally the invading 
army swept on, leaving a village of cavate dwellers behind it uncon- 
quered. Soghanly Deresi has a wonderful collection of these excava- 
tions, but we could not visit it on this trip. 

Cesarea was the home of Basil, the great organizer of monasticism 
in the East. Indeed in the Orient, religion has always assumed more 
ascetic, in the Occidert more practical forms. When Constantine 
made Christianity the religion of the State, not only was there an 
impression that the monastic life was the most virtuous, but many 
devout men felt that the only way left to escape the temptations of 
the w^orld was to withdraw from them to the practice of religion in 



if 



is 



70 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

seclusion. So when my eyes were uncovered and I looked full into 
the valley of Geureme I saw hundreds of excavations in the rock, the 
first of which may have been begun long ages ago by some primitive 
race of men, but most of which were certainly completed and ocoupied 
by the early monks of the Orthodox Eastern Church. 

Picking our way down into the valley, we began to enter and explore 
the excavations. They were chiefly of two kinds, sanctuaries and 
habitations. My notes made on the spot first describe a chapel, such 
as we afterward saw duplicated with slight variations in numbers of 
cases. Such a chapel is from 12 to 15 ft. square, hollowed out in the 
living rock, and with a seat of stone left running all about the sides. 
The doorway is low, with an open hall before it. Within, the ceiling 
is in the shape of a rolling dome, or the arches rise from the 4 corners to 
the center. Opposite the entrance a Holy of Holies is hollowed out, 
connected with the main room by a door and 2 window-frames, and 
containing an altar in the center, of course of stone, and a seat for the 
priest at the right hand as one enters the door. Oftentimes the ves- 
tibule before the main entrance has several graves cut in its floor, 
sometimes ostentatiously arranged so as to be trodden upon by 
comers and goers. The grave has a horizontal ledge just below the 
mouth for the purpose of supporting a stone slab as a cover, and fre- 
quently a grave is seen intended for a tiny child. Among the most 
remarkable features of these sanctuaries were the painted decorations, 
usually in red color, and arranged in lines, series of dots, wheels, 
checkerboards, squares, diamonds, and often representing figures hu- 
man or superhaman. 

The rooms intended as dwellings seemed each originally to have 
had a shrine in one corner. They were usually 10 to 12 ft. square in 
size, low and bare, cold and dark. Each room had one opening cut 
to admit the light. Often overhead a shaft like a chimney about 18 
in. square rose perpendicularly to another room above. Each of the 
4 sides had hand holes or foot holes cut out of the rock for climbing, 
but so narrow was the shaft that one had difficulty in bending his 
limbs sufficiently to make the ascent. At the top a ledge was once 
fitted with a trap door, hinged and bolted, securing the lonely occu- 
pant from unwelcome intruders. In this way the rooms rise often to 
a height of 5 or 6 stories, and sometimes to 10 or 12. A shelf let 
into the wall, is the only existing sign of furniture in these apart- 
ments. 

In different places there are refectories. Take for example one 
finely cut, 20 ft. by 30 ft. in area, having a table along the side with 
seats in front and behind, and all of stone, in excellent condition and 
preservation. At the head an alcove is rounded out fdr the abbot. 
Two fireplaces furnished conveniences for cooking the viands of a 
country whose native food products are among the best in the world, 
and a wine press with a vat scooped out in the floor was ready for 
pressing the grapes that grew to hand on the top of the cliff over- 
head. 



ROCK-HRWN DWELLINGS 0¥ CAPPADOCIA, ASIA MINOR 



TOUB, NEAR AMASIA, ASIA MINOK 



72 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Elsewhere were stables about the size of the smaller rooms with 
mangers in the side walls and halter handles for tying horses, asses 
and perhaps cattle. 

Several larger churches, each with many columns and with 
domes up to the number of 9, were excavated partly under ground, 
their entrances being now much choked by debris. The largest had 
a transept of 18 by 36 ft., the stem of the nave 16 by 16 ft, the apse 
18 by 40 feet and a side chapel with its own separate apse. In the 
days of its glory it could accommodate several hundred persons. 
The main dome at the base of its arches was 18 ft. above the floor, 
and its highest point not less than 25 ft. Here, as in the other 
churches, were seen scores and hundreds of frescoes, that in their 
time were finer than any decorative art found in the modern Oriental 
churches of the Levant, but they have been terriby defaced by Turk- 
ish and Mohammedan hostility to pictures as ministering to idolatry. 
A single overhead figure, life-size or larger and beautifully executed, 
may be injured in a hundred places by stones thrown at it with the 
especial aim of knocking out the eyes. The frescoes represent 
Scripture and other religious scenes. Christ and His apostles figure 
frequently, also the prophets and other Old Testament characters, 
Constantine and Helena, and the early fathers of the Church. The 
dragon is repeatedly slain by St George. In one case our Lord and 
His disciples appear eating fish. The Transfiguration, the Triumphal 
Entry, the Holy Family, the Baptism of Christ, the Three Children in 
the Fiery Furnace are favorites. A lifelike representation of the Bap- 
tism includes Satan blowing a horn, while an angel stands near with 
a towel extended on both hands, as if to receive a newly baptized 
Greek baby. In one instance the pillars of a dome are adorned with 
the figures of 8 of the Old Testament worthies, with a verse from the 
writings attributed to each. Once a tonsured head appears. Red, 
white, brown, black, yellow, green, slate and blue, in varying shades 
are among the colors used, and this imperfect description by no 
means does adequate justice to the great beauty of these frescoes, 
even in their neglected and damaged condition. 

One of the most curious scenes represents Abraham entertaining 
his Three Angel Visitors. The latter sit at a table on the backs of 
3 chairs with their feet in the seats. Before each are a knife and 
a fork with black handles, while the blades and tines are white. On 
a platter on the table is an ox head with its hair and horns and a pile 
of cakes. Two goblets stand on the table, and a third is extended 
by one of the visitants to Sarah, who is pouring wine into it. At the 
other side of the table is the figure of the patriarch, while under the 
table a cow suckling its calf completes the picture. 

There is a peculiar variety in the pictures showing the ecclesi- 
astic making the sign of the cross. The thumb is placed now en 
the third finger, now on the third and fourth, and again on the second 
and third. This doubtless indicates a time prior to the establishment 
of the present custom, whereby the thumb is placed on the third 



THE BEETLE THAT INFLUENCED A NATION 73 

finger and the sign is made with 3 fingers extended in honor of 
the Trinity. Similarly the representations of the cross show many 
different forms. The inscriptions are quite frequent and consist for 
the niost part of proper names, designating the figures that they 
accompany. They are all in Greek, and the words usually read from 
top to bottom, a form adapted to writing on columns. The shapes 
of the letters vary, as is common in Greek, and particularly the 
Sigma, which takes a form not familiar to me elsewhere. 

[Specimens of crosses and inscriptions will be figured under Editorial Notes in the April issue. — Ed.] 

+ + + 

THE BEETLE THAT INFLUENCED A NATION 

BY. C. DE W. BROWER, A. M. 

AN INSECT which for over 3000 years was regarded with deep- 
est reverence by an entire nation and helped mould its charac- 
Lter, its figures being worn by the living and buried with its 
dead, is not a trivial object and may well receive even from this busy 
age not only attention, but a tribute of respect. The scarab, as some 
one has wisely said, though never mentioned in history, is yet a his- 
tory in itself. It is only natural that today among the interesting 
forms of jewelry displayed in our own stores there can be seen occa- 
sionally a ring or pin with a setting in imitation of the beetle, ignor- 
ant as the shopper may be of its meaning. It is not strange that in 
any curiosity shop search will reveal a box or saucer containing a 
number of the small brown, gray or green objects shaped like beetles 
on one side and with strange inscriptions on the flat base. The 
dealer will be unable to read the inscriptions, but will charge a number 
of dollars apeice for the antiquities from Egypt. 

Every traveler in the Nile Valley has offered him here and there 
the same curiosities at all kinds of prices, and he usually buys a 
number openly on donkey-back, of Arab tomb robbers, who cannot 
be relied on to tell the truth as to the place of finding ; or of his 
dragoman with voluble assurances of honesty ; or a dealer in some 
obscure shop in Cairo under circumstances made as mysterious and 
impressive as possible. The purchasers know them as "Scarab," is 
told that the inscripitons on the flat side are names of ancient kings 
which his dragoman will pretend to interpret, and on his return home 
the tourist has them set in cuff buttons or scarf pins for his friends. 
The visitor to the tombs and temples throughout the same land no- 
tices the figures of the beetle oft repeated and cut deep with the other 
hieroglyphics. It may be that he becomes deeply interested. He 
may inquire, study, become one of that coterie with whom collecting 
scarabs becomes a hobby, as another person searches for rare prints. 



74 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

And as the months and years pass he comes to understand the quaint 
object of his quest, and to know that the distinction in the styles are 
as much a special subject as the differences in the manner of painters, 
and as unnoticed by those unfamiliar with the study. He learns also 
that there are scarabs and scarabs and that *'made in Egypt" does 
not carry any guarantee as to age. The wily native recognizes the 
demand and is prepared to supply it even to names of particular 
kings, though valuable scarabs are still found and will continue to be, 
and any modern traveler may secure some of rare worth. But the 
greater number of travelers, like the public in general, know little 
about them, important a place as they have held in the life of ^a great 
nation. And it is because it is worth the knowing that this story of 
their meaning and history is written ; and with the greater reason 
since many of even the most pretentious encyclopedias do not men- 
tion the subject at all. 

In the earliest ages of historic Egypt the beetle had a mysteriously 
sacred character and its images were used to express certain funda- 
mentals of the religious faith of the people. The Egyptian was deeply 
religious from the beginning, and one of his profoundest beliefs was 
in his immortality, in which both soul and body were to share. Now 
it was noticed that a beetle covered its egg in a bit of dirt which it 
rolled over and over up the bank, often above flood level where it 
was buried in a hole. The warmth of the Sun hatched the egg and 
in due time a beetle came forth from the grave. Here then was an 
illustration of vivifying after death ; an emblem of the resurrection. 
The inundations covering the land from end to end seemed in general 
to have no effect on this little animal, for as many appeared after as 
there were before, and in this way the idea of perpetual life received 
illustration. 

But there were other interesting and historically important rea- 
sons for the exalted place given the Scarab, — a word which is not 
Egyptian, but from the Greek "Skarabeius," meaning a beetle. 
The special type favored was the "Skarabeius Sacer.*' The Egyptian 
word for beetle was Kheper, meaning "to be," "to create," "to 
become." So the figure of the beetle came to convey the same idea. 
Further, one of the forms of the sun god was Kheper or Kephera, 
holding high place in the involved mythology of the people. He 
was the Morning Sun called " He who is." The similarity of name 
and the root meaning suggested that in the image of the beetle there 
was to be found nothing less than a representation of the god and so 
its fetish. The egg resembling and representing the Sun Disk. There 
exist decorations on the monuments depicting Khepera riding in a 
sacred boat, his head being a beetle with outspread wings, and cer- 
tain sculptures depict priests paying divine honors to a beetle placed 
on an altar; and the representations of the insect often portray it 
holding the Sun Disk above its head, symbol of the creative power of 
the universe and of successive becomings. The scarab image, there- 
fore, was thus a symbol of a god of life duration, development, and 




<2P 



o 




76 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

to wear one was not only to keep the hope in mind, as the present- 
-day Mohammeden is reminded of death by his turban, but, more, to 
help insure these things for the wearer. As the sacred Sun sank at 
night into the darkness to rise again, bringing new life, so the egg 
buried disappeared to rise with new activity. Such it was believed 
would be the experience of men and women, though dying here and 
buried, to live anew and forever. 

With a nation which with an all-pervading religious life used 
picture writing not only at the beginning of its history, but continued 
to use it even after sounds were expressed by signs, this symbol of 
resurrection, of continued indestructible life, was to the people some- 
what, what the cross has been to Christendom. It was a sign of 
religious belief, of the accepted creed. In addition to all the rest 
Sir Samuel Baker has pointed out that the scarab was highly honored 
as the harbinger of the high Nile, because it regularly mgide its 
appearance at the season of the flood. By the living, the scarab was 
worn set in rings, ear-rings, necklaces, as a pendant or carried in 
strings as a rosary, and not only as a sign, but as has been stated, as 
a safeguard against danger and death. They bore frequently the 
owner's name and the name of the reigning king. The engraved 
side was used for a seal also, and so played an important part in the 
daily life. Some scholars have thought that scarabs were used at 
times for money when there was no other medium of exchange. 

Scarabs were almost universally buried with the dead, being sup- 
posed to impart the quality of life to the deceased. They were folded 
in the mummy wrappings, hung about the neck and arms and placed 
over the heart. Often a large scarab was put in the heart cavity, the 
natural organ having been removed by the embalmer as a sign, or, 
possibly, as a supposed efficacious means of insuring resurrection 
coming through the new heart. Such funerary scarabs frequently 
bore inscriptions from The Book of the Dead. 

The use of the scarab as a sacred emblem began at an early 
day. There is a gold-foil impression of one of King Menes of the 
I Dynasty [about 4777 B. C], but this may be a forgery made from a 
scarab of later date. Scarabs there are, however, of Neb-ka-ra, the 
first king of the III Dynasty [4212 B. C.] and of Khufu (Cheops), 
builder of the great pyramid [3910 B. C.]. These are of fine work- 
manship, small and beautifully colored. The same may be said of 
some of Khafra [IV Dynasty 3908-3845 B. C.]. These are among 
the earliest known. To say that the use of these figures of the beetle 
was popular, quite fails to express the truth. More were worn during 
certain dynasties than in others, as religious life rose or waned ; so, 
for example, when religious revival came under Thotmes III [1502- 
1449], several thousand varieties bearing his name were produced. 
He was popular with the priests, a defender of the faith. On the 
contrary, in the XIX Dynasty scarabs largely went out of fashion ; so 
, under Amenhotep IV, who tried to subvert the old faith. But there 
is reason to believe that millions upon millions were manufactured 



y 



THE BEETLE THAT INFLUENCED A NATION 77 

and served their day until after the Persian period, or about 500 B. C, 
when they ceased to be used as sacred emblems and the manufacture 
came to an end, having flourished more than 3,000 years. The most 
recent, genuine scarab one can pick up or purchase is already more 
than 2,000 years old. 

. The early scarabs were as a rule finely glazed, and often colored 
like the beetle itself, of bluish-green. Later good glaze scarabs 
became rare. There are many changes from the original coloring 
due to age, and many scarabs have lost their color altogether during 
the lapse of the ages and are now only browns and grays. Glazes 
differed according to the place of manufacture. . Some of the finest 
work belongs to the XII Dynasty [2778-2565 B. C], the art dete- 
riorating after the XVIII Dynasty, though occasional revivals appear. 

They were made of varying materials and were of different sizes ; 
but at the first, as often in later centuries, were cut from steatite. 
Those of Cheops are of limestone, stained. The middle kingdom 
produced some of amethyst, emerald, jaspar and of garnet, and some 
of later days were of gold. One of carnelian, of rare beauty, was 
offered to me by an Arab at Old Memphis. During the XXII 
Dynasty potterj'^ and pastes were used ; in the XXVI Dynasty hard 
stones of all sizes and colors. In the ruins of Naukratis in the 
Delta Dr. Petrie found in a potter's workshop hundreds of finished 
and unfinished scarabs with clay moulds and also pigments for color- 
ing. Naukratis first comes to light about 600 B. C. Poor amulet 
scarabs chacterize the XXX Dynasty, made of pottery and badly 
glazed. Reference may well be made to the finding of the numer- 
ous rich and beautiful ornaments buried with Queen Aahotep, wife 
of Karnes of the XVII Dynasty. Among them was a large, flexible, 
gold necklace with a scarab pendant which was incrusted on the 
shoulder and wing sheaths with blue glass paste, rayed with gold. 
The legs and body were of massive gold. 

As to their size the majority are small, one-half to three-quarters 
of an inch in length, with occasional larger sizes, and all perforated 
lengthwise through the base. A colossal one of black granite in the 
possession of the British Museum, is 60 in. long and 33 in. high. 

An immense variety of devices besides the names of the owners 
and titles of kings, were engraved on the flat under side of the scarab. 
There are mottoes, sacred emblems, figures of gods and kings, ani- 
mals, flowers, autographs, names of deities, places, friendly wishes, 
pious ejaculations and magic formulas. But bearing so often the 
names of kings they become of genuine importance as historical 
documents, and so of extraordinary value as helping establish the 
chronological period of Egyptian history. They bring to life points 
concerning unknown kings, and have supplied correct readings of 
names. In fact many kings and their names are known to us only 
by their scarabs. In this way the knowledge of dynasties is made 
more complete. Collections of historical scarabs display chronolog- 
ical series of names of Egyptian kings ranging from highest antiquity. 



78 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

As a means of dating excavating work, these beetle amulets have a 
value, since by their style and the names they bear dates can be ap- 
proximated with greater accuracy. To the collector comes the gain, 
not only of possessing antiquities, but the increased historical know- 
ledge and acquaintance wdth the language, something of which he 
must know to be able to select the prizes and assign them to their 
place. Some of the most complete and valuable collections are in 
the hands of private persons. Egypt has been so systematically and 
continuously despoiled that vast quantities of all her richest treasures 
are now in other countries. 

To illustrate the character of some of the inscriptions the follow- 
ing are given, selected at random : 

" Nefer-hotep, born of the royal mother,'' "The royal son Apeq," 
** Chancellor, seal-bearer, overseer of palace,Aki,'' " Ra-men-kheper, 
good god, lord of the two lands,*' "Rameses, beloved of Amen," 
" Beautiful Amen-ra, giving life," " The divine wife, Ankh-ta." This 
last reminds us that women were held in high honor in Egypt. Bin- 
othris, the third king of the II Dynasty, established by decree the 
lawfulness of female succession to the throne. One large scarab 
records the marriage of Amenhotep III, in whose honor the colossi 
were erected at Thebes, with the great Asiatic princess Tyi [1414- 
1379 B. C.]. Of these about 20 are known to exist. 

Occasionally royal edicts were promulgated by means of the 
scarab ; at least one king so used them, this same Amenhotep III, 
who, besides announcing his marriage, tells the story by scarab in- 
scription of the capture of wild cattle. Only one of these is known 
to have survived. Another tells a story of a lion hunt, and of these 
a few remain. 

Here are a few more translations: "Truth upholds Ra (Ra- 
men-mat)," "The good God lives," "There is a mother wnose house 
feareth not," "Abounding in graces," "A real doer of what is pleas- 
ing to the gods," "Truth is a good mother." 

One of the interesting features connected with scarabs is that on 
them were traced the earliest decorative art of Egypt. According to 
Dr. Petrie, the zigzag line is the simplest and earliest kind of orna- 
ment, and we find it on the oldest tombs, about 4000 B. C. Then 
comes the spiral or scroll, one of the chief elements of Egyptian 
decoration, second only to the lotus in importance. Its service and 
meaning are alike uncertain, but the scarabs provide us with the ear- 
liest examples by far. Thus style of decoration may even have 
originated on scarab design. The earliest that can be determined is 
a scroll of Assa, about 3800 B. C. Certain Egyptologists have as- 
ierted that this is the earliest attempt at ornamental design either in 
Egypt or any other nation. Spirals are used to fill up the sides of 
the inscriptions on the scarabs of Pepy, and for over 1000 years they 
are to be found as an accessory on scarabs, after which they often 
-?')oear elaborated as sole patterns. 

There may easily be found here the proof in earliest days of the 



SHELL-HEAPS OF THE LOWER ERASER RIVER 79 

influence of religion on art. Because there was a S. Francis at the 
beginning of the XIII Century, there were Dante and Giotto at its 
close. Because there was a faith which the scarab symbolized there 
followed scrolls and other expressions of decorative art. John Ward, 
a collector of note, is inclined to consider these scrolls a secret form 
of religious symbol. 

Surely in the light of all the facts it can be claimed that the jew- 
eler is justified today in using the beetle as an ornament for modern 
decoration ; the traveler is justified in his interest in scarabs, the mu- 
seums are under obligation to give them honorable place, the collector 
needs no apology for his hobby, and we all can look on them with a 
feeling akin to reverence. "Love adds a precious seeing to the eye," 
and a better acquaintance with the scarab may influence us to a lik- 
ing, at least, which will insure that we shall never again idly and 
lightly class it with the **fiotsam and jetsam" we count as "curiosities." 








I 

I. SCARAB WITH SPIRAL SCROLL, V DYNASTY ; 2. SCROLL SCARAB, 
MIDDLE kingdom; 3. RA-MEN-MAAT, *'TRUTH UPHOLDS RA** 



+ + + 



SHELL-HEAPS OF THE LOWER ERASER RIVER 

BRITISH COLUMBIA * 

BY HARLAN I. SMITH 

THE Fraser River empties into the Gulf of Georgia, forming a 
delta which extends along the coast about 14 miles, from near 
the northern boundary of the United States, to Point Gray, 
about 6 miles southwest of Vancouver, B. C. The effect of the tide is 
felt for about 20 miles above the mouth ; and for a still greater distance 
we find one or both shores formed of alluvial soil, which at certain 
seasons receives deposits from the River. The westerly winds, in 
ascending the slopes of the Coast Range, precipitate their moisture, 
and consequently there is a considerable amount of rain, principally 
in winter. Vegetation is dense and luxuriant. Many of the trees are 
of gigantic size. 

* A fiiH report on this subject is given in Harlan I. Smith's Shell- Heaps of the Lower Fraser River ^ 
British Columbia^ which appeared as Part IV of Vol. IV of the Publications of the Jesup Expedition in 
the Afemairs of the American Museum of Natural History^ March, 1 903. 



8o RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The Indians inhabiting this region subsist largely upon fish and 
shell-fish. Whales, seals, deer, bear, etc., roots and berries are also 
used. The people depend largely upon the wood of the cedar and 
other trees for the manufacture of their implements and utensils. 
The bark of the cedar is made into garments, bags, mats, etc. They 
build immense houses of cedar-planks. The arts of carving and 
painting, which are characteristic of the North Pacific Coast, are well 
developed. Most of the implements or objects of art are made of 
wood. 

The most extensive remains of the early inhabitants of the coast 
are shell-heaps made up of layers of shell and other refuse from their 
villages. They are found on many flats along the coast, and at the 
mouths of most streams where the beach is smooth enough for canoe- 
landing. In front of many shell-heaps, where the beach is covered 
with bowlders, the stones have been removed to make canoe-paths 
up from the water ; and at low tide these paths, which are at right 
angles to the beach, may yet be seen, clearly marked by the bowl- 
ders piled in parallel rows at their sides. These often direct attention 
to a shell-heap at the edge of the forest which might otherwise be 
passed unobserved. The streams were highways to the interior, 
sources of fresh water and of food. At their mouths, mud flats are 
formed, on which shell-fish live. 

The typical shell-heap is several hundred yards in length, about 
30 yards in width, and 3 or 4 ft. in height. Others are miles in length 
and some reach a height of over 9 ft. [See plate I]. 

The age of some of these heaps is considerable, as indicated by the 
presence of Douglas-fir stumps over 7 ft. in diameter [See plate II] 
standing on 9 ft. of unbroken layers, many of which are only an inch 
or two in thickness. One stump only 4 ft. in diameter exibited over 
400 rings of growth, but on the larger stumps such evidences were ob- 
literated by decay. Judging from these stumps, the top layers of the 
shell-heaps cannot be less than 500 years old, while the lower layers 
must have been deposited a considerable time before, to allow for the 
formation of 9 ft. of strata above them. 

The shell-heap at Port Hammond, in the upper part of the Eraser 
Delta, is over 20 miles by water from the present seashore, where 
the shells, of which it is largely composed, are found. By land the 
nearest point of the seashore is over 10 miles. Judging from the 
customs of the present natives, the water-route would have been used 
in bringing the shell-fish to the village ; but the Indians prefer to live 
near the shell-beds. It is hard to believe that they would have carried 
from the present seashore the large quantity of shells which compose 
the shell-heap at Port Hammond. The rate of encroachment of the 
delta upon the sea, or of changes in the level of the land, may furnish 
some clue to the age of the Port Hammand shell-heaps. At present, 
according to information given by the late Dr. George M. Dawson, 
little or nothing is definitely known in regard to the geological age 
of the Eraser bottom-lands and the surrounding gravel-terraces. 



S3 



82 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The strata in the shell-heaps are often entirely composed of the 
remains of shell-fish, largely clams, mussels and in some cases oysters. 
Vegetable mould and general refuse also make up a large part of 
some heaps. The shell-heaps on delta land along large rivers, as 
compared to those along sea-beaches, seem to contain more black 
vegetable mould ; most of the shells seem to be broken and in a more 
advanced state of decomposition ; skeletons are nearly as well pre- 
served, and are much more frequently found in order; and implements 
of various kinds are more numerous among the layers. 

In the shell-heaps of the lower Eraser River the skeletons and 
stray human bones found were deposited at the time of the formation 
of the layers, and were not intrusive burials, as was clearly shown 
by the numerous unbroken strata extending over them. The 
bodies usually lie on the side, with knees close to the chest. Unlike 
the skeletons found in the interior, there are but few if any objects 
accompanying them, except in rare instances a few shell beads, cop- 
per ornaments, and chipped and ground stone points for arrows, 
spears, etc. Such specimeus, as well as other artifacts, were fre- 
quently found scattered in the layers, and it is likely that they were 
only accidentally near the skeletons. This is particularly true of the 
stone points. 

At Eburne 2 types of skeletons are found which belonged appar- 
rently to co-existent people, as they were excavated from the same 
layers. If one of these types consisted of captives or slaves, there 
was nothing in the manner of burial to indicate it. 

The shell-heaps of Vancouver Island and of the ajacent region 
have been known for many years, and were mentioned by Bancroft * 
in 1875 and by Dawson f in 1877. 

The large shell-heap near Eburne has been known for some 
years, — ever since the piece of southeast road between the end of the 
road running due south from Vancouver and the bridge at Eburne 
was cut through the middle of it. Mr. William Oliver, who was in 
charge of this work, observed the occurrence of artifacts, and caused 
the men to save such objects of antiquity as came to their notice. 
His observations at this time, and the collection which was then made, 
drew the attention of other observers to the place. The collection was 
secured by me and is now in the American Museum of Natural 
History. 

In 1884 the Rev. H. H. Gowan and Mr. James Johnson examined 
this shell-heap, and secured from it a human skull which was pecu- 
liarly long and had a narrow forehead. A bone spear-point was said 
to have been found piercing the left temporal bone of this skull. 
Both skull and spear-point were deposited in the Natural History 
Museum of New Westminster, B. C. A photograph of the skull was 
sent to the Smithsonian Institution, and I secured 2 negatives of it for 
the American Museum of Natural History. Mrs. Ellen R. C. Weber, 

* Native Races of the Pacific States^ Vol. IV, pp. 736, 739, 740. 

■(■ Note on Some of the More Recent Changes in I>evel, etc. [Canadian Naturalist^ April, 1877]. 



SHELL-HEAPS OF THE LOWER ERASER RIVER 83 

now of Vancouver, while living at Port Hammond some years prior 
to 1897, made a collection of the specimens turned up in her garden, 
which was on the shell-heap. 

In September and October, 1897, 1 conducted explorations for the 
Jesup North Pacific Expedition in the shell-heaps of the Lower Eraser 
River at Port Hammond. This work was continued in June, 1898, 
near Eburne ; and in September of that year Port Hammond was re- 
visited. The following descripitons are based upon these explorations.* 
In the field, assistance was rendered by Dr. Roland B. Dixon and Mr. 
Reginald C. Brooke. Thanks are due to the land-owners who allowed 
our explorations on their property ; to Mr. R. L. Codd, who person- 
ally facilitated explorations on his land ; and to Mr. James M. Dale 
for specimens collected by him. The accompanying illustrations are 
from drawings made by Mr. Rudolf Weber, and the plates are repro- 
ductions of photographs taken by the author. 

The explorations along the Lower Eraser River were largely con- 
fined to the shell-heaps at Port Hammond and Eburne. At Port 
Hammond the main shell-heap is located on the alluvial ridge paral- 
lel to the north bank of the Eraser River, and is always within 50 ft 
of the stream, which in places has cut into shell-layers. It extends 
along this ridge continuously for about half a mile downstream, be- 
ginning at the base of the gravel terrace through which a cut has 
been made for the Canadian Pacific Railway, and on which was 
located a burial mound.f There are some oval shell-knolls on the 
most westerly part of the main shell-heap where it is low. There are 
also some such knolls on the natural ridge beyond. They occur at 
intervals of from perhaps 100 to 150 ft. and probably mark spaces 
where refuse was thrown between the ancient houses, or in close prox- 
imity to the doorways. It is. possible, however, that they mark centers 
of habitation. Beyond the end of the ridge where the land is low 
there are a few low oval shell-heaps, probably refuse from isolated 
houses. Back of the ridge along which the shell-heap extends, the 
land is low, and in some places was swampy before the making of 
dikes and ditches. It is said that in the rear of the shell-heap there 
was formerly a water-course, which extended from near its eastern end 
northwestward to Pitt Meadows, and farther on into Pitt River, thus 
affording canoe communication from the rear of the village to the 
north, while the Eraser River afforded connection with the east and 
west. 

The shell-heap is, on an average, about 100 ft. wide, and reaches 
a maximum height of 8 ft. During unusually high floods silt is some- 
times deposited on it. At least 6 gardens are located on the shell- 

* Preliminary reports of this work were published as follows : The Jesup Expedition to the North 
Pacific Coast, Science ^ N. S., Vol. vi, No. 145, Oct. 8, 1897, pp. 535-538 ; Franz Boas, Operations of 
tfu Jesup North Pacific Expedition in i8gy^ Memoirs^ Am, Afus. Nat. Hist,^ Vol. II, June 1 6, 1898, 
pp. 7-1 1 ; Harlan I. Smith, Archaolo^ical Investigations on the North Pacific Coast of America^ Science, 
N. S., Vol. IX, No. 224, April 14, 1899, pp. 535-539 ; also separate ; Harlan I. Smith, Archaoiogical 
In7*estigations on the North Pacific Coast in iSgg, American Anthropologist, N. S., Vol. II, July-Sep- 
tember, 1900, pp. 563-567 ; also separate. 

t See description of this mound in Memoirs, Am. Museum of Natural History, Vol. iv, p. 6p. 



84 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

heap, but parts of it are yet protected by natural vegetation. Below 
the surface-soil, and down to the bottom of the shell-heap, clam and 
mussell shells are found mingled with charcoal, a very few oyster- 
shells, and the bones of animals. Usually the purest shell-layers are 
found within 3 ft. of the surface, the lower layers being largely of black 
vegetable mould, refuse, charcoal and ashes. The general character- 
istics of the specimens found in the lower layers are the same as those 
found in the highest strata and on the surface. The fir-trees growing 
upon this shell-heap suggest that it is of considerable age, but there 
is no evidence of any very great antiquity. 

A Shell-heap on the oval knoll farthest downstream beyond the 
main site, was entirely excavated by our party. On the northwestern 
edge of this heap stood the stump of a Douglas-fir tree. The fallen 
tree belonging to this stump measured over 4 ft. in diameter at a 
point over 10 ft. above its base. A second stump stood to the 
north-northwest of the heap. Its roots extended over some of the 
lower shell-layers. The stump, reduced in thickness by fire, still 
measured 13 ft in circumference at a point 8 ft. above the ground, 
where the trunk was smooth. It was 29 ft. in circumference at a 
point 3 ft. above the ground, but below the point where the trunk 
begins to expand into buttresses. 

The main shell-heap near Eburne is north of the north arm of 
Fraser River, and parallel to its bank. It is opposite the eastern end 
of Sea Island, and is located along the edge of the gravel terrace 
which here drops abruptly to the alluvial bottom-land, that is per- 
haps J^ of a mile wide and subject to occasional inundation. 

The heap is at least several hundred feet long, and is from 50 to 
over 200 ft. wide, covering several acres. The extreme limits have not 
been determined because covered with forest growth. In some places 
it rises to form knolls similar to those at Port Hammond, but larger. 
Its maximum depth is about 9. ft, and it is made up of layers com- 
posed of shells of clams, cockles, mussels, barnacles, of ashes and 
other refuse, somewhat similar to that in the heap at Port Hammond. 
Here, however, the lower strata are composed largely of whitish shell 
material similar to the material of the shell-heaps along the sea-beaches, 
except that it is broken into small pieces, and few large shells are 
entire. While at Port Hammond the lower layers overlie black earthy 
matter, they seem to rest here on the natural yellow gravel, with little 
or no signs of any old surface-soil intervening. Back of the heap 
the surface di this gravel is higher than the bottom-land, but it is 
slightly lower than that under the shell-heap. Except in places pro- 
tected from erosion, it has little or no covering of surface mould. 

On this heap stood a Douglas-fir stump 29 ft in circumference 
at a point 5 ft above the ground, and another 295^ ft. 3 ft above the 
ground [see cut] . The hollow log fallen from this stump was 6 ft 
7 in. in diameter at the butt, and 6 ft. 3 in. at the upper end of the 
first section, 5 ft. higher. Many unbroken strata under this stump 
extended to the eastern limit of the trench, as far as 30 ft., showing 




Implements from port hammond and ebukne, Fraser bivEb, bbrisb Columbia: i, 

WEDGE MADE OF ANTLEK; 2, CELTS OF STONE; 3-4, CELTS OF STONE; 5-6, CELTS OP STONE AND HAPTS 
OP antler; 7, NEPHRITE BOWLDER, PARTLY CUT BV A groove; 8, PART OP GRITSTONE WITH GROOVE; 
9-10^ BONE OBJECTS, POSSIBLV MESH-MEASURES ; II-I2, BONES CUT LONGITUDINALLY; 13-17, BONE 

awls; 15, BONE awl; iS-32, needles of bonE; 23-34, antler-tips with carved knobs; 35, 

DAGGER OF bone; s6, war or CEREMONIAL CLUB OF STOME; 37, BONE BUTTON; sS, COMB-UKB 

OBJECT OP antlEr; 29, STONE LABser, side and bottom views; 30, pendant made op ivory; 
31, stone object, possibly a fragment of an earring; 3 

ABLY wristlet; 33-34, TUBULAR PIPES OP STEATITE; 35-36, 

METRIC designs; 3738, harpoons bearing 

HARPOON POINTS OP BONE OR ANTLER; 42-43, FRAGMENTS 

44, BONE OBJECT BEARING iNasED CEouETRjc design ; 45, 

STONE pipe; 47, ORNAMENTED STONE MORTAR; 48, SCULPTURE 
P THE FRA; 



STONE OBJECT, PROfl- 

OBJEcrs BEARING IwaSED CEO- 

JESIGNS ; 39-4l, FRAGMENTS OF 

OBJECTS, PROBABLY WRISTLETS! 

IN stone; 46, FRAGMENT OF 

STONE mortar; 49, MORTAR 



86 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

that all objects found below them, even if not directly below the 
stump, were older than the strata under the tree. 

Implements made of stone, bone, and antler, were numerous 
down to the depth of 6 ft. In the deeper layers, which consist of 
white shell material, implements made of bone were more plentiful 
than stone objects. 

Two distinct types of human skeletons were found above a depth 
of 6 ft, and most frequently in the northern inland slope of the heap. 
The first type, of which the greater number were secured, had a skull 
resembling in shape those found at Port Hammond. The other type, 
with very narrow forehead, seems to be artificially deformed by lateral 
pressure. 

The shell-heaps of the Lower Fraser River seem to have certain 
peculiarities of their own, and vary in detail not only from most of 
the shell-heaps of the coast region, but also from those of the delta 
areas of the Stillaguamish and Skagit Rivers. The objects secured 
from the former are more numerous and of a higher artistic value 
than those found in the coast shell-heaps, or even in those of the 
other deltas. Human skeletons are frequently found in the shell- 
heaps of the Lower Fraser. They are rarely met with in the coast 
shell-heaps, and are only occasionally found in the shell-heaps of the 
Skagit and Stillaguamish deltas. 

On the whole, the difference in character between the delta shell- 
heaps and those of the coast seems to be due to the blackness of the 
surrounding soil, poor drainage and the dissimilarity between the 
mode of life of a delta and that of a seacoast people. The more fre- 
quent occurrence of skeletons is an unsolved problem, since the 
scarcity of cairn-burials is common to the immediate neighborhood 
of both the Lower Fraser River, where skeletons are found in the 
shell-heaps, and to the northern part of Vancouver Island, where 
they are absent from the shell-heaps. The difference between the 
various delta shell-heaps seems to be due to the fact that the culture 
of the inhabitants of the Lower Fraser River was more highly devel- 
oped than that of the inhabitants of other parts of the coast, probably 
on account of a more favorable environment and a location where 
intercourse between the tribes of different cultures was greater than 
in neighboring regions. 

There is no apparent difference in the character of the speci- 
mens found in the upper and in the lower layers. The general style 
of the objects is similar to those made by the present tribes of the 
coast. Several exquisite specimens of stone and bone carvings were 
discovered which rival in artistic merit the best sculptures of the 
existing natives. 

The implements most commonly found are points chipped from 
stone or ground from slate or bone and used for arrows, knives, har- 
poons, or spears ; stone pestles or hammers ; mortars of stone ; fish- 
knives rubbed out of slate; wedges made of antler; celts of stone; 
celt-handles made of antler ; whetstones or grinding stones ; awls 





31 iS X S7 




lun^MENTs noM POST haumond and eburnE, fraser riteb, BRITISH coluubia: 1-3, 

CHIPPED POINTS FROU MAIN SHELL-HEAP AT EBURNE— (l) WHITISH CHERT, (2) BLACK TRAP, 

(3) avsTALiNE aUARTz; 4-6, ground points — (4) of slate from surface near uain shell- 
heap, (5) mica schist, (6) slate from main shell-heap; 7, BONE OBJECT MAIN shell-heap; 

i-g, BONE POINT FROM MAIN SHELL-HEAP; I0-l4, BONG BARB POINTS, OH awls; 15-18, BONE 
POINTS; 19-20, BONE HARPOON points; 21-22, BONE POINTS; 23, BONE harpoon point; 24-28, 

BOire harpoon points; scf-zs, bone harpoon points with guards; 34-38, bone harpoon 
points; 39-4o, pekporatO) stones; 4i-42, stones showing pecked pits; 43, stone sinker (?) ; 

44, MORTAR MADE OF LAVA; 45, MORTAR MADE OF SANDSTONE; 46, FISH KNIFE MADE OP SLATE; 
47, A RECONSTRUCTEP raSTLE OF THE LOWER ERASER VALLEY; 48-49, PARTS OF PESTLES. 



88 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

and needles of bone ; and engraved and carved objects made of bone 
and stone. 

The finds indicate that the prehistoric people whose remains are 
found in these shell-heaps had a culture resembling in most of its 
features that of the present natives of the Eraser Delta. . They sub- 
sisted to a great extent on fish, which were caught by means of 
hooks and harpoons resembling in form the corresponding modem 
devices of the region. Large sea-mammals were hunted with retriev- 
ing-harpoons, upon whose manufacture much care was bestowed, 
some of them exhibiting highly artistic designs. Shell-fish consti- 
tuted an important part of the diet of the people. They hunted on 
the mountains and probably utilized the meat and horn of the moun- 
tain goat. Deer and elk were eaten, and their bones and antlers 
used for many purposes. Dogs were probably used in hunting. 
Skins of animals were prepared and served as garments. There is 
no evidence that the hair of goats or dogs was spun and used for 
weaving, as has been done in modern times. The people were work- 
ers in wood. They used wedges and chisels for splitting and hewing 
planks. The frequency of these implements indicates that woodwork 
was no less important in their economy than it is among the modern 
Indians. No indication as to the character of their habitations has 
been found. Possibly some of the small knolls may be the piles of 
refuse thrown near houses. The presumption seems justifiable that 
they lived in houses made of cedar-planks. They must have had 
canoes. Shredded cedar-bark was used for a variety of purposes, 
among others probably for clothing. It was shredded with the same 
kind of implements as are used at the present time. Possibly mats 
like those used by the present natives of the region were made by 
sewing together cat-tail stalks. This is suggested by the flat needles 
made of bone. 

There are, however, some points of difference between the people 
of the past and those of the present. First of all, the physical type 
of part of these people differed very much from that of the modem 
Indians, while another part seems to have been of the same type. Pro- 
fessor Franz Boas describes these two types as follows : — 

"The one type is characterized by a narrow head, the narrowness 
of which was emphasized by lateral pressure, with a marked median 
ridge on the forehead, narrow and high nose, and rather narrow face, 
the other, by a wide head (produced partly by anteroposterior pres- 
sure) and a wide face.'' 

Differences in culture may also be noticed. Among the natives of 
the coast of British Columbia the art of chipping points was not prac- 
ticed. Isolated specimens of chipped stones are found along the 
coast, but they are frequent .only on the Eraser River and at Saanich 
on Vancouver Island, where many of them resemble both in shape 
and material those of the Thompson River region. The chipped 
points of Puget Sound and of the west coast of Washington are, on 
the whole, more similar to the chipped points of Columbia River. 



SHELL-HEAPS OF THE LOWER ERASER RIVER 89 

These chipped points, the peculiar pipe, which occurs also at 
Saanich, and the geometrical designs before described, — all point 
to a close affiliation of the early culture of this region with that of the 
interior of British Columbia. Some classes of objects that are fre- 
quent in the archaeological finds of the interior do not occur in the 
shell-mounds of Eraser River. No drills chipped from stone were 
found, unless some of the narrower specimens described as arrow- 
points served that purpose. Some of the more irregular chipped 
points may have been used as carving-knives, but no other such 
knives were seen. Pairs of half-cylinders of sandstone for smoothing 
and straightening arrow-shafts were not found. Beaver-teeth or 
woodchuck-teeth made into dice, which are now used both in the 
interior and on the coast, were not found. No objects were found 
buried with the skeletons, as is the case in the Thompson River 
region and in modern burials in the Eraser River Delta. 

The coincidence of the similarity of culture of the prehistoric 
people of the Eraser Delta and of Saanich with the distribution of 
languages at the present time is quite striking. The Salish languages 
reach the coast on the Gulf of Georgia and southward as far as 
Shoalwater Bay. Their dialects are distributed in such a way that 
in the same latitude the same dialect is spoken east and west of the 
Gulf of Georgia. Vancouver Island and the parts of the mainland 
just opposite must therefore have had a common history, and this is 
also borne out by the finds at Saanich and on the Lower Eraser 
River. 

It would seem, therefore, that we have here very good evidence 
of a close connection between the interior and the coast in prehistoric 
times, much closer than in later periods. It is probable that at an 
early time a migration took place from the interior to the coast and 
Vancouver Island. This migration carried the art of stone-chipping, 
pipes and decorative art, to the coast. 

It should be mentioned in this connection that the most highly 
developed type of l^orthwest-coast art never extended south of Comox, 
and never reached the west coast of Vancouver Island. Although 
more realistic than the decorative art of the interior, the modern art 
of the region south of Comox and along the west coast of Vancouver 
Island is crude, as compared with that of the more northern regions. 

A few specimens point at similarities between the prehistoric 
people of the Eraser Delta and those of the north. The most striking 
is the occurrence of the labret, which in historic times was not found 
south of Milbank Sound. 

The migration referred to before may account for certain changes 
in ethnological customs, such as the rapid modification of the method 
of burial on the southeastern part of Vancouver Island. The earliest . 
known kind of burial, and the one that is known to have antedated 
contact with the whites by a considerable period, was in stone cairns.* 

Smith and FowUe, Cairns, Memoirs of the Am. Mus. Nat. Nist.y Vol. IV, Part IT. 



90 



RErORPS OF THE PAST 



Later, and even since contact with the whites^ the bodies were placed 
in wooden chests, which were deposited on the ground, in the branches 
of trees, in caves, or on little islands. A canoe was sometimes used 
instead of a box. 

The fact that skeletons were found in shell-heaps indicates that 
the customs of this people must have differed from those of the peo- 
ple who made the shell-heaps on northern Vancouver Island in which 
skeletons have not been found. 

We may sum up the results of our inquiries by saying that the 
culture of the ancient people who discarded the shells forming these 
heaps was in all essential particulars similar to that of the tribes at 
present inhabiting the same area, but that it was under a much 
stronger influence from the interior than is found at the present time. 









FIG. 60 (tII? tItw). types of skulls from shell-mounds at eburne : 

ABOVE, THREE VIEWS OF NARROW TYPE OF SKULL ; 
BELOW, THREE VIEWS OF BROAD TYPE. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

EGYPT: — A recently discovered papyrus, according to the 
London Chronicley was a contract between a shorthand teacher and a 
man who wished one of his slaves to acquire the art. The fee was 
1 20 drachmae, 40 to be paid on apprenticeship, 40 at the end of the 
year, and the balance when the slave was proficient. Shorthand 
writing was then presumably not so easy of attainment as it is now. 
Among the other documents of the Oxyrhynchus Papyri is the account 
of a fatal accident, and the body of the victim being examined by the 
coroner of the day, in company with a public physician. This dates 
back to the II Century of our era, in which, judging by other discov- 
eries, the formal invitations to dinner might be literal renderings of 
ours at the present time. 

Among the old manuscripts and documents which have been 
brought to light recently are the following : Remnants of a drama of 
Sophocles, hitherto entirely unknown, named Achalibu Syllogoi, 
have been found in a papyrus collection brought to the British 
Museum. Arrangements foi: its early publication have been made. 
The extracts are not large, but enough to show the character of the 
book. Considerably more extensive are the portions found of the 
Protrepdikon of Aristotle, which also had hitherto been known 
only by its title, these remains having been discovered in the papyri 
storehouse unearthed by Grenfell and Hunt in Oxyrhynchus in Lower 
Egypt. Ninety lines have been found of 2 odes, one a Parthene- 
ion, by Pindar, and the other the argument of a drama named 
DionysalexandroSy by Cratinus, on the subject of Paris of the 
Trojan War. A very important Latin manuscript from the same col- 
lection is an epitome of Livy, Books 37-40 and 48-55. Such Latin 
papyri are very rare, and this covers 8 books that were lost. The 
period covered is from 150 to 137 B. C. There has also been found 
a part of the Medea of Neophron, which is of historical import- 
ance because it was originally written for the contest that won the 
prize for the drama of the same title by Euripides. 

A whole collection of Egyptian peasants' letters, written in 
Greek and ascribed to the III Century, were recently brought from 
Egypt to Florence. They are of special importance for the study 
of the agricultural conditions in the Nile Valley, and supplement in 
a most satisfactory manner the letters discovered some months ago 
and published in England, being the work of the Roman Planter, 
Lucius Bellenus Gemellus, about 100 A. D. These are of value in 
explaining the Alexandrian Greek of the New Testament. Thus in 



92 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the last find the word kamelikos^ meaning carried by a camels explains 
the meaning of onikos^ drawn by an ass, in Mark 12 142. 

AFRICA: — ^TRIPOLI — M. de Mathuisieulx has recently returned 
to Paris from a journey of exploration in Tripoli. In 1901 the ex- 
plorer obtained permission, rarely given by the Turkish authorities, 
to travel through that little-known country in order to collect infor- 
mation on its natural products and geological structure as well as 
upon its ancient monuments and racial types. M. de Mathuisieulx 
made an interesting report on the subject to the Minister of Public 
Instruction, and it was to complete his observations that he again 
visited Tripoli in the spring of 1903. He first made a careful study 
of the ruins at Sabratha, about 60 miles through Tripoli, and a con- 
siderable port under the Phoenicians. From Sabratha M. de Mathui- 
sieulx traveled south to the Djebel Mountain, where he was able to 
establish the fact that the celebrated Roman road from Gabes to 
Lebda passed not by Ghadames, as has been for so long supposed, but 
over an elevated plateau in the district. The traveler noted that in 
this neighborhood the ruins of various temples and mausoleums are 
disappearing, as the inhabitants use the stones to build their houses. 
At Gherza, 70 miles to the south of Misda, the mission visited other 
ruins belonging to the Byzantine period. Copies were taken of 
numerous, inscriptions and bas-reliefs of considerable archaeological 
interest. At Orfela and in the valley of Nefed mausoleums of a style 
of architecture peculiar to this part of Africa were discovered. They 
were of ancient date and displayed an unusual wealth of detail. In 
this case the monuments had been respected by the inhabitants, who 
were, indeed, of too nomadic a character to have recourse to building 
niaterial of such a nature. In addition to his archaeological re- 
searches, M. de Mathuisieulx made an ethnographical study of the 
native negro. 

EUROPE: — CRETE — Miss Harriet Boyd, the most celebrated 
woman who has undertaken field explorations, in a recent letter gives 
an account of the excavations she carried on in Crete during 1903. 

The Bronze Age was the Golden Age of Cretan history, the age 
which Homer described in the Odyssey. And the Gournia that Miss 
Boyd has caused to be added to one of the new maps of Crete was 
probably the 90 cities to which he referred. 

The archaeological value of Miss Boyd's work in Crete can there- 
fore scarcely be overestimated. When, on May 22, 1901, she sent to 
the American Exploration Society, which is supporting her expedi- 
tion, a telegram saying: "Discovered Gournia, Mycenaean site, 
streets, houses, pottery, bronzes, stone jars," scholars recognized the 
fact that a city of which absolutely no record anywhere exists had 
come to light. 

The discovery of which this telegram gave news to the world 
came almost at the end of the 1901 expedition. It was not until her 
return to Crete last spring that Miss Boyd was able fully to realize 
the wonders of the work she had found to do. Then, in company 



EDITORIAL NOTES 93 

with Miss Moffat, she settled down again to investigate her Bronze 
Age city. The story of this past year's labor^ as she herself tells it, 
is full of color and interest. The following is from her letter : 

We found the excavations in excellent order, after 2 years under 
the watchful guardianship of an old peasant employed by the Cretan 
Government. Nature had, in fact, clothed the dump heaps with such 
myriads of flowers during our absence and so filled the crannies of 
the old walls with bright poppies and daisies that our little town on 
the hill had a far more cheerful look than when we left it. 

We began work on March 30, at the south end of the imposing 
building that I have called the palace, cleared an outer and an inner 
court, a well preserved hall and 2 stairways, making the plan of the 
ground floor complete and finding it to resemble in many ways the 
contemporary palaces at Knossos and Phaestos. 

This building has absolutely nothing in common with the classi- 
cal Greek house. The plan is roughly a square, measuring 130 by 
130 ft. 

The land slopes down toward the west, where there is a set of 
storerooms below the level of the central hall. On the east side only 
the bare rock remains between the hall and the outer wall, showing 
that all the rooms in this part of the palace were on a second floor 
level and have been completely destroyed by wind and raip. 

The entrance to the palace is from the south, and there are 
broad steps on which the people could sit, warming themselves in the 
sun and watching what went on before them in the open court, 
which may have served the town as a market place. Ascending the 
steps, which are arranged at right angles to each other, as in other 
palaces of the time, we enter over a large threshold, follow a corridor 
paved with flagstones, cross the central court and reach the main hall 
through a portico composed of square and round columns alternating. 

The hall is square. In one corner is a recess, having a column 
in front and seats on the other 3 sides, reserved, I fancy, for the 
lord of the manor. A private stairway led to the more important 
rooms, on the second floor of which, alas, nothing remains save the 
debris of stone flooring and burned beams that choked the hall 
below. 

On the eastern slope of the low acropolis we uncovered a new 
quarter of the town, a block of houses bounded by paved streets. A 
new street which connects the valley road with the top of the hill 
here rises by 20 steps, like the streets of Naples. 

The houses are built flush with the road and close together. 
They are of about equal size, and although small are well built, on 
quite the modern plan of cellar, ground floor and upper floor. 

To be sure, these 3 stories are not there today, but there is ample 
evidence of their former existence. My theory of the town, which is 
really quite modern in its aspect, is that it was probably attacked by 
an enemy, pillaged, burned and deserted. 

Besides, the small palace already described, made in part of well 



94 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

trimmed blocks of stone, beautifully fitted together, and the 40 or so 
houses, we have excavated a shrine with idols. 

Last season was not without its very important new discoveries ; 
for we then found our first tablet, inscribed with the prehistoric char- 
actors made familiar to archaeologists in the last 4 years by the ex- 
cavations at Knossos and Aghia Tridha. These characters are still 
illegible, but we may at any time find a bi-lingual with Egyptian 
hierglyphs as the counterscript, and if that happens a wholly new 
and very important chapter of European history will be read. At 
present our single tablet establishes the fact that the provincials of 
Gournia were not all illiterates, and it is an important clue for 
dating. 

Other evidence for dating is given by the pottery, and in this 
class of finds we were especially lucky last year. A stirrup-cup deco- 
rated with 2 sprawling cuttlefish, and a set of 8 drinking horns 
bearing plant and semi-conventional designs, take high rank among 
the prehistoric pottery thus far discovered in the yEgean. 

This pottery, by the way, is very poorly represented in the museums 
of western Europe and America, because the excavations yielding it 
have almost all been made during the period when the export of 
antiquities was forbidden. Within the last month, however, a law 
has been passed permitting duplicates of important finds to be carried 
out of the country. 

By this permission the University of Pennsylvania will ere long 
receive, as a result of our excavations, a very valuable and absolutely 
unique set of vases and tools of the Bronze Age. The Boston Art 
Museum has not a single example of Minoan pottery — the ware of 
the time of King Minos of labyrinth fame. Persons seeing this pot- 
tery for the first time are often struck by its resemblance to the 
Japanese, but it is absolutely unlike classical Greek pottery. 

When exhumed it's almost always, of course, very far from perfect 
The stirrup-jug was put together by Aristides out of 86 fragments, a 
task requiring delicacy of hand, precision and very great patience. 

About a dozen girls are employed all the time by us, washing 
the fragments of pottery, which often have dirt half an inch thick on 
them when they are turned up in the digging. Sixty of our men do 
nothing but carry earth and stone, and 14 more skillful ones use the 
pickax and knife in getting out the vases. 

The money for the excavations carried on in 1901 was furnished 
by Mrs. Cornelius Stevenson, Mr. Charles Cramp ahd Mr. Calvin 
Wells, of Philadelphia. The funds for the excavations she is now 
carrying on were given by Mrs. Samuel Houston and Mr. Calvin 
Wells, of Philadelphia. 

Miss Boyd has just returned to Crete where she will continue, as 
formerly, overseeing the excavations from 6 o'clock in the morning 
until nearly 6 in the evening, encouraging and directing the work- 
men. Although the expense of the undertaking is about $250 a 
week, the results have fully justified the expenditure. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 



UOUND IN THE PARK, KALAMAZOO, MICHIGAN 

NORTH AMERICA:— UNITED SIKYY^^Prekistoric Re- 
mains in Michigan — It is well known to many interested in the pres- 
ervation of prehistoric remains in the United States, that Michigan 
possesses many mounds and earth-works of unique interest. Mr. 
Harlan I. Smith, of the American Museum of Natural History, has 
been a most devoted champion of the movement to preserve from 
further despoliation some of the more notable of Michigan's historic 
monuments. In this he is ably seconded by George M. Bates, E^q., 
of Detroit, the President of the Detroit Branch of the ArchEeological 
Society of America. 

Several attempts have been made to secure such State legislation 
as will enable these prehistoric monuments to be preserved through 
the creation of parks. In the above illustration we have an 
example of the preservation of one, which will be for all time a re- 
minder to students of history o! the work of the aborigines of that 
locahty. 

The State of Ohio was the pioneer in the movement to preserve 
the monuments of the aborigines of the United States. The Great 
Serpent Mound, which is one of the most notable of the earth-works 
of the Mississippi Valley and its tributaries, and Fort Ancient are 
notable examples of what can be done by State Archeeological Socie- 
ties. The same good results could be accomplished in several of the 



96 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

other States. Mr. Harlan I. Smith is of the opinion, and many citizens 
of Michigan agree with him, that a prehistoric earth-work in Ogemaw 
County, Michigan, is in danger of being destroyed, and that in order 
to preserve it, the land on which it is located should be purchased 
and made into a public park, either under the auspices of the State 
or of some society. A special act could then be passed by the State 
Legislature exempting it and all similar parks enclosing prehistoric 
works, which are not held for profit, from taxation. 

This earth-work encloses a nearly circular area about 200 ft. in 
diameter. The embankment is over 2 ft. in height. Outside of if is 
a ditch over 2 ft. deep, from which the earth may have been taken to 
form the wall. There are 3 openings in the embankment with cor- 
responding interruptions in the ditch. These were probably entrances 
into the Fort. It is located in a lumbered tract of wild land within 4 
miles, south and west of West Branch, in Ogemaw County, Michigan. 

A loggers' road about 6 ft. wide, winding through the country, 
crosses the embankment and reduces it somewhat. The ditch has 
been filled with logs where the road crosses. The road being narrow 
has only damaged a slight part of the entire work. 

Mr. Smith says that when he visited the earth-work in 190 1 men 
were engaged in cutting a roadway, which would replace the loggers' 
road. He also states that there are at least 4 similar earth-works 
along the Rifle River and that it would be most desirable to secure 
the most perfect one of these that can be purchased for a reasonable 
sum and not wait until danger threatens it. 

It seems very strange that wealthy men should not be willing to 
purchase such sites and hold them until either the State or some 
society could make provision for their permanent preservation. We 
believe that there are many men in Michigan who, if appealed to, 
would be willing to do this. Of course it requires time to bring these 
matters to the attention of those who are able to respond. But each 
monument thus preserved for the future becomes a monument to its 
protectors. 

Another example of the despoliation of such mounds is reported 
from Racine, Wisconsin. The Teegarden Indian Mounds, which are 
among the finest in the State, have been destroyed by the farmers, 
who took the earth of which the mounds were built to grade a road 
near by. The Wisconsin Archaeological Society is accomplishing 
much in their efforts to preserve the mounds and antiquities of the 
State, but they must have the support of the people in general to ♦be 
successful in this work. 

The mounds and other earth-works in Michigan and Wisconsin 
indicate a considerable prehistoric population known as the Mound 
Builders. Their monuments are frourid from Georgia to the Missis- 
sippi Valley and from the Gulf of Mexico to the Great Lakes. Mich- 
igan is to be congratulated on having one of her sons, Mr. Smith, 
now a distinguished archaeologist, devote so much of his busy life to 
the preservation of her prehistoric monuments. 



s gs 



S " 



5 S 
I" 



^q; 






•ss 



RECORDS ^ PAST 




VOL. Ill ■ W ■ PART IV 



APRIL, 1904 



+ + + 



PENDING LEGISLATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF ANTIQUITIES 

ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN 

BY REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L. 

NATIONAL legislation for the protection of antiquities within 
the territorial limits of the United States, is a matter that has 
been under consideration for many years by all who have been 
engaged in the work of historical research and exploration. Resolu- 
tions have been passed from time to time by several of the scientific 
societies of the United States in favor of National preservation of 
aboriginal monuments, ruins and remains on the Public Domain. Sev- 
eral bills have been introduced in Congress providing for such preser- 
vation, but have failed of securing consideration outside of the com- 
mittees to which they were referred. Doubtless this has been largely 
due to a want of concerted action on the part of those responsible for 
placing before Congress the reasons and necessity for such legislation. 
The Aiatter is one in which our educational institutions are chiefly 
concerned. 

The Arch3eological Institute of America, maintained largely by 
contributions raised by the universities and colleges of the United 
States, has from the beginning naturally been interested in the study 



'*•- 



100 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

of classical archaeology in Greece and Italy, and the work of the Insti- 
tute, until recently, has been largely done in those classic lands. Now, 
however, branch societies of the Institute have been organized in differ- 
ent parts of the country, particularly in the West, which are looking 
after the antiquities in their respective localities. 

American travelers in Egypt and Palestine ; the visit of the accom- 
plished Egyptologist to this country, the late Miss Edwards, and the 
establishment of the American bran9h of the Egypt Exploration Fund, 
secured the support of Americans for the work of historical research 
in Egypt. Later the startling discoveries made at Nippur, in Baby- 
lonia, by the Babylonian Expedition of the University of Pennsyl- 
vania, carrying back civilization to at least 7,000 years B. C, making 
it necessary to rewrite the early history of the empires of the East, 
created world-wide interest in the work of historical research. Now 
we are familiar with the literature and the domestic, commercial and 
political life of the empires that existed thousands of years before the 
Christian Era. Consequently we are more familiar with the antiquities 
of the Eastern than of the Western Hemisphere. Americans of wealth 
and leisure have, until recently, spent their vacations abroad, and com- 
paratively few of them are acquainted with the scenic beauty of our 
own country and its remains of prehistoric man. 

The work of Professor F. W. Putnam, the Nestor of American 
archaeology, of Squier, Davis, Lapham and many others has proved 
that the so-called "New World" is not after all so new; that the West- 
ern Hemisphere possesses prehistoric monuments and ruins that rival 
those of the Orient ; and that the historian, in writing the story of the 
life of man, must search the ruins of the West before the continuity of 
his record will be complete. In fact, more complex conditions of pre- 
historic life confront the historical student in the West than in the East. 

As the spade of the excavator uncovered the ancient landmarks 
of Italy, Greece, Egypt, Palestine and ancient Babylonia, European 
governments saw the value of their prehistoric monuments and ruins, 
and enacted stringent laws for their protection and scientific investiga- 
tion. The American Republics south of us followed their example, and 
made provision for the protection of their antiquities. To-day, our own 
Country stands alone among the civilised nations of the world, without 
legislation for the protection of its priceless monuments. Foreign in- 
stitutions have sent their representatives here to excavate and carry 
away our historic treasures. Of course, we should welcome the 
scientific men of foreign countries to investigate our prehistoric monu- 
ments and ruins and permit them to retain some of the archaeological 
treasures recovered, but it should be done under government permits 
and supervision, and a record should be left of their work and of what- 
ever they are permitted to take back with them. This, and much more, 
they exact from us. 

But this is the least of our misfortunes. Years ago a spirit of 
vandalism seized the tourist and he began digging for pottery and 



i^ 



i n 



li 






li 

iS S 

o 2 



I02 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

implements to decorate his home. This led to excavating for commer- 
cial purposes. Now, even the Indians are digging for pottery, etc., in 
ruins, which a few years ago they avoided on account of their super- 
stitions. Many of the most promising ruins have been invaded and 
hundreds of them have been despoiled by the commercial excavator 
and tourist. It must be remembered that every ruin thus disturbed has 
had the continuity of prehistoric life lived in it broken, and thus ren- 
dered useless for scientific investigation. 

The tourists and commercial vandals ate not alone guilty of par- 
tially excavating ruins for their most valuable treasures. The Smith- 
sonian and other institutions have opened ruins and taken what they 
wanted and then deserted them. A complete scientific investigation 
and exploration of any one ruin or group of ruins is the exception. It 
is for this reason that the Interior Department must take absolute con- 
trol of all antiquities and authorize excavations only by special permits, 
and require the complete exploration and examination of each ruin or 
site. Then, and not until then, will we have records that will be of 
value to present and future students of prehistoric life in the Western 
Hemisphere. The Smithsonian and other institutions and the great 
museums of our country have now thoroughly trained archaeologists 
and excavators, who are able to conduct excavations and explorations 
as they should be, and thus make collections with a record of the con- 
ditions under which they were recovered that will be of inestimable 
value for present and future use. 

One of the most interesting and valuable exhibits at the recent 
Pan-American Exposition was that of the remains of a village site 
excavated in Ohio by that skillful archaeologist. Professor Mills, the 
Curator of the Museum of the Ohio State Archaeological and His- 
torical Society. The story of the community life in this ancient village 
site could be read at a glance by the layman, while the material was at 
hand for the scientific student to study in greater detail. 

The demand for immediate legislation is very great. Unless some 
bill is passed for the protection of the ruins of the Southwest during 
the present session, the coming summer will witness the 4espoliatioa 
of many ruins, the scientific value of which will be lost forever. There 
is no reason why Congress should not take action at once. The bill 
introduced by Mr. Rodenberg and endorsed by the great Educational 
Institutions, Museums, Archaeological and Historical Societies of our 
country does not involve any expense to the Government. 

In order to expedite and secure data for such legislation it became 
necessary for Records of the Past Exploration Society to inves- 
tigate the mounds of the Mississippi Valley and the Pueblo and Cliff 
Ruins of the Southwest, which was done during the summer of 1902. 
In the Southwest the more important localities of Southern Colorado, 
Utah, Arizona and New Mexico were visited. I found himdreds of 
ruins in which desultory excavations had been made; in some cases 
homestead pre-emptions had been made, embracing extensive ruins 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 103 

evidently to excavate for commercial purposes. In April of last year 
I learned from private sources that several parties had planned to visit, 
during the summer, the Canyons del Muerto and de Chelly and their 
tributaries in Southeastern Arizona for the purpose of excavating for 
private and commercial purposes. I called at once on Mr. Hitchcock, 
the Secretary of the Interior, and laid the facts before him, and within 
a month a custodian was placed in charge of the antiquities of these 
Canyons, which contain over 300 Pueblo and Cliff ruins of great in- 
terest and value to science. Considerable injury had already been done 
by excavating in some of the ruins. These Canyons of unrivaled scenic 
beauty and grandeur should certainly be made a National Park. There 
are not 500 acres of arable land in the Canyons, so that from an agri- 
cultural point of view there would be no loss to the Government. 

Last winter this Society determined to secure the passage of a bill 
which would protect the ruins on the Government Domain from fur- 
ther despoliation and regulate excavations in them. For that purpose a 
bill was drafted with a view of its being fair to all the educational in- 
terests of the United States. The Hon. William A. Rodenberg, of 
Illinois, who is deeply interested in the subject, and lives within four 
miles of the largest prehistoric monument in the Western Hemisphere 
— the Great Cahokia Mound — was appropriately asked to introduce 
the bill in the House of Representatives, which he cheerfully did. In 
order that Congress might have an expression of opinion regarding 
the necessity for legislation and the merits of the bill introduced by him, 
copies of it with a letter, which we print below, in connection with the 
text of the bill, was sent to every University, College, Museum, Arch- 
seological and Historical Society in the United States. 

We are only able to give here a few of the replies. Nothing could 
be fairer than the course pursued by Mr. Rodenberg in this matter. 
In addition, a petition was circulated by this Society among the promi- 
nent citizens of the United States, which has been filed with the Com- 
mittee on Public Lands. The question is now whether Congress will 
afford the relief asked for. 

It contains all that the various institutions of this country, con- 
cerned in the protection and investigation of our antiquities, ask for, 
until Congress is ready to make an appropriation for an archaeological 
survey of antiquities on the Public Domain for the purpose of deter- 
mining what ruins or groups of ruins should be made Reservations or 
National Parks. 

58TH CONGRESS^ 2D SESSION. H. R. 13349- 

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES. 

March 2, 1904. 

Mr. Rodenberg introduced the following bill ; which was referred to 
the Committee on the Public Lands and ordered to be printed : 

A BILL 
For the preservation of historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments, 



I04 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

archaeological objects, and their antiquities, and to prevent their 

counterfeiting. 

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled, That for the pur- 
pose of preserving and protecting from wanton despoliation the his- 
toric and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects and 
other antiquities, and the work of the American aborigines on the 
public lands of the United States, all said historic and prehistoric ruins, 
monuments, archaeological objects, and other antiquities are hereby 
placed in the care and custody of the Secretary of the Interior with 
authority to grant permits to persons, whom he may deem properly 
qualified, to examine, excavate, and collect antiquities in the same: 
Provided, however, That the work of such persons to whom permits 
may be granted by the Secretary of the Interior is undertaken for the 
benefit of some incorporated public museum, university, college, scien- 
tific society, or educational institution, either foreign or domestic, for 
the purpose of increasing and advancing the knowledge of historical, 
archaeological, anthropological, or ethnological science. 

Sec. 2. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Interior 
to recommend to Congress from time to time such ruins or groups of 
ruins as in his judgment should be made national reservations. The 
Sercetary of the Interior shall appoint custodians, and provide for their 
compensation, of such ruins or groups of ruins, with the view to their 
protection and preservation, and it shall be the duty of such custodians 
to prohibit and prevent unauthorized and unlawful excavations thereof 
or the removing therefrom of antiquities until such time as Congress 
shall provide for their reservation. 

Sec. 3. That isolated ruins shall be withheld from homestead 
pre-emption until they have been excavated by some institution named 
in section one of this Act in accordance with the rules promulgated by 
the Secretary of the Interior hereinafter provided for. 

Sec. 4. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Interior 
to gjant to any State or Territorial museum or imiversity having con- 
nected therewith a public museum permits to excavate and explore any 
ruin or site located within its territorial limits on the public lands upon 
application for such permit being indorsed by the governor of the 
State or Territory wherein the applicant is domiciled. 

Sec. 5. That the Secretary of the Interior is hereby authorized 
to grant permits for the purposes set forth in the foregoing secti9ns to 
foreign national museums, universities, or scientific societies engaged 
in advancing the knowledge of historical, archaeological, anthropo- 
logical, or ethnological science under such regulations as he may deem 
advisable, and shall make such division of the antiquities recovered as 
in his judgment seems equitable, and the antiquities retained in this 
coimtry shall be deposited in the United States National Museum, in 
the first instance, or in some public museum in the State or Territory 
within which explorations are made. 



io6 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Sec. 6. That permits granted to any institution or society shall 
state the site or locality in which excavations or investigations are to 
be conducted, and shall require that the work begin within a reason- 
able time after the permit has been granted, and that the work shall 
be continuous until such excavations have been satisfactorily com- 
pleted in the judgment of the Secretary of the Interior. And that any 
failure to comply with such requirements shall be deemed a forfeiture 
of the permit, and all antiquities gathered from such ruin or site shall 
revert to the United States National Museum, or to such State or Ter- 
ritorial institution as the Secretary of the^Interior shall designate. 

Sec. 7. That of all excavations and explorations made under a 
permit granted by the Secretary of the Interior a complete photo- 
graphic record shall be made of the progress of the said excavations 
and of all objects of archaeological or historical value found therein, 
and duplicate photographs, together with a full report on the excava- 
tions thereof, shall be deposited in the United States National Museum. 

Sec. 8. That the forgery or counterfeiting of any archaeolog- 
ical object which derives value from its antiquity, or making of any 
such object, whether copied from an original or not, representing the 
same to be original and genuine with intent to deceive, or uttering of 
any such objects by sale or exchange or otherwise, or having possession 
of any such objects with intent to utter the same as original and genu- 
ine is hereby declared to be a misdemeanor. 

Sec. 9. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Interior 
to make and publish from time to time such rules and regulations as 
he shall deem expedient and necessary for the purpose of carrying out 
the provisions of this Act. 

Sec 10. That any person who shall excavate, disturb, willfully 
destroy, alter, deface, mutilate, injure, or carry away, without author- 
ity from the Secretary of the Interior as aforesaid, any aboriginal an- 
tiquity on the public lands of the United States, or who knowingly 
and intentionally conducts, enters into, aids, abets, or participates in 
any maner whatever, in any excavations or gatherings or archaeolog- 
ical objects or other antiquities on the public lands of the United States, 
or shall violate any of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty 
of a misdemeatnor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by 
fine not exceeding one thousand dollars or by imprisonment not ex- 
ceeding one year, or both. 

HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES. 

Washington, D. C, March 5, 1904. 

Dear Sir : — Enclosed herewith is a copy of the bill introduced by 
me on the 2d inst. for the preservation of antiquities, etc., on Govern- 
ment Lands, to which I wish you would give your careful considera- 
tion. I introduced the bill at the request of Records of the Past Ex- 
ploration Society, of this City. If the bill meets with your approval 
I will be glad to have you write at once to the Committee having the 
bill in charge, addressing your letter to the Committee on Public Lands, 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 107 

House of Representatives, Washington, D. C. The following are the 
members of the Committee : Hon. John F. Lacey, Chairman ; Hon. 
Frank W. Mondell ; Hon. James M. Miller ; Hon. James C. Needham ; 
Hon. Eben W. Martin; Hon. Joseph W. Fordney; Hon. Andrew J. 
Volstead; Hon. Joseph M. Dixon; Hon. Philip Knopf; Hon. George 
Shiras, 3d; Hon. John J. McCarthy; Hon. Francis M. Griffith; Hon. 
John L. Burnett ; Hon. George P. Foster ; Hon. William W. Rucker ; 
Hon. Carter Glass ; Hon. Bernard S. Rodey and John Lind. 

I shall also be glad to receive any suggestions you care to make 
by way of amendment to the bill to render it more effective. The bill 
has been drawn with the view of being absolutely fair to the various 
Museums, Educational Institutions and Scientific Societies of this 
coimtry, all of which are equally interested in preserving the an- 
tiquities and having the opportunity, when they desire, to make inves- 
tigations and excavations in behalf of scientific research and for col- 
lections in their museums. The Secretary of the Interio;r is made the 
custodian of the antiquities because they are on Government Lands, 
and there can be no doubt but that any reputable institution or society 
in the United States, upon application to him, will be afforded every op- 
portunity to carry on investigations and excavations. Unless action is 
taken at once to prevent the despoliation of the remains of the Ameri- 
can aborigines by unauthorized persons, in a few years there will 
be very little left for legitimate exploration and investigation. 

Hoping that you will give this matter early consideration, I am. 

Very truly yours, 

William A. Rodenberg. 

The following letters were addressed to the Chairman of the 
House Committee on Public Lands and to Mr. Rodenberg. They have 
been selected with a view to representing the various institutions con- 
cerned in different sections of the country. 

From President Wheeler, of the University of California, and Prof. 
F, W. Putnam, of Harvard University, Curator of the Peabody Museum, Cam- 
bridge, and of the Department of Archaeology and Anthropology of the Amer- 
lean Museum of Natural History, New York, 

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Office of the President, Berkeley, 
March 18, 1904. 

My dear Sir : — The bill which you have introduced for the preservation 
of ancient monuments on the public lands of the United States, together with 
your circular letter relating thereto, has been examined with much interest by 
the members of the Department of Anthropology of the University of 
California. 

As this department of the University is carrying on archaeological and 
ethnological explorations in various parts of this continent and also in several 
foreign lands, its officers are necessarily interested in all laws, both domestic 
and foreign, which relate to the preservation and exploration of ancient monu- 
ments and prehistoric sites. It is essential that the United States should have 
a law, which while protecting its ancient monuments should at the same time 
permit scientific exploration under proper direction. The bill which you 



io8 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

have introduced is conceived in the proper spirit and to a g^eat extent covers 
the ground. Of the several bills now before the Senate and the House of 
Representatives, yours is surely the most satisfactory. 

We would, however, suggest that your bill be so amended as to provide 
for a Commission of at least five persons, to be appointed by the President 
This Commission should be made up from among the most competent archae- 
ologists of this country, and should have control of the ancient monuments and 
remains on public lands. 

It should be the duty of such a Commission to report to the Honorable 
Secretary of the Interior in relation to the preservation of certain monuments 
and ancient sites on the public lands, and the Secretary of the Interior should 
have the authority and power to reserve such monuments and sites from set- 
tlement, and to have them protected. 

It should also be in the power of such a Commission to control the ex- 
plorations of such ancient sites by responsible institutions of learning, under 
the consent of the Secretary of the Interior. This provision should apply as 
well to foreign institutions of a similar character. 

We would suggest also that the condition in Section 6 concerning "con- 
tinuous excavations" might in some instances be very hard to satisfy. Also, 
the complete photographic record required by Section 7, though desirable, 
would not be possible in every case where satisfactory work is nevertheless 
accomplished. Very sincerely yours, Benj. I. Wheeler, President of the 
University. F. W. Putnam, Professor of Anthropology and Director of the 
Museum of Anthropology. 

From Prof. H, V. Hilprecht, Ph. D., LL. D., Director of the Babylonian 
Expedition at Nippur. 

UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, DEPARTMENT OF ARCH- 
AEOLOGY, FREE MUSEUM OF SCIENCE AND ART. Babylonian 
and General Semitic Section. H. V. Hilprecht, Curator; A. T. Qay, Assist- 
ant. Philadelphia, March 28, 1904. 

Hon. and dear Sir : — Having just heard of the Bill introduced by Hon. 
William A. Rodenberg for the preservation of antiquities, etc., on Government 
lands and having been informed of the fact that a Committee having that Bill 
in charge has been appointed, of which you are the Chairman, I b^ leave to 
express to you my great satisfaction as to this first energetic measure proposed 
to secure the preservation of antiquities, which are of inestimable value for 
the final solution of great historical and ethnological problems. 

I call it the first step because the Bill refers only to the preservation of 
antiquities on Government lands. In Turkey, Egypt, Greece and Italy, the 
law provides for the Government permit for all excavations having in view 
the examination of ancient sites by pick and shovel in the whole empire. I am 
particularly glad to see that while the national cause has been fully upheld, for- 
eign scientific institutions are encouraged to do similar work with a prospect 
of obtaining representative collections from their excavations in this great 
country. 

The generous treatment of the Babylonian Expedition of the University 
of Pennsylvania, with which I have been connected for 16 years, by the Otto- 
man Government, which not only granted us the necessary permit for excava- 
tions on Turkish territory, but to encourage American scientific institutions 
in their archaeological work, presented us with the remarkable collection of 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 109 

ancient Babylonian antiquities at the end of each campaign, illustrates how 
scientific research is best promoted by strict laws interpreted in a generous spirit 
after these laws have been obeyed in every way by the excavators first. I 
therefore endorse the Bill heartily and hope to see the day when California's 
ancient trees — the only living witnesses of a hoary past — will be protected by 
the same law. The Bill, if carried, will form a sound basis for a new de- 
velopment of American Archaeoolgy in this country, and will benefit science in 
general in no small degree. Very respectfully, H. V. Hilprecht. 

From Prof. Thomas J. Seymour, President of the Archaeological Insti- 
tute of America. 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA, Yale College, 

March 26, 1904. 

My dear Sir: — The Archaeological Institute of America feels very 
strongly the importance — almost the necessity — of speedy action for the 
preservation of prehistoric and early historic antiquities in our country. That 
the people who dwell in regions where most of them are found, should care 
little for them is not strange. The next generation will wonder at the neglect. 
The Bill H. R. 13349, introduced by Mr. Rodenberg, seems to me very judi- 
cious, and as President of the American Institute of Archaeology, I express my 
strong hope that this Bill may pass. I am very truly yours, Thomas J. Sey- 
mour. 

From Hon. Stephen Salsbury, President of the American Antiquarian 
Society. 

AMERICAN ANTIQUARIAN SOCIETY, Worcester, Mass., April 
2, 1904. 

Dear Sir : — I write in behalf of the Council of the American Antiquarian 
Society to inform you that at a meeting held in the rooms of the American 
Antiquarian Society in Worcester, Mass., April i, 1904, the Council voted 
that in their opinion the Bill H. R. 13349, introduced by Hon. William A. 
Rodenberg, entitled "A Bill for the Preservation of Historic and Prehistoric 
Ruins, Monuments, Archaeological Objects, and other Antiquities, and to Pre- 
vent their Counterfeiting," meets with their approval ; that it is a measure for 
the protection of historic and archaeologfical objects belonging to the Govern- 
ment, which is in accord with the purposes for which this Society was created ; 
and the Council of said Society would urge upon the Committee on Public 
Lands, to whom we understand it has been referred, that the Bill be reported 
for enactment. Very respectfully yours, Stephen Salsbury, President. 

From the Governor of Utah. 

STATE OF UTAH, EXECUTIVE OFFICE, SALT LAKE CITY, 
12 April, 1904. Dr. Henry Mason Baum, 215 Third Street, S. E., Wtish- 
ig^ton, D .C. 

Dear Sir: — I have the honor to acknowledge receipt of your letter of 
the 2nd ultimo, with enclosure as stated, and to inform you that the Bill in- 
troduced by Mr. Rodenberg in the House of Representatives, "for the preser- 
vation of historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects, and 
other antiquities, and to prevent their counterfeiting" meets with my cordial 
approval. I have also communicated with the President of the University of 
Utah, and am pleased to transmit to you his endorsement of the Bill also. 

Trusting that your Society will be successful in procuring the passage 
of this law, I am very truly yours, Heber M. Wells^ Governor. 



no RECORDS OF THE PAST 

From the President of the University of Utah. 

President's Office, . UNI VERSITY OF UTAH, Salt Lake City, March 
9, 1904. Governor Heber M. Wills, Salt Lake City, Utah. 

My dear Governor Wells: — I have examined the Bill 13349 of the 
House of Representatives, providing for the protection of antiquities within 
the domains of the United States. This Bill is a step in the right direction, 
and many regret that such a step was not taken long ago. Every person in- 
terested in scientific research, sociology and race development will no doubt 
heartily approve a measure such as contemplated in this Bill. My colleagues 
mostly interested in Archaeological studies and myself heartily recommend 
that the bill be passed without delay and that the law then be strictly enforced. 
Yours truly, J. T. Kingsbury. 

From the President of the Buffalo Historical Society. 

BUFFALO HISTORICAL SOCIETY. Andrew Langdon, President; 
George A. Stringer, Vice President; Frank A. Severance, Secretary; Charles 
J. North, Treasurer. March 21, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — I desire personally and in behalf of the Buffalo Historical 
Society to express my unqualified approval of Mr. Rodenberg's Bill for the 
preservation of historic ruins and antiquities. Students of our history and 
archaeology have long felt the need of some such protective measure as is 
here proposed. The proper care and regulation of the matter must rest in 
the Federal Government. So far as I am aware, the Bill now before you is 
adequate and judiciously drawn. Yours truly, Andrew Langdon, President; 
Frank H. Severance, Secretary. 

From the Curator of the Ohio State Archaeological Society. 

OHIO STATE ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, William C. Mills, 
Curator. Columbus, Ohio, March 8, 1904. 

My dear Sir: — I wish to call your attention to the House Bill 13349, 
introduced by Mr. Rodenberg. This Bill provides "for the preservation of 
historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments and archaeologfical objects and other 
antiquities, and to prevent their counterfeiting." I wish to say on behalf of 
the Society that the Bill meets with our approval, and I hope you will tu"ge 
upon the Committee the advisability of this Bill becoming a law. Very truly 
yours, William C. Mills. 

From the President of the Southern California Historical Society. 

WALTER R. BACON, Attorney at Law, Los Angeles, Cal., April 11, 
1904. 

Dear Sir: — I have been requested, as President of the Southern Cali- 
fornia Historical Society, to examine the Bill introduced by Mr. Rodenberg 
on March 2, 1904, and referred to your Committee, being H. R. 13349. 

I have made a careful examination of the provisions of this Bill. In view 
of the necessities of the case which it attempts to remedy, such legislation as 
is here proposed is very necessary and should be enacted as soon as possible 
if the end in view is to be subserved. I have had considerable experience with 
the subject treated in this Bill and say advisedly that if the objects sought to 
be preserved by this Bill are to be saved at all, immediate action must be 
taken. It would seem to me that there could be no objection whatever to the 
enactment of the legislation here proposed. I have discussed the matter with 
numerous persons competent to judge thereof in this vicinity and Arizona, all 
of whom are of the opinion that the Bill should be passed. I desire to express 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 1 1 1 

in this manner my hearty commendation of the Bill, and earnest wish that it 
be passed as soon as possible if compatible with the public policy of the Con- 
gress. Yours respectfully, W. R. Bacon, President Southern California His- 
torical Society. 

Front Prof. G. Frederick Wright, D.D., LL.D. 

OBERLIN COLLEGE, April i6, 1904. 

Dear Sir: — My long interest in the preservation and exploration of 
the Mounds of Ohio in connection with the State Historical and Archaeological 
Society has greatly deepened in my mind the impression of the necessity 
for immediate and energetic action throughout the country in order to pre- 
serve our many relics of antiquity and secure their investigation through the 
most appropriate and promising agencies. The importance of this was greatly 
enhanced in my recent extended journey through Siberia and Turkestan 
by observing the great interest in such things manifested by the Russian 
settlers as well as by government authorities. It will be a great pity if, with 
our superior intelligence and opportunities, we fail to secure like results. The 
proper understanding of such antiquities is an important element in the 
education of our people, and a rich contribution to their mental development. 
I trust therefore that the Bill H. R. 13349 will be fayorably received by Con- 
gress and its important object accomplished. Very respectfully yours, G. 
Frederick Wright. 

From the Editor of the American Archaeologist. 

THE AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGIST, Dr. J. F. Snyder, Editor, 
Virginia, 111.; Prof. A. F. Berlin, Assoc. Editor, Allentown, Pa. Virginia, 
III., J 8 March, 1904. 

Sir: — House Bill No. 13349 introduced by Hon. Wm. A. Rodenberg 
of this state, for preservation of aboriginal antiquities of our country, and 
suppress counterfeiting of the same, should have been made a law by Congress 
30 years ago and should by all means be adopted now. 

The only amendment I would suggest is to make' the penalty for counter- 
feiting prehistoric relics more explicit by adding to line 15, page 4, of the Bill 
as printed the same penalty prescribed in lines 4, 5, and 6 of page 5, to-wit : 
"and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by fine not exceeding one 
thousand dollars or by imprisonment not exceeding one year or both." Urge 
your Committee to recommend passage of this Bill and you will discharge 
a duty that will meet the approval of every intelligent person in our country. 
With respect I am yours, &c., J. F. Snyder. 

From the President of Union College. 

LTNION COLLEGE, Schenectady, N. Y., Office of the President. 11 
March, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — I am in favor of Bill No. 13349 for the preservation of 
historic and prehistoric ruins, etc. It seems to me of great importance that 
Congress should take some action at once in this direction. This is not a 
matter that appeals very strongly to the general public, but that does not 
affect its real importance, which is evident to all who are interested in eth- 
nological studies and archaeological investigation. Yours very truly, Andrew 
V. V. Raymond. 



112 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

From the Curator of the Museum of the Leland Stanford University, 
California, 

LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR MUSEUM. Stanford University, 
California. 5 April, 1904. 

Gentlemen: — My attention has been called to the Bill (H. R 13349) 
introduced by Congressman Wm. A. Rodenberg. 

As a citizen and as an executive officer of a public museum I am very 
much interested in the successful passage of this Bill and my reasons for same 
are based on several facts. 

The Bill is perfectly just to all concerned. 

Each and every society or museum has the same privileges. 

It causes no hardship to any person. It preserves what is left on the 
public domain for the use of such institutions as shall be of greatest benefit 
to future generations. 

It puts a check upon the promiscuous issuance of spurious "relics" by 
which the traveling public is continually deceived. It is a safeguard thrown 
around the public, it will inspire more people to take an interest in these 
matters if they know there is some protection against fraud. More assistance 
will be given scientific bodies by men of means when they know that the 
money spent will bring returns in genuine material. 

The passage of this Bill means but little, if any, extra expense to the 
Government, and is a protection against theft and destruction by the curiosity 
vandal. 

I have submitted the Bill to many prominent men in this part of the State 
and without exception all endorse it. 

Hoping that your Committee will report favorably on the matter, I am, 
Very sincerely yours, H. C. Peterson, Curator. 

STATE HISTORICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 
Denver, Colo., March 30, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — Our society has read with much interest the House Bill 
13349, introduced by Mr. Rodenberg, for the purpose of preserving historic 
and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects and other antiquities, 
and desire to convey to you its hearty and enthusiastic approval of the Bill. 
Our society is a State Institution, supported by the State, and composed of a 
large number of such representative citizens as are interested in historical 
and scientific matters. Among its collections which are installed in the State 
Capitol Building in this city, is a very fine one of the CliflF Dwellers and other 
prehistoric ruins in the Southern part of the State. We have for many years 
viewed with regret and alarm, the despoliation of many of these antiquities, 
not only in Colorado, but in New Mexico and Arizona. Vandals are not 
alone responsible for this destruction, but scientists working in the interest of 
collections and museums, not only in the United States, but in several foreign 
countries, have in the past carried away without order or restraint, hundreds 
of car loads of objects which should have been preserved, as far as possible, 
in the condition in which they are found, or which at least have been retained 
in this country. We have always urged the necessity of some government 
control such as is now proposed in Mr. Rodenberg's very excellent Bill, and 
hail with great satisfaction, the prospect of having preserved what little is 
left of what to scientists, are among the most interesting archaeological re- 
mains in this continent. Respectfully submitted, The Colorado State His- 
torical and Natural History Society. E. B. Morgan, President. 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 1 13 

From the President of Vanderbilt University. 

Chancellor's Office, VANDERBILT UNIVERSITY, NASHVILLE, 
TENN., March 8, 1904. 

Dear Sir : — I am pleased to see a copy of the Bill which has been recently 
introduced by you looking to the preservation of American antiquities, etc. 
I beg to express my approval of this Bill and trust you may have no difficulty 
in securing favorable action. I am not able to suggest any amendments. It 
seems to meet the case very fully. Yours very truly, J. H. Kirkland. 

From the President of Adelphi College. 

ADLEPHI COLLEGE, President's Room, Brooklyn, N. Y., 7 March, 
1904. 

Dear Sir: — I write to express the hope that your committee will take 
fvaorable action upon H. B. 13349, "For the preservation of historic and 
prehistoric ruins, monuments, etc." 

In expressing this opinion I represent the unanimous feeling of the 
Trustees and Faculty of this Institution. 

We believe that Congressional action of this kind is absolutely necessary 
in order to preserve from destruction the prehistoric remains in this country, 
especially the mounds and the xelics of the cliff dwellers and early Pueblos. 

The Bill as now drawn meets with our unqualified approval, excepting 
perhaps in Section 5, in which it seems to me that it would be better merely 
to authorize, if necessary, the Secretary of the Interior to permit exchanges 
of antiquities between the United States National Museum or the Smith- 
sonian Institution and foreign museums and universities or scientific societies. 
I remain, yours very truly, C. H. Levermore. 

From the President of the Western Reserve University. 

President's Room, WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY, ADEL- 
BERT COLLEGE, Cleveland, 7 March, 1904. 

My dear Sirs: — I beg to say to you that the Bill 13349, introduced by 
Mr. Rodenberg for the preservation of historic memorials, seems to me thor- 
oughly worthy. Its passage would represent a distinct enlargement of the 
higher relations of American life. Very truly yours, Charles F. Thwing. 

From the President of the St. Louis University. 

ST. LOUIS UNIVERSITY, 19 March, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — The St. Louis University is much interested from scien- 
tific and patriotic motives in the passage of the Bill H .R. 13349, introduced by 
Mr. Rodenberg, "For the preservation of Historic and Prehistoric Ruins," etc. 

May I ask in the name of our Faculty for the passage of this Bill. Very 
respectfully, W. B. Rogers, S. J., President. 

From the Secretary of the Milwaukee Public Museum. 

MILWAUKEE PUBLIC MUSEUM, Milwaukee, Wis., 21 March, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — I have received copy of "A Bill for the preservation of 
historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects and other 
antiquities, and to prevent their counterfeiting," No. H. R. 13349. I have 
looked this over carefully, and upon due consideration can suggest no way 
in which it could be improved. 

On the face of it some of the provisions appear rather stringent, but I 
believe in the long run they will all be found advisable. I therefore am in 
hearty sympathy with this Bill as printed, and hope that it will be enacted as 
a law. Respectfully, Henry L. Ward^ Custodian and Secretary. 



114 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

From the President of the Detroit Society of the Society of the Archae- 
ological Institute of America. 

THE DETROIT SOCIETY, 21 March, 1904. 

Dear Sir : — The Bill introduced at the request of Records of the Past 
Exploration Society of Washington, D. C, being H. R. 13349, meets with 
my fullest aproval. As President of the Detroit Archaeological Society, I 
have had some experience in getting our Legislature to pass measures for the 
protection of the antiquities of Michigan. I deem it a matter of the greatest 
importance that when Congress passes the necessary legislation, all the 
Museums and Institutions of the country should be treated fairly and placed 
on the same basis in reference to making excavations for the antiquities on 
Government lands. I believe this Bill answers that purpose, and think that 
it should be passed, in preference to any other Bill. 

Trusting that it may receive your favorable consideration, I am yours 
very truly, George W. Bates. 

THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH DAKOTA, President's 
Office, University, N. D., March 9, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — I most respectfully urge your hearty support of H. R. 
13349 introduced by Representative William A. Rodenberg. I have made 
several visits to European countries and know from observation what attention 
is paid in almost all the countries of Europe to the collection and preservation 
of all antiquities such as prehistoric ruins, monuments, and other archaeologi- 
cal objects, bearing upon the early historic and prehistoric records of the past 
of those countries. Indeed, it is largely such collections as this Bill contem- 
plates that have made Europe so interesting to the American traveller. It 
seems to me that not only is the time amply ripe for such a movement in this 
country, but that we have been grossly derelict in not before starting such a 
movement as this Bill provides for. 

Trusting your honorable Committee will see its way clear to give the Bill, 
with such modifications, as may seem desirable, its hearty support, I am ver}' 
respectfully, Webster Merrifield, President. 

From the President of Lafayette College. 

LAFAYETTE COLLEGE. Easton, Pa., 18 March, 1904. 

My dear Sir: — Permit me on behalf of Lafayette College to express 
the very strong hope that the Committee on Public Lands may find it possible 
to report favorably on House Bill 13349 for the preservation of historic ruins 
etc. I have had considerable experience in this matter and I note how many 
of the historic monuments of this country have already been destroyed by reck- 
less vandalism. 

It seems very important that all such memorials of the past should be care- 
fully preserved. Very truly yours, E. D. Warfied. 

From the President of the University of Oregon. 

UNIVERSITY OF OREGON. Office of the President, Eugene, 16 
March, 1904. 

Dear Sir: — I am recently in receipt of a copy of a Bill introduced by 
Hon. William A. Rodenberg, providing for the preservation of historic and 
prehistoric ruins and other antiquities. I understand that the Bill has been 
referred to the Committee on Public Lands, of which you are chairman. Per- 
mit me to say that we in the West, who are in a position more to appreciate 
the need of such protection of prehistoric ruins as this Bill provides, are all 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 1 15 

gjeatly interested in its passage. The preservation of these ruins is a matter 
of great importance to educational institutions, and especially to those institu- 
tions which are adjacent to the territory in which these ruins are found. I 
sincerely hope that the Bill may be favorably considered by your Committee. 
Very truly yours, P. L. Campbell^ President. 

From the Director of the Detroit Museum of Art. 

DETROIT MUSEUM OF ART, A. H. Griffith, Director. Detroit, 
Mich., April 13, 1904. 

Dear Sir: — Having my attention called to Bill 13349, now in the House 
for the preserv-ation of historic and prehistoric ruins of America, I beg to say 
that speaking as Director of the Detroit Museum of Art, that this institution 
in common with every other of a simlar character, together with every sudent 
of Archaeology and the American people, are in the most hearty sympathy 
with this movement. It should be carried forward now at the earliest possible 
moment, before the destruction by vandals has been carried so far as to utterly 
obliterate that vast amount of valuable material which can never be restored. 
I hope the Bill and your efforts will receive every possible support. 

With best wishes to you for success in this commendable movement, I 
beg to remain, yours very truly, A. H. Griffith, Director. 

From the President of Lazvrence University. 

Lawrence University, President's Office, Appleton, Wis., March 14, 1904. 

Dear Sir : — I notice a Bill has been introduced into the House concern- 
ing the preservation of historic and prehistoric ruins, etc., H. B. 13349. 

I am much interested in the passage of the Bill. In Wisconsin we have 
recently organized an Archaeological Society for the purpose of preserving his- 
toric monuments in various parts of the State. These remains of a prehis- 
toric race are rapidly being obliterated, and if the government can take any 
steps to preserve in a measure our antiquities, it will be a matter of increasing 
historical interest. Very truly, Samuel Plantz, President. 

From the President of West Virginia University. 

WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, Morgantown. Office of the Presi- 
dent, March 7, 1904. 

Gentlemen : — For myself and on behalf of the West Virginia Univer- 
sity, I would respectfully urge the passeg of H. R. Bill 13349, introduced by 
Mr. Rodenberg, for the preservation of historic and prehistoric ruins, monu- 
ments, archaeological objects and other antiquities and to prevent their coun- 
terfeiting. 

The interests of science require that something be done to prevent the 
destruction and misuse of these antiquities, and this Bill seems to offer the 
protection needed. 

Hoping that you will be able to report favorably on the Bill, I am, very 
respectfully, R. B. Reynolds, President. 

The Presidents and Executive Officers of the following institu- 
tions, together with many prominent men, not officially connected with 
public institutions, have endorsed Mr. Rodenberg's Bill, and letters are 
almost daily being received by the Committee on Public Lands, en- 
dorsing it : 

Williams College, Massachusetts. 
Kentucky University. 



ii6 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Tufts College, Massachusetts. 

Brigham Young College, Utah. 

Oberlin College, Ohio. 

University of Missouri. 

Hardin College and Conservatory for Ladies, Mexico, Mo. 

Scio College, Ohio. 

Iowa College. 

Shaw University, Raleigh, N. C. 

The University of North Carolina. 

Parker College, WiNNEBAbo City, Minn. 

University of Mississippi. 

Hillsdale College, Michigan. 

Earlham College, Richmond, Ind. 

Capital University of Harrima]^, Tennessee. 

Smith College, Northampton, Mass. 

The College, Cedar Rapids, Iowa. 

Kentucky State Historical Society. 

St. Augustine Historical Society, Florida. 

North Carolina Historical Society. 



+ + + 



A RECENT DISCOVERY IN EGYPT AND THE CARE OF 

ANTIQUITIES 

BY DR. LUCIEN C. WARNER 

IN re-visiting Egypt after an absence of lo years, I was impressed 
with the extent of the new discoveries that have been made, as 
well as delighted with the care everywhere now bing taken to 
protect and preserve the priceless antiquities. Arriving at Cairo I 
found that the Egyptian Museum had been removed from the Ghizeh 
Palace, where it was in constant danger of destruction by fire, to a new 
fire-proof building, which for adaptation to its purpose is not excelled 
by any museum in the world. The collections have also been greatly 
enriched, especially in statues, steles and fine gold work from the 
ancient and middle empires. 

Ascending the Nile I found that all the choicest temples and tombs 
have been closed with secure gates and placed in charge of custodians, 
so that further vandalism has been stopped. Much work has also been 
done on the temples in strengthening foundations and restoring walls 
and columns, so that we may hope that these treasures will be pre- 
served for many centuries for the instruction of future generations. 
Especially is this true of the magnificent temples at Karnak, the site 
of ancient Thebes. Several of the small side temples have been care- 
fully excavated and repaired, and the avenue of ram-headed sphinxes 
leading to the main entrance from the Nile has been re-erected and re- 
stored, so as to give a good idea of their original appearance. More 
important than all, the Egyptian government has taken in hand the 
work of rebuilding and restoring the pillars of the great Hypostyle 



A RECENT DISCOVERY IN EGYPT 117 



SUPPOSED STATUES OF SEN-NOFER, WIFE AND CHILD 

Hall, which has justly been called the grandest hall in the world. It 
will be remembered that 1 1 of its 134 columns suddenly fell one morn- 
ing about 3 years ago, and the lovers of art throughout the world were 
alarmed lest this magnificent hall was to be left to destruction. The 
fallen columns are now being re-erected on secure foundations and the 
remaining columns so strengthened that further injury is not likely 
to occur. 

In connection with these changes large piles of dirt, which have 
surrounded the temple, are being removed, and several valuable statues 
have been found. The most important of these was discovered a few 
days before I visited the temple, and I was fortunate in securing the 
first photograph of it as it stood on the grounds near the temples. It 
is of black granite, about 4J/^ feet high, and represents the seated fig- 
ures of a man and a woman with a third small figure standing between 
them, probably their daughter. The back and sides of the statue con- 
tain inscriptions, but they have not been fully deciphered, or, if so, the 
results have not been made known. It was reported to be the statue of 
Sen-nofer and his wife and daughter. He was a prince of the southern 
capital of Thebes under Amenophis II, which would make the statue 
about 3,400 years old. The work is of marked artistic value, and it 
will take its place among the treasures of the museum at Cairo, where 
it will soon find a resting place. 



CHICKASAWABA MOUND, MISSISSIPPI VALLEY 

BY CURTIS J. LITTLE, ESQ. 

THE Chickasawaba Mound is situated in the central part of 
Mississippi County, Arkansas, lo miles back from the Mis- 
sissippi River. Probably the first white men to enter this 
country were the Spaniards under De Soto. In a passage from his 
diary he describes finding huge mounds covered with large forest 
trees in a locality about this distance from the point where crossed the 
Mississippi River. In 1798 white inhabitants began to settle in this 
region having floated down the Ohio River in house-boats. They 
settled along the banks of the river and built rude shanties and cleared 
some land ,but for the most part they depended upon hunting and trap- 
ping, rather than agriculture, for a livelihood. 

In 181 1 there occurred what is still known as the "Great Shakes 
of 1811." The disturbances continued for 2 days and nights and were 
accompanied by rumbling sounds like distant thunder. The ground 
rose and sank, leaving fissures from a few feet to 50 ft. in width and 
affected the bed of the Mississippi River so as to cause the current to 
flow up stream for 10 hours as far as Cairo, 111. The disturbance was 
so violent that in many places the land sank 40 and 50 ft. The settlers 
left in droves abandoning all their possessions. Only one man, Mr. 
Hardiman Walker who lived 26 miles northeast of here, remained to 
see what happened. 

The area which sank extends from the mouth of the St. Francis 
River on the south to New Madrid on the north, from the Mississippi 
River on the east to Crowley's Ridge on the west. This depression 
filled with water which is now called the St. Francis basin. The fissures 
which were formed became bayous the most notable of which is Pemis- 
cot Bayou which has Tanners Lake for its source and Little River its 
mouth. As the crow flies, Pemiscot Bayou is 37 miles long but with 
its meanderings it is 147 miles. Where this Bayou is now was the 
highest land in the country before the disturbance. Proof of this is 
furnished by the fact that for the last 10 years great quantities of wal- 
nut timber have been dug from the bed of the Bayou during the dry 
summer months. This timber is much larger than any walnut now 
standing and brings enormous prices in market owing to the peculiar 
dark stain given it by the many years it has lain beneath the earth 
and water. Several manufacturing companies have bought many thou- 
sand feet, coming out of Tanners Lake and Pemiscot Bayou. Mul- 
berry and sassafras, neither of which grown on low land, are found 
in the bed of this Bayou. 



THE CHICKASAWABA MOUND 



BURIAL GROUND, CHICKASAWABA MOUND 



120 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The Chickasawaba Mound lies one-fourth of a mile back from 
this bayou, the old burial ground lies to the west of the mound and is 
three-quarters of a mile wide by i mile long. Many acres of this old 
burial ground, as well as hundreds of the old graves are now covered 
by the Pemiscot Bayou. Since 1811 the deposits of sediment made by 
the annual flow of the Mississippi River have buried these graves to an 
unknown depth. Also the washing of the banks has added to the 
deposits covering them. Graves however, have been foimd at depths 
ranging from 10 in. on the high ground to 4 ft. at the waters edge, a 
distant of 100 ft. The bayou at this point is 700 ft. wide. This great 
variation in the depth is easily accounted for. During the annual over- 
flows of the river a strong current always cuts across from a bend in 
the bayou above joining the bayou again some distance below the 
mound. The current washes off the surface on the high ground and 
fills up the bottom of the bayou. 

The first settler in this country after the "Shakes of 181 1" was an 
old Indian Chief, Chickawaba, who later transferred his land to the 
white men and moved westward. Captain Charles Bowen of Osceola, 
Arkansas, who remembers this chief very well says that these graves, 
the pottery and the mound were as much of a mystery to the Indians 
as they are to us. He says, "when they were asked if they did not be- 
lieve that Indians before them built the mound they would say 'No, 
Indian no work so much.' " A fact which our history of the American 
Indians bears out. "At that time," say Captain Bowen, "there was 
hardly a tree missing." To-day the whole country is cleared except 
on the mound and along the bayou. The mound is inclosed in one of 
the most beautiful planations to be found anywhere in the Mississippi 
Valley. 

The mound covers i J^ acres of ground and is now 38 ft. high al- 
though it has been cut down greatly. Tunnels have been dug through 
it so that it has caved in on the top but in all this digging in the mound 
nothing has been found except a large quantity of burnt clay. Pottery 
is always found in the graves and only in graves. 

I commencied work on my collection 3 years ago and although 
there are only 3 months in a year that one can dig to any advantage, 
on account of the ground being too hard the rest of the time I have 
secured a very creditable collection. I have employed the following 
method to locate graves : I have a steel probe 3 ft. long made of a 
3-16 in. rod pointed at one end and with a cross bar at the other. I 
lay off a piece of ground about 50 ft. square and then start and probe 
every square foot of the ground. If any hard substance is struck an 
investigation is started by probing until I am satisfied that it is a grave. 
The next thing is to find the way the skeleton lies, as from this you can 
determine where to look for vessels. 

Some of the graves contain many vessels and it seems to be a rule 
that the more large vessels found in a grave the better the bones are 
preserved as if the vessels might have held, at one time, fluid that would 



FRONT AND SmE VIEW OF SKULL FOUND IN THE CHICKASAWABA MOUND 



IMAGES AND POTTERY FOUND IN" THE CHICKASAWABA MOUND 



122 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

preserve bone. I have in my collection i skull which I uncovered that 
is as perfect as if it had been buried for only. lo or 15 years. The total 
capacity of the vessels found around this skull would be as much as 5 
gallons. Another skull which I found was surrounded with vessels, 
the total capacity of which would be 3 galons. This skull was perfect 
with the exception of the lower jaw which I was unable to save. 

Bowls are usually found by the chest or forehead, and vary in size, 
some being as much as 30 in. in circumference. Some are very beauti- 
ful and well polished while others are as rudely made as if they had 
been the work of a child. I have a dozen of these bowls in my collec- 
tion. Large water jars holding from a pint to a gallon are found 
around the skull while cooking vessels are found along the side of the 
skeleton. Images, pipes, etc. are found at the feet. 

The graves have no order of arrangement, some having been 
found lying crosswise of each other and others in a circle. Some 
skeletons are in sitting and some in a standing posture. 

The skeletons are very large and tall. One femur bone was un- 
earthed that measured 29 in. in length. The skulls are extremely large, 
the jaw of one is of such size that it would slip over my own and 
have considerable space to spare, being able to insert my first 3 fingers 
under the cheek bones. The skulls slope back considerably and the 
frontal bones are very flat. 

It is a remarkable fact that I have not yet discovered any imple- 
ments of war except 2 spear points which were found in a vessel in one 
of the graves. These were made from buck horn with the butt hol- 
lowed out so as to admit of an arrow or staff. 

Some of the objects excavated are well marked with pictographs. 
The best specimen so marked is a smoking pipe, which is covered with 
outlines of birds feet and irregular lines which are hard to describe. 
On one of the specimens representing the Mexican Uima are a number 
of pictographs which show plainly in the accompanying illustration. 

My collection which* will be placed in the Arkansas exhibit at the 
World's Fair in St. Louis, includes the folowing specimens: Image 
of a human being, image of a Mexican llima, image of a sun perch fish, 
image of a goggle-eye fish, image of a toad frog, image of a bull frog, 
image of a duck, image of an otter, twin pigmet pot, three-fourths of a 
pound of red pigment, large smoking pipe, 2 pieces — either of money 
or buttons, made of mussel shells, i dozen bowls ranging in size from 
3 to 10 inches in diameter, 16 water vases, holding from a pint to i 
gallon, 19 cooking vessels ranging in size from a pint to half gallon and 
showing fire marrks, and 2 dozen small vessels resembling desert 
dishes. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

ASIA: — BABYLONIA: In view of all the recent discoveries 
which have been made in Babylonia it is interesting to note the descrip- 
tion which Sir Henry C. Rawlinson gave of the discovery of the first 
clay cylinder bearing the inscription of Nebuchadrezzar. During 
August and September of 1854 he worked in Babylonia on the mound 
of Birs Nimroud, and later in the year renewed his work on this mound. 
He uncovered the corner of one of the buildings, which had been dis- 
covered by his assistant, Joseph Tonetti, in the hope of discovering 
some inscriptions imbedded in the chambers in the wall. He had the 
bricks removed down to the 10 layer above the plinth at the base. The 
following is his description of the discovery : 

On reaching the spot, I was first occupied for a few minutes in adjusting 
a prismatic compass on the lowest brick now remaining of the original angle, 
which fortunately projected a little, so as to afford a good point for obtaining 
the exact magnetic bearing of the two sides, and I then ordered the work to 
be resumed. No sooner had the next layer of bricks been removed than the 
workmen called out there was a Khazeneh, or treasure hole — that is, in the 
comer at the distance of two bricks from the exterior surface there was a 
vacant space filled up with loose reddish sand. Clear away the sand, I said, 
and bring out the cylinder. And as I spoke the words the Arab, groping with 
his hands among the debris in the hole, seized and held up in triumph a fine 
cylinder of baked clay, in as perfect a condition as when it was deposited in 
the artificial cavity above 24 centuries ago. The workmen were perfectly be- 
wildered. They could be heard whispering to each other that it was a sihr, 
or "mag^c," while the graybeard of the party significantly observed to his com- 
panion that the compass which, as I have mentioned, I had just before been 
using, and had accidentally placed immediately above the cylinder, was cer- 
tainly "a wonderful instrument." 

JAPAN : — Mr. Kakasu Okakura, in his recent book on The Ideals 
of the East, with Special Reference to the Art of Japan, expresses the 
belief that India at one time led the whole of Asia in both religion and 
art. He points out that the actual affinities of Indian art are largely 
Chinese. He believes in an early Asiatic art, which has left its marks 
not only on China. India, Egypt and Phoenicia, but also in Greece, 
Etruria and even Ireland. 

EGYPT: — ^The Egyptian monument of Tell-esh-Shihab is de- 
scribed by Prof. W. Max MuUer in the January issue of the Palestine 
Exploration Fund as follows : 

The Egyptian granite stele of Pharaoh Sethos (Egyptian Setoy) I, 



124 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

which Prof. G. A. Smith discovered at Tell-esh-Shihab, in the Hauran re- 
gion (cf Quarterly Statement, October, 1901, p. 348), is a find of great im- 
portance. First, it confirms the fact attested to by the so-called stone of Job 
at Sheikh Sa'd that the Egyptian kings of Dynasty XIX (and XVIII, of 
course) held Palestine east of the Jordan subject as far as the ground was cul- 
tivable. Until a few years ago we all doubted if the Egjrptian dominion really 
extended across the Jordan valley. It is, however, perfectly in agreement with 
the ancient conditions of Palestine that the above prejudice against the 
Pharaonic power now proves to be erroneous. And if cultivation extended 
farther east and the Bedouin element had less sway than at present, the 
chances for subjugating the inhabitants were better for every conqueror, and 
the wealth of the country made the temptation for conquest stronger. 

While Prof. G. A. Smith's discovery thus corrects a gap in my book, 
Asien und Europa, p. 198 (233 note 1,273), the passage, p. 199, has not 
been interpreted quite correctly. In stating that Sethos I waged war and 
extended his territory on the northern frontier of Palestine only, I meant that 
everything south of that field of conquest was in his undisputed possession. 
The point which has been specially emphasized throughout that book is: 
Palestine was not only occasionally raided and forced to pay occasional 
tribute to the Egyptians, as scholars believed formerly, but remained in the 
possession of a part of the Egyptian Empire from 1700 to 1200 B. C. Conse- 
quently, the new monument of Tell-eah-Shihab is hardly to be explained as 
a commemoration of conquest. It may, perhaps, have mentioned the victory 
over some rebels in the part which is now broken off, and what remains of 
the stele, viz., the peaceful representation of the king, does not favor this 
interpretation. Much more probable is it that the stone did not commemorate 
any victory over the Asiatics, but merely exposed the loyalty of the dedicator 
to his king. It does not bear the local religious character of the inscription at 
Sheikh Sa'd, containing the name of Rameses II, but corresponds with this 
monument as a sign of the continuous possession of Palestine. 

There remains, however, one important conclusion yet to be drawn 
from the new stele. It is no graffito character, but is a carefully and expen- 
sively executed monument, which shows that once a considerable settlement 
must have been at or near Tell-esh-Shihab. Furthermore, it is of the purest 
Egyptian workmanship, and not an imitation by an Asiatic sculptor. Now, 
the man who expressed his loyalty by the erection of such a stately monument 
and had good Egyptian artists at hand, can only have been an Egyptian 
official of some rank, stationed at that place. If we remember the great 
strategic importance of Tell-esh-Shihab (as described so vividly by Prof. 
G. A. Smith, p. 345 ) , the conclusion is necessary that, Sethos I, the Egyptian, 
must have maintained a garrison on the spot to guard the Hauran. Possibly, 
even a "royal city" or "station" stood there, with magazines for receiving the 
yearly tribute of grain from the surrounding region. Excavations would 
certainly furn'ish some traces of the Egyptian soldiers and officials ! 

The "stone of Job" is, evidently, too far remote from the settlement just 
described to be connected with it. As has been said above, this Egyptian repre- 
sentation indicates only the religious importance of the locality, nothing else. 

EUROPE: — ITALY : One of the most important discoveries re- 
cently reported in the Roman Forum is that of an altar dedicated to 
Marcus Curtius, a patriotic Roman youth, who, in 362 B. C, to placate 



EDITORIAL NOTES 125. 

the gods, jumped in full armour and on horseback, into a chasm which 
had opened in the Forum a'hd which it was believed could not be filled 
except by the sacrifice of the chief wealth or strength of the Roman 
people. According to tradition, this chasm closed immediately after 
Curtius made his sacrifice. This altar is formed by 12 large roughly 
sculptured stones. Near it is a hole, which contained the remains of 
later sacrifices made in honor of Marcus Curtius on his altar. 

At the meeting of the Society of Anthropology of Paris July 2, 
i903,Mr.Threullen made a communication, which he has since publish- 
ed independently, on the discovery of relics of the mammoth and the 
reindeer, in the course of the same excavations which furnish the relics 
of a Gallo-Roman necropolis described by Mr. Riviere. At 10 mm 
below the vegetable soil he found a number of neolithic instruments. 
At the depth of 5 m he foimd a lower jaw of the mammoth in perfect 
preservation, some meters lower the jaw of a reindeer. He also dis- 
covered many hundreds of the rudimentary instruments which appear 
to me to bear evidence of human workmanship. All these objects have 
been deposited in the galleries of Mineralogy at the Museum of Paris 
under the care of Prof. Stanislas Meunier. 

In a recent book by Sir Charles Warren on the Ancient Cubit and 
Our Weights and Measures, he brings evidence to show that all the 
weights and measures except those of the metrical system are derived 
from one source — ^the double-cubit cubed of Babylonia. 

NORTH AMERICA:— UNITED STATES: Among the 
mounds described in the October issue of the Wisconsin Archaeologist 
is the Larson Mound. It is conical in shape, located about 20 ft. above 
Minister Lake, about 100 ft. west of the highway and about 300 ft. 
from the bank of the Lake. This mound measured 30 ft. in diameter 
and 3 ft. high. It has been under cultivation for over 20 years, and it 
must have been originally at least 4 ft. high. Mr. Larson opened this 
moimd in October, 1902, and found in it 21 skeletons, a few of which 
were those of children. The skeletons were so far decayed that they 
crumbled when touched. These remains were found 14 in. below the 
surrounding surface on the blue clay subsoil. The color of the soil 
showed plainly that the tomb was 14 ft. long and 12 ft. wide, with 
rounded corners. The skeletons were in a double row, all being laid 
with their heads to the east. The 6 longest skeletons had their leg 
bones, up to their bodies, covered with cobble stones, evidently taken 
from the lake. In the southwest corner of the gjave was found at least 
half a bushel of burnt rocks, so badly fused that they crumbled under 
slight pressure. The skeletons were covered with about 8 in. of rather 
hard clay or cement ; above this was about 8 in. of almost pure ashes 
and charcoal. From this strata of ashes, to the top of the mound, char- 
coal and ashes were mixed with the black loam. No implements or 
ornaments were found in the mound, but an abundance of arrow points 
and chips have been found in the vicinity. !Many fragments of bone 



126 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

were found on the surface, which had probably been left there when 
the mound was opened. 

The department of Anthropology of the University of California 
has undertaken an exhaustive "Ethnological and Archaeological Sur- 
vey" of California. During the past year they have been carrying on a 
systematic exploration of the mounds and shell-heaps of California in 
an attempt to determine the approximate time at which man first came 
into the region. The language, mythology and physical characteristics 
of the present Indians of the State have been studied, also the skeletons 
of extinct races, in order to gain all the light possible on the relation- 
ship between the Indians along the Pacific Coast and those of other 
parts of North America, and to see if there is any relationship trace- 
able to certain of the tribes of Asia. The University is also making a 
special eflfort to enlist the aid of the people of California in this work 
and urging them to label all Indian relics found, so that they will be of 
permanent value. This last point is one which cannot be too strongly 
urged, as more than half the value of a specimen is its label. 

A life-size reproduction of a mammoth Saurian, the Stegosaurus, 
is being constructed at Milwaukee, under the direction of Mr. Fred- 
erick A. Lucas, curator of the division of Comparative anatomy of 
the United States National Museum at Yashington. This restoration, 
which is life-size, is to be exhibited at the St. I^uis Exposition, The 
back of this hugh animal rises 14 ft. above the ground. The tail is 10 
ft. long and bears projecting spines 2 ft. long and 6 in. in circumfer- 
ence at the base, tapering to a point. The teeth are very small and 
were only used for masticating the vegetable food on which he evi- 
dently subsisted. 

The recent discovery of some large mastodon bones in Rocking- 
ham County, Va., indicates the possibility of securing some valuable 
specimens from this place. The bones already found are those of the 
leg and were discovered in a marl bed. Prof. W. M. Fontaine thinks 
that there was some special attraction for diflferent animals to this 
spot. Probably it was a salt lick. If so, this section will be a very 
profitable one for excavating. 

Remains of mastodons are reported from Wyanet, 111., and from 
New Britain, Conn. At Wyanet a mastodon tooth was discovered in 
excellent preservation, which weighed 4j^ lbs. In New Britain part 
of the skeleton of a mastodon was uncovered while digging a cellar in 
the city. Careful search will be made to discover the other parts of 
the skeleton, which probably lie in the immediate vicinity. 

The eflFectiveness of the bow and arrow as used by the aboriginal 
inhabitants of this country is shown by diflferent discoveries, which 
have been made in widely separated parts of the country. One ex- 
ample found in Missouri shows a skeleton, in which one of the cervical 
vertebrae is pierced by an arrow point, which penetrated half way 
through the bone. In Indiana the skull of a bison was found, several 



EDITORIAL NOTES 127 

feet below the surface of the ground, with an arrow point still in place, 
which had penetrated more than half its length through the bone just 
above the animal's eye. Mr. Pepper, of the American Museum of 
Natural History, describes the skeletons of several Indian warriors, 
whose bones show the effectiveness of the aboriginal weapons of war, 
and the skillful use of such weapons. One warrior he describes, had 
been pierced by more than 20 arrow points, which had penetrated and 
fractured his bones. In another warrior an arrow tip was found which 
had plowed "through one side of the body of the Indian and fully a 
third of its length through one of the ribs. * * * The hole made 
by the point is as perfect as though drilled with a lathe." At the base 
of one of the skulls found, there was an arrow point made of antler, 
which had been broken by the force of its impact against the cranium. 

Concerning early means of transportation, Mr. John T. Holds- 
worth in an article in the Journal of Geography says : 

The early pages of history reveal that the commerce and civilization of 
Asia and Europe advanced commensurately with the development of roads 
and canals. According to the testimony of the Vedas, the religious books of 
the ancient Hindus, highways were built by the state connecting the interior 
w^ith the coast and with adjoining countries. The ancient peoples of Mesopo- 
tamia, the first to use domestic animals as beasts of burden, built canals for 
irrigation purposes and constructed roads leading to their dependencies. The 
Babylonians not only built highways, canals and great irrigation works — they 
even constructed breakwaters and quays along the Persian Gulf for the en- 
couragement of commerce. 

The earliest of the great maritime nations of antiquity, Phoenicia, though 
depending chiefly upon the sea as a highway, built roads connecting the 2 
great cities, T)rre and Sidon, and constructed caravan routes south to Arabia 
and east to India and China, which countries sent their products to Tyre to be 
exchanged for the produce brought by Phoenician vessels from the west. So, 
too, Egypt and Carthage, each of which attained commercial eminence in this 
early time, maintained highways leading in all directions. 

The g^eat Roman Empire, which embraced every civilized nation then 
known, and which counted some 20,000,000 people, was covered with a net- 
work of roads, many of which remain to this day the admiration and wonder 
of the world. It is estimated that 50,000 miles of these highways, built mainly 
for military purposes, connected the various parts of the Empire. Over 
many of them the government maintained an efficient postal service, using 
fast couriers. 

PALESTINE: — The first example, at Gezer, of a human founda- 
tion sacrifice was found last year in the second stratum, where excava- 
tions were being carried on. Here the skeleton of a woman of ad- 
vanced age had been deposited in the hollow under the corner of a 
house. Th body was lying on its back, the legs being bent up (but not 
doubled) ; at the head was a small bowl, and between the femora and 
Tibiae a large two-handled jar — ^no doubt food-vessel. Pathologically 
the skeleton has considerable interest, the right arm and shoulder hav- 
ing been distorted by some rheumatic aflfection. 



L 



128 RECORDS OF THE P, 

In the March issue of Records of the Pj 
article on The Cavate Dwellings of Cappadoc 
tions and forms of the Cross at Geureme : 



7i 
C 
I 
I 

H 

or 



r 
p 

H 
To 
fiof 



e 





n 


N 


H 

**> 


s> 


^ 


r 


N 


1 


H 





o; 


c 


IONS FROM 


GEURES 




FORMS OF THE CROSS AT GEL"REME, 



/The new v. TTZT 







CHAIRONEIA AND THE BURIAL PLACE OF THE THEBANS J FRAGMENTS OF THE 
LION 



I 



TOMB OF THE MACEDONIANS 



RECORDS ^ PAST 




VOL. Ill ■ U^ ■ PART V 



MAY, 1904 

+ + + 



THE MACEDONIAN TOMB AND THE BATTLEFIELD OF 

CHAIRONEIA 

BY ARTHUR STODDARD COOLEY, PH. D. 

NO town, for a place of its size, in Greece is more noted than 
Chaironeia; for beside being the birthplace of Plutarch, near 
it, as at Thermopylae, were fought 3 battles of importance. In 
447 B. C, the Boeotians defeated here the Athenians; on the 7 of 
Metageitnion (August i?), 338 B. C, Philip II of Macedon and 
the young Alexander defeated the allied Greeks ; and in 86 B. C. Sulla 
and his Roman army conquered the generals of Mithradates. Here 
again, as at Thermopylae, we distinguish one battle par excellence by 
the name of the place ; Thermopylae brings to our mind Leonidas and 
his Spartans against the myriads of Xerxes in 480; when we speak of 
the Battle of Chaironeia, we mean that of 338 B. C. In both of these 
battles an invader finally overcame the Greeks ; in both a devoted band 
died to a man — at Chaironeia it was the "Sacred Band" of the Thebans, 
who for once fought on the side of their fellow Greeks ; on both fields 
a stone lion was erected as a monument to the heroes who thus sacri- 
ficed their lives. 

Visitors to the place have noticed a short distance to the east of 
Kapraina, the modern village on the site of Chaironeia, near the high- 
way, the fragments of the colossal stone lion erected after this battle 
over the grave of the Theban Sacred Band. Intact until the last cen- 
tury, it was blown up with gunpowder by Odysseus Androutsos, the 




132 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

hero of Gravia, and one of the chiefs in the Greek Revolution, on the 
supposition that it contained treasure. For years the Greek Archae- 
ological Society has been planning to restore it, and in 1879 excavated 
the polyandrion (common tomb) of the Thebans near by, on which it 
had stood. At last the work is being accomplished ; the base has been 
restored, the fragments of the lion are being put together by Mr. 
Sochos, a native of Tenos, working as a sculptor at Paris, and the lion 
itself will soon be set up again. 

The preliminary work was entrusted to Dr. Georgios Soteriades, 
one of the ephors of antiquities, who has made important discoveries 
in Aetolia, especially! at Thermos. [See his account in Records of 
THE Past, June, 1902, pp. 172-181.] I will let him tell his own story, 
quoting from a personal letter, dated at Chaironeia, November 19, 
December 2, 1902 : 

I was sent by the Ministry (of Education) and the (Archaeological) 
Society here to Chaironeia. A double work was assigned me : First, to over- 
see the rebuilding of the base of the Lion. . . . and second, to carry on ex- 
cavations to seek for the polyandrion of the Macedonians mentioned by Plut- 
arch in the Life of Alexander, ch. IX. So then, from about the end of August 
(early September of our calendar) I have been here, and after working for 5 
or 6 weeks in the scorching heat of the Greek stin I am now enduring all the 
discomforts of a winter very rainy and quite cold, in the house of a peasant of 
Kapraina, with privations not a few. ... I am waiting for good weather, 
but will it ever come? All Parnassos and the lower mountains are covered 
with snow ; here rain, much mud, and cold hold sway. 

After describing the restoration of the base of the lion, he turns 
to the second and more important object of his mission. 

My excavations are going quite well. First I excavated a mound near 
the Kephisos, where under walls, cisterns, and graves of Roman times and 
Christian graves I found skeletons, from which I supposed at first that I 
had most probably discovered the graves of the Macedonians. But imme- 
diately again I recognized that I had been deceived, for on digging into the 
soil which was free from Roman buildings and graves I found fragments of 
vases at the latest of the geometric type. In any case the skeletons are pan- 
archaic. Accordingly, after I had examined minutely the portion excavated, 
I collected carefully all the finds and with the aid of the surveyor prepared the 
plan of this trial excavation. Then I left this mound to be examined later 
and sent ashes from the stratum of the bodies (to a chemist) to assure mjrself 
whether this contains elements of bones and so to know whether the dead in 
these panarchaic graves were cremated or simply buried. I believe they were 
only buried and that the ashes come from the sacrifices of animals and the 
funeral feasts. 

This opinion seems to have been confirmed by the chemical analy- 
sis. Not only the vase-fragments discovered in the sub-Roman strata 
of this mound, which rises to a height of less than 12 ft. above the plain, 
but also some stone tools and idols of clay and stone indicate that it is 
prehistoric. Moreover, Dr. Soteriades sought in vain in its vicinity 
for remains of classical time, even for graves from the period of the 
battle of 338. 



MACEDONIAN TOMB AND BATTLEFIELD 133 

Satisfied that this mound was not the polyandrion of the Mace- 
donians he proceeded to investigate another also near the Kephisos, 
but about 2y2 kilometers to the east and much nearer the village of 
Bramagas than Chaironeia. The following account of what he found 
there and its important bearing on ouf understanding of the battle, of 
which we have no wholly satisfactory historical narrative, is made up 
from sources contributed to the writer by Dr. Soteriades himself — ^the 
letter referred to, an article in French in La Re forme of Smyrna (April 
16, 1903), and his full discussion of the history of the battle under the 
title Das Schlachtfeld von Chaeronea, in the last number of the Athen- 
ische Mittheilungen [Band XXVIII, 1903, 3, pp. 301-330]. 

The second mound is much larger than the other and a con- 
spicuous feature of the plain, rising to a height of 7 m. (about 23 
ft) above the plain, and having a diameter of about 70 m. It has 
the form of a cone, whose summit has been leveled off. Before com- 
mencing work Soteriades had believed this mound to belong to the time 
of Sulla's campaign against the troops of Mithradates, but his finds 
soon convinced him that it goes back not to the I but to the IV Cen- 
tury B. C 

I first opened a trench 25 m. long (he writes), and in the center of the 
mound I broadened this trench to an excavation 5 m. wide, which reached even 
to the natural soil. Ever3rwhere in all this tomb I found fragments of vases of 
the IV Century B. C, as I was assured also by Messrs. von Prott and Thiersch, 
who compared them with those found in the Kabeirion. 

Suddenly, at a depth of 7 m., the very hard earth of the mound came to 
an end and underneath began very loose earth with coals, ashes, bones of 
animals, vases of the IV Century, belonging for the most part to the epoch of 
the Boeotian, and above all many weapons of iron — ends of lances, knives, and 
swords. I should remark that the heads of these lances are extraordinarily 
long and by their length agree with the Macedonian sarissas. 

Work was stopped temporarily by the rains and bad weather men- 
tioned in the letter quoted above, and it was not until January, 1903. 
that he was able to widen the excavation so as to lay bare completely 
the stratum of ashes, etc., over a surface of 100 square m. and to ex- 
amine it accurately. 

Then the matter was quite clear. On the level of the plain a gjeat funeral 
pyre had been erected ; completely charred or half burnt heavy logs could still 
be distinguished in the moist, caked mass of ashes and bones. The heap of 
ashes formed a cone, whose diameter was 10 m. and whose greatest height 
in the center was about 75 cm. The fire must have been a very fierce one, for 
only the thicker bones of the cremated bodies, principally vertebrae and arm 
and leg bones, were to any degree preserved. 

The moisture of 2,000 years, also, has done its part to hasten the 
work of destruction, so that weapons and other objects of iron and 
bronze are covered with rust or practically destroyed. Some of the 
lance-heads mentioned above have a length of 38 cm. (nearly 15 ih.), 
including the small part of the socket preserved. A few two-edged 
swords, long curved knives, and daggers are partially preserved, while 
among the smaller finds are human teeth, a perfectly preserved arrow- 



134 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

head, and 2 bronze coins, declared by a numismatologist to be 

Macedonian. 

These facts leave no doubt as to the significance of the funeral mound. 
The supposition that we may possibly have here a monument from the time 
of Sulla's campaigns against Archelaos needs no special refutation, for the 
entire find of vases points not to the I but to the IV Century. 

Furthermore, it is to be noted that Plutarch, while he speaks of 
the victory of Sulla and the trophy he erected in the plain, knows in 
the region only the tomb of the Macedonians. We know that as a 
special mark of favor Philip had the Athenian dead burned and their 
ashes sent to Athens ; the 254 heroes of the Theban Sacred Band were 
buried together by the public highway, where the lion was set up as 
their appropriate monument ; it is utterly improbable that any of the 
vanquished Greeks could have erected this huge moimd over the re- 
mains of their dead. 

The almost certain identification of this great funeral-mound with 
the tomb of the Macedonians mentioned by Plutarch reopens for us 
the question of the positions and movements of both the Macedonians 
and the allied Greeks on that memorable summer day in 338 B. C. 
Already in October, 1902, Dr. Soteriades had remarked that the con- 
temporary historians had made a mistake in their topography of the 

battle. He says : 

Whoever has once visited this field of battle cannot share the opin- 
ion of Curtius, according to which the allied Greek troops had their rear 
turned toward the hills of Chaironeia and their front toward the river Kephi- 
sos, in which way we should have a sort of battle on the Granikos, because 
neither does the Kephisos flow near Chaironeia, but at a distance of 2 kilo- 
meters, nor had Philip with his Macedonians encamped on the left bank of 
the river. But what is natural is that the allied Greek troops should in some 
way have closed like an iron chain the plain between Chaironeia and the com- 
mencement of Mt. Akontion. According to this supposition the Athenians 
(who formed the Greek left) were at Chaironeia and the Thebans on the 
Kephisos at a point near the bridge over the river, which runs quite near the 
mountain. 

From our accounts of the battle we know that Philip with the 
right wing of the Macedonians was arrayed against the Athenians, 
who lost the day by their rash advance, and so his losses must have been 
comparatively slight. On the other hand the Thebans on the Greek 
right oflFered the bravest and most stubborn resistance to Alexander 
and the Macedonian left and the heaviest loss for the invaders must 
have been here, where the conflict was hardest and longest. 

From both points, however, which have been assumed for the position of 
the Greek right the burial-mound of the Macedonians lies equally distant The 
Macedonians must have carried their dead 10 to 15 stadia from the place where 
they had fallen to give them worthy burial. This would not be unthinkable in 
itself, if only the reason for so doing could be seen. 

If the Greek right wing stood somewhere near the Kerata pass by the 
rocky projection of Mt. Thourion we must imagine the Thebans posted at 
about this distance from Chaironeia, since the front of the Greeks cannot have 



MACEDONIAN TOMB AND BATTLEFIELD 135 




^ » t ' ' ' » '' 



T*rr 



T 



900 



1000 isoo 



s 



Jtl 

00 



THE BATTLEFIELD OF CHAIRONEIA. 

TroTrx the Alh€v\;sch« MittA€ilttny«f\,<303, f.^os- 

been less than 2 kilometers long. Neither Curtius nor Wilamowitz determine 
this place more exactly. Wilamowitz has not noticed that he has left the right 
wing stretching out into the plain without support. What could the Greek 
generals have purposed in this? and if the Macedonians fell in this part of the 
plain, we can think of no occasion for their transporting the dead for burial 
as far as the Kephisos into a marshy region through which leads no road, no 
path, in which ho traces of an old settlement are to be found. The way from 
Lebadeia goes to-day and certainly at all times has gone over the low ridge 
of Thourion through the Kerata pass ; at the point where it reach'es the plain, 



136 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

along the base of the rocky Thourion, leads to-day and surely has always led 
the great highway which stretches from Thebas past Onchestos, Haliartos, 
Koroneia, Lebadeia, and Chaironeia toward the north. In the whole plain 
there is no more suitable spot for the erection of a grave-monument than some 
point in the vicinity of this highway, on which (according to this theory) the 
battle was decided. 

The transportation of the dead to the spot where the Macedonian burial- 
mound lies would be just as inexplicable, if we should think of the position of 
the Greek right wing as being on the Kephisos in the vicinity of the west end 
of Akontion. At this point, as a glance at the map (p.) will show, a number of 
roads meet and probably have always met, for here is the only place where the 
left bank of the Kephisos near Akontion offers firm ground for the con- 
struction of a bridge. At no other spot in this neighborhood is the river cross- 
able, even in summer; elsewhere along its course the groimd is swampy and 
the very region of the Macedonian mound is often under water. 

To such a region, moreover 2)^2 kilometers from the battlefield, the 
Macedonians would certainly have had reason for carrying their dead for 
burial. If the battle really took place between Chaironeia and the west end 
of Akontion, one could almost point out with the finger the place where the 
Macedonians attacked the Thebans. Just here lies the prehistoric mound ; and 
this spot, on the battlefield itself, opposite Chaironeia and at the junction of 
so many ways, would have been the only one suitable for an imposing grave- 
montunent. When, however, we find the burial-mound so far from the spot 
designated, the question forces itself upon us, whether possibly the battle did 
not take place in its immediate neighborhood. 

This question can be answered in the affirmative only if nothing else com- 
pels us to follow the views hitherto held as to the positions of the hostile 
armies. How is it now with the assumption that the battle was fought almost 
under the walls of Chaironeia; that the Greek right wing stood either east- 
ward of this town, not far from the Lion monument, or to the north on the 
Kephisos, exactly at the west end of Akontion, and there withstood the charge 
of the Macedonian left wing? Leaving undecided now whether the Greek 
left wing, which the Athenians formed, was protected by the town of 
Chaironeia, we must regard as impossible the assumption that the Greeks 
had taken position with the front toward the north along the Chaironeian hills 
in the direction of the Kerata pass. 

A very slight advance from the hills would have exposed their 
flanks, while these hills themselves were not high enough to guard 
them from being encircled from the rear. Curtius's strange error in 
thinking that the Kephisos at the distance of over a mile could protect 
the front of the Greeks in this position has been referred to above. 

If the Greeks on their retreat from Parapotamioi had intended to 
make a stand in this narrow plain and here to attempt to block the 
progress of Philip into Boeotia, no better place could have been found 
than that suggested, between Chaironeia and the bridge over the 
Kephisos. It is natural to assume that the Greeks halted at Chaironeia, 
a fortified town, to assemble and to make preparations for the battle. 
But it may be questioned, whether on the day of the battle they actually 
occupied this line. The common expression "Battle of Chaironeia" 
seems to involve the assumption that the battle took place before the 



BATTLEFIELD OF CHAIRONEIA, ACCORDING TO DR. SOTERIADES ; BETWEEN MT. 
THOURION AND THE KEPHISOS ; PARNASSOS COVERED WITH SNOW IN DISTANCE 



TOMB OF THE MACEDONIANS 



J 



138* RECORDS OF THE PAST 

walls of the town, but the curious fact is that in the ancient accounts of 
the event we do not find Chaironeia mentioned as figuring either during 
or after the battle. Only in Plutarch [Demosthenes, ch. XIX] we 
read that the Greeks pitched their camp at the Herakleion (probably 
not far from the town), and that the bloodiest fight took place on the 
brook Haimon near it. "Now the Thermodon," he says (where an 
old oracle localized the defeat of the Greeks), ''they say is at our home 
in Chaironeia, a small rivulet emptying into the Kephisos. But we 
know now none of the streams called by such a name; however, we 
guess that the one called Haimon is what was then called Thermodon 
* * * and we infer that, when the battle took place, being filled 
with blood and corpses the river gained this name in exchange." In 
Theseus, chi XXVII, also, Plutarch identifies the Thermodon with the 
Haimon. The historian here probably refers to a local tradition that 
the Greeks camped at the Herakleion, but that does not prove that the 
battle was fought there. It is immaterial whether we identify with the 
Haimon the brook issuing below the theater of Chaironeia or the win- 
ter torrent which flows through the valley to the east of the citadel. 
The expressions, "we guess," "we infer," leave no doubt that the as- 
sumption of the battle on the Haimon brook near Chaironeia rests only 
on the quite hypothetical identification of this with the Thermodon 
and the very questionable popular etymology of Haimon as "Bloody 
Brook" (Aiuwv from aiua, blood). So Plutarch's statement has no 
historical worth beside the fact that the town of Chaironeia is abso- 
lutely unmentioned in the real accounts of the battle, the extended one 
of Diodoros and the fragmentary notices of Polyaenus and Frontinus, 
and that in the catastrophe of the Athenians and after the defeat of the 
Greek army it plays no part, just at a moment when we should most 
naturally expect it. We may explain as an accident its not being men- 
tioned in the accounts of the battle, but it can be no accident that it 
plays no part in the catastrophe of the Athenians. This point is so 
important that I give Dr. Soteriades' argument in full. 

It is generally assumed, and one can not imagine it otherwise, that the 
Athenians, after they had given up their secure position by the walls of Chair- 
oneia in their too hasty advance, withdrew a considerable distance from the 
town toward the northwest in the direction of the present highway. Some 
500 — 600 m. from the village of to-day they reached the point which from the 
lay of the land can be exactly indicated (marked on the map by a black oblong), 
where they met Philip, who had enticed them thus far by his feigned retreat. 
Here from high land [Polynaeus, IV, 2, 2] the Macedonians threw themselves 
upon them with sudden fury, and they, wearied as they were, gave way before 
the charge of the Macedonian phalanx. The butchery began at once, a 
thousand Athenians fell, 2,000 were taken prisoners, the rest scattered in wild 
flight. But whither ? In their rear lay the town ; passing close to it led the 
way by which the fleeing must seek to save themselves, toward the Kerata 
pass, the gentle slopes of the Chaironeian hills, and the side valleys. But did 
not the town itself with its mighty citadel first open its gates to receive at 
least a part of the fleeing Athenians? And — what is more important— did 



MACEDONIAN TOMB AND BATTLEFIELD 139 

the town at so slight a distance from the battle offer the Athenians absolutely 
no secure halting place to make less painful to them the results of the shatter- 
ing charge of the Macedonians? The protection of their flank, which they 
gave up at the first moment, they could quickly have regained ; for, if not the 
town in the plain by the highway, at least the akropolis with its rocky slope 
stretched on the left of the Athenians almost to the point where both armies 
met. So on this left side they could not be surrounded and it would have been 
sufficient for the Athenians to withdraw a little toward the side of the mountain 
to gain the support of the citadel and town and in this way to avoid every 
greater disaster. The lay of the land here was most favorable for them. 
Under the akropolis, somewhat west of the modem village, rises a low and 
very broad ridge ; if the Athenians had fled thither, they would have gained 
at once a very advantageous position. Behind them would have lain town 
and citadel, and their safety for the moment would have been assured; from 
the high ground they could have offered successful resistance to Philip and 
after their first losses have brought the rest of their force into safety. 

Of all this not a word is found in our sources. Even in the modern des- 
criptions — Kromayer comes here especially into consideration — no respect 
has been paid to these facts, which would of themselves impress the observer 
on the supposed battlefield of the Athenians. Wilhelm Vischer alone [Erin- 
nerungen und Eindrucke aus Griechenland, p. 591, /.] has noticed the silence 
of the ancient accounts in regard to the part which Chaironeia must have 
played in the battle ; he seems therefore not to have thought it absolutely neces- 
sary to regard the town as having a close relation to the battle, as he is the 
first who has not drawn the conclusion from the position of the Lion monu- 
ment that the annihilation of the Sacred Band took place on that spot. 

Moreover, apart from these difficulties, when we consider the lay of the 
land, we can scarcely think that the battle between the Athenians and Philip, 
about which we know exactly from Polyaenus, was fought under the walls of 
Chaironeia. 

The citadel of Chaironeia occupies the entire summit of the akropolis 
from the valley to the east, where a part of the present village lies, to a cleft 
in the rock above the point to which Philip is supposed to have enticed the 
Athenians. We must here remark, since this circumstance seems to have been 
noticed by no one else, that only the easterly part of this akropolis above the 
present village is fortified with walls of classical times, while the western shows 
only Cyclopean walls, with the exception of some places on the south side where 
in classical times either repairs have been made on the old wall or an inner 
line of wall has been constructed parallel to the outer one of cyclopean style, 
which perhaps had fallen into ruins. To this Mycensean citadel probably refers 
the passage of Plutarch where he says : Just as my own native town which 
had sloped toward the west wind and used to receive the rays of the Sun as 
it rested on Parnassos they say was turned toward the east by Chairon. Kro- 
mayer, who does not mention the Mycenaean citadel of Chaironeia,* wishes 
to explain this passage as if the change of situation of the town pointed to its 
extension to the opposite side of the valley east of the akropolis ... he be- 
lieves he can recognize in some traces the line of the citadel wall. It is the 
region shown in the view of the restored base of the Lion and the akropolis, 
the steep eastern slope of the akropolis and the hill lying opposite. Kro- 
mayer's assumption cannot be correct. The low hill to the east shows abso- 
lutely no trace of old walls ; everywhere where one might assume these, the 



I40 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



soft rock is quite intact; the slope is not terraced and nowhere are traces of 
old buildings to be found except below on the brook by the church, and these 
come from Roman times. An extension of the well-preserved southern wall 
of the akropolis in an easterly direction to the hill mentioned would also have 
been an unpardonable blunder in fortification, for the wall here would have 
been easy to attack from the high ground and especially down in the deep, nar- 
row valley would have given an exceedingly weak point for defence. The 
south wall of the citadel plainly bent at the southeast angle on the edge of the 
rocky slope in a northerly direction and reached the northeast edge of the 
rock ; there are even some traces of it preserved. Then it descended into the 
plain to the left bank of the brook, almost reached the highway, and then 
extended westward to the point where it was joined by a second wall descend- 
ing steeply from a northwest corner of the citadel. This second wall is well 
preserved on the rocks of the akropolis and on its north slope. Since ancient 
graves everywhere mark exactly the limits of the town that lay in the plain 
north of the akropolis, we can easily picture to ourselves its size. It lay on the 
higher ground, which is full of ancient remains, stretching from the left bank 
of the brook westward to a distance of about 400 m. (J4 mile) and having 
the highway as a northern boundary. It was a small town ; Panopeus near by 
was no larger. The citadel of Chaironeia was considerably larger than the 
town. The Herakleion must have lain outside the wall of the brook, which 
probably is the Haimon of Plutarch. 

Now if the Athenians had taken position close to the town, they must 
have had in their hands the rectangular recess formed between it and the 
Mycenaean citadel. Now then must one picture to oneself the course of events 
at the first encounter? Suppose Philip had in his possession the small pro- 
jection of the citadel hill which runs out to the north as far as the highway 
some 1,000 paces distant; that is the point to which the Athenians advanced 
(supposedly), when they started off to attack him. Now if Philip and his 
troops were drawn up there before the battle began, he had no need to draw 
back, to entice the Athenians farther into the plain, for so he would have 
given up unnecessarily his strong position; the Athenians would then have 
gotten possession of this and attacked the Macedonians from an elevated place. 
If he stood in front of this rocky spur, and thus quite near the Athenian battle- 
line, the distance between the two armies was very slight and the consequences 
of the precipitate attack of the Athenians could not have taken place, aside from 
the fact that in any event the Athenians had a secure protection for their ex- 
treme left flank in the steep slopes under the Cyclopean citadel and the heights 
below it. 

So many considerations against the correctness of the assumption that 
the Athenians made their attack on Philip from under the walls of the town 
must lead us to think that the battle was not fought in its immediate neigh- 
borhood. If we locate the battle-field somewhat to the east, on a line between 
the western rocky spur of Thourion, past which flows the brook Molos, and 
the grave-mound of the Macedonians, all conditions of a good protection for 
both wings of the Greek army are fulfilled, while all difficulties in reference to 
the events on the left wing vanish. Here alone can it be easily explained how 
Philip enticed the Athenians into the plain, where actually in the charge, 
in which their ranks were somewhat broken, they lost every protection, while 
Philip, who retired step by step and held his phalanx close together, by a 
slight movement to the right could quickly gain the elevated ground in the 



KAPRAINA (CHAIRONEIA) AND PARNASSOS 



WORK AT A DEPTH OF SEVEN METERS IN THE CENTER OF THE TOMB OF THE 
MACEDONIANS, WHERE THE ASHES, CINDERS, ARMS, ETC., WERE FOUND 



142 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

gentle slopes of the hills east of the Lion monument. Since in the meantime 
the right wing of the Greeks was torn to pieces and the Macedonians poured 
over the plain, the Athenians could seek refuge only toward the rear, toward 
Lebadeia. Forced into the angle of the hills here all had to surrender who 
could not reach the pass in time. Also the fugitives of the Greek center and 
right wing, as far as they were not caught in the plain by the Macedonian 
cavalry, could seek refuge by the path near Bramagas or somewhat farther to 
the southeast, where the mountain passes over into gentler slopes, upon 
Thourion itself or beyond in the direction of lebadeia. The shortest line be- 
tween the steep wall of Thourion and the grave-mound of the Macedonians 
is only 1,120 m. (7-10 of a mile), but the Kephisos is still some 100 m. dis- 
tant from the grave-mound, and between the Kerata pass, which the Greeks 
must naturally have held open for themselves by a skillful arrangement of their 
troops, and the Kephisos, whose bed may have been farther from the mound 
than it is to-day, the Greeks might have extended their line of battle to 2,000 
m. (ij4 miles). They needed no more space for drawing up their troops, 
and on the hjrpothesis of this arrangement the course of the battle can be 
quite sufficiently explained according to the short though clear accounts of 
Diodoros, Polyaenus, and Frontinus. Our sources are not mediocre ; they had 
no need to say more than they tell us, and the original accounts, which Dio- 
doros and Polyaenus copied, were doubtless correct. The events were as sim- 
ple as possible . . . and were calculated with superior strategic skill before- 
hand by the Macedonians. While Philip manoeuvred against the Athenians 
and weakened their strength by tactical movements in order so much the more 
easily to overpower them with his stouter- and better trained soldiers, he gave 
time to his son Alexander to conquer the brave Thebans with his left wing, 
where the best Macedonian force was concentrated. That was all, and Dio- 
doros has plainly followed his source faithfully in his narrative : *Since Alex- 
ander wished to show his father his bravery and to let no one outdo him, and 
since at the same time many brave were with him, he first broke through the 
enemy's battle-line, overthrew many opponents, and conquered whatever stood 
over against him. As now the divisions near him did the same, the whole line 
of battle was gradually rolled back, many dead were heaped up, and so Alex- 
ander's wing first put the enemy to flight.' 

The Macedonian army intoxicated with victory, whose work on this great 
day outshone the most famous deeds of the Greeks, according to old national 
custom erected on the field of battle no perishable trophy ; they only instituted 
a splendid festival at the burial of their dead and erected for them an im- 
perishable monument (on the spot where they had fallen). Several days later 
the proud victor granted also to the unfortunate vanquished the consolation 
of hiding their dead in the earth. For the Athenian dead he cared himself in 
a magnanimous manner, for political reasons ; where the other Greeks buried 
those who belonged to them we do not know; only the Thebans brought the 
dead of their Sacred Band, whose name was extinguished on that day, to that 
spot for burial where the colossal Lion erected over their grave should forever 
proclaim their heroic deed : near the town, beside the highway on which people 
have passed for centuries and will pass forever. 

Since the above was written I have received from Dr. Soteriades 
a copy of La Reforme of Smyrna, dated March 9, 1904, with the fol- 
lowing^ statement in regard to the lion : "The work of restoring the 
lion of Chaironeia continues; the new base has been completed. Up to 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 143 

this time the Greek Archaeological Society has spent 42,00x3 drachmas 
($5*250) ; the cost of the restoration will amount to some 100,000 
drachmas. All the fragments of the lion fit together wonderfully. A 
plaster cast has been placed on the base. The work is majestic; the 
head is wonderfully preserved, while only some small portions of the 
back and belly are lacking. These will be replaced in the same marble : 
the ancient quarry is situated quite near Lebadeia. The lion rests on 
his front paws, while sitting on his haunches ; its gaze is turned slightly 
toward the tomb of the Macedonians. Its height measured from the 
base to the forehead is 5 m. (16 ft.) ; from this one can imagine the size 
of the tomb. Naturally the work is not of a fine art, yet the image is 
expressive and lifelike." 

+ + -f 

PENDING LEGISLATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF ANTIQUITIES 

OF THE PUBUC DOMAIN 

BY REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L. 

IN THE last issue (April) of Records of the Past I gave an 
account of the efforts to secure national legislation for the pro- 
tection of antiquities on the Public Domain. This article brought 
the matter down to the introduction of the Bill by Mr, Rodenberg, 
and its submission to the Educational Institutions, Museums, 
Archaeological and Historical Societies of the United States for ap- 
proval and any suggestions they might offer in order to make it 
more effective. The article closed with many of the replies from dif- 
ferent parts of the country. 

The Committee on Public Lands of the House of Representatives 
granted a hearing on the Bill and I presented the matter, somewhat 
at length, to the Committee. The 4 Bills introduced in the House were 
then referred to a sub-committee consisting of the Hon. John F. Lacey, 
Chairman ; Hon. John Lind, and the Hon. George Shiras, 3d. I asked 
Senator Lodge to introduce the Bill in the Senate, which he did on 
April 20. It was referred to the Senate Committee on Public Lands, 
which in turn referred it and other pending Bills on the same subject 
to a sub-committee consisting of Senator Fulton, Chairman ; and Sena- 
tors Newlands and Bard. April 22 this Committee gave a hearing on 
this and the other Bills, at which were present Prof. Francis W. Kel- 
sey, of the University of Michigan, and Secretary of the Archae- 
ological Institute of America; Hon. William A. Jones, Commissioner 
of Indian Affairs; Mgr. Dennis J. O'Connell, Rector of the Catholic 
University of America; Dr. Charles W. Needham, President of the 
Columbian University; Prof. Mitchell Carroll, of the Columbian Uni- 
versity, Associate Secretary of the Archaeological Institute of America, 
Mr. Fred. B. Wright, Secretary of Records of the Past Exploration 
Society, and myself. Prof. William Henry Holmes, Chief of the 
Bureau of Ethnology, was invited to be present but declined to come. 



144 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The Committee gave the gentlemen present a very courteous hearing, 
a printed report of which can be obtained upon application to any of 
the United States Senators. 

The Committee considered not only the Lodge-Rodenberg Bill but 
the one introduced by Senator CuUom in the Senate and taiown as 
the "Langley Bill," and 2 introduced in the House by Major Lacey, 
the Chairman of the Committee on Public Lands H. R. and by Mr. 
Rodey, the Delegate from New Mexico. Addresses were made by all 
present and the Committee finally selected the Lodge-Rodenberg Bill, 
and with a few verbal amendments it was reported to the full Com- 
mittee, and on the 25 was reported to the Senate. The following 
from the Congressional Record embraces Senator Fulton's presenta- 
tion of the Bill to the Senate. 

PRESERVATION OF HISTORIC AND PREHISTORIC RUINS, ETC. 

Mr. FULTON. I am directed by the Committee on Public Lands, to 
whom was referred the Bill (S. 5603) for the preservation of historic and pre- 
historic ruins, monuments, archaeological objects, and other antiquities, and 
to prevent their counterfeiting, to report favorably with amendments, and I 
submit a report thereon. I ask for the immediate consideration of the Bill. 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. The Bill will be read. 

The Secretary proceeded to read the Bill. 

Mr. TELLER. Mr. President, no one knows what the Bill is, owing to 
the confusion in the Chamber. From what Committee did it come ? 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. From the Committee on Public Lands. 

Mr. TELLER. It was reported this morning, I understand. 

Mr. FULTON. Yes, sir. 

Mr. TELLER. I wish to object to its consideration, and to have it 
printed. 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. Objection is made, and theBill goes 
to the Calendar. 

Mr. FULTON. I should like to explain in just a few words what the 
character of the bill is, and then I think the Senator from Colorado will not 
object to it. 

Mr. TELLER. I can tell very much better what it is when I read it. 

Mr. FULTON. I wish to make the explanation anyway. 

Mr. TELLER. I know that some of these ruins are not on public land, 
and the Government has no control of those. 

Mr. FULTON. No ; and the Bill does not pretend to give Government 
control over them. It could not if it desired. 

Mr. TELLER. There is no indication that the attempt will not be made. 

Mr. FULTON. We are not trying to do it. 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. The bill has gone to the Calendar under 
the objection. 

Mr. FULTON . The bill was introduced by the Senator from Massa- 
chusetts (Mr. Lodge). It was considered by the Committee on Public Lands 
and referred to a sub-committee consisting of the Senator from Nevada (Mr. 
Newlands), the Senator from California (Mr. Bard), and myself. All it 
proposes to do is to provide for the preservation of the prehistoric ruins and 
monuments found principally in the southwestern part of the United States. 

Mr. STEWART. I should like to ask the Senator from Oregon if it 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 145 

does not suggest more reservations, and if pretty much everything in our 
country is not to be reserved ? 

Mr. FULTON. It makes no reservations except such portions as contain 
these ruins. 

Mr. TELLER. The Bill has gone to the Calendar, has it not ? 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. The Bill has gone to the Calendar. 

Mr. FULTON. It has gone to the Calendar, I 'understand, but I prom- 
ised to make an explanation and, with the permission of the Chair, I should 
like to make it. 

There are a gresd many people interested in this measure all over the 
country. All the scientific societies have taken an interest in it. They have 
been trying for years to secure legislation of this character. It seems to me 
very fitting and proper that some such legislation should be had. 

I feel that I have done my duty when I have reported the Bill and tried 
to secure its immediate consideration. I understand that going to the Calen- 
dar kills it for the present session and makes it impossible for it to become a 
law at this time. 

The nature of the Bill was made clear to Senator Teller later in 
the day by myself and he generously agreed to ask for unanimous con- 
sent the following day for its immediate consideration. He suggested 
several amendments, which I accepted in behalf of the gentlemen who 
were before the Senate Committee. He did not have the opportunity 
to present the matter to the Senate on the following day, but Wednes- 
day morning he obtained unanimous consent and presented the Bill 
with his amendments. The following extract from the Congressional 
Record gives the final action on the Bill in the Senate : 

PRESERVATION OF HISTORIC AND PREHISTORIC RUI^S^ ETC. 

Mr. TELLER. Day before yesterday I objected to the passage of a Bill 
in which the scientists of this country are greatly interested. There were 
some objections that I had to the Bill. After consulting with them I prepared 
yesterday, with their approval, an amendment which I ask to substitute for 
the Bill, and that the Bill be put on its passage. 

Mr. BLACKBURN. What is the Bill? 

Mr. TELLER. It is a Bill for the preservation of the antiquities in the 
West. I desire to call up the Bill this njoming, for there has been a great deal 
of interest taken in it by the scientific people of the country, and inasmuch as 
I objected to the Bill I feel that I ought to do so. I offer an amendment which 
is agreeable to the parties interested in securing a measure for this purpose. 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. The Senator from Colorado asks for 
the present consideration of the Bill (S. 5603) for the preservation of historic 
and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects, and other antiquities, 
and to prevent their counterfeiting. The Bill has been read in the Senate. 

There being no objection, the Senate, as in Committee of the Whole, pro- 
ceeded to consider the Bill. 

Mr. TELLER. I move an amendment as a substitute to the Bill re- 
ported by the Committee on Public Lands. It is substantially the same meas- 
ure, .but with some things left out of the bill as reported. 

The PRESIDENT pro tempore. The amendment proposed by the Sena- 
tor from Colorado will be read. 



146 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



The Secretary. Strike out all after the enacting clause and insert : 
58TH Congress, 2d Session. S. 5603. 

IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES. 

April 26, 1904. 

Ordered to be printed. 

AMENDMENT. 

Intended to be proposed by Mr. Teller to the Bill (S. 5603) for the preserva- 
tion of historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects, 
and other antiquities, and to prevent their counterfeiting, viz: Insert 
the following: 

That for the purpose of preserving and protecting from despoliation the 
historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological objects, and other 
antiquities, and the work of the American aborigines on the public lands of 
the United States, all said historic and prehistoric ruins, monuments, arch- 
aeological objects, and other antiquities are hereby placed in the care and 
custody of the Secretary of the Interior, with authority to grant permits to 
persons whom he may deem properly qualified to examine, excavate, and col- 
lect antiquities in the same : Provided, however, That the work of such per- 
sons to whom permits may be granted by the Secretary of the Interior is 
undertaken for the benefit of some incorporated public museum, university, 
college, scientific society, or educational institution, either foreign or domestic, 
for the purpose of increasing and advaincing the knowledge of historical 
archaeological, anthropological, or ethnological science. 

Sec 2. That the Secretary of the Interior may make temporary with- 
drawals of the land on which such prehistoric ruins, monuments, archaeological 
objects, and other antiquities are located, including only the land necessary for 
such preservation and not exceeding in one place one section of land. The 
Secretary of the Interior may, detail custodians of such ruins or groups of 
ruins, with the view to their protection and preservation ; and it shall be the 
duty of such custodians to prohibit and prevent unauthorized and unlawful ex- 
cavations thereof, or the removing therefrom of antiquities. 

Sec. 3. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Interior to grant 
to any State or Territorial museum or university, having connected therewith 
a public museum, permits to excavate and explore any ruin or site located 
within its Territorial limits on the public lands, upon application for such per- 
mit being indorsed by the governor of the State or Territory wherein the ruins 
are situated. 

Sec. 4. That the Secretary of the Interior is hereby authorized to gTznt 
permits for the purposes set forth in the foregoing sections to foreign national 
museums, universities, or scientific societies engaged in advancing the 
knowledge of historical, archaeological, anthropological, or ethnological science 
imder such regulations as he may deem advisable, and to make such division 
of the antiquities recovered as in his judgment seems equitable, and the an- 
tiquities retained in this country shall be deposited in the United States 
National Museum or in some public museum in the State or Territory within 
which explorations are made. 

Sec. 5. That permits granted to any institution or society shall state the 
site or locality in which excavations or investigations are to be conducted, 
and shall require that the work begin within a stated time, and that the work 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 147 

shall be continuous until such excavations have been satisfactorily completed, 
in the judgment of the Secretary of the Interior ; and that any failure to com- 
ply with such requirements shall be deemed a forfeiture of the permit, and in 
case of such forfeiture all antiquities gathered from such ruin or site shall 
revert to the United States National Museum or to such State or Territorial 
institution as the Secretary of the Interior shall designate. 

Sec. 6. That of all excavations and explorations made under a permit 
granted by the Secretary of the Interior a complete photographic record shall 
be made showing the progress of the said excavations, and of all objects of 
archaeological or historical value found therein, and duplicate photographs 
thereof, together with a full report of the excavations, shall be deposited in 
the United States National Museum. 

Sec. 7. That it shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Interior to 
make and publish from time to time such rules and regulations as he shall 
deem expedient and necessary for the purpose of carrying out the provisions 
of this Act. 

Sec. 8. That any person who shall excavate, disturb, willfully destroy, 
alter, deface, mutilate, or injure, without authority from the Secretary of the 
Interior as aforesaid, any prehistoric aboriginal structure or grave on the pub- 
lic lands of the United States, or who knowingly and intentionally conducts, 
enters into, aids, abets, or participates in any manner whatever in any exca- 
vations or gatherings of archaeological objects or the destruction or injury to 
any grave or prehistoric structure on the public lands of the United States, or 
shall violate any of the provisions of this Act, shall be deemed guilty of a mis- 
demeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by fine not exceed- 
ing five hundred dollars, or by imprisonment not exceeding one year, or both. 

The amendment was agreed to. 

The Bill was reported to the Senate as amended, and the amendment was 
concurred in. 

The Bill was ordered to be engrossed for a third reading, read the third 
time, and passed. 

The Bill was immediately engrossed and sent over to the House 
of Representatives. Preparations were made to ask unanimous con- 
sent for its passage, as Congress was to adjourn the next day. The 
members of the Sub-conmiittee of the House agreed to do all they could 
to secure unanimous consent, but it was fotmd that Mr. Rathbun, As- 
sistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, and Mr. J. D. Mc- 
Guire, who drew up the "Langley Bill," were present trying to get some 
member of the House to object to its immediate consideration. They 
went first to the Hon. Robert R. Hitt, one of the Regents of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, but he absolutely refused to interpose any objection 
to the passage of the Bill. Other members were seen and finally Mr. 
Alexander, the member from Buffalo, agreed to make objection. Sev- 
eral members of the House, as well as myself, explained to Mr. Alex- 
ander the animus of the Smithsonian Institution and he also refused to 
interpose any objection. It was then near the close of the night session. 
The following morning these gentlemen were again present and they 
succeeded in getting Mr. Adams, the member from Philadelphia, to ob- 
ject, but as it was near the hour of adjournment we decided to abandon 
the attempt to have the Bill passed by unanimous consent and it will 



148 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

therefore come up on the reassembling of Congress next Decem- 
ber. Several members of the House said that over 90 per cent of the 
members were ready to pass the Bill if unanimous consent could be se- 
cured. Of course, the Bill will be passed in regular order in December. 

The action of the Smithsonian Institution was severely condemned 
by members of Congress and many prominent citizens. The Smith" 
sonian Institution will he responsible for all injury done to antiquities 
on the Public Domain until the final passage of the Bill. 

During the interim the Officials of the Interior Department have 
promised to do all they can to prevent excavations and tihe destruction 
of the ruins. They have long been desirous of the enactment of a 
National law to aid them in saving what is left of our prehistoric re- 
mains, and have done all in their power to help secure such legislation. 
The aid given by the Hon. William A. Jones, Commissioner of Indian 
Affairs, will be gratefully remembered by thousands of the American 
people. 

It is with a great deal of regret that I state why the Smithsonian 
Institution, by its official representative, objected to the immediate 
passage of the Bill, but my duty to the public requires me to do so. It 
seems that the Smithsonian people employed, last year, Mr. J. D. Mc- 
Guire to draft a bill dealing with antiquities on the Public Domain. 
We have the statement of Prof. William Henry Holmes, Chief of the 
Bureau of Ethnology, made in a meeting of the Anthropological So- 
ciety of Washington, that Mr. McGuire was employed by the Smith- 
sonian Institution to draft this bill. It remains to be seen whether 
the Institution had the right to use its funds for such a purpose. The 
Bill was introduced on February 5 by Senator CuUom, one of the Re- 
gents, by request. This Bill only dealt with such antiquities as might 
be fou^d on reservations which the President would be authorized to 
create. It is well known to all who are acquainted with the antiquities 
of the Southwest that 19-20 of the ruins are isolated and that not more 
than half a dozen localities should be made National Parks, and Con- 
gress is very adverse to the creation of National Parks. But the 
"Langley Bill," as it is called, took from the Secretary of the Interior the 
right to grant permits to museums and other institutions to excavate 
in this country without the consent of the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution. This was so unjust that it was at once condemned. Also 
the great institutions of this country, that have been foremost in the 
work of exploration and whose field workers are among the most com- 
petent in the world, would have to submit to an examination by the 
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, which of course no self- 
respecting archaeologist sent out by a great University or Museum, 
would be willing to do. The Bill contained many other obnoxious pro- 
visions. Its only friends were its authors. 

In the Senate hearing, while considering the section dealing with 
permits and the necessity for having ruins scientifically excavated, I 
stated: — [See Senate Report]. 

In regard to these two suggestions I wish to say that there is hardly an 



PENDING LEGISLATION ON AM. ANTIQUITIES 149 

institution in this country that has not been guilty of the charge of going to 
the Southwest and excavating the most promising part of a ruin and taking 
what they wanted to fill up their museums and then leaving it and going to 
another. 

SENATOR BARD. The Smithsonian Institution itself has been doing 
that ? 

REV. DR. BAUM. The Smithsonian has done that. It is not the least 
among the guilty parties. 

It is not because they have not competent men to excavate. All their 
men have been able to conduct scientific explorations. But the great desire 
to go into a ruin and get the best there has led to an utter neglect of the scien- 
tific excavation of our ruins, which would not be tolerated for one moment, 
as Prof. Kelsey knows, in Italy or Greece. 

So in drawing up this Bill I had in mind hundreds of ruins that I saw 
in the Southwest that had been rendered useless by desultory excavations for 
scientific investigation, and I thought that the Smithsonian and all the other 
institutions when they began work ought to be made to keep at it until there 
could be placed in some museum the continuity of life that was lived there. 
There is nothing unfair in that. If we want to have our antiquities preserved 
for scientific exploration, then, as the writer of one of these letters says, let us 
hold them strictly to scientific work. 

Now, an eminent archaeologist made the following statement in a 
letter to me: — "Langley's Bill is the most outrageous that could be 
presented. He might just as well have said, no explorations except by 
the Smithsonian, for that is what the Bill means." This statement was 
borne out by the action 'of the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian 
at the close of the session in his efforts to obstruct the passage of the 
Bill. If everything could not be made subservient to it, i. e., the Smith- 
sonian Institution, even the Interior Department itself, they would pre- 
fer to turn our antiquities over to the hand of the despoiler. 

On Wednesday, April 28, I addressed the following letter to Mr. 
Rathbun, to which no reply has been received. 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY. 

INCORPORATED APRIL I, I9OI, UNDER THE UNITED STATES STATUTES FOR THE 
DISTRICT OF OLUMBIA. REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L.^ PRESI- 
DENT.. FREDERICK B. WRIGHT, SECRETARY AND TREASURER. 

Offices, 215 Third Street S. E., Washington, D. C. 

April 26, 1904. 
Mr. Richard Rathbun, 

Ass't. Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 
Sir : — I learned that you were at the Capitol yesterday in company with 
Mr. J. D. McGuire for the purpose of interposing objections to the passage of 
the Bill for the protection of antiquities on the Public Domain. You may not 
be aware that this Bill has been submitted to the leading Universities, Colleges, 
Public Museums, Archaeological and Historical Societies in the United States, 
and has been endorsed by them all so far as heard from. This Bill also voices 
the wishes of the people of the United States, who have been tr)n[ng for sev- 
eral years to secure National Legislation for the protection of our antiquities. 
The Bill was introduced in the House of Representatives by Mr. Rodenburg 
on March 2 of the present year and in the Senate on the 20 inst., by Senator 
Lodge. Hearings have been given by the Committee on Public Lands of the 



ISO RECORDS OF THE PAST 

House of Representatives and also of the Senate. A hearing was given before 
the Sub-committee of the Committee on Public Lands of the Senate on Friday 
the 22 inst., at which were present Prof. Francis W. Kelsey, representing the 
Archaeological Institute of America, the largest society in this country dealing 
with the matter of antiquities ; the Hon. William A. Jones, Commissioner of 
Indian Affairs; Mgr. O'Connell, Rector of the Catholic University of Am- 
erica ; President Needham, of the Colxmibian University ; PrOf . Carroll, of t^c 
Columbian University; Mr. Wright, the Secretary of this Society, and my- 
self. Prof. Holmes, the Chief of the Bureau of Ethnology was invited to be^ 
present but declined. The object was to secure immediate legislation in sonaT 
form to stop the wanton despoliation of our priceless antiquities. The Senqjgr 
Committee adopted the Lodge Bill with some few amendments as the one, pf 
the several Bills introduced in the House of Representatives and the Senate, 
meeting the present necessities of the case. The Bill as amended was reported 
by the Senate Committee on Public Lands to the Senate, and was unani- 
mously adopted with a few minor amendments by Senator Teller. 

On the same day the hearing was given by the Senate Committee, several 
persons who appeared before that Committee also appeared before the Sub- 
committee on Public Lands of the House of Representatives, and after an 
extended hearing by that Committee the Rodenburg Bill was adopted with a 
few verbal changes, which the Senate Committee accepted. 

The Smithsonian Institution has had every opportunity to be heard on 
the Bills dealing with this matter. After the respective Committees of the 
Senate and House of Representatives have generously offered to grant the 
protection asked for by the Educational and Scientific Institutions of this 
country, you appear as a lobbyist to delay the passage of the Bill passed by the 
Senate. The objections offered yesterday by yourself are trivial in the ex- 
treme. A notable example of your acquaintance with the ruins of the South- 
west is foimd in your statement that a section of land (640 acres) will not in 
all cases protect some of the ruins in the Southwest. If you were at all ac- 
quainted with the extent of these ruins you would know that 20 acres would 
much more than cover any one ruin. I need not speak of the other objections, 
which are on a par with this one. As the matter stands to-day, the Smith- 
sonian Institution by you, as its Assistant Secretary, is opposing a Bill for 
the protection of our priceless antiquities. You have gone to several members 
of the House of Representatives and asked them to oppose unanimous consid- 
eration of the Bill. The Hon. Robert R. Hitt, a Regent of the Smithsonian 
Institution, I learned from members of the House of Representatives, has re- 
fused to accede to your wishes, as I believe every other member of the House 
will do on knowing the motives that actuate your opposition to the Bill., I 
am assured by a member of the Public Lands Committee of the House of 
Representatives that at least 90 per cent, of the members of the House of Rep- 
resentatives would vote for the passage of this Bill if the opportunity was 
given them to do so. 

I write therefore, to ask if you are willing to put yourself before the 
country in this unenviable light. Some one in the Smithsonian Institution is 
responsible for having paid, out of its fimds, this Mr. McGuire for drawing 
up a bill, which was at once condemned by everyone interested in this great 
movement, except the Smithsonian Institution. Whether the officials of the 
Smithsonian Institution have the right to use its funds for such a purpose re- 
mains for future investigation. Very respectfully, 

Henry Mason Baum. 



THE STONE UONS OF GOCHITI 

BY HON. L. BRADFORD PRINCE, LL, D. 

THE "Stone Lions of Cochiti" have long been recognized as 
the most important specimen of aboriginal sculpture in the 
United States, and as such have naturally attracted the atten- 
tion both of tourists and of scientists seriously interested in the archae- 
ology and ethnology of America. 

I had long desired to visit these monuments of ancient art, and 
the ruins of the city of which they were at once the ornaments and the 
sacred guardians, before an opportunity was presented ; but at length 
good fortune permitted me to attend the annual festival of the Pueblo 
of Cochiti, the nearest existing Indian town, and I arranged to stay a 
week if necessary in order to pay my respects to the Lions, which are 
less than 12 miles away. 

So, as soon as the great ceremonial dance was over, I endeavored 
to engage the services of a bright, active and intelligent JPueblo Indian, 
whom I knew well, to g^ide me through the trip. But here an unex- 
pected x)bstacle arose. The government of a Pueblo town is the best 
example in the world of the commimal system. The governor has the 
power to call on every man and woman to aid in any work for the 
public weal, and on this occasion he had ordered a levy en masse of 
the adult males of the town, to work on the main acequia for 2 days, 
in order to repair some breaches which were causing the loss of all the 
water needed for irrigation. The Fiscal had just given the required 
notice in a loud voice from the house tops, and to a mandate of this 
kind there was no answer but obedience. So my Indian friend sorrow- 
fully told me that it was impossible for him to leave ; he did not dare 
to be absent when the roll should be called. This seemed an end to the 
proposed expedition ; but fortunately the Governor of the Pueblo was 
a man whom I had known in a friendly way for years ; so I boldly ap- 
proached and stated the case. I told him of the long distance we had 
come simply to visit the ruins, and that without a guide we must return 
with the work undone. He had plenty of men for the acequia ; could 
he not spare one? "For how long?*' said he. "Two or three days," I 
answered. "No," that was impossible ; but if I would solemnly prom- 
ise that he should be back the next evening, he would excuse him for 
the one day. 

There being no alternative, the assurance was given ; and soon 
after the desired guide was surprised by receiving, formal official 
notification that he was free to go. 

This important preliminary being settled, we started next morn- 
ing, mounted on good horses, on our expedition. The road, from be- 
ginning to end, is a succession of ascents and descents, sometimes rocky 
and precipitous, sometimes gradual and grass clad. As one follows 
the broken and often rugged and dangerous trail, the horizon on the 
west is bounded by a series of peaks, each of which has its expressive 
Indian name — ^too sacred for mention to the Mexican or the Gringo, 



152 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

for whom the Spanish names are supposed to be good enough- By 
favor they were told to me and I inscribe them here, as at least a pleas- 
ant exercise in prontmciation. 

They are in their order from the South : Hah-chah-mone-ye-tah, 
La-a-ke-ah, How-wy-yah-He-che-an-yeet-sah. 

To the north of the broad Canada de Cochiti deep canyons nm 
from the mountains on the west to the Rio Grande, which is here itself 
bordered by massive rocky walls, almost perpendicular and of g^eat 
height, forming what the Spaniards call the Caja del Rio, an expres- 
sion anglicized into the equally expressive "Box Canyon." These 
gorges, which are sometimes quite narrow and at others widen into 
green valleys, are named from old residents or natural objects, and 
coming from the South are known as the Canyons de Jose Sanchez, 
del Medio, del Capulin, de las Vacas and de los Alamos ; the next valley 
above being more extensive and called the Canyon del Rio de los Fri- 
joles. On our hot summer trip we found the Canyon del Capulin to be 
appropriately named, as it was filled with trees of the Capulin or Bird 
Cherry, covered fortunately for us with the ripe berries, whose very 
astringency made them most refreshing, and which, with the smaller or 
more aromatic fruit of the Lemita, furnished the most grateful food of 
the journey. 

Between these canyons are high, broken mesas, irregular in out- 
line and rough in surface, and on the summit of one of these, called 
the Potrero de las Vacas, midway between the steep sides that lead 
down hundreds of feet to the depths below, are the ruins of the Pueblo 
Quemado, the Burnt Pueblo, which, to distinguish it from other 
Pueblos similarly destroyed and consequently similarly named, is some- 
times called the Pueblo del Potrero de las Vacas. 

It has still another Indian name, which might be adopted but for 
its length, as its meaning is quite descriptive and certainly poetical: 
"The ruined Pueblo to the north, where the Mountain Lions are rest- 
mg. 

Long before we reach the place, we see evidences of ancient habita- 
tion in the ruins of isolated houses, or little groups of dwellings, all 
once built of stone ; and the only remains of which now are the lines of 
fallen walls and a few broken pieces of antique pottery. 

In the soft limestone which constitutes one stratum of the cliffs, 
are myriads of nests of birds, excavated in the rock, so large and deep 
and regular in form, that they seem like the work of human beings, and 
are apt to deceive the enthusiastic tourist from the East, into the belief 
that they are veritable cliff dwellings of which he has read so much, 
and regarding the exact appearance of which his ideas are a little 
indistinct. 

As we approach nearer to the once populous city, we see evidences 
of the great numbers of its inhabitants, and of the length of time dur- 
ing which it must have been occupied; for in the solid rock which in 
many places constitutes the surface of the ground, are worn deeply 
grooved paths, by the constant passing of the people. When we re- 



STONE LIONS OF COCHITI 



STONE LIONS OF COCHITI 

member that they were made by bare feet, or soft moccasins ; that no 
iron shoe of horse, or hard soled boot of the white man had taken part 
in their formation, we can imagine what multitudes of feet must have 
trodden those rugged paths, in order to wear into the hard and solid 
stone, grooves fully 6 in. deep. They are not "footprints on the 
sands of time," but in the rocks of eternity, and they tell more vividly 
and more lastingly of the long occupation and vast numbers of the 
people of those ancient ruins than could the most enduring monument. 
The country in the vicinity abounds in the ruins of ancient towns. 



154 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

more or less extensive, from the cave dwellings opposite San Ildef onso 
to the present Pueblo of Cochiti ; one of the most interesting, called the 
Pueblo Colorado, being but a short distance below, between the Canyon 
del Capulin and the Canada de las Vacas ; but whether these were con- 
temporaneous, or were successive places of residence, is a point not 
easy to determine. The frequent changes made in the location of many 
Pueblo towns, would make the latter idea probable ; yet there are rea- 
sons to suppose that the people were sufficiently numerous at one time 
to require several cities for their accommodation. One theory is that 
this particular Pueblo was the central point in government and religion 
— ^the capital we might say — of a considerable number of neighboring 
towns, and that this accounts for the large number of estufas which 
existed here, both within and without the walls. 

However this may be, the present ruins are sufficient to give evi- 
dence of a large and industrious population. The general plan was 
that usual in all Pueblo towns of that day ; the houses being arranged 
in long lines, three stories in height, and built somewhat irregularly 
around an open square or plaza. On the west side, the line of houses 
was nearly straight, and about 525 ft. in length. On the south this 
line was more irregular, on account of the "lay of the land,'* extending 
with a series of jogs, towards the north, the total distance from east 
to west being nearly 400 ft. From the southeast corner a straight line 
of buildings extended northerly 120 ft. and from the northwest corner 
a line ran easterly 180 ft., leaving an open entrance into the central 
square 150 ft. in width, at the northeast. The buildings on all sides 
were continuous, with no break of any kind for an entrance; so that 
in case of attack the only point to be defended was this one northeast- 
ern opening. It will be remembered that in all Pueblo towns of that 
period, the houses were built in terrace form, facing inwards, so that 
the outside wall, which usually had but few if any openings for light, 
and those very small in size, was three stories in height, thus presenting 
a perpendicular line of defense, too strong to be broken through, too 
high to scale, and in those days, before artillery was known, perfectly 
impregnable against the attacks by the spears, the arrows or the clubs 
of a hostile force, no matter how large or powerful. 

This particular Pueblo was built of stone, hewn into blocks about 
the size of a large adobe, 2 ft. in length, 8 in. wide, and 4 in. thick; 
and all so uniform as to be used in building with the regularity of 
bricks. The walls, many of which are still standing to the height of 
5 or 6 ft., are but the width of one stone — 8 in. — in thickness; but the 
rooms being small, so that 4 lines of walls stand close together, and 
the whole structure being in one mass, this was amply sufficient to give 
the necessary strength. The stones are well laid, any little irregulari- 
ties being filled with small pieces, driven in ; and the whole united with 
a clayey mortar, most of which has disappeared. The stones are so flat 
and regular, however, that the walls would stand ordinary wear and 
tear without any mortar whatever. The rooms are generally 12 ft. in 
length by 7 or 8 in width, between the walls ; the total breadth of the 



STONE LIONS OF COCHITI 155 

line of houses, consisting of 3 rooms across, being, with its 4 walls, 
not far from 25 ft. 

In the ruins of this Pueblo every room can be distinctly traced ; in 
many the walls are still quite high, and while the falling of the upper 
stories has caused them to be somewhat filled with debris, still the 
position of the fireplaces can generally be seen, and a little excavation 
brings us to the original earthen floor. 

Everything around points to the destruction of the Pueblo by fire. 
Half burned pieces of wood show how the wooden vigas were con- 
sumed and the upper stories destroyed. Charred corn tells of the stores 
of provisions that were lost in the rapid conflagration, while the quan- 
tities of broken pottery of all descriptions, show how well the houses 
were supplied with domestic articles both for use and ornament, before 
the fall of walls and timbers crushed them into fragments. This pot- 
tery is of all the varieties usually found in the old Pueblo ruins, cor- 
rugated both in straight and waved lines, variously indented, and 
painted in red, white and black, with pigments and glazing, which have 
preserved the brilliancy of the original tints and shades, wonderfully, 
through the ages. All around are broken fragments of the precious 
stones prized by the old inhabitants, both for use as arrow heads and 
for ornamental purposes, all known now under the one general name 
of Pedernalj but including an infinite variety of the flint, the agate, 
onyx, chalcedony, carnelian and the sardine stone. Metates, broken 
and entire, with the mano or hand stone that accompanies them, show 
that the same system of grinding still in vogue in Pueblo towns, and 
which was general in oriental lands in the early days when we read 
that "two women shall be grinding at the mill, the one shall be taken 
and the other left,*' existed among the industrious inhabitants of these 
once populous towns; while stone axes and hammers, macanas and 
arrow heads, prove that both in peace and war, at home and in the 
chase, they used the same implements as their descendants. 

Within the plaza around which the town was built were 4 estufas, 
all perfectly recognizable from their circular depressions and walls, to- 
day. The estufa seems to be universal in every Pueblo, ancient and 
modern. Whatever else may change, this idea of a circular, under- 
grotmd council chamber for official meetings, ceremonials and religious 
rites, sems to be an inherent and necessary part of the Pueblo character 
and system. Perhaps they had a more general use, as many archae- 
ologists believe that they were the dwelling places of the men, while 
the small roomed houses were the homes of the women of the Pueblos 
prior to the Spanish conquest. And it will be remembered that the 
historian of Coronado's expedition, Castaneda, in the earliest authentic 
description which we have of the towns and the customs of this inter- 
esting people, speaks of this matter in a way which will bear quotation 
here as illustrating the point in question. He says: "The houses 
belong to the women, and the estufas to the men.*' "The young men 
live in the estufas, which are underground in the plazas of the villages. 
The women are forbidden to sleep in them, or even to enter, except to 
bring food to their husbands and sons." 



156 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Three of the estufas at this Pueblo Quemado are uniform in size, 
being 30 ft. in diameter, and are placed in the 3 enclosed corners of the 
plaza, omitting the corner where the open entrance is. Exactly in the- 
center is a still larger estufa 40 ft. in diameter. Outside the walls are 
the ruins of several others, and the large number of them, in the aggre- 
gate, is one reason for the belief that this Pueblo was the center of a 
system of towns, the capital, in fact, where special ceremonials were 
performed, and mystic rites celebrated, and to which "the tribes went 
up,'* as in an earlier day to Jerusalem, "for to worship.'' 

Certain it is that most modern Pueblos have but 2 estufas, called 
after the Turquoise and the Gourd, the estufa of "Chalchiguite" and of 
"Calabasas,'' but the changed circumstances at the time of the Spanish 
occupation may have modified the customs of the people, so that a dozen 
estufas in an ancient Pueblo may represent no greater population than 
the ordinary number in our own days. 

But one other matter calls for separate mention or tells an3rthing 
special of the life of the people who once filled this plaza and sat on its 
house tops and terraces in the cool of a New Mexican summer evening. 
Just beyond the broad entrance to the town is a large artificial pond, 
carefully constructed with banks of stone and earth, and capable of 
containing a supply sufficient for a long period of drought or siege. 
The walls of this are now broken and worn down, but enough remains 
to show how extensive was the provision of water; and a very small 
amount of labor would restore it to its former usefulness. 

The extent of the ruins of this Pueblo, and the existence of the 
Sacred Stone Lions as a part of them, have given to this particular spot 
an interest to the Pueblo Indian himself far beyond that of the other 
deserted cities which are scattered in the vicinity, and have made it the 
center of considerable legendary lore. All the localities around are the 
^scenes of events commemorated in mythical story. Directly across the 
arroyo to the north, in the mountain side, with a ribbon of green grass 
in front, which tells of the flowing water, is a deep cave, known to the 
Mexicans as the Cueva Vieja, and to the Indians as "c'ar-te-tyam," 
which is the center of a long and touching legend of an aged man and 
his beautiful daughter who once dwelt there ; the 3 window-like holes 
near the roof of the cave, and its natural chimney, still dark with 
smoke, each having its appropriate part in the story. We cannot stop 
to tell all the alternations of love and hatred, of joy and sorrow, in the 
Indian tale, but pass on to the legend of the Pueblo Quemado itself, 
which throws the date of its days of glory far back into the dim past, 
and is certainly of sufficient interest to warrant its perpetuation. And 
so I tell the tale as it was told to me, sitting under a thickly leaved 
pinon tree at a corner of the ruined walls of the old Pueblo, on that 
summer afternoon. 

Long years ago, not only centuries before any white man had set foot in 
the land, but far back of that, before the coming of the first Pueblo Indian 
and the dawn of the Montezuman civilization, a people lived "here, numerous 
and powerful. This was in the early days of the world, when all was new. 



STONE LIONS OF COCHITI 157 

Men had not yet learned the use of meal or flour nor even knew of corn or 
wheat as articles of food. In place of modem grain, they lived on the seeds 
of the Anil del Campo, the largest of the native sunflowers. The plains and 
valleys were covered in the summer with the yellow blossoms, which ever 
ttimed with respect and admiration toward the great central orb, the Lord of 
che Heavens, and seemed Hke literal fields of cloth of gold. When the seed 
was ripe, the stalks were cut as fields of wheat are mown to-day, and carried 
on great blankets to the houses, where they remained until entirely dry, and 
then the flowers were winnowed in the open air, the winds of heaven blowing 
away the chaflF, and the pure seed, ground up, was used as meal. 

The people, as the years rolled by, built strong and mighty cities. All were 
of stone, carefully hewn, and laid together, and each city had its estufas for 
the cotmcils and ceremonies of the people. They were a nation skilled in many 
things, and lived in peace and happiness, under the wise government of the 
elders of the people for many years. This great city was the largest of their 
towns, and full of the gathered trophies of the chase, of rare skins and great 
antlers, and of their accumulated wealth in ornamented pottery and precious 
stones. 

Suddenly one night rang out the cry of fire. Though still early in the 
evening, all were serenely sleeping, feeling no fear of harm. The flames had 
gathered force before they were discovered, and the lack of water made it im- 
possible to withstand or restrain them. The air was filled with the cries of 
those who sought to alarm the slumbering inmates, and by the shrieks of 
those who awoke only to find escape no longer possible. The roofs, heavy with 
earth, fell with a crash as the vigas which supported them gave way, and multi- 
tudes of children were buried in the ruins. "Muchos sc quemaron aqui, ninos" 
said the narrator, sorrowfully, as he pointed to the fallen ruins. Those who 
escaped, unwilling longer to live amid the scenes of such calamity, .deserted the 
place and settled in the fertile fields of Cile, on the banks of the^Rio Grande, 
where they built the city of Chah-pah-she, and where the ruins of their habita- 
tions are to be seen even unto this day. 

But a relentless fate pursued them even to their newly adopted home. An 
invading host of strange beings appeared from the far southeast. These were 
the Pee-nee-nees, a nation of dwarfs whose hair was milky white, and whose 
home was in the famed valley of the Rio Bonito. A war ensued, so terrible 
and relentless, that at its end not a single one of the people of Chah-pah-she 
survived. All were destroyed, men, women children, and their nation was 
extinct. Nothing remains to tell of their greatness and sad fate, but the ruins 
of their cities and the remnants of their sculptured monuments. 

Their evil fortime descended to their conquerors, the Pee-nee-nees, for 
after possessing themselves of all that was to be found at Cile, they started 
homeward, and on their way attempted to capture the town then existing 
where the Pueblo of Santo Domingo now stands. But they found here a 
valiant and martial people, ready to protect and defend their families and fire- 
sides to the last extent. A great battle followed, and at its close more than half 
of the white-haired dwarfs lay dead upon the field. The rest slowly and sadly 
continued their homeward march, weighed down with the thoughts of the 
sorrowful tidings they were to carry to the homes of their comrades. But on 
the road sickness assailed them, and one by one fell by the way side, until all 
had perished, save one single survivor, — "uno, no mas, no dos/* emphatically 
said the narrator, — ^who carried the disastrous news to the chiefs of his people. 

And to this day, no man can live amid the ruins of the city of Chah-pah- 



158 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

she, for the spirits of the ancient people keep watch over the deserted firesides. 
One man more venturesome and foolhardly than his fellows, dared to build 
there, and spent his time and substance in the erection of a house so strong and 
solid that he believed it would be a sure protection against all enemies of earth 
or air, but the guardian spirits of the old inhabitants came at night to wreak 
a merited vengeance on the profaner of their hallowed spot, and with loud 
noises and strange blood curdling sights drove him away. 

Such was the legend told to me on that July day, beneath a noon- 
day sun. The scene, the subject, the earnestness of the Indian story 
teller, all gave to it a kind of weird reality, and carried one back far 
into the past. But the day was waning and the return must be made 
before darkness obscured the dangerous places in the rugged road. So 
practical thoughts returned. *'We must see the stone lions. Where 
are the lions?" said I.. "Over there, not far," was the response. 

About a third of a mile west of the Pueblo a tall pine was pointed 
out as being the landmark by which to find the ancient sculptures ; and 
shaking off the slumberous effects of the legend we started in that 
direction, full of eagerness and expectation. When almost there, we 
found a singular relic of the ancient occupation, which illustrates how 
wonderfully expert the inhabitants must have been in the use of the few 
implements which they possessed. This is a perfectly rectangular hole 
cut in the solid rock, 12 in. by 8 on the surface, and 8 in. deep; the 
peculiarity being that the corners are as sharply cut and the angles as 
perfect as if done by the most approved steel instruments ; and yet these 
people never possessed metallic tools of any kind. The object of this 
could not well be determined. At first sight it appeared as if intended 
to hold water, but its small size made it practically useless for any pur- 
pose of that kind. The hole had been extended by building up from 
the surface of the rock with squared stones around an open center of 
exactly the size of the hewn cavity below. Most of the stones that were 
built up in this manner have now fallen, but several remain in place 
to show the original form. Scattered around were a number of pieces 
of pure white quartz, unlike any in the immediate vicinity. 

Passing this, and but a short distance beyond, we came upon the 
object of our search, the first thing visible being a circular stone wall, 
partly overthrown but still of considerable height. This wall, which 
constitutes a complete circle with the exception of a narrow entrance 
way, is built of great blocks of stone, hewn into parallelograms, some 
of which are as much as 5 ft. in length, and all of large size. Many of 
these have now fallen, but the wall is still from 3 to 4 ft. in height and 
originally must have been at least 6. The circle is 18 ft. in diameter 
on the inside, and the wall was about 3 ft. in thickness. The entrance, 
which is on the southeast, is through a passage way 20 ft. in length 
between walls similar to those of the circle. The internal width of this 
long entrance way is but 3 ft., so that a single brave and determined 
guard could easily have "held the fort" against any number of in- 
truders. 

Entering the enclosure we immediately see the objects which were 
the occasion of this extreme care and protection. The easterly half of 



STONE LIONS OF COCHITI 159 

the circle is vacant, but in the other, facing directly toward the rising 
sun, and with their heads just reaching the center line, are the Two 
Great Stone Lions. Originally there must have been a huge rock here, 
but this was in the first place divided by a deep groove extending below 
the surface of the ground, and so making of it apparently 2 entirely 
distinct pieces of material, and each of these was then shaped and 
carved into the semblance of the mountain lion. 

The first idea conveyed is one of solidity and massiveness. Here 
are pieces of sculpture, not of stone brought from some distant quarry, 
and set, even with greatest skill, in a new home — these are not the 
product of any foreign studio, liable again to be removed to grace the 
hall or grounds of some grandee, or to interest the curious visitor at 
some museum ; but they are cut from the sold rock of the earth itself, 
as firmly set as the foundations of the globe. The sculptor who carved 
these figures meant them to endure for all time, as memorials of the 
people among whom he wrought. Changes might come over the face 
of the land, new forests might arise where then were cultivated fields ; 
generations might pass, the nations and even the races of men who 
would live on the Great River might change, succeeding each other in 
the grand panorama of history ; his own people might so entirely pass 
away that not even the memory of their name should be found among 
men ; but these lions would remain as memorials of their ancient great- 
ness, and to tell of the days that were past. And chained to the earth 
as they were with links of adamantine rock, they could not be made to 
grace the triumph of any conqueror, or to become the spoil of an un- 
known future race, but must remain in their original seat, unmoved, 
unchanged, through the ages to come. Time and the elements might 
efface the sharp lines of the sculpture, the wanton strokes of ignorance 
or enmity might destroy their symmetry and beauty ; but no power on 
earth could lead them captive. 

The body of each lion is 38 in. in length, and the broad flat tails, 
which stretch straigt back, reach 32 in. more, making almost 6 ft. in all. 
Each is about 2 J^ ft. wide, with tails 8 in. wide ; and the distance be- 
tween them is about i ft. They face directly towards the East, a fact 
no doubt having symbolic significance. Until a few years since, these 
images were in perfect preservation. My guide said that he remem- 
bered them as they were 14 or 15 years before, and they were then 
entirely tminjured. But since that time, ignorant herdsmen, tending 
flocks in the vicinity, have often made this -enclosure a resting place at 
night ; and have requited the hospitality thus extended to them by the 
ancient people of the land, by wanton attempts to destroy these wonder- 
ful relics of the older civilization. With rude blows they have assailed 
the heads of the lions, until they are much battered, and the finer lines 
all destroyed. The remainder of the bodies, however, have thus far 
escaped attack and injury. 

Hunters among the ancient Pueblos ; and even to this day the hunts- 
Little as we know of their origin, there can be no doubt that they 
were great fetiches connected with the chase, and the sacred Order of 



i6o RECORDS OF THE PAST 

men of Cochiti make pilgrimages to the shrine, although the way is 
long and difficult, before starting on important expeditions in search of 
deer and other game, in order to insure success in the chase. 
♦ An old pinon tree fully 20 ft. high grows out from the ruins of the 
sacred circle of stones, bestowing a grateful shade upon the traveler 
who wishes to sit down and hold communion with these grim and 
silent representatives of a by-gone age ; and at the same time, to those 
acquainted with the slowness of its upward growth, attests the long 
time that has elapsed since these walls fell into ruins. 

Taken altogether, we may say without exaggeration, that these 
lions constitute the most important and interesting relic of antiquity 
within the whole of New Mexico, and perhaps the United States. No 
other specimens of sculpture of like size are to be found. 

One other figure, somewhat similar in form and general charac- 
ter, exists at a short distance in the direction of Cochiti, on a height 
to which it has given a name as the Perero de los Idolos; but it has no 
feattu-es of interest different from these. The rock of which it orig- 
inally formed a part, has been blasted asunder, perhaps in an attempt to 
carry off the lion as a trophy, perhaps with the pious design of destroy- 
ing what was considered a heathen idol ; more likely than either perhaps 
in the hope of finding a buried treasure over which the monarch of the 
forest had been placed as a perpetual guard. 

No similar circular enclosures of stones are anywhere found 
among the ruins of our American antiquities, and no one can view this 
without being reminded of the weird druidical remains of ancient 
Britain, at Stonehenge, Callernish and Stennis, where the circle of 
stone was symbolical of the eternity of the Deity whom they worshiped, 
and the altar of solid rock was placed in the center, as the heads of the 
Great Stone Lions are situated in this Western shrine, ever watching 
for the sun-god, and his appearance in the east at the dawn of day, 

N 



w 




A. A. STONE LIONS ; B. B. CIRCULAR WALL ; C. C. THE ENTRANCE 

















1-1^^.2: i:-V.'^ .:y*»J 



OLD CHINAMAN AT A WELL ON THE CARAVAN ROUTE, BELOW KALGAN, 
DRAWING WATER FOR THE CAMEL DRIVERS 



PASS ABOVE KALGAN BY WHICH THE CARAVAN ROUTE CROSSES THE MOUN- 
TAINS TO THE PLAINS OF MONGOLIA AND THE DESERT OF GOBI 



RECORDS ^ PAST 





VOL. Ill ■ Imf m PART VI 



JUNE, 1904 



+ + + 



ANCIENT CARAVAN ROUTES OF CHINA 

BY FREDERICK BENNETT WRIGHT 

THE construction of railroads in Asia is gradually reducing the 
importance of the caravan routes which have been used from 
the earliest times. The Desert of Gobi is crossed by 2 such 
trunk lines of communication between China and Western Asia. The 
southern route starts at Nankin, runs northwest to the Yellow River 
at Kaif ung, follows up that stream until the river turns off to the north 
at a right angle. From there it runs in a direction about west-north- 
west across the western lobe of the Desert of Gobi to Turfan, where 
it branches into 2 main lines, i passing into Turkestan by way of Aksu 
and Kashgar, the other passing north into the Lake Balkash region by 
way of Kuldja. 

The other great caravan route extends from Peking to Southern 
Siberia. This has 2 branches, i going to Lake Baikal by way of Urga 
and Kiakhta, the other to the Province of Semipalatinsk in Southern 
Siberia. 

These 2 routes have been the principal lines of communication be- 
tween China and Western Asia, from which place many routes lead 
into Europe. Long trains of camels, especially at dusk and the earlier 
part of the night, are still to be seen plodding along the dusty paths. 



i64 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Although the amount of traffic is rapidly decreasing, yet between 6 and 
9 o'clock one evening we met 700 camels near Chau Tau, loaded with 
hides from Siberia, which were billed through to Peking. 

The general course of these routes has remained constant, but in 
the level plains they branch off into diverging paths, to be reunited at 
some important point. Between Peking and Kalgan the age of some 
of the paths is indicated by the enormous depth to which the tramp of 
countless caravans has worn them. 

The valleys in much of the region crossed are filled with deep de- 
posits of a very fine dusty, yellowish-brown loam, called loess, which 
is characterized by its remarkable tenacity. This is so marked that 
cliffs of this formation will stand for centuries with perpendicular sides. 
In fact, not only houses, but whole villages are built in the hills of this 
deposit. 

In places where the caravan route goes over small hills of loess 
the path, just wide enough for 2 camels to pass, is often worn down 10, 
and in some cases 15 ft. A small part of this is doubtless due to water 
erosion, but the greater part is the effect of the constant passing of 
camels, whose feet loosen the dust, which the strong winds of this 
region blow off to the surrounding plains. That water has done little 
to deepen these paths is shown in sections where 2 or more such paths 
run parallel, are only separated by a few feet, and have practically no 
drainage basin, and also by the fact that the depth on the brow of the 
hill is often nearly as deep as at the foot. 

At Chau Tau the route passes through the inner section of the 
great Chinese wall. The gate and wall here have been restored at 
various times, the last restoration being made with large bricks, be- 
tween 3 and 4 times the size of our bricks. At Kalgan the route passes 
through the outer and oldest section of the Chinese wall. With the 
exception of the gate opening into the narrow pass northwest of Kal- 
gan little has been done, since the building of the inner wall, to keep the 
outer wall in repair. 

Originally the gate of Kalgan was so narrow that animals could 
only pass through it in single file. Yet in spite of the trying congiestion 
of horses, camels, mules, donkeys, oxen, and Chinese, which this caused, 
it was not till a few years ago that the gate was widened so as to give 
free passage. 

The old wall from Kalgan, following along the edge of the Mon- 
golian plains, which skirt the Desert of Gobi, is more interesting than 
the wall at Chau Tau and other localities more often visited. The 
greater part of the wall here is built of local stone, but the gateway and 
outstanding towers are of brick. Besides the towers on the wall at 
more or less irregular intervals there are other towers entirely sepa- 
rated from the wall. 

Of still older date than this wall are the mounds which are found 
along the caravan route on the Mongolian border. (See Records of 
THE Past, Vol. I, 6.) 



ISOLATED TOWEHSNEAR THE CHINESE WALL. VIEW FROM THE CARAVAN 
ROUTE BETWEEN KALGAN AND HAN-OOR ON THE MONGOLIAN BORDER 



GREAT CHINESE WALL, AS SEEN FROM THE CARAVAN ROUTE NEAR KALGAN 



i66 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The outer wall of China was built in the III Century A. D., but 
the caravan route must have been in use for centuries earlier. The old 
Chinese coins found in the fertile plains of the upper Yenisei River, 
now collected and preserved in the museum at Minusinsk, show that 
the commercial intercourse with China is not of recent origin. In fact, 
the probabilities are that early in the Christian Era it was much larger 
than now, for evidence is continually coming in to show that not many 
centuries ago the whole Desert of Gobi was less arid than it is now, 
and supported a considerable population. In the western lobe of the 
Desert of Gobi the sand-buried cities testify to a climatic change in that 
region and one which evidently was not local. 

The geography of the country has determined these great caravan 
routes, and although the camel and the mule will eventually be replaced 
by the locomotive, engineers will have difficulty in finding more favor- 
able routes than those determined by centuries of natural selection by 
the camel drivers. 



CHINESE INN, SHOWING THE CHARACTER 
OF CARTS USED ON THE MONGOLIAN PLAINS 



+ + + 



GERMAN EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON, 1901 AND 1902 
Translated from German official reports by Prof. Karl Hau 

THE excavations on the south side of the Kasr raound during 
March, igor, brought to light a great many beautifully glazed 
tiles, ornamented with flowers and twigs. The composi- 
tion of the drawing is far from simple. The ornaments are not 
in relief, but look very similar to, and show the same technique as the 
relief-tiles. One of them shows the trunk of a human figure about 40 
cm. in height. Besides these tiles many carved stones were found con- 
taining similar, but more delicately executed designs. Only the former 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON 167 

bear the stamp of Nebuchadrezzar, but Dr. Koldewey is not certain 
that the latter belong to a subsequent period of restoration. In these 
ruins were found many later graves, glazed and unglazed sarcophagi. 

While the tiles found on the western side bear the ordinary stamp 
of Nebuchadrezzar those on the eastern side show a lion with an Ara- 
maic inscription. But there is no doubt that this part also was built 
by Nebuchadrezzar, since several wall-tiles have on their narrow side 
the palace-inscription of the King. In the great wall that incloses the 
building on the east, no tiles with stamps or inscriptions were found, 
and according to the general plans of the palace this wall is much older 
than the rest. It contains the massive arched gate shown in the accom- 
panying illustration, which is one of the most imposing ruins yet dis- 
covered and of the utmost importance for the history of architecture. 

In the western court of the palace, 2 fragments of a clay-prism 
were found and a fragment of a small cylinder ; the latter, according to 
the opinion of Dr. Wissenbach, dates from the time of Sardanapallus 
and treats of the construction of Imgur-Bel and Nimitti-Bel. 

The brick pavement of the courts is generally well preserved, but 
the walls are almost totally destroyed ; this, however, has not yet proven 
an obstacle to our .drawings, and when the excavation is completed this 
will certainly be the most perfectly preserved Babylonian palace ground 
plan yet recovered. 

Of the Processional Street of Marduk, that part in the plain; 
which immediately adjoins the "Kasr" in the south, is missing. The 
street began at a distance of about 1 50 m. to the south, while the for- 
mation of the rubbish in this intermediate space, as was found out by 
some tentative excavations, seems to show that originally there had 
been water there. This view was supported through a canal sewer 
discovered in the neighborhood. I therefore searched this intermediate 
space by means of a very deep ditch and expected to find the remnants 
of a bridge, but this search was without result. The passage therefore 
must have been established either by means of a pontoon-bridge or a 
wooden construction, which has completely disappeared, unless "the 
procession of the great Lord Marduk'' crossed the water south of the 
"Kasr" in the "ship of the procession on New Year's Day, the festival 
of Shuana," which is mentioned in K. B. Ill, 2 S. 17. 

The excavations during the last of April, 1901, established a con- 
nection between the younger eastern and the older western palace. 
The latter contains in its upper stories stamps of Nebuchadrezzar, be- 
low no stamps have been discovered up to the present time. 

Our excavations in the southwestern part of the "Kasr" have re- 
sulted negatively ; some Parthian ruins and an unimportant fragment 
of a Babylon boundary-stone have been found after digging about 
7 m. deep. 

Early in June a number of glazed tiles containing very delicately 
executed ornaments, probably belonging to the time of a Persian res- 
toration, were found. One of these enameled-partition-tiles (Email' 



1 68 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

cloisonne-Ziegeln) bears the design of a human figure in a rich gar- 
ment, holding a spear (?) in his right hand. The tassel on the left 
probably belongs to a preceding figure. 

The cross-cut through the southwestern castle is now completed 
from the summit of the small hill down to the underground water. The 
hill is of Parthian origin; about 2 m. above the underground water 
we found about 80 small bronze coins of the Seleucidian period. 

The great palace-court of the "Kasr" is now entirely ^cleared; on 
the south side there is a vast chamber, on the entrance of which were 
the above mentioned ornamented tiles. 

During August, 1901, excavations were carried on in the hills 
southeast of Amran. These hills are known in European literature as 
Dschumdschuma from a neighboring village, but are called by the 
Arabs Nishan el-aswad — The Black Hills. A little to the south of 
our excavation is the place where the famous tablets were found. Sev- 
eral holes arid rubbish heaps show that even in this same place excava- 
tions have been carried on at some earlier date,, but these must have 
been quite insignificant. Four ditches about 7 m. deep, which go down 
to the underground water and are 20 m. removed from each other, 
have been opened. As was expected, a great many .private antiquities 
were found here. The tablets are badly preserved and can be con- 
served only with great difficulty. Some, however, are very interesting 
with old Babylonian inscriptions very delicately executed. Dr. Weis- 
senbach is of the opinion that they contain hymns, exorcisms, "omina," 
letters, contracts and vocabularies. 

In one of the ditches several very finely modeled clay sculptures 
were found. These probably belonged to the Assyrian period, as noth- 
ing belonging to a later period and no coins have yet been discovered. 

An important addition to the Assyrian Syllabar and to the Assy- 
rian and Sumerian vocabulary in new Babylonian characters has 
been found. It is composed of 84 lines and contains a hymn to Marduk 
in the form of a litany. 

In the temple of the god Adar a cylinder of Nabopolassar — ^the 
father of Nebuchadrezzar — was discovered during the latter part of 
October. During the same month in the northern ditch the ruins of a 
temple were discovered, at least it is supposed to be a temple, because 
a small fragment of a cylinder was discovered containing the words, 
"e-nu-ma bitu"— in those times "the temple'' — (had gone to ruins). 
This phrase usually begins recitals of the restoration of a temple. 
About 100 fragments of tablets were also found here. 

On October 28, 1901, Dr. Koldewey wrote that the building in 
Nishan el-aswad, the western chambers and part of the court had 
been excavated. In the rubbish of the latter, a second cylinder-frag- 
ment was found and another one quite complete was found day before 
yesterday in a northwestern chamber under the door. The former 
has a height of 13 and a circumference of 24 cm., 41 lines of legible 
new Babylonian characters ; the beginning and the end are broken off. 



I/O RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Of the first line the following can be deciphered: The "Na-bi-um- 
aplu," suggesting that it is an inscription of Nabopolassar. The tem- 
ple is dedicated to the god Ninib and has a very interesting ground 
plan. The tiles in the upper stories bear the stamp of Nebuchadrezzar, 
who must have restored and reconstructed this temple. Tablets found 
in the rubbish bear the dates of the successors of Nebuchadrezzar down 
to Cyrus. We intend to completely excavate the temple. Between 
July 25 and August 17, 400 tablets were found in Nishan el-aswad, 
and 200 of these during the week August 12 to 17. 

In the rubbish of the court of the Nibi Temple, the head of a ''nail- 
cylinder" (Nagel-cylinder) was found early in November. It bears an 
inscription referring to a King Sin-ma-as-ha (Simmashihu?). A 
fragment of the lower part of another cylinder was found, but does not 
belong to this head, although showing the same characters. 

In the Adar (Ninib) temple 2 other building cylinders (?) were 
found of the same kind and with the same inscription as the one about 
which I reported on October 27. The one lay under the threshold of 
the southern, the other under that of the northern cella. The texts 
complete each other very well, as will appear in Dr. Weissenbach's 
report. 

The temple is now almost completely excavated ; we are still work- 
ing at the southern and eastern front, because it was here that we 
found the 2 very valuable tablets. The main cella is emptied to the un- 
derground water. On the bottom a capsule composed of bricks was 
found, containing a human figure in unbaked clay. It represents a 
bearded man about 15 cm. high, with a sort of Phrygian cap, whose 
left arm hangs down, while the protruding right holds something that 
looks like a staflf. Since the little fellow has leaned on the wet wall for 
over 2,500 years, just that part of his shoulder has disappeared, which 
contained a small inscription, so that only a few characters are still 
visible. Similar capsules were found elsewhere, one before the thresh- 
old of each of the 3 vestibules on both sides of the entrance and a 
bigger one about 50 cm. high, in the midst of the northern and south- 
ern vestibule. They contained partly remnants of statuettes of some 
perishable material, of which only the metallic parts are preserved. 
These consisted of copper shoulder-belts with sword sheath, compara- 
tively long swords, clubs with agate points. In some of them the 
hand, too, is still preserved, and Mr. Andrae tried to preserve them with 
fluid wax. 

On the southern portal a brick of secondary use was found. It 
contains on the flat side an inscription of Assarhaddon (11 lines), 
dealing with the construction of Etemenauki. The inscription was of 
interest to me because it gives in new Babylonian characters the old 
Babylonian text of the brick. [See Hilprecht, Bab. Exp. A. I, II 
No. 151.] 

Later in December a building-cylinder was found, the interior 
part of red clay. It was not found in situ, but in a small house of a 



172 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

later period on the eastern slope of the Amran in the rubbish ; the left 
part is broken off, the surface washed away and shows the traces of 
having been used as a pestle. The remnant of the last and of the last 
but one column are preserved ; on the whole, there were perhaps only 
these 2. The greatest circumference is 32 cm. The inscription con- 
tains a report of the buildings of Nebuchadrezzar in general and of 
the "Kasr^' in particular. The introduction to the second part begins 
with "Then," which is the case with all of these cylinders. This word 
characterizes the special reference to the building to which the cylinder 
refers and separates it from the other general observations. So on 
the Sardanapal cylinder of Emach [Z 13] and on the E-patu-tila 
cylinder of Nabopolassar, which were found in situ. The value of 
this clue is sometimes very great. 

The translation of the text is as follows : 

21 Then the castle of Babylon ... 22 In order to fortify 360 yards 
of Nimitti-Bel, 23 The Schalchu (outworks) of Babylon, 24 I have from the 
border of the stream to (a certain point) of the Ishtar gate 25 two strong 
walls of brick and mortar 26 like a fortress mountain-high erected. 

[These 2 walls are probably the western, inner wall and the north wall.] 

27 Therein I erected a terrace of brickstones; 28 upon which I built a 
mighty castle, 29 as the seat of my realm 30 with mortar and brickstone, 31 
established a connection with the (former?) palace 32 and created the seat 
of dominion. 

[The former palace with which this new one was connected lies in the 
south castle. In the analogous place of the "great stone-plate inscription" 
[viii, 58] it is called the "palace of my father."] 

33 I doubled from the (upper?) corner near the Ishtar gate 34 down to 
the (lower?) corner of the eastern Nimitti-Bel 35 for purposes of fortification 
360 yards of the front side of Nimitti-Bel. 

This is an exceedingly important passage, since for the first time 
in all the inscriptions of Nebuchadrezzar he mentions the double wall 
on the eastern side of the main-castle himself and states that it was 
erected for the purpose of fortifying some part of Nimitti-Bel. Tuigur- 
Bel is not mentioned at all. The double wall forms the eastern front 
of Nimitti-Bell only. The bricks in this neighborhood very frequently 
bear the Aramaic Stamp, N(imitti) B(el). This conclusively dis- 
proves Delitzsch's idea of the situation of Nimitti-Bel. Tuig^r-Bel 
must have been the fortress-wall of the south-castle and the gate that 
is reproduced in No. VIII, page 5, is a gate of Tuigur-Bel. Several 
other conclusions may be drawn from this passage, but I reserve them 
for a later report. 

The end of the inscription is as follows : 

36 A strong fortress of brick and mortar I have (mountain-high erected) 
37 The castle scientifically fortified 38 The city of Babylon made a stronghold. 

With "Babylon" Nebuchadrezzar always primarily means the 
fortress, but he uses the word sometimes as extended to the city as well. 

The final prayer follows. Line 39-46. In a note Dr. Friedrich 
Delitzsch raises some philogical objections to Dr. Koldewey's transla- 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON 173 



COLORED ENAMELED TILE FROM THE SOUTHERN HILL OF THE KASH 



ORNAMENTAL TILE WORK 

tion of this important inscription, in defense of his views on the plan 
of the side of Babylon. 

The excavations in the building a-d, 35 (Amran-plan) are 
almost completed [January, 1902] ; it is a temple. A naked standing 
female figure with a child on the breast is found so frequently that I 
suppose the temple was dedicated to a goddess. In a building cylinder- 
fragments found in rubbish, the first and the last line of the first col- 
umn are readable. "Nebuchadrezzar. 2. King of Babylon. 3. A 
just ruler. 4. Renovator of Esagila and Ezida. 5. Firstborn son of 
Nabopolassar. 6. King of Babylon I am. 7. From the upper sea. 
8. To the lower sea. * * *" 

The investigation of the Processional Street of Marduk has pro- 
ceeded so far, that the last part of the well preserved street pavement 
was found in Q, 12 (Amran-plan). The street coming from the east 
enters here a spur of the hill Amran, which covers it about 12 m. high. 
The question is, where the street entered Esagila, and in order to find 
this out we have begun in the western part a new ditch, which must 
reach a considerable depth. 

Mr. Andrae's colored reproductions of the ornaments found in the 
south-castle have recently been sent with the English mail. I enclose 



174 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

to-day [January 28, 1902] 2 reports of Dr. Weissenbach, discussing 

No. 3,627, Dolerit-block, found in the Kasr [r, 9], on the 17 of 
the following inscriptions : 
October, 1899. 

No. 6,378, club point of quartz, found near the Amran [t, 13] on 
April 17, 1900. 

No. 6,405, club point of diorit, found near the Amran [q, 13] on 
April 18, 1900. 

In the temple a-c, 35 (Amran-plan), the cella has been emptied 
to the underground water. As expected, we found in the lower stratum 
the little clay fellow, our friend from the Adar-temple, this time very 
well preserved, having a golden staff in his hand and an inscription of 
4 lines on his back. Also before the northern temple door we found 2 
capsules, one of which contained a dove (?) of clay, similar to the one 
found formerly in the Ninmach-temple, also with an inscription of 4 
lines. 

From Dr. Weissenbach's 2 reports : The fragment of the dolerite 
block, B. E. 3,627, with 2 columns of new Babylonian cuneiform char- 
acters, is a duplicate of the famous inscription of King Darius on the 
rock of Bisutum [lines 55, 58, 69, 72]. All who know the tremendous 
historical importance of this inscription will welcome the additions, 
supplemented by this duplicate (new words are italicised) : 

Col. I. 

[For the second time] [the rebels] assembled and marched against Vau- 
misa, to offer 2 battle. Then they fought in a country named Utiari in Ar- 
menia. 3 Protected by Ahuramazda my army 4 defeated the rebels. We 
fought on the 30 Aiaru. We killed 5 from among them 2045 ^"d caught 
alive 14 ( ?) 59. 6 Thereupon Vaumisa did nothing, (but) waited for nie, 
until 7 I came to Media. Darius, the King, 8 speaks as follows : Then / left 
Babylon and went to Media. Arriving in Media, in a city, named Kundur, 
10 in Media, against which my enemy Fravartis, the same who had declared: 
7 am the King of Media' had marched with 12 an army, to offer battle. 
Thereupon we fought. 13 protected by Ahuramazda, I defeated the army of 
Travartis, etc. 

Col. II. 

I They fought with the men from Margiana, 2 Protected by Ahuramazda, 
my army defeated 3 those rebels. They fought on the 23 Kislima. They 
killed 4 from among them 420 ( ?)3 and caught alive 5, 69( ?)70. Darius, the 
King, speaks as follows : Thereupon the country 6 zvas mine; that I did in 
Bactria. 7 Darius, the King, speaks as follows : A person, Vahyazdata 8 by 
name in a city, called Tarava in a country called Jutia, in Persia, 9 rose up in 
Persia; he spoke to the people: I am 10 Bardija, son of Kurus. Thereupon 
the people of Persia as many as were in the palace (?) of the city of Jutia (?) 
rebelled against me, 12 went over to him, he was King in Persia. 13 Darius, 
the King, speaks as follows, etc., etc. 

B. E. 6,378, a club point of a reddish stone, is the gift of a King, 
probably belonging to the III Dynasty of Babylon, by the name of 
[Me-]li-si-hu-mar Ku-ri-gal-zu *'Melisihu, son of Kurigalzu," to a 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON , 175 

diety whose name is not preserved. Therefore in the document IV R. 
38, which speaks of "Marduk-apluiddina, King over all, King of 
Sumer and Akkad, Son of Melisihu, King of Babylon, grandson ( ?) 
of Kurigalzu, the King without equal," the still questioned word 
SA. HAL. BAL. really means "grandson," and we have in the list of 
"Babylonian Kings besides the King of the III Dynasty Melisihu, Son 
of Adadnadin-ahi, another Melisihu, Son of Kurigalzu, and also be- 
sides Marduk-aplu-iddina, Son of Melisihu (the Son of Adad-nadin- 



SOUTH HILL OF THE KASR, SHOWING ARCHED 
GATE IN THE FORTRESS WALL 

ahi), another Marduk-aplu-iddina, Son of Melisihu (the Son of Kuri- 
galzu) and besides the already known 2 Kings Kurigalzu a third one of 
the same name. 

B. E. 6,405 finally, a club point of a black-green stone bears an 
inscription of 10 lines divided into 2 columns of old Babylonian char- 
acters : 

'Club point (hi-in-gi) of Diorit (Koldewey's translation of Aban su-u) 



176 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

belonging to the U-Iam ( ?)-bu-ra-ri-ia-as, Son of King Bur-na-bu-ra-ri-ia-as, 
the King of the sea-country. He who extinguishes (ipassitu) this name and 
writes his own in its place may his name be extinguished by Ninib, Nebo, Ea. 
Marduk and Belit/ 

DOCUMENTS FOUND IN BABYLONIAN COFFINS 
BY DR. FREDRICK DELITZSCH 

Since Thureau-Daugin, a French Assyriologist, published the in- 
scription of a clay-cone, found in a Babylonian coffin [see Oriental' 
istische Litteratur-Leitung of January 15, 1901], the Asiatic depart- 
ment of the Royal Museums in Berlin has acquired 2 similar docu- 
ments. 

The inscriptions on these clay-cones in old Babylonian characters, 
although varying in unimportant details, are essentially the same. 

Ana matima, etc. Translation : 

For all times, forever, for eternity, for all future ! Do not keep ( ?) this 
coffin if you find it, but bring it back to its old place! He who reads this and 
does not slight it, but speaks : I will bring this coffin back to its old place — 
may he be rewarded (?) for his good deed ! Above his name be blessed, 
below may his Manes drink clear water ! 

This last blessing, promising as a reward for pious deeds clear 
water in the Hdesa, the "country without return," is of importance 
for the history of religion. It draws a distinction in the life after death, 
the continuance of the soul in Sheol, justifying a conclusion draw^n by 
me in "Babel und BibeV between a hot hell on one side and a garden 
richly blessed with water on the other. 

A NEW TEXT OF THE KING NABOPOLASSAF 

The inscription, 41 lines in new Babylonian characters, is much 
damaged in all 4 copies, but can be reconstrued through a comparison 
of them as follows : 

Nabopolassar, the King of Justice, the shepherd whom Marduk has called, 
the offspring of the goddess *Lady of the Heavenly Crown' (belit Hani) of 
the sublime, high queen of queens, whom Nabu and Tasmetum guided, the 
sublime favorite of the god Ea (*lord of the Shining Eye'). When I, in 
my youth, was the son of nobdy, but constantly worshiped the shrine of Nabu 
and Marduk, my lords, and my mind was directed to a continuance of their 
laws and obedience to their orders and to the maintainance of law and justice, 
then the god Marduk, who knows the hearts of gods and men, who continu- 
ously watches the paths of nations, saw my heart and placed me, the insignifi- 
cant one, who was not considered among the nations, at the head of the coun- 
try in which I was born and called me to the dominion over country and 
people. He ordered a tutelar genius to stand at my side and make me suc- 
cessful in all that I undertook. Nergal, the all powerful among gods, he asked 
to assist me, subduing my opponents, slaying my enemies. I, the weak and 
lowly worshiper of the Lord of lords, with the mighty assistance of Nabu 
and Marduk, my lords, repelled from the country Akkad the Assyrians, who 
from time immemorial ruled over all nations and had forced under their yoke 
all the inhabitants of the country; I threw off their yoke. Then E-PA-TU- 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON 177 

TI-LA, the Temple of Ninib's, which lies in Susana, which had been built by 
a prior king, but not completed. I undertook the renovation of this Temple. 
I called together the men of the gods Bel, Samas and Marduk, ordered them 
to carry the mason's bucket (?) and the brick basket (?). I finished the 
Temple without slackening. I supported the roof with strong beams and put 
high doors into the gates. The Temple I made shine like the Sun and radiate 
for Ninib, my lord, like the day. Whoever shall become king in the future, 
be it my son or my grandson, who follow me, whose name Marduk shall call 
to the dominion of the country, do not seek alone power and strength. Wor- 
ship the Temples of Nabu and Marduk so that they may subdue your enemies. 
The lord Marduk looks through the mouth and sees the heart. Whoever 
piously worships Bel, shall rest secure in his position, whoever worships the 
son of Bel, will live eternally. If this Temple should decay and you should 
renovate it, read this document and place it beside your own. At the com- 
mand of Marduk, the great lord, whose commands are unchangeable, may 
your name continue to the days of eternity ! 

THE EXCAVATIONS OF THE KASR-MOUND IN I9OI 

BY DR. KALDEWEY 

Since the publication of the Kasr-plan of January, 1900, the 
Minmach temple has been further excavated; the continuation of the 
fortification wall bounding the main city on the north, as well as of the 
adjacent canal farther westward, has been proven by means of a deep 
trench ; a part of the palace of the main city has been uncovered and 
also a part of the palace of the southern city from the southeast corner 
of the latter along the southern edge and extending to its northern 
boundary. 

The following observations may serve as a basis for a correct un- 
derstanding of the character and the succession of the variou? struc- 
tures. 

Only the fortification walls were carried down below the under- 
ground water, and only down here do the bricks lie surrounded by 
asphalt, so that they are hard to separate. In the upper parts, how- 
ever, the asphalt which covers the lower layer of bricks is separated 
from those resting upon it by a layer of reeds or clay. The stamped 
side always lies downward and therefore usually .does not come in con- 
tact with the asphalt. 

The walls of the palaces, on the contrary, are carried down only 
near to the underground water. The spaces between the various walls 
were in earlier times filled up with sand and earth, and in more recent 
times with a packing of broken brick. A remarkable exception to this 
rule is furnished by the palace of the main city, in which the whole 
building area is imiformly covered by a compact masonry-work made 
of broken brick, while the real building walls rest on this terrace at a 
height of 8 meters above the ground. Older building walls are treated 
similarly to the upper parts of the fortification walls, viz. with asphalt 
in the joints, and an intervening layer of reeds or clay, preventing the 
layers from adhering to each other. In later ones lime mortar takes 



178 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the place of asphalt. At an interesting, transitional period a favorite 
method was to build one-half of a wall in lime and the other in asphalt. 
I believe that it is especially in this transitional form that we may recog- 
nize distinctly that the introduction here of the lime mortar in wall 
construction is an invention of Nebuchadrezzar. In his inscriptions 
mention is never made of "lime mortar," but only of Kupru, which is 
translated as asphalt ; I would therefore rather render this word by the 
general expression "mortar." Late walls, as for instance, Sassanidic, 
have for the most part simply clay in their joints. 

Nebuchadrezzar used bricks in the beginning of his architectural 
career, of which only about every hundredth one received a stamp, 
this being that of a lion with an Aramaic inscription over it. This in- 
scription . . . contains, I believe, the name of the "Nitocris," 
which has been handed down in a Greek form, and concerning whose 
architectural work in Babylon the Greeks have reported so volumin- 
ously. The palace walls in the southeastern part of the southern city 
are built with bricks of this stamp, and the palatial inscription of 
Nebuchadrezzar has been found incorporated in the same walls. 

The oldest Babylonian stamps of Nebuchadrezzar are of 6 lines, 
end in a-na-ku, and add the name of the father with a simple tur; they 
are frequent in the southern city. The later ones, of 7, 4, and 3 lines, 
omit the a-na-ku at the end and introduce the father's name, with aplu 
asaridu sa instead of the simple ttir. Exceptions to this are very rare. 
The manner of writing varies. The latest stamps are the three-line 
ones; they seldom occur in the southern city (for instance, in the pave- 
ment of the large court) , but are frequent in the main city. The stamps 
of Neriglissar and of Nabonid are also three-lined. 

Walls in which no stamps occur, especially when the bricks also 
have a smaller dimension (30 or 31 cm. as against the normal 
dimension of 33 cm. usually found in Nebuchadrezzar's walls), 
can either be ascribed to Nebuchadrezzar's first period, or they are, as 
generally speaking in most cases, will seem the more probable, older 
and belong to Nabopolassar and the Assyrians. The lower parts espe- 
cially, of the fortification walls of the southern city, consist of stamp- 
less bricks, as: the arched gate and the deep-lying old palace to the 
westward. Stamps of Assyrian kings are not found on the "Kasr." 
Only the floor bricks of Esagila bear such stamps. 

The oldest section of a palace which we have thus far found lies 
in the southera city. Its floor lies very deep ; 780 m. above the ground 
level. The bricks have no stamp ; the spaces between the walls are, as 
is nowhere else the case, filled up with masonry of clay-bricks. From 
this I believe I may conclude that this is Nabopolassar's palace, which 
Nebuchadrezzar found upon entering on his reign, and in which he 
dwelt during the work of enlargement undertaken by him. This old 
palace of Nabopolassar was comparatively small (possibly 70 m. by 
90 m.). It stood, however, within a rather large area, which was in- 
closed by an old fortification wall (approximately 340 m. by 200 m.). 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON 179 

The fortification wall which encloses this area is Imgur-Bel,^ as I be- 
lieve I have shown to be probable in a previous article. Nebuchad- 
rezzar found this wall in a state of decay. He took away the southeast 
corner and rebuilt it, re-enforced the eastern stretch by an inner Kisu^ 
and most of the southern stretch by an inner and outer Kisu, and 
evened off and heightened places in the southern part which had settled 
outwards. The total amount of work which he put on this great work 
can only be thoroughly appreciated after the excavation has been com- 
pleted. In the southern city are found 2 sections of inscribed bricks 
of Nebuchadrezzar, which refer to the construction of Imgur-Bel, and 
two sections of building cylinders of Sardanapallus, which treat of the 
construction of Imgur-Bel and Nimitti-Bel. These furnish special 
documents for determining the situation of these "great walls of 
Babylon" on the Kasr. Therefore the question only remains whether 
the southern city is Imgur-Bel and the main city Nimitti-Bel, or 
whether the southern city is not perhaps Nimitti-Bel and the main city 
Imgur-Bel. This question has been decided in favor of the former 
assumption, as far as I can see, by the inscription on cylinder No. 
15,397 (of which I have treated previously3), because the duplication 
of Nimitti-Bel in the east is there described in connection with the 
palace of the main city and this is true only with regard to the main city. 

Nebuchadrezzar's general plan for the completion of the city of 
"Babylon'' was to raise the whole level to the elevation of the Proces- 
sion Street in the east. The masses of earth which were necessary for 
this fiUing-in were taken from the immediate vicinity and in this man- 
ner the city was made higher and the surrounding water area deepened 
at the same time — a sensible idea from the standpoint of fortification. 

Of Nebuchadrezzar's palace, which was to cover the entire area 
of the southern city, including the antiquated palace of Nabopollassar, 
the part situated east of the latter was first constructed and made ready 
for habitation. The construction began in the southeastern corner of 
the city. When this eastern part, with its elevated floor (10 by 12 m. 
above the level of the ground), was complete and ready for habitation, 
the main access to it lay through the gate in the narrow street which 
still led along the east front of the old palace. This street lay con- 
siderably lower (in round numbers 7 m. above the level of the ground) 
than the new palace. As a consequence thereof 2 steep stairways led 
up to the large court of the new palace. A retaining wall of clay bricks, 
represented by hatching in the plan, bounded the court terrace pro- 
visionally during this time in the west. The retaining wall and the 
stairways were, however, no longer necessary, and were covered over 
by a new leveling with the more elevated pavement, as soon as the west- 
ern part of the new palace, which had now completely covered over 
and buried the old Nabopolassar palace, was also complete up to the 

new universal elevation. This palace, which covers the whole southern 

— » 

I Sec Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft^ No. 4, p. 13. 

3 See MUUilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellscha/t, No. 4, p. 4. 

3 See MUUilungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellscha/t, No. 11 p. t et seq. 



i8o 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



city and far exceeds the limits of the Nabopolassar palace, is spoken 
of by Nebuchadrezzar in the stone slab inscription Col. VII, 6i — 
VIII, 26. 

The palace contained a great number of compartments, which con- 
sisted of small square central courts with the rooms surrounding them. 
These are connected with each other and with the larger courts by 
corridors with many doors. To the compartment at A, a direct en- 
trance led through the fortification wall, this entrance having been con- 
structed over the spot where the old large arched gate had been sit- 
uated and abolished when the reconstruction took place. On the level 
of the old street a canal ran, which carried off the surface water from 
the palace. This was originally done through a small arched gate in 
the old southern wall, situated a little farther westward, but later 
through a new breach through this same old wall. 

On the southern side of the large court lay the vast main hall with 
its specially thick walls, a niche in its southern wall, and 3 gates in the 
northern front On the latter was situated the tile ornament which Mr. 
Andrae has represented. These ornaments, produced in colored tile 
enamel, are thus far unique. No where else have we become acquainted 
with anything similar. Especially impressive is the idea of the orna- 
mental reproduction of a set of columns with mighty voluted capitals, 
when it is considered that there is no place for the columns themselves 
in these palaces ; in every place where they might be expected, especially 
on the front of the "throne hall" itself, simple doors are found in their 
stead. There were indeed 2 supports in one small court. They each 
consisted of 2 unhewn palm trunks which, being let into the ground, 
were surrounded at their base by a round walling of bricks and asphalt 
coated with lime. This is, however, a subordinate, secondary arrange- 
ment which, if possible, belongs to a later, Persian period. No one will 
imagine that Nebuchadrezzar was entirely unacquainted with columns. 
The opposite is shown by their representation on the afore-mentioned 
ornaments. But the column really has absolutely no place in Baby- 
lonian architectural customs, and in the Babylonian ground plans which 
we know from Sippar, Borsippa, and Telloh, there is not a single 
place appropriate for a set of columns, just as there had been none 
hitherto in Babylon. Thus, the idea of the ancient origin of the col- 
umn in Babylon often advanced in the history of art seems to me to be 
due to a confusion of the idea of the column with that of the semi- 
circular moldings of the vertical wall ornaments so numerous on Baby- 
lonian buildings. 

The "outer work" of Babylon, Nimitti-Bel, touched to the north 
the fortification of the southern city, Imgur-Bel, The manner in which 
it joined it, is unknown to us. At first Nebuchadrezzar constructed 
this fortress by erecting a simple but very strong wall 17 m. thick, the 
massive remains of which we have found. But the district enclosed by 
this vast wall did not satisfy the desire of the king for expansion. ' He 
abolished the mighty work, advanced the northern wall to "8," and 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON i8i 

prolonged to that point the old eastern stretch toward the north. We 
have found a cylinder [No. 7,327], which treats of the construction of 
both these walls of Nimitti-Bel, and gives the thickness of one as 23 
brick- widths (which corresponds exactly to the wall as found) and of 
the other as 32 brick-widths. In the space enclosed by these 2 walls 
(the 2 other boundaries being formed by the Euphrates and the south- 
ern city) Nebuchadrezzar erected a continuous terrace of broken brick 
work [bi-tt'ik a-gur-ri, E. I. H. VIII, 53] to a height of 8 m. above 
the level of the ground. Upon its upper surface he built the walls of 
the new palace, which was to outshine everything which had hitherto 
existed. The bricks in these castle walls are accordingly the best in 
the whole "Kasr.^' They are made with great care out of bright yellow 
clay as hard as glass, while previous ones were of a more or less plain 
red-brown color and full of flaws, and the asphalt mortar in use up to 
that time is replaced by pure white lime mortar. The spaces between 
building walls standing on the terrace were filled in with brick packing 
and lime mortar down to the floor, which once rested upon it. The 
surface of the brick terrace lies 8 m. above the ground level. The floor 
of the palace itself cannot have lain less than 15 m. above ground level. 
This gives a solid mass of walls of 648,000 cubic meters up to the floor 
level alone, not counting the palace walls towering above it. If these 
were to be completed, according to E. I. H. VIII, 64, in 15 days, not 
less than 43,200 men must have been kept busy daily, as one man and 
an assistant together could not produce more than one cubic meter per 
day. In this swarm of 2 men to each square meter the men must doubt- 
less have trampled one another to death. I believe therefore that by the 
si-bi'ir of the palace, which* Nebuchadrezzar says was completed in 1 5 
days, probably the whole palace is not meant, but merely a particular 
part of the construction, the meaning of which we are not yet able to 
recognize. 

The plan of the building was several times changed during the 
execution; even the materials, the kind of bricks and of lime mortar 
vary within these construction periods, which not only clearly indicate 
that the time occupied in construction was rather long, instead of being 
unusuually short, but also that the royal architects took a continually 
active part in the work. Moreover, as much of these walls have been 
stolen away by Arabian brick thieves of past ages, the exploration of 
this part of the ruins is attended by greater difficulties than in the 
southern city. The lower parts of the ruins possessed attractive fluali- 
ties for the brick thieves ; the mortar is not so firm there and the stones 
therefore separate better from one another. As a consequence the 
whole ruin is undermined by deep-lying tunnels, which latter partly col- 
lapsed, the result being that the upper walls burst, sank, and fell. This 
also renders the examination very difficult, for when the rubbish is 
thoroughly cleared out the upper walls are often found to be standing 
on hopelessly weak foundations, which leads to the fear that they will 
entirely collapse. In the north lay the terminus of the entire struc- 



1 



i82 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

tural system. Here the outer edge of the terrace is more regular and 
constructed with the character of an ordinary wall, but blends, so to 
speak, with the packing of the adjoining terrace. To the west of the 
wall lay a court, whose walls were decorated with gay-colored lions in 
relief and with glazed ornaments. 

This is therefore the extension (in. the construction of the city) 
of which Nebuchadrezzar speaks in the -stone slab inscription [VIII, 
42 et seq,\. In its plan the king saved the canal, the street and the 
Temple of "Babylon." In other words, he did not make the extension 
toward the east, where the Ninmach temple and the Procession Street 
lay, but toward the north. 

The fortification work which encloses this part of the palace is 
"Nimitti-Bel." In order to further strengthen the east front of this 
work of fortification the king doubled here the fortification wall. Be- 
tween these 2 walls of Nimitti-Bel ran the Procession Street Aiber- 
shabu of Marduk. On each side of them stood the lion frieze on the 
lower parts of the fortification walls. Ai-i-bur-sa-bu-u is an abbrevia- 
tion. The full name of this stretch of street is handed down in the in- 
scription of Wadi Brissa.^ Here, in Col. VII of the ancient Baby- 
lonian inscription, Nebuchadrezzar speaks, in lines 43 to 50, of the 
Marduk street and the Nabu street in Babylon, which he says he pro- 
vided with a high embankment and constructed of asphalt and bricks. 
The Marduk street extended from Istar-sa-ki-pat-te-e-bi-su to the El-lu 
gate. As the limits of the street here given are exactly identical with 
those given in E. I. H., Col. V, 45 to 48, it must be assumed that the 
third and fourth signs in Pognon were wrongly read, and that in 
reality A'-bur stands there. The full name would then read here 
" I star- A' 'bur sabe-su" 

The mentioning of the Nabo street by the name of Nabu-^i-tar 
ni'Si-su, which follows, will probably be of importance in our excava- 
tion ; this street led from Ig-kip-su-na-ka-ar, if Pognon read this right, ' 
to the "entrance of Nabu into Esagila." In the remaining inscriptions 
the name of the Nabo street has not been known hitherto. In our 
brick inscription also the names of the 2 streets are not given, and 
only a Marduk and a Nabo street are distinguished. There is, more- 
over, mentioned in the Wadi-Brissa inscription [at the top of Col. 
Ill, 24] a ma-as-dla-ha] of Marduk, which is said to extend from the 
landing place of the procession bark "Kura" to Esigisi. It is to be 
hoped that further excavations will furnish us instruction relative to 
these data also. A new copy of the Wadi-Brissa inscription is much 
needed ! 

Nebuchadrezzar sums up, according to his custom [E. I. H. IX, 
19 et seq,]y the results of the work discussed immediately before, in 
the following words : "I erected a mighty fortress out of mortar 

AND BURNT BRICKS^ MOUNTAIN HIGH AROUND IT. BeSIDE THE BRICK 

I Biblioiheque de Vccole des hautes etudes. Les inscriptions da Wadi Brissa, by Posnoiii 
Paris, 1887. 



EXCAVATIONS IN BABYLON 183 

FORTRESS I BUILT A FORTRESS OF MIGHTY BLOCKS OF STONE/' si-H-ik 

sadi rabuti. In my opinion both these works are probably the eastern 
and northern fortification walls of the main city. For at the northern 
wall, and there only (nowhere else on the Kasr), are found mighty 
building blocks of limestone — ^the same material that is designated as 
sadu stone on the pavement blocks. 

The most important place on the "Kasr" just now is obviously the 
one where Imgur-Bel and Nimitti-Bel come in close contact with each 
other on the east front, and here we shall, I think, have to resume the 
excavations next. 

The success of our labors on the "Kasr" consist especially, accord- 
ing to what has been said, in the clearing up of the magnificent picture 
which we must gain of Babylon and the Palaces of Nebuchadrezzar. 

The topography of Babylon has hitherto suffered under an errone- 
ous fundamental conception, viz.: The setting down of the 2 city 
walls of Herodotus as identical with Imgur-Bel and Nimitti-Bel. Up 
to the most recent times even Dr. Delitzsch has maintained that Imgur- 
Bel must have at least included Esagila in its enclosure. This is an 
assumption for which no proofs can be adduced either from the inscrip- 
tions or from the locality. Imgur-Bel and Nimitti-Bel are, as far as 
our knowledge — even philological — extends up to the present, nothing 
but the 2 fortifications on the Kasr. The idea that these 2 walls 
lay, so to speak, concentrically in one another, is based on a founda- 
tionless supposition. In Khorsabad there is, as is known, also a Duru 
and a Shalchu, but no trace of concentric walls. Salhu means, accord- 
ing to Delitzsch, a fishing net. I therefore believe that if one wished to 
render the word in German the sense would most nearly be approached 
by the expression Reuse [bow-net]. . . . The designation ^'outer 
wall" is certainly correct, only the expression must not be understood 
as meaning that it extended clear around the Duru. 

We began our excavations at Far a, July 10, 1902, with a long ditch 
from north to south, through the northern part of the ruin. Our re- 
sults up to the present time are as follows : 

The ruin is very old, even the upper stratum. This is proven by 
numerous knives and saws of flint and obsidian, stone hatchets, tools 
made of stone and bone and the utter absence of any remnants of a 
later period. Ill-shaped bronze coins and small copper or bronze uten- 
sils are found here and there. The pottery of simple design resembles 
that of Surgal; flat vases, chalice goblets, and oval pots. A bigger 
vessel with a socket and without a handle, as they are painted on the 
old seal-cylinders, is found more frequently — all without any decora- 
tion. Aside from these we find fragments showing attempts of a 
phantastique ornamentation and simple cups of beautiful white stone 
(marble, etc.). 

We also found in the ditch about 400 stamps of seal cylinders. 
They are roimd pieces of clay and show almost all the same impression. 
Most frequent is the struggle between the man-headed bull and the 



i84 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

lion killing an antelope. The movements are exceedingly full of life 
and the heads with the strong nose and the single round eye look like 
bird heads. The weapon is peculiar — a long staff, at the end of which 
a half-moon is attached and which is held in the middle and used like 
a poniard. The technique shows no trace of the polishing-wheel. 

In the same stratum lay several clay tablets, with a simple design 
scratched on them — ^buUs, man-headed bulls, tools, etc., and finally a 
few tablets with very old cuneiform characters. 

The buildings are composed of baked and unbaked bricks of the 
old rectangular form. On the covered surface lines and impressions 
are made with the finger ; only few of the walls are straight-lined. But 
there are a great many rotundas on the hill ; they have a diameter of 
2-5 m. The walling consists of 2 or more concentrically placed ves- 
sels. This is the typical construction of the walls here. The rotundas 
are surrounded by a vault very similar to the burial vault in Mugheir 
or the Tholeu of Mycenae. One of these rotundas we have cleared 
down to the very bottom ; it was filled with old rubbish, bricks, broken 
pottery, fish-bones, etc. In the upper part of another one we found 4 
human skulls. The modus of interment I have not yet been able to 
comprehend. The skeletons lie coflSnless and in a disorderly arrange- 
ment, together with many ornaments; necklaces of agate and lapis- 
lazuli, pearls of shells, corals, mother of pearl, amethyst, also a silver 
earring (?) of a peculiar form. 

+ + + 
MOHAWK POTTERY 

BY W. MAX REID 

THE XX Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology for 
1898-99 by the late J. W. Powell, is exceedingly full of valua- 
ble information concerning the Aboriginal pottery of the east- 
ern United States, but I have looked in vain for information regarding 
that section of the State of New York that is abounding with more in- 
teresting history (both Aboriginal and post-Columbian) to the square 
inch than any other section of the United States. I refer to the Mo- 
hawk Valley and the lake region, the home of the Iroquois Confederacy. 

He devotes 2 pages to Iroquoian pottey, but his knowledge seems 
to have been obtained almost entirely from the Cherokees, while he 
dismisses the Mohawk Valley with i line and 2 inferior illustra- 
tions. It is true, in a general way, that the method of making pottery 
was practically the same in all of the eastern section of the country, 
while in the South and Southwest the earthenware bears evidence of 
contact with the more experienced potters of Mexico and South Amer- 
ica in the methods of decoration, but in no part of North America do 
we find evidence of the wheel, lathe, or furnace having been in use. 

It has been noted that in every country, basketry and the art of 
weaving from rushes and similar material, preceded the making of pot- 





i86 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

tery, and that the Amerind'^ probably used pitch or clay to make their 
primitive receptacles water tight, and it is suggested by Dellenbaugh 
that this fact, in a measure, accounts for the fabric marks found on 
many sherds or fragments of earthenware found in various parts of 
the United States. 

In the Mohawk Valley fragments bearing these marks are sel- 
dom if ever found. Indeed, we do not expect to find them on pre-his- 
toric sites of Mohawk castles, owing to the comparatively recent occu- 
pation of this beautiful valley by the Mohawks. 

The traditions of the Mohawks, or as they like to be called, Cahan- 
iagas, and information gathered from the relations of the Jesuits tells 
us that they were driven out of the Island of Montreal or Hochelaga 
subsequent to 1535, when Jacques Car tier met them at Hochelaga, and 
previous to 1609, when they were defeated in battle by Champlain on 
the shore of the lake which now bears his name. Probably between 
1580 and 1600, tradition also tells us that they were driven from 
their island home by their kindred, the Hurons, and some of the 
Algonquin tribes. 

They brought the art of pottery with them, and many fragments 
are found on their pre-historic sites, 2 of which are located about 4 
miles north of the Mohawk River, whose age is determined approxi- 
mately by the entire absence of any European articles. One of these, 
the Cayadutta site, near Johnstown, N. Y., has yielded up numerous 
sherds, bearing the distinctive marks of Mohawk handicraft, but no 
whole vessels. 

I have in my collection 65 decorated fragments, which represent 
as many different vessels, no two being exactly alike, and all bearing 
the distinctive conventional arrangement of straight and diagonal lines 
and notches around the top band. See plate I. Some of the lines are 
wavering, as though made by an unsteady or inexperienced hand; 
others show straight lines regularly distanced as though executed by 
a rude though experienced artist. 

No. I, Plate I, is a fragment of pottery found on the Cayadutta site 
near Sammonsville, N. Y., and judging from the thickness of the 
sherd and the segment of its circle it is probably a part of a vessel 12 
or 13 in. high and 9J2 in. in diameter a^ the mouth. The pointed top 
would indicate a triangular jar similar to the top of the Horrachs jar 
[Plate IV]. Nos. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, of Plate I, also are sherds from 
large jars, the thickness of the top edge of the fragments being ^ 
of an inch. 

Plate II represents sherds from small pots. Figures 3 and 6 are 
interesting as having lately been found in a grave near Fort Hunter, 
N. Y., the markings being of a different character from others repre- 
sented. Plate III represents a Mohawk pot that was recently found on 
the shore of Lake Pleasant buried in the sand. When it was found it 

*Thi8 name is a substitute for the misnomer *' Indian." Its nse avoids confusion. See 
Romance of the Colorado^ by F. S. Dallinbaugh. 



PLATE IV. THE NORRACKS JAR 



PLATE III. THE HANSON POT 



i88 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



was whole, with the exception of the fractures that are seen in the 
photograph. 

This specimen is interesting not only on account of its size, but of 
the region where it was found, because 3 of the largest pots of Mohawk 
manufacture that have ever been found entire were discovered in the 
Adirondack region. 

They have been named the Richmond, Hanson and Horrack jars. 
The "Richmond" pot is thus described by Dr. W. M. Beauchamp : 'It 
was found by an Adirondack guide vSome years since, in a cave in 
Otter Creek Valley. The contraction is quite near the rim, and there 
is simply notched ornamentation around the narrow part. The great- 
est diameter is below the center and is 13 in., being 3 more than across 
the top. The height is 14 in." The "Hanson" jar is now in my pos- 
session. The size of the Hanson pot is 10 in. at its narrowest 
diameter, and loj^ in. across the top, 13^/^ in. at its greatest diameter, 
and I3J^ in. high. As will be noticed, the top is scalloped in broad seg- 
ments of a circle, the inside ornamented with shallow indentations. 

The band at the top is 2j/^ in. wide, the lower edge being gar- 
nished by notches broader and deeper than around the top edge. 
Around this band is a series of straight and diagonal lines in the irreg- 
ular regularity which is a marked characteristic of the fragments of 
pottery found on pre-historic sites of Indian castles in the Mohawk 
Valley. The material is of blue clay, the jar being baked in the sun 
after receiving a thin coat of dull pink silt. The implements of manu- 
facture were evidently of the most primitive character, the wheel and 
the furnace being unknown to the Mohawks. 

Within a few months another interesting "find" has been made in 
the Adirondack region between Lake Pleasant and Lake Piseco, by a 
man named Horracks, who while hunting was caught in a sudden down- 
pour of rain and obliged to seek shelter under a ledge of rocks near 
a small cataract called by the natives, "The Little Falls." While wait- 
ing for the rain to cease he noticed what seemed to be a reddish-brown 
boulder near at hand. Carelessly striking it, it gave forth a hollow 
sound. Somewhat curious he dug away the earth with his hunting 
knife and soon laid bare a symmetrically formed earthen pot. 

This pot stands 10 in. high. At its greatest circumference it 
measures 30 in., and at its smallest 20 in. The circumference of the 
top or mouth of the pot is 24 in. The inside of the pot bears signs of 
use, but the outside, as in most specimens found, shows no trace of fire. 
The bottom is rounded, as is seen in the accompanying illustration 
[Plate IV], and the ornamentation is distinctly Mohawk. 

This is a well preserved specimen and is rare on account of the 
shape of the top, which is cut in 3 curves, forming 3 points, which 
give it a triangular appearance. It is a singular fact that the 3 largest 
jars of Mohawk pottery now in the valley were found in the lake re- 
gion of the foothills of the Adirondacks — the Richmond, the Hanson 
and the Horracks jars. The present owner of the last-named jar is 
D. F. Thompson, of Troy, N. Y. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

PRE-HISTORIC PILE-STRUCTURES IN PITS : Mr. L. M. 
Mann has been excavating the ancient inhabited sites at Stoney- 
kirk, in Wigtownshire, Scotland. Attention was first called to these 
by M. A. Beckett, who noted a row of depressions in the land on the 
edge of a plateau, which proved to be "silted-up pits;" 7 ft. below 
the surface of one of them decayed logs were found of "round timber, 
more or less vertically placed.*' In the silt, chips, cores, flint and stone 
implements, charcoal and fragments of pottery were found. Also 
"twigs and branches belonging to supposed wattle- work.*' The tim- 
ber had the appearance of having been shaped with stone axes. The 
lowest stratum is a bluish clay and "suggests that a structure of wooden 
piling was erected in order to provide a dry floor. The ornamentation 
on the pottery and other evidence point to the Neolithic age as the 
period during which the sites were used.'' 

EXCAVATIONS AT ARBOR LOW, ENGLAND.— The sec- 
ond part of the 58 volume of Archaeologia, just issued to Fellows 
of the Society of Antiquaries, contains a report by Mr. H. St. George 
Gray on his excavations at Arbor Low, organized by a Committee of 
the Anthropological Section of the British Association. Arbor Ix)w 
lies 5 miles to the southwest of Bakewell, in Derbyshire. It consists of 
a circle of stones with inner stones in the direction of radii of the circle, 
now numbering altogether 46, surrounded by a fosse and vallum, and 
adjoining a tumulus on the southeast. The diameter measuring from 
the crest of the rampart is 250 ft. On the southwest a ditch can be 
traced for some distance in a southerly direction. The tumulus, when 
explored by Mr. Bateman in 1845 contained 2 small urns and other 
objects of the Bronze Age. Mr. Gray's excavations were begun on 
August 8, 1901, and continued in 1902. He found many flint flakes 
and flint and chert implements, portions of a deer's horn pick, a human 
skeleton and other objects, but none of metal and no primitive fictilia. 
He concludes that the circle belongs to the late neolithic period, to 
which Prof. Gowland attributes the erection of Stonehenge. — London 
Athenaeum, April 2, 1904. 

PORTUGUESE TO THE CLYDESIDE DISCOVERIES: 
The Rev. H. J. Dunkinfield Astley read a paper he prepared on this 
subject, in which he dealt at considerable length with the very curious 
and puzzling discoveries made during the past year by Father Jose 
Brenha and Father Rodriguez, among the groups of dolmens situated 
at Pouca d' Aguiar, Traz os Montes, Portugal. In 1894 the attention 



190 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



of Father Brenha was first directed to the examination of these dol- 
mens, and he has, in company with Father Rodriguez, since sys- 
tematically explored them. The whole province of Traz os Montes 
abounds in dolmens, situated for the most part high up in the moun- 
tains, the great number of them in a relatively small district, testify- 
ing, in Father Brenha's opinion, to the density of the population and its 
long persistence in Neolithic times. These strange discoveries consist 
of amulets of stone, pierced for suspension, bearing cup and ring 
marks and ducts, which were found in a chamber which presented the 
appearance of having been the secret treasure chamber of the tribe, 
and with them were found 4 figurines representing females, one of 
which was egg-shaped, the lower part of the egg terminating in the 
male face. Besides these curious objects there were stones with rude 
drawings of animals, such as horned rhinoceros, and reindeer, etc., 
and more remarkable still, several stones were found with inscribed 
letters in a script bearing a close likeness to the script discovered at 
Knossos by Mr. Arthur Evans. It is, however, the finding of the 
amulets and figurines so closely resembling those discovered by Mr. 
Donnelly on Clydeside, in the crannog, and at the hill fort of Dumbuie, 
that makes this Portuguese discovery so important in its relation to 
the evidence aflforded by the Scotch examples of what would seem to 
have been a particular phase in the development of peoples in the Neo- 
lithic stage of culture in Europe. 

ROPE MAKING BY THE ANCIENTS.— The art of rope mak- 
ing by the ancients is well known, and ropes of leather and of various 
kinds of fibe;r have been found in the earliest centers of civilization. 
Ropes made of palm have been found in the Tombs of Beni-Hassan, 
Egypt, and on the walls of the Tombs is shown the process of prepar- 
ing hemp. In some of the oldest Pueblo and Cliff Ruins of the South- 
west have been fo,und ropes twisted in 3 strands, showing very expert 
workmanship. But it was supposed that wire rope was a comparative!) 
modern invention until excavtions at Pompeii brought to light a piece 
of bronze wire rope nearly 15 ft. long and i in. in circumference. It 
consists of 3 strands laid spirally together, each strand being made up 
of 15 wiles, twisted together. Its construction does not differ greatly 
from that of the wire ropes of to-day. This mlist date back at least to 
thfc dawn of the Christian Era, as Pompeii was destroyed A. D. 79, 

HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT PEOPLE OF THE ORIENT: 
— A new edition, the sixth, of Maspero's Histoire Ancienne des Peuples 
de rOrient has just appeared. The alterations of the old editions are 
mostly to be found in those parts dealing with Egypt. 

ORIGIN OF JEWELRY :— Prof . W. Ridgeway in a recent lec- 
ture before the British Anthropological Institute on The Origin of 
Jewelry, propounded the theory that jewelry did not have its origin 
in aesthetic, as commonly supposed, but in magic, and that ornaments 
were originally worn not as ornaments, but as amulets to ward off 
evil. The aesthetic consideration, however, entered in at an early stage. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 191 

" The natives think that if they wear some part of a brave animal, some 
of that animal's bravery will enter into them; for example, in India 
tigers' whiskers are eagerly sought after by the natives. He considers 
that the Babylonian cylinders, Mycenaean gems, and Egyptian Scarabs 
had their origin in "sympathetic magic" and that their use as signets 
was purely secondary. 

Dr. Soteriades has discovered recently quite near Chaironeia a 
group of very important prehistoric houses, doubtless of the neolithic 
age ; the vases found here resemble very closely those of the prehistoric 
houses discovered 2 years ago by Tsountas. 

Last spring, after completing his work on the tomb of the Mace- 
donians, he investigated a tomb near Orchomenos, in plain not far from 
the road to Lebadeia. In the vertical shaft sunk from the summit of 
the cone to a depth of 5 m. he found only a few prehistoric vase-frag- 
ments, but it cannot yet be stated whether the mound itself dates from 
prehistoric times, as these few vase-fragments might have been in the 
earth used to build the mound. Work was stopped by heavy rains and 
surface water from springs. 

DISCOVERY OF A ROMAN BAKER'S SHOVEL:— A 
baker's shovel, such as is still in use for putting bread into the oven, 
was discovered at the bottom of a recently excavated Roman well in 
the Saalburg. Similar instruments are represented on Roman frescoes, 
but this is the first one that has been found. It is of beechwood and 
is made in one piece. A silver coin of Antoninus Pius, a bronez coin of 
the Empress Faustina and a well preserved leather shoe were among 
the further contents of the well. 

NOTE ON STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM PAHANG.— 
MALAY PENINSULA. — (i) 13 well-shaped stone implements and 
fragments of implements. 

They were found on or near the surface of the ground or in the 
possession of natives in Pahang in the Malay Peninsula. The native 
Malays know nothing of their origin, but suppose them to be super- 
natural and seem to associate them with thunderbolts. 

Most of the implements are of the same sort of stone. This is 
found in several parts of the State. Some of the implements are decom- 
posed on the surface, while others have not suffered decomposition or 
have had the decomposed matter rubbed off. Similar stone implements 
are found in the neighboring States. 

(2) A rude implement was found about 2 ft. below the surface in 
stiff clay. 

(3) The rudest implement was found by myself at the bottom of 
an alluvial gold mine in the Tui Valley of Pahang, and it had not been 
disturbed in its position when I found it. It lay in a deposit of gravel 
on crystalline limestone rock, and over it had been a' deposit of gravel 
or clay 43 ft. thick. This clay undoubtedly had been derived from the 
decomposition of some green-stone hills and ridges which form the 



192 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

sides of the valley. It is known that these hills had originally been 
overlaid by the limestone on which the implement rested, and it was 
only when sufficient of the limestone had been dissolved away to allow 
the green-stone to emerge that this latter rock began to yield the clay, 
which was derived from its decomposition. The amount of denudation 
or dissolution of the limestone since this emergence has been at least 
300 ft. The gravel in which the implement was found had been laid 
down by river action when the surface of the limestone was at least 
300 ft. higher than it is at present, and it would seem that at this period 
or earlier the implement had been fashioned and'then lost in the gravel. 

It might be contended that the green-stone hills may not have 
decomposed and yielded their clay immediately on their emergence 
from the limestone, but it is improbable that there would be any great 
interval of time between those 2 occurrences because the g^een-stone 
would be decomposed by the action of the surface waters, which would 
reach it through fissures in the limestone while it was still covered by 
a great thickness of that rock and it would thus, on its emergence, be 
in a condition very favorable to rapid denudation. I have examined 
fissures which go down several hundreds of feet in the limestone at the 
Tui, and the green-stone is completely decomposed to great depths. 

It would seem that we might take the denudation of 300 ft. of 
limestone as an approximate measure of the antiquity of the implement. 
The rate of the denudation of the limestone is not known, but it is com- 
paratively rapid under the conditions of climate and vegetation prevail- 
ing in Pahang. The temperature is high and the waters are heavily 
charged with carbonic acid and products of vegetable decomposition. 
In any case, it would seem that the implement must be of very great 
antiquity. 

(4) The 2 fragments of a stone ring were found about a foot 
deep in the surface soil at the Tui. They are similar to, but are better 
formed than some other rings which were found near the Tanom River 
at a place 15 miles further north. One of these latter is, I believe, in 
Lancing College at Brighton, and several are in the Museum at Taiping 
in Perak. The Tui ring has been very carefully framed and made very 
accurately circular. This latter can be most readily shown by placing 
the ring on a sheet of paper, tracing round it with a pencil, and testing 
a circular arc formed by a pair of compasses. 

Neither Malays nor Chinese in Pahang have any reasonable theory 
of the origin or possible use of these things, and it seems very improtH 
able that the rings can have been made by either of these peoples. 
Assuming that the rings would be made on some system of measure- 
ment I tested the dimensions of the Tui one, but could get no clue to any 
known system. The use of the rings is also a mystery. These cannot 
have been worn on the person as ornaments and they ure too light 
and fragile to have been used as cutting tools. The only supposition 
that suggests itself is that they may have been religious symbols. — By 
R. M. W. Swan in Man, London. 



A FAMILY GROUP FROM ABUSIR 



RECORDS ^ PAST 




VOL. Ill ■ W ■ PART VII 



JULY, 1904 



+ + + 



EXCAVATIONS OF THE GERMAN ORIENTAL SOCIETY NEAR 

ABUSIR 

BY LUDWIG BORCHARD 

[Translated from the German by Prof. Karl Hau] 

EXCAVATIONS DURING THE WINTER OF I9OI-O2 

IN discussing our excavations in the ruins of Abusir, I shall proceed 
chronologically and begin with the temple of King Ne-woser-re. 
This temple, it seems to me, was not quite completed ; the in- 
scriptions on each column give nothing but the name and title of the 
King, Ne-woser-re, with the addition, "beloved by the goddess of 
Lower Egypt,'' or "beloved by the goddess of Upper Egypt," accord- 
ing as to whether the column stands in the southern or in the northern 
half of the temple. This Egyptian habit of dividing each temple into a 
northern and a southern half and choosing the ornaments from the 2 
parts of the empire accordingly, greatly facilitates reconstruction, in- 
asmuch as each fragment found indicates by its inscription to which 
part it belongs. 

Around the portico of the temple we have on 3 sides small corri- 
dors. One of the walls has a very deep niche, the object of which we 
are still in doubt. Perhaps it was the receptacle for a very interesting 
monument, the fragments of which were discovered in the western 
part of the portico; namely, the enormous statue of a walking lion. 



u' 



196 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



Parts of the back and hindquarters, the forelegs and the remarkably 
beautiful head are preserved. The sculptor must have been one of the 
masters of his time. 

From the southern corner of the niche a very narrow passage leads 
behind the main gate; if it belongs to the original plan of the temple 
and is not a later addition it must have been a secret access to the door- 
bars, which opened from the interior. An identical passage was dis- 
covered by Schweinfurth in the temple Qasr-es-Sara in the desert west 
of the Fayum. 

The main gate, to which this passage leads probably opened into 
the "holy of holies," a comparatively narrow chamber, having a niche 
in the back wall. The decoration of the interior of this chamber cor- 
responds to that commonly found in kingly temples of the Old Empire ; 
namely, an imitation of the facade of the King's palace, as the old 
Egyptians used to produce them in the tombs of the King and other 
high dignitaries. 

In spite of this similarity we have interrogated "holy of holies" 
in our ground plan, for it is not unlikely that during further excava- 
tions we shall discover the real 'holy of holies" in the middle of the 
pyramid on the east side, where it ought to be expected. But this 
irregularity may have been caused by conditions which we cannot now 
guess. It certainly seems prudent to be satisfied at present with a non 
liquet. 

The temple has several outlets. One, in the western corner leads 
into a narrow, open passage between temple and pyramid. Two other 
ones lead to the north into still tmexplored territory. 

The walls of the temple show very artistic ornaments, mostly 
representing sacrifices for the dead King. The persons represented 
are not ordinary servants, as in private tombs, but dignitaries of the 
empire, occupying certain honorary offices in the temple. Their full 
names and titles are given, some of them already known to us through 
the tombs excavated by Mariette near Saqquara. 

Besides these reliefs, others were found showing the King in in- 
tercourse with gods. In many works on old Egyptian civilization we 
still read that the Egyptians of the Old Empire did not picture their 
gods. Here we have a great many representations of nearly all the 
gods of the Old Empire : Horus with the head of the sparrow-hawk, 
Sechmet with the lion-head, Anubis with the head of the jackal, and 
many gods and goddesses in human figure. 

Most beautiful is a relief found in the portico between the lion- 
niche and the gate of the "holy of holies." It represents the King with 
apron and lion-tail, the insignia of his dignity, and with a head-gear of 
horns and feathers, sitting on a portable throne. On the socle 2 Nile- 
gods unite the coats of arms of Upper Egypt and Lower Egypt around 
the hierglyph "Union," in order to designate that the King united 
both countries under his sceptre. The jackal-headed god Anubis 
marches toward the King offering him the sign of life in several copies. 




I I 



198 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



Behind the King stands the goddess of Lower Egypt, embracing him, 
the relief having been found in the northern part of the temple. Below 
this 2 smaller columns of servants are represented forming a lane and 
bearing staffs. , 

Another relief was found near by, commonly appearing only in , 
temples of the New Empire; it represents the King slaying with a 
club a number of his enemies, whom he has laid hold of by the hair. 
His head is surrounded by his tutelar deities. Numerous fragments 
of beautiful alabaster reliefs were lying about in the rubbish, which 
probably belonged to a magnificent sacrificial altar. 

The following may be said about the history of the temple : 

It was built, as all Egyptian buildings of that period, with the cus- 
tomary "perrons" of air-dry bricks, which took the place of our wooden 
scaffold; a small fragment of such a perron was found. The temple 
does not seem to have been quite completed. The columns, the lion, 
and several other things were not yet finished when the King died. 
How long the temple was in use and the King's worship continued can- 
not be exactly determined. During the first period of the Middle Empire 
(about 2100 B. C.) the temple still had priests, whose tombs were 
found intact. But they were comparatively poor, so that Professor 
Ermana quite happily could compare them with the poor Shejchs, who 
are in charge of the decayed tombs of the Caliph, near Cairo. Also the 
temple itself must have been somewhat decayed at that time. At the 
time of the New Empire (about 1300 B. C.) there was hardly anything 
left of it. The wall stones were used in other buildings and on the 
ruins stood a few huts, in the rubbish of one of which we found a letter 
of that time written on papyrus. In several places we found graves of 
poor people, whose bodies had been buried in a heterogeneous mass. 
Of the subsequent Greek and Arabic civilization there is no trace what- 
ever in the temple area. 

But the territory surrounding the temple intended as a cemetery 
for the high dignitaries of the empire offers traces of all periods of 
Egyptian civilization. Let us consider first the tombs of the Old Em- 
pire. Some of them we could only partly excavate this year on account 
of lack of time. These tombs are gigantic limestone mastabas arranged 
in rows along the street. In the middle of the street there lay one 
brick mastaba ; this one, belonging, according to a long inscription, to 
an Onch-Weser-Kef, we have not yet investigated at all, except that 
we looked after the arrangement of the burial chambers. They were 
oval and rectangular, going from north to south. In one of the cham- 
bers the coffin was still intact ; it contained nothing but the skeleton of 
the deceased and some remnants of linen. It cannot even be said with 
certainty that the deceased was embalmed. One important finding was 
made near the mastaba ; namely, a family group in red granite, repre- 
senting the owner of the mastaba with his wife. The husband stands 
looking straight ahead, his wife, a little smaller, embracing him ten- 
derly. It is not one of the best works of that time. The sculptor was 



MODEL OF A BOAT FROM THE GRAVE OF HEBISHEF-HETEP 



APPURTENANCES IN THE GRAVE OF HERISHEF-HETEP AFTER THE COVER 
WAS REMOVED 



200 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

I 

inferior to those who created the reliefs and the lion in the temple ; but 
•that is quite natural. The best talent was, of course, engaged by the 
King. 

One mastaba we investigated thoroughly, that of Dyedy-em-onch ; 
it contains in smaller proportions everything that is found in the pyra- 
mid of the King. To the plan of a pyramid belong : The tomb of the 
King, i. e., the pyramid itself, rooms for worship, the temple with the 
statues of the deceased and supplemental pyramids for the members 
of the King^s family* The mastaba contains burial chambers for the 
owner and his family underground — above ground the chambers for 
worship, and connected with these, the statue rooms. 

In one mastaba the rooms are rather small — 3 for worship and 2 
for the statues, rather rudely built of limestone blocks. Judging from 
the relief fragments the former were the most elaborately ornamented. 
The western side of these rooms contains sham doors, before which 
the sacrifices were placed on an offering table* 

The underground burial rooms are accessible from the worship- 
chambers through small, covered passages. That of the husband has 
been completely destroyed by grave robbers hunting for gold and valu- 
ables ; only the vessels in which the intestines were kept are preserved 
in fragments that are rather valuable as the oldest yet discovered. In 
the wife's room the coffin is better preserved. 

Now we come to the tombs of the Middle Empire, some of which 
were excellently preserved and yielded valuable findings. First, we 
opened the family tomb of Jen-em- Jechwet, the governor of the temple. 
Through a small opening we saw 4 coffins in exactly the same position 
as they were put 4,000 years ago. Upon the coffins, boat models were 
placed, so that the deceased might have an easy journey into heaven ; 
below, cups that once had contained water, vessels with sacrifices, small 
wooden statues of servants, etc. With the greatest expectation we 
pulled one coffin out and lifted the cover. There lay Jen-em^ Jechwet 
in a more perfect state of preservation than we had even hoped. The 
mummy was wrapped in a long brown linen with a colored head 
mask. According to the fashion of the time the mask had small 
whiskers and a long imperial ; the eyes were prolonged with paint. The 
wig has a blue coloring in imitation of lapislazuli, the Egyptian gods 
having lapislazuli hair. The mummy lies a little bit on the left side, 
just as the Egyptians sleep, with a pillow of the same kind as is to- 
day used in the Soudan. The eyes are directed to the East, toward 
the rising sun, and on that side of the coffin 2 big eyes are painted. 
Near the deceased lay 2 staffs and a little wooden figure representing 
himself. 

The 3 other mummies had suffered much from dampness, the con- 
struction of the coffins being very inferior. Jen-em- Jechwet's coffin 
was transported without accident to Berlin. 

Near this family tomb we found a great many single ones, the 
best preserved of which belonged to the priest Herischef-hetep ("the 
god is happy on his lake''). 



HEAD-STONE FOOT-STONE 

FROM THE OUTER TOMB OF HERISHEF-HETEP 



ONE COLUMN OF A PAPYRUS ROLL FROM A MUMMY CASE FOUND AT 
ABUSIR 



202 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



A beautiful, large coffin, about i8 cm. thick, filled the whole vault. 
After we had pulled out and opened it, it appeared that it contained a 
second and thinner one inside, in which lay the mummy admirably pre- 
served. The deceased must have been rather wealthy, judging from 
the appurtenances found in the tomb. Around the collar of his mask 
a necklace of faience pearls had been placed, while all the other mum- 
mies were content with a painted ornament. Both coffins, the inner 
and the outer one, were painted all over and covered with inscriptions 
in black italic types on a white background. A detailed discussion of 
all of them would be tantamount to a complete history of the civiliza- 
tion of the Midde Empire. On the headpiece we see above, under 
the inscription, ointment vessels in a frame tied up with leather ; below, 
a bed with lion-heads and lion-feet, upon it a pillow and a fly-trap, 
under it a handbasin and 2 bags, probably containing paint Then 
comes a row of other bags with divers contents, a lamp, staffs and a 
hatchet. The footpiece shows, above, hand and foot ribbons, ties and 
cups ; below lie 2 pairs of sandals, then a collection of carpenter tools 
— saws, drills, hatchets, chisels, adzes, and polishing-stones. After 
pulling the coffin out we were greatly surprised to find behind it all of 
the appurtenances that had been put in the grave of the deceased. 
First, a collection of ship models, as they are even now used on the 
Nile. Then a kitchen ; one butcher is pictured cutting the throat of a 
calf, while another catches the blood in a vessel; the aprons of both 
are red. Nearby another one roasts a duck. Below the kitchen is the 
gtanary. Besides there are numerous statues of servants and vessels, 
and, strange enough, the same small models of carpenter tools. 

Another tomb I will just mention out of the many others belong- 
ing to the Middle Empire. It is that of Sat-Nofer, who bears the title 
"Mistress of the King." But her tomb is extremely poor. There is 
nothing in it beside the coffin but a pillow, a bronze mirror without a 
handle, and a little stone, used for the purpose of rubbing the paint. 

During the New Empire the ruins of Abusir were used as mass- 
graves for poor people and these yielded no findings worth mention- 
ing. Very near the surface a well preserved wooden coffin in mummy 
form was found, which, according to the inscription, belonged to a 
certain Asiatic, called Abhem, the Son of Quert, who, in Egypt, had 
taken the name Hophra, from the well-known King of that name 
(about 580 B. C). But when we tried to excavate the coffin, we found 
that under it lay a very poor mummy of a much later period. Probably 
a poor inhabitant of Busiris, who could not afford to buy a new coffin, 
had acquired this one second hand. We subsequently encountered the 
same phenomenon quite frequently. Some, who apparently were too 
poor to afford even this had themselves buried in clay pipes, and some 
corpses of children were simply placed in wine jars. 

One part of the cemetery, however, seems to have been reserved 
for the well-to-do people of Busiris ; namely, the neighborhood of the 
tomb of Dyedy-em-onch. These well-to-do people were Greeks, and 



EXCAVATIONS AT ABUSIR 203 

this is quite natural. Already, prior to Alexander's time, under the 
Persian rule, several Greek families had probably settled at Busiris, 
carrying on a small trade in very much the same way as the Greek 
Bakals (grocers) that to-day are found in almost every large Egyptian 
village. Like the latter, they soon accumulated comparative wealth 
and without absolutely forgetting their native customs, adopted many 
of the Egyptians, among these mummifying of the dead. Aside from 
the mummy itself, the coffins and the appurtenances are Greek. The 
latter probably even imported elegant attic vases, Greek leather 
sandals with ornaments that are absolutely un-Egyptian. The fact 
that similar coffins were found in Piraeus perhaps justifies the inference 
that even the coffins were imported. They are wooden and span- 
roofed, ornamented with pearl chains or painted in Greek designs. 
That these coffins were not intended for use in the desert sand may be 
inferred from the fact that the bottom has ventilation-holes and that 
the poor legs which supported them are always found sawed off. The 
mummies were placed on shavings — which is never the case with 
Egyptian mummies — ^and the appurtenances are distinctly Greek. 

In the midst of these Greek coffins lay a gigantic Egyptian mummy 
coffin, near which the most important find of this year was made. At 
the head of the coffin we found a small leather purse, some pieces of 
iron, and a papyrus roll, several cm. thick and 18, 5 cm. high. When 
opened it was i, iim. long and showed 5 columns of Greek verse in 
antiquated characters. [We reproduce one column of this papyrus — 
that one in which the poet mentions his name — and leave the discus- 
sion of the papyrus to that eminent authority. Priory Counsellor Dr. 
V. Wilamowitz-MoUendorff.*] , 

Among the single finds may be mentioned several faience-chains 
with the names of Thutmosis III and Amenophis III, a colored glass 
bottle of the New Empire, a seal-cylinder of the Old Empire, fragment 
of ebony sculpture, the basis of a small statue of white faience with 
blue characters, etc. 

We began work on January 3 and on May i we returned to Cairo. 
In conclusion, I feel bound to express our thanks to the generous bene- 
factor of the German Oriental Society, who enabled us to carry on 
these excavations, and utter the hope that the same may be continued 
next year. 

EXCAVATIONS NEAR ABUSIR DURING, WINTER OF I902-O3 

During the first year of our excavations near Abusir we had in- 
vestigated the temple of King Ne-woser-re (V Dynasty — about 2500 
B. C.) on the eastern side of his pyramid, the tombs of the dignitaries 
of his Empire, tombs of priests of the Middle Empire (about 2000 
B. C.) some later graves, and finally a part of a Greek cemetery of 
the second half of the IV Century B. C. Since none of these investiga- 

♦The poem was written by Timotheos of Milet at the end of the IV Century B. C. and 
celebrates a Greek naval viptory over the Persians. 



204 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

tions had been completed during the first year, our work in the second 
year consisted first in the completion of these investigations and then 
in the opening of the pyramid itself, in which we could expect to find 
the tomb of King Ne-woser-re himself. 

The ground plan of the temple has been very exactly determined, 
and only very few points need now be accompanied by an interrogation. 

The two principal questions that had to be solved were, first, 
where the "holy of holies'' lay, and second, what was the continuation 
of the temple to the north. Our expectations that the "holy of holies'* 
must lie at the middle of the pyramid jproved well founded. At that 
point we found the enormous foundation of a magnificent door and 
fragments of the same, with the name of the King in beautifully ex- 
ecuted green hieroglyphs. In the space between the pyramid and this 
door, behind which the deceased was thought to be, the sacrifices 
were offered. What the purpose of the chamber, which we first desig- 
nated as "holy of holies," has been, we do not know. From this room 
a passage to the north leads to a room with a column in the center ; 
opposite to the entrance stood a statute or an offering altar, of which 
only the foundation still exists. From this room one comes through 
a vestibule to the "holy of holies," behind which there lies another 
room with the base of a statue and a larger one looking like a magazine. 
The temple only touches the pyramid with the "holy of holies;" the 
rest is separated from it by a narrow paved court, in which several 
small rooms seem to have lain, concerning the purpose of which we 
are absolutely ignorant. 

Generally, although we know the ground plan of the temple fairly 
well, the purpose of the different chambers is more or less of a mys- 
tery to us, for our information concerning this period is extremely 
vague. 

The temple was surrounded by a wall, which also included the 
pyramid and probably several other buildings, which we have not yet 
discovered. This wall is very well preserved on the eastern side and 
at the point where the eastern and the northern wall met, stood an 
imposing building, which, I trust, will be more fully investigated next 
year. Our most valuable finding at this place was a magnificent gar- 
goyle — a lion head. The lion seems to become the heraldic figure of 
the German Oriental Society. The lion of Babylon was followed by 
the granite-lion of Abusir last year, and now comes this basalt-lion. 
The execution is very fine in all details. A fragment of the left ear is 
missing, but, I trust, from the fragments found 3 years ago in Abu- 
gurab in the Sun-temple of King Ne-woser-re and from the gargoyles 
of the Ptomemaer and imperial times, our piece may be perfectly 
mended. 

On the south side of the upper part of the perron leading to the 
temple a tremendous terrace was discovered, which, with its white 
limestone, must have offered an imposing aspect from the Nile. That 
this terrace was built contemporaneously with the temple is proven by 



. --Hi 



l^ 




■^ f 3 S 

Z M ^ 



2o6 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the red stamps of the stones, which are the same as those of the latter. 
These stamps are just as important for fixing the date of Egyptian 
buildings as the stonecutter's marks on medieval churches. Every 
King of the pyramid-period has his peculiar stamp ; KingfNe-woser-re 
has a circle surrounding a cross ; his predecessor, King Nef er-er-ke-re, 
a quadrangle. 

In the temple itself several new reliefs were foimd, the prettiest 
of which is a representation of the crocodile-hearted god Sobk of 
Crocodilopolis, Medinet el Fayum, the capital of the most fertile 
province of Egypt. 

The pyramid of the King had been opened in 1838 by 2 English- 
men, Perring and Vyse, but no thorough investigation had been made. 
After 41 days' work they had abandoned the attempt to get in through 
the supposed entrance, but had discovered a hole, which had been 
made in former times by grave robbers. They advanced to the burial 
. chamber, photographed it, but left without taking anything. 

We intended to proceed more systematically, although expecting 
to encounter great difficulties. We began our work in the center of 
the north side of the pyramid, where commonly the entrance is to be 
found, and first removed the rubbish, which was over 8 m. high. Then 
we reached the wall, which surrounded both temple and pyramid, after 
this the pavement before the pyramid, and finally the entrance — ^as far 
as it still existed. It was closed by a gigantic red granite block. The 
walls of the pyramid being in a very decayed condition, our work now 
became dangerous, and advanced slowly. Five expert stonecutters 
worked assiduously, and it is truly remarkable that no accident oc- 
curred. But the construction of the pyramid became clearer to us 
every day, and if there is any Egyptologist who still opposes Lepsius' 
original idea of the construction of the pyramids, as Perrot-Chipiez 
and Flinders Petrie have done, he will be converted by our excavations 
at the pyramid of King Ne-woser-re. 

Slowly we reached the point, which is marked "forced .passage" 
in Perring's report, and here the inburst took place on May 2. The 
whole part north of the "forced passage" came down and almost buried 
our head stonecutter. The rest of this season was fully occupied by 
the work of removing the ruins, and at the end of the season we had 
arrived at the same point as at the beginning of May. "Senne gaje, 
inschallah!" "Next year, if God wills it!" remarked Abd'el Muchdi 
Qazim, our head stonecutter. 

Quite a number of large tombs of the Old Empire, the so-called 
mastabas, had not been investigated last year, and 2 of them we ex- 
cavated completely, one only partly. To the most important one we 
gave the name "Mastaba of the Princesses," because it was intended 
for the daughters of the King. The rooms for worship lay in one row- 
behind the east front of the tomb and the west wall of these rooms 
showed 4 false doors, so that we could expect to find 4 mummies. The 
first northern door, of which only the lower part was still preserved. 



EXCAVATIONS AT ABUSIR 



AN OPENED GREEK COFFIN, ABUSIR 



RICH GILDED MASK; SOLES, AMULETS, ETC., FROM A MUMMY OF LATER 
DATE ; AND A WOODEN STATUE FROM A TOMB OF THE MIDDLE KINGDOM 

belonged to the princess of the blood, Nebti-cha-merer. It shows 4 
pictures of the princess with all her titles. She was "Priestess of 
Hathor in all her temples, etc." The limestone coffin looked as white 
and new as if it had just come out of the workshop, the contents, 
"mafisch" — nothing. She had never been buried here. The explana- 
tion came a few days afterward. Dr. Moeller noticed that in the tomb 
of Shepses-ptah, which we used as dark-room, name and title of 
the owner coincided with that of our princess. Mrs. Shepses-ptah, 
nee Princess Bebti-cha-merer, had been buried in her husband's tomb, 
and had never occupied the burial chamber intended for Miss Nebti- 
cha-merer. 

The same was the case with 2 of the other chambers in the mastaba 
of the Princesses. The second door bears the name and picture of 



2o8 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Princess Merit-jots, "her father's favorite daughter," but there is noth- 
ing behind it. The third one, also empty, does not even have a name 
on the door. 

On the fourth door, strange enough, we read, "The only friend, 
Kehotep." The name "only friend" is a court title and corresponds to 
our "gentleman of the bed-chamber." No one knows how this "gen- 
tleman of the bed-chamber" came into the Mastaba of the Princesses ; 
he must have been very close to the royal family. It is also very strange 
that in his burial chamber several stones bear the name of Shepses- 
ptah, the son-in-law of the King. We have to wait for later finds to 
get an explanation of this puzzle. 

The chamber had been ransacked by grave robbers, who had 
taken out the mummy and deprived it of the jewelry, but what they had 
left was quite sufficient for us. There were several small wooden 
offering tables with all the necessary vessels and cups of alabaster in 
all possible forms, small salve boxes for the 7 holy salves with the 
name of each, the 4 pitchers for the intestines, remnants of the vic- 
tims, magic tools for all kinds of ceremonies and finally, just as in the 
tombs of the Middle Empire, the models of numerous carpenter tools — 
saws, drills, chisels, adzes, etc. It may be that Kehotep, having had the 
same bad experiences with Egyptian carppnters, had, like ourselves, 
taken his own tools with him. 

In this place we made a rare and inexplicable find in the rubbish ; 
namely, the head of a limestone statue smoothly worked off and not 
broken off. An analogous piece was found by de Morgan in 1894, in 
one of the tombs near Dashur, about an hour and a half south of 
Abusir. Perhaps there is some connection between this and the belief 
of the old Egyptians, so frequently encountered in their burial-chants, 
that the head of the deceased is cut off in Hades. 

So much on the Mastaba of the Princesses. The other tomb of 
the Old Empire, which we investigated, is situated in the corner of the 
temple; we have imfortunately not yet succedded in discovering the 
name of the occupant, because the sham door, where we naturally 
looked for it, was too badly preserved. The mastaba contained a sim- 
ple room for worship, the emptied statue-room, and a large burial 
chamber, with 2 columns. 

Until now we have found the following types of mastabas : 

( 1 ) The Mastaba of Dyedy-em-onch, with burial-chambers ac- 
cessible from the rooms for worship through oblique passages. 

(2) The Mastaba, ''without name,'' with obHque entrance from 
outside, and 

(3) The Mastaba of the Princesses, with vertical passages from 
the roof of the tomb. 

The mastaba "without name" has also a second burial-chamber — 
that of the wife — accessible through a vertical passage from the roof. 
There is, therefore, no difference in point of time between these t3rpes. 

The contents of the mastaba "without name" were almost the 



S s 



2IO 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



same as those of the Mastaba of Kehotep. I might mention a white 
face-mask of linen, probably the oldest of its kind. 

The third mastaba lies north of that "without name," but since 
the investigation of that one is not yet completed I defer the discussion 
until next year. 

The excavation of the tombs of the Middle Empire was continued 
this year, and yielded similar results as last year. In one of them we 
found a fragment of the reliefs of the mastaba, which Dyedy-em-onch 
used, which gives us some clue as to the age of the former. The 
Mastaba of Dyedy-em-onch, which belongs to the V Dynasty (about 
2500 B. C), must have been already in decay when these tombs w^ere 
built. Everything found in the tombs of the Middle Empire is more 
or less badly preserved. A well-preserved piece was found in one of 
the coffins, viz., a small wooden statue of a walking man similar to the 
one found last year in the tomb of Jen-em- Jechwet. Face and breast 
of the figure are well executed; in the same coffin we found very in- 
teresting large faience pearls and a scarab, typical of the Middle 
Empire. 

Of the other tombs of this time we completely excavated one that 
was favorably situated in order to determine exactly the construction 
of that type. It has some resemblance to a modern Arabian grave, a 
similarity that explains itself by the same formation of the soil. It 
consists of an entrance-shaft with an adjoining chamber covered with 
a cylindrical vault of bricks. Those parts of the tomb that were sit- 
uated above the ground corresponding to the rooms for worship of the 
Old Empire were also constructed of brick, and, of course, disappeared 
long ago. 

These tombs of the Middle Empire also yielded some findings of 
interest for the medical profession. We found the skeleton of a dwarf, 
or at least what we thought was the skeleton of a dwarf, several more 
or less healed broken bones, etc. 

On the last day of our excavations last year we discovered under 
the decayed northern wall of the "janitor's room" of the temple, a 
spacious room, covered with planks, which seemed to contain old com. 
This year we investigated this "granary," emptied it and poured the 
contents into bags. At the bottom we found the decayed wooden 
coffin of "the Keeper of the King's seal," "only friend," and "head of 
a college of priests," by the name of Merri, and another similarly poor 
coffin. We had not found granaries, as we expected, but tombs of the 
Middle Empire, where the appurtenances consisted in great quantities 
of grain. In Merri's tomb a wooden grubbing axe had also been 
placed. The whole contents were transmitted to Prof. Schweinfurth, 
who will solve the question as to what sort of grain the old Egyptians 
used. 

During the New Empire (about 120 B. C), as I have stated 
in my report of last year, the inhabitants of Abusir, who were buried 
in the ruins, were very poor. This year again we found a great number 



EXCAVATIONS AT ABUSIR 211 

of graves where the bodies were thrown in together, near the entrance 
of the pyramid and several scattered coffins of a later period (about 
600 B. C. ) • One wooden coffin of a certain Chet-hapi had been placed 
in a hole of the west wall of the Mastaba of the Princesses. The broad 
face was covered with thin leaf-gold, the hair painted blue, and over 
the breast a hieroglyphic inscription of 3 Hnes. The mummy itself 
showed the following colors: Dark blue and gold mixed with red; 
the head and face were covered with a finely modeled mask, which, un- 
fortunately, was slightly damaged when the coffin was opened. The 
amulets were arranged on the corpse as they appear in the accompany- 
ing figure. All are executed in compressed linen stucco. Under the 
mask on the breast lies the necklace, below it the breast-plate — the 
goddess Nut, extending her wings to protect the deceased. Below Nut 
was a long inscription on gold. On the right and left sides the smaller 
amulets, the 4 sons of Osiris with their characteristic monkey, jackal, 
sparrow-hawk and human heads ; below, the lamenting sisters of Osiris 
— Isis and Nephthys. But to my taste the best pieces are the sandals 
that lay under the feet of the mummy, with a simple blue surface and 
a golden seam. 

Our final task was to continue our excavations of the Greek ceme- 
tery, which had yielded the interesting colored wooden coffins and the 
Timotheos papyrus. This cemetery is by no means exhausted yet ; we 
found on the western side 2 rows of coffins near the mastabas, one of 
which was untouched, while all coffins of the other one were half de- 
stroyed. 

The appurtenances were alabaster vessels and black clay cups for 
the paint and sponges for the exterior care of the body. Food was 
also abundantly provided — incredible quantities of almonds, nuts, 
raisins, dates, apples, bread, eggs, and pieces of meat in bowls. These 
things lay partly in the coffins and partly outside. For the long jour- 
ney a staff and strong shoes are added and to pay the passage in 
Charon's boat in Hades an obolos is placed in the mouth of the de- 
ceased. In one case, we found an Athenian triobolon, a small silver 
coin worth a few cents. This find gives an excellent illustration of the 
economical difference between the Greek and Egyptian civilization. If 
the Egyptian wanted to make a boat trip in Hades he had to take the 
boat and the rowers with him in effigy; the Greek took. his obolos with 
him, with which he paid for the services of Charon. 

In our report of last year we gave a description of these Greek 
coffins; we add a photograph of an opened coffin. The mummy lies 
on the back upon shavings, the head on a pillow, covered with a long 
linen, which is doubled over the face. A garland is placed on the hair. 
Near the feet are placed a pair of leather shoes, a leather purse, a loaf 
of bread, and 2 scrapers. Red ribbons are arranged irregularly over 
the body. 

About 10 years ago a valuable find of old papyrus had been made 
at a place near Abusir in a brick temple, near the pyramid of Ne- 



212 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

woser-re. We searched there and found several other documents re- 
lating to the management of the temple. 

In conclusion, I want to state that we began work on January 12 
and began with the opening of the pyramid on the 18 and with the 
mastabas on the 31; on February 15 we began excavations of the 
Greek cemetery. We finished work on April 10. 

On March 10 we received the visit of his imperial highness, the 
German Crown Prince, who manifested great interest in the excava- 
tions, and took many photos of the work. 



A LION HEAD, GARGOYLE 

+ + + 

GEZER FOUNDATION DEPOSITS AND MODERN BELIEFS 

BY DR. GHOSN EL-HOWIE 

IT IS a little over an hour's ride south of the road which leads from 
Joppa to Jerusalem that the saddle-shaped mound known to the 
natives as Tell-el-Jezari is found. It lies east and west, and its 
western end is surmounted by a shrine of a modern cemetery and a 
mulberry garden. 

Over 30 years ago Tell-el-Jezari was identified beyond doubt with 
the city of Gezer, which a King of Egypt sacked and burned with fire, 
but which a son-in-law of his. King Solomon, rebuilt. [1 Kings IX; 
see also /oj/iwo XVI, 10, XXI, 21 ; Judges I, 29; i Chr. VI, 67.] 

For sometime past the Palestine Exploration Fund, determined to 
question this mound and bring to light as many of its secrets as possi- 
ble. Accordingly, preliminaries having been settled and license secured 



GEZER FOUNDATION DEPOSITS 213 

from the Ottoman Government, excavations began in 1902. Over 70 
native laborers at the cost of $500 a month were put to work and 
have been working practically ever since. 

It is now known that Gezer, in the days of Solomon, had already 
been familiar with sacking and burning. Four times before King 
Solomon's time Gezer had been destroyed and as many times rebuilt 
and reinhabited (intervals of desolation of greater or lesser . length 
being presupposed). 

The earliest race which inhabited the spot was pre-Semitic, lived 
in caves (natural or artificial) and cremated or burned the dead, about 
2,500 years B. C. 

These Troglodites were destroyed and succeeded by another race, 
and this succession is called the second occupation or the second city. 
This second succumbed to a third and the third to a fourth, and the top- 
most occupation is the seventh. 

In an intermediate layer or stratum, which the archaeologist of 
our Society teaches us to call the fifth, a strange if not unique rite, con- 
nected with building foundations came to light and increased at once 
our knowledge and our ignorance. 

We know now that the people of those days deposited in the 
foundations of their dwellings jars, containing bodies of infants, lamps 
and bowls. These vessels moreover contain sand or fine earth, evi- 
dently brought from a particular spot at some distance from Gezer; 
this fact is now referred to in the Quarterly Statement, as the "lamp 
and bowl deposit.'* 

The arrangement of these vessels varies in diflferent foundations, 
and the Quarterly Statement has published various cuts to convey a 
more definite idea of them than could be done with words, but as to the 
meaning of this lamp and bowl deposit rite, ignorance still prevails. 
May it not be that present day practice in Hauran, East of Jordan, can 
throw a gleam of light upon this as yet dark problem. 

A Hauranee employed a neighbor of mine to build a house for 
him. The building was soon erected and soon after collapsed to the 
great loss of the proprietor. It was thought that the loser would 
fasten the blame on the builder and ascribe the fall of his house to bad 
workmanship and bad material. This he did not do, but ascribed the 
disaster to "Ain," the "Eye." 

This is one of a thousand instances arising from the belief, which 
existed in this country before Deuteronomy was written — ^namely, that 
some persons, men or women, are possessed of the power to injure and 
destroy by the mere looking with their eyes (even from a distance) at 
persons, animals, trees, houses and other objects. I have been assured 
by those who believe in the "eye'' that the exercise of this hurtful power 
is not of necessity voluntary on the part of those who exercise it. Some 
of them cannot help it. If they look they hurt, whether they will or no, 
especially if they do not say audibly "s'mallah" (in the name of God). 

About 2 years ago, a child of ours became suddenly ill. A servant 



214 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

and a neighbor in the kindness of their hearts ran to a professional 
descendant of the charmer [Deut. XVIII, ii], who lives in the neigh- 
borhood, and utterly unknown to us obtained a charmed bowl of water 
and sprinkled the child with it and I believe made her drink some of 
it, and it was some days later that Mrs. Howie suspected a strange 
odor in the house and then it came out that our kind but ignorant ser- 
vant had burned some substance in connection with the "rackwat," in 
accordance with the direction of the charmer. 

A mule loaded with two heavy bags of wheat was being led by 
the owner up a road when suddenly the rope binding the bags to the 
mule broke, mule and load fell to the ground. The owner turned round 
and after a minute's consideration learned that no harm had been done 
beyond the breaking of the rope, then with great emotion he kissed 
the ground and thanked God. Turning to me he said: "Do you see 
the 'Ain' (eye) ^ Had that villain hit the mule with his eye he would 
have killed it as surely and as quickly as he cut the rope." 

Talking the matter over afterward, I found that the muleteer be- 
lieved that the man whom he called the "villain" looked upon the load 
without saying "s'mallar," but fortunately instead of hitting the mule 
and killing it, the rope was hit and cut. The rope, therefore, went, as 
it were, instead of the mule, or a ransom for it. The malignant povi^er 
of the "Ain," or eye, is more feared now than an army, for an army 
of invasion can be seen and known, while the eye may hit you unex- 
pectedly and without the possibility of your knowing the source of 
your injury. Hence, it is that cows, trees and children are provided 
with "kittab" (writings) fastened upon them to ward off, if possible, 
the invisible hit of the "eye." 

The ancient inhabitants of Gezer, the Canaanites generally, the 
Egyptians and Babylonians, were tormented not less, but more than we 
are to-day by the suspicion of the presence of injurious eyes and malig- 
nant spirits, etc. 

The Babylonian must have passed his life in perpetual terror of 
evil spirits and demons, and so we find addresses to every kind and sort 
of spirit to avert evil from the reciter. 

In the Kouyunjik Gallery of the British Museum there is a tablet 
which contains formulated prayers, invoking and against different 
evils, prominent among which is the evil of the "eye." Ancient and 
modern Egyptians had and have the same views as the Babylonians 
and the Canaanites and hence the exhortation in Jeremiah: "Learn 
not the way of the heathen and be not dismayed at them, for the cus- 
toms of the people are vain. Be not afraid of them, for they cannot do 
evil, neither also is it in them to do good." 

In the Soudan to-day, houses may be poinetd out in which no one 
would live because it is believed malignant spirits inhabit them and 
would most likely do harm to human beings, who may occupy them. 
Against such "spiritual" danger as well as against instability of struc- 
ture, the ancient Canaanites doubtless provided by human and other 



n 



GEZER FOUNDATION DEPOSITS 215 

sacrifices, as is learned from the deposits now being found in house 
foundations in ancient Gezer. 

The modern inhabitants of Hauran sacrifice sheep or camels and 
sprinkle the blood upon the masonry which forms the entrance into the 
building, but it is more efficacious to carry the animal up to the roof of 
the newly finished house and sacrifice it there, so that the blood may 
run down the walls, the front wall especially, and this is done on every 
possible occasion to-day. 

The lamp and bowl deposits described in the Quarterly Statements 
of 1903, show plainly that the ancient Canaanites applied blood to the 
foundations of buildings, and it is not impossible, but they may have 
had a service resembling what is still practiced, viz : pouring the blood 
upon the building from the top for the purpose of protecting the struc- 
ture from the destructive power of the "Ain" (eye), and for dislodg- 
ing and banished the evil spirits, which peradvanture haunt the build- 
ing. 

Twice a year, on January 6 and on the 15 day after Easter, 
the houses of many Orientals are ceremoniously cleansed and conse- 
crated. In some parts of the country this service is repeated every 
month, in addition, and consists in the main of the priests sprinkling 
with virtuous or holy water every building which is owned and used by 
his co-religionists and parishioners. Is it reasonable to infer that the 
ancient customs of blood-sprinkling have been altered or toned down 
to sprinkling with water? Some such change for the better appears 
to be indicated by the lamp and bowl deposits or foundation rites in 
ancient Gezer, for in some cases these consisted of infants sacrificed 
and deposited in jars. (In a single case one jar contained two infants. ) 
These bowls may have contained blood and in some cases grape juice. 
It is a probable supposition, therefore, that the rite in its later stages 
dispensed with the human and substituted animal blood and still later 
wine became sufficient. 

Foundation deposits apear to have been a characteristic of some 
ancient buildings in Egypt as well. In Daphnaee ( Kasr Bint-el-yetrudi, 
the palace of the Jew's daughter) foundation deposits, bearing striking 
resemblances to those of Gezer, have been found. This place appears 
to have been an old fort on the Syrian frontier, guarding the road out 
of Egypt and here Psamtik settled part of his brazen men from the 
sea and built a great fortress and camp, the twin establishmept to that 
of the rest of the Kreek mercenaries at Naukratis on the Lybian side. 
Beneath each corner of the fort was placed a set of plaques of various 
material, both metals and stones, with the name of Psamtik and at 
the southwest corner were also the bones of a sacrifice and other cere- 
monial deposits. 

At Tell Nebesheh, near the entrance to the edifice, lay the throne 
of a statue of Usertesen III, probably one of a pair by the door, and 
showing that a temple had existed as far back as the XII Dynasty. 
The foundation deposits in the corners they had to get out from be- 



2l6 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



neath the water. They were plaques of metals and stones with the 
name of Aahmes Si-nit and pottery, showing that the temple had been 
built in the XXVI Dynasty. [ Ten Years Digging in Egypt, p. 52 and 
65, R. S. S., London.] 

Nevertheless, it is too much to hope for a uniform and harmonious 
explanation of such rites, for even if the generations which practiced 
them were appealed to to-day, it would still be impossible, I presume, 
to get from them entirely satisfactory reasons for all their practices in 
those days. It is a case in point that my wife and I have for 10 years 
past been deeply interested observers and students of present day 
customs and rites, which are being observed by individuals, families 
and religious bodies with whom we are on intimate terms, and to whom 
we have free access, and yet many customs remain unexplained to us. 

The facts are before us, plain and intelligible, but as to their origin 
or raison de'etre we either could hear nothing or anything consistent, 
but still we pursue our inquiry, and it may be that success in this line 
is nearer than we think. 

^^^ ^^^ ^^M 
^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ 



THE BONE CAVE OF SAN GIRO, SIQLY 

BY PROF. GEORGE FREDERICK WRIGHT, D. D., LL. D. 

THE records of comparatively recent geological changes in the 
vicinity of Palermo, Sicily, are of a most interesting nature, 
especially as they are doubtless contemporaneous with similar 
changes of level in other places in the world where man is known to 
have been in existence. Palermo is situated in a plain rising gradually 
from the sea to a height of 2cxd ft., where it is met by an abrupt pre- 
cipitous bluff of limestone, which rises from 2,000 to 3,000 ft., forming 
a most picturesque and interesting amphitheater, opening to the north 
upon the bay. At the base of this encircling precipice are found numer- 
ous caves, in which large masses of bones of recently extinct animals 
are found, with an occasional occurrence of human bones in some of 
the caverns. But the mouths of these caves are largely obstructed by 
coarse debris, which has fallen from the mountains and buried earlier 
bone-bearing deposits, which had accumulated outside. 

The most celebrated of these caverns is that of San Ciro, situated 
2 miles to the southeast of Palermo at the foot of Monte Grifone. Ac- 
cording to Prestwich: "This cave is 130 ft. long, 10 ft. wide at the 
entrance, 30 ft. wide in the center, and 21 ft. high, measured from 
the surface of the cave deposits. It is situated near the base of the 
escarpment, with grounds sloping from its entrance down to the church 
of San Giro, a distance of 256 ft." 

The cave was opened in f 830, and its contents were examined and 
described by Abbate D. Scina, Dr. TurnbuU Ghristie, and Dr. Falconer, 



THE BONE CAVE OF SAN CIRC 



BROAD PLAIN IN WHICH PALERMO IS SITUATED. VIEW FROM THE BONE 
CAVE, SICILY 

and many of the specimens preserved in the museum at Palermo. Ac- 
cording to Scina, the lower part of the cavern "was crammed with 
bones so fresh that they were cut into ornaments and polished, and that 
when burnt they gave out ammoniacal vapors. The quantity, how- 
ever, was so great that, when afterwards exploited for commercial 
purposes, 2D tons were shipped to Marseilles and England in the first 
six months, where it is said they were used for the manufacture of ani- 
mal charcoal for the sugar factories. * * * The bones were mostly 
those of hippopotami with a few only of deer, ox, and elephant." A 
significant fact is that these bones belong to animals of all ages down 
to the foetus, and none of them bore marks of having been gnawed, 
showing that they were not carried in by hyenas and slowly accumu- 
lated. 

As is well known, the hippopotamus has not been known in this 
region within historic times, being now limited to Central and South 
Africa. But the accumulation of bones in this cavern clearly shows 
that at a comparatively recent period, geologically speaking, great 
herds of hippopotami and elephants covered the plain on which Palermo 
stands, and everything indicates that they were driven into this cavern 
as a place of refuge. 

According to Prestwich, the progress of events was about as fol- 
lows: First, the land stood at a somewhat higher level than now, so 



2i8 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

-that the plain about Palermo extended out into the bay, thus enlarging 
the area over which these unwieldy animals could roam and procure the 
necessaries of life. Secondly, there followed a rather rapid subsidence 
of the land, so that the water encroached upon the feeding-ground of 
these animals until they were gradually driven into the plain within 
the encircling walls of the amphitheater, and finally to the very base 
of these precipitous walls, where their only place of refuge was the 
cave of San Giro — nature thus having, so to speak, "corraled" them 
as savage hunters corral animals of similar size in many parts of the 



MOUNT GRIFONE, SHOWING THE BONE CAVE OF SAN CIRO, SICILY 

earth. But the smaller animals, and very likely man, if he were there, 
had opportunity and ability to escape to the higher lands, so that their 
remains are not found in this particular locality. 

Finally, soon after the subsidence which drove the animals into 
this pocket occurred, there are many indications of a rather sudden rise 
of the land and restoration to its present level, accompanied with vio- 
lent earthquake shocks. Thus Professor Prestwich would account for 
the great amount of coarse debris which accumulated rapidly at the 
base of the precipice and closed up the mouth of the cave, hiding it 
until it was discovered 75 years ago. 

Altogether the record of recent geological changes in that region 



EDITORIAL NOTES 219 

furnished by this cavern is one of the most interesting that has ever 
been studied, and is worthy of much more attention than has been given 
to it. Tourists in Southern Italy miss one of the most delightful ex- 
cursions if they fail to visit Palermo, and archaeologists one of the most 
instructive object-lessons if they fail to make a pilgrimage to the 
cavern of San Giro and to study the remains from it preserved in the 
museum of the university. 



+ + + 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

THE GOD HER-SHEF:— The chief treasure-trove that Prof. 
Petrie has brought back from Ahnas is a pretty gold statuette of the 
god Her-shef . 

THREE HUNDRED STATUES FROM KARNAK:— At 
Karnak, M. Legrain discovered a cache containing nearly 300 statues 
of all periods from the time of the XII Dynasty to the Roman Era. 
Among them is a portrait of Amenemhat III with Hyksos features. 

WHITE MONASTERY NEAR SOB AG IN UPPER EGYPT: 
— ^This monastery was founded by St. Shanuda in the V Century, and 
its church was considered one of the largest in the world, and used as 
a substitute for Jerusalem by those who could not make the long pil- 
grimage to that city. Although its ruins are now neglected and dese- 
crated it shows that it was once the finest Christian building in Egypt. 
It was built early enough in the Christian Era so that ancient Egyptian 
forms appear in the architecture. At the height of its importance the 
monastery contained 4,000 monks and nuns, besides novices. What 
remains of the church to-day is a massive rectangular block of masonry 
120 by 240 ft. with walls 45 ft. high. The ruins are built over with 
crude brick houses constructed by the Coptic community, who make 
them their home. Part of the pavement is made of old Egyptian slabs 
of marble and granite bearing Egyptian hieroglyphic inscriptions. — 
From paper read before the Archaeological Institute of London by Mr. 
C. R. Peers. 

TRANSLATION OF NEW TELL-EL-AMARNA TABLETS : 
— ^Two new tablets of the Tell-el-Amarna series have been discovered 
in Egypt and translated by Father Scheil. The translation is as 
follows : 

"To the King of the land of Egypt, says Assur-uballat, King of 
Assyria, to thee, to thy house, to thy wife, to thy chariots and sol- 
diers, salutation. I have sent a messenger (envoy) to visit you and 



220 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



your country. Things which aforetime my fathers never forwarded to 
you, see here. I send you a splendid chariot and pair of horses, and 
further an uhina (some kind of carving, a small pillar or votive object) 
in pure lapis, as presents for you I forward. As to my messenger, re- 
ceive him well, let him come and return to me." 

'To the King, my lord, says Yabi-Sarru, thy slave, seven and 
seven times at your feet I bow. What the King has ordered me, I have 
performed. Full of fear is all the land before the King's soldiers. I 
have levied my troops ; ships are at the disposition of the King's sol- 
diers, and whosoever is a rebel, no house or hope'' (of life) "is left 
in him. See I have safeguarded the position that the King my lord" 
(has confided to me). "The face of the King, my lord, be toward his 
servant, who is devoted to him." 

The suggestion has been made that Yabi-Sarru signifies "Yahive 
is King." [See Revue Biblique, 1904, p. 141. See, also, Palestine 
Exploration Fund, April, 1904, p. 180.] 

THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE DAKOTAS: Mr. A. C 
Farrell, of North Dakota, recently presented to the Department of 
Archaeology of the American Museum of Natural History a number 
of shell-rings, which were discovered by him in the Turtle Mountains, 
about 6 miles west of Dunseith, Polette County, North Dakota. 

These shell-rings when discovered were found in a row around 
the neck of a skeleton, which was the western one of a group of three. 
The right arm of each skeleton Mr. Farrell found missing. The skele- 
tons were lying with the faces to the west and with their knees drawn 
up to the chests. These graves were found under a mound made of 
stone slabs, placed overlapping each other like shingles on a roof. 

The mound was located on the top of a prominent mountain or 
butte. This mountain had terraced sides. 

The skeletons were found below some 7 ft. of earth, on the natural 
soil, which had not been disturbed below them. 

This gift was particularly welcome since the museum's collection 
from the Dakotas is small, occupying not over 10 square ft. of space. 
It includes only specimens numbered 20-6641, 20-6872, 20.0-144, and 
T-22846 to T-22961, inclusive. 

Among the specimens from the Dakotas now in the museum are 
2 human jaw bones, chipped stone points, such as were used for spears, 
arrows, knives, and small scrapers, a grooved stone club-head, ham- 
mer pebbles, a grooved arrow-shaft straightener or smoother, bones 
and teeth of the buffalo, a bone chisel, sharp bone implements, some of 
which may be sun-dance skewers, a bone bead, a bone whistle or drink- 
ing tube, tips from antlers, a skin-scraper, or hoe made of antler, frag- 
ments of pottery, some of which are decorated with incised lines, and 
charred corncobs. This is very little from the Dakotas in proportion 
to the large collections which the museum possesses from some other 
regions. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 221 

In the Dakotas, there are hundreds of mounds, some effigy mounds 
and embankments, an effigy of a man, pne of a serpent and one of a 
turtle, all outlined with boulders, some other figures similarly outlined, 
trails of boulders, lines of bones, tepee circles of stone, and pictured 
rocks, all of which should be studied, and many of them saved by en- 
closing them in public parks. Among the best known of these are the 
mounds and fortifications of the Mandans, north of Bismarck. 

The literature of Dakota archaeology is not voluminous. Prof. 
Cyrus Thomas has published a report on the mounds of the region in 
the 12 Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology at Washington, and 
has given a catalogue of the pre-historic works of the 2 States in a 
Bulletin of the same Bureau. In these 2 publications we are referred 
to practically all that has been written regarding the archaeology of the 
Dakotas. The thing to do now is to summarize and index all that has 
been published and then to explore carefully the remaining works, at 
least as fast as road building, cultivation or other dangers threaten 
them. Of course, records, maps and photographs should be made of 
everything, where this has not already been done. 

It is hoped that Mr. Farrell can actively take up the preservation 
and study of the archaeological remains of the Dakotas. 

Harlan I. Smith. 

DR. B AUM^S EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTHWEST :— On 
Jtme 30, 1904, the Editor, Dr. Henry Mason Baum, left on an expedi- 
tion to the Southwest, where he will visit the ruins of Southern Colo- 
rado, Arizona, and New Mexico. The main object is to locate those 
ruins on Indian Reservations, which are specially in heed of immediate 
protection from despoliation. The Commissioner of Indian Affairs 
has agreed to take immediate measures for the protection of such ruins 
on Indian Reservations as Dr. Baum shall recommend. Also the Com- 
missioner of Public Lands has agreed to reserve from entry such lands, 
on which important ruins are located, as he shall recommend, thus pro- 
tecting them until the necessary legislation is secured. Although there 
has been a generous response from men of means to further this work, 
yet the amount already subscribed is not sufficient to cover the cost of 
the expedition. Contributions if sent to the Treasurer of Records of 
the Past Exploration Society will be acknowledged and forwarded to 
Dr. Baum. 

In the autumn a printed list and other memoranda of the photo- 
graphs made will be sent to each contributor, from which he can select 
two photographs, 63/^x85^ inches, printed on 8x10 Cyko paper, for 
every dollar subscribed. There will also be a large number of pano- 
ramic views, 5x12 inches, printed on 7x14 paper, made by the Al- Vista 
camera, from which contributors will be allowed to make selections at 
the same rate. 

We think this is a fair proposition and trust it will meet with a 
prompt and liberal response. 



L 



222 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE EXPENSES OF THE EXPEDITION TO THE 

SOUTHWEST 

Archaeological Institute of America $250.00 

Charles P. Bowditch, Boston 50.00 

William Auchincloss, New York City 50.00 

E. Francis Riggs, Washington D. C 25.00 

Charles C. Scaife, Pittsburg 10.00 

James E. Mooney, Cincinnati 10.00 

Benjamin Thaw, Pittsburg 10.00 

Samuel Mather, Cleveland 10.00 

H. E. Pierrepont, New York City 10.00 

Henry D. Woods, Boston 20.00 

E. Brinton Coxe, Esq., Drifton, Pa 25.00 

Col. Charles J. Hughes, Denver 10.00 

George M. Diven, Elmira, N. Y 5.00 

F. P. Graves, Doe Run, Mo 5.00 

John H. Converse, Philadelphia 25.00 

William P. Henszey, Philadelphia 20.00 

Col. Ed N. Benson, Philadelphia 20.00 

S. F. Houston, Philadelphia 20.00 

R. Stuart Chase, Haverhill, Mass • 3.00 

Peabody Museum . . . •. 20.00 

Charles Curie, New York City 5.00 

E. W. Bass, New York City " 5.00 

S. W. Fordyce, St. Louis, Mo 10.00 

L. E. Holden, Cleveland, Ohio 10.00 

Total $628.00 

PRE-HISTORIC DEVELOPMENT OF ITALY:— The first 
traces of man in the peninsula date from the quaternary period. The 
islands and the western slopes of the Apennines were still untrodden, 
but in Umbria and Basilicata nomads armed with palaeolithic weapons 
of "Chellean" type hunted the elephant and the hippopotamus. Before 
the elephant had become extinct a second group of families had ap- 
peared, using a different type of stone implement ("the Mousterian"), 
and living in caves — unlike their predecessors, who had no shelter 
from the sky. Their arrival coincides with the earliest settlement of 
western Italy and of Sicily. With such savages, whose level of culture 
may be aptly compared to that of the recently extinct Tasmanians, 
begins the history of Italy, and it is curious to note that down to the 
last days of the Roman republic palaeolithic man maintained his ancient 
habits of living in the remote Veronese mountains. To immigration 
is ascribed the first great change implied in the sudden appearance of 
a neolithic civilization vastly superior to anything earlier. The new- 
epoch is revealed by those remains of villages of circular huts, which 
dot the plains of Lombardy ; the dwelling of a pastoral people, who also 
established themselves in the hills, where they lived in caves that some- 



EDITORIAL NOTES 223 

times served also for the burial of their dead. Whenever it was possi- 
ble, however, the people of the neolithic period, rather than content 
themselves, as they were sometimes obliged, with surface graves in the 
plain or cave-burial in the mountains, hewed elaborate tombs out of the 
solid rocks. In form these, which are the earliest sepulchres of Italy, 
resemble a narrow oven (i. e., their ground plan is identical with that 
of the contemporary house), and the entrance is furnished either by a 
sloping passage or by a round pit. The invariable rite is inhumation, 
the dead being laid in the "contracted" or "embryonic" posture. The 
construction of such graves shows how much can be achieved wit! 
quite primitive implements, for metal-working was still unknown, 
though tools and weapons were skillfully fashioned from stones, which 
seem in some cases to be foreign to the country. The superiority of tht 
newcomers to the aboriginal inhabitants is shown, not only by their 
dexterous manufacture of polished stone implements, but also by their 
skill in pottery making. They did not, however, extirpate or entirely 
absorb their ruder neighbors, but continued here and there to main- 
tain an independent living. 

The 3 stage in the cultural evolution of Italy is signalized by 
the introduction of metal-working. This, like the last great change, 
must be attributed to an unchronicled immigration, which no doubt 
came from the East, and perhaps reached Italy across the sea. The 
introduction of the use of copper marks the close of the Neolithic Age, 
and the emplo3anent of stone implements does not cease abruptly ; it is 
an eneolithic period which begins. The habits and customs of the 
preceding time were not immediately revolutionized, but a great im- 
petus was given to the arts and industries, in particular to the manu- 
facture of pottery and of weapons. At the same time commercial re- 
lations were opened with the other Mediterranean countries, and for- 
eign imports increased the luxury of life. The most important char- 
acteristic of the period is the development of funerary grottoes hewn 
out of the rock, and the construction (confined, however, to the Terra 
d'Otranto and to Corsica) of megalithic monuments, similar to those 
which are found all over western Europe. The significance of this 
development will be variously estimated according as the archaeologist 
accepts or does not accept unreservedly the author's opinion that "an 
artificial eneolithic grotto in Italy speaks the same language "as a 
dolman in Andalusia, Great Britain, or Drenthe." (For the argu- 
ments in support of this view see Bullettino di paletnologia Italianna, 
anno VIII, p. 21.) If megalithic monuments and artificial grottoes 
are to be regarded as constituting a single species, the remainder of 
the theory follows quite logically. For such constructions are entirely 
absent from central Europe, while it is precisely in that part of the 
continent, viz., from Wurtemberg and Savoy to Bavaria and Austria, 
that lake-dwellings occur. The two phenomena then would be mutually 
exclusive, one civilization being characterized by the presence of Mega- 
lithic monuments, and another of quite different origin by that of 



224 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

lake-dwellings. The latter would be the work of a fresh race, which 
came along the valley of the Danube tempted by the chain of lakes. 
They pushed like a wedge into the heart of Europe, but all around their 
predecessors remained undisturbed, so that at the present day we may 
observe the Megalithic monuments encircle the settlements of the in- 
vaders with a ring which winds from the Caucasus to the Atlantic. 
The Alps were no barrier to the lake-dwellers, who crossed into Lom- 
bardy and freely planted their cities there, especially about the Lake 
of Varese. Like the people amongst whom they settled their culture 
was eneolithic, but they showed their superiority in all arts and in- 
dustries with the exception of pottery making. Living in communities 
of a considerable size they kept large herds of cattle and cultivated 
flax and corn on an extensive scale. 

The earliest lake-dwellers did not penetrate as far south as the 
valley of the Po, and their progress eastward was abruptly checked by 
the arrival of a race which was to fashion the future destinies of Italy, 
the ancestors, in short, of the Romans. Ethnically these fresh in- 
vaders were of the same stock as other lake-dwellers, for their habits 
of life and their industries were substantially the same. Like them 
they lived in pile dwellings, but these they constructed not only in the 
lakes, but also on dry land, a circumstance to which we owe the preser- 
vation of their tombs, which reveal a new burial rite — ^namely, that 
of cremation. Their remains can be traced to the valley of the Danube ; 
they imported the amber of the Baltic, and brought with them the 
secret of bronze working, though they had not wholly abandoned the 
use of stone implements. Though their immigration took place at the 
moment when the civilization of the Elast was at its zenith, it is not 
clear as yet whether they had any sort of relations with it ; and not 
only is there no' trace of any intercourse with further Asia, but there 
is little satisfactory evidence of connections with Asia Minor or the 
^gean. Arriving in Crotara, Moravia, and Lower Austria, their 
hordes spread out like a fan, one branch passing down to Bosnia, and 
another into Venetia, whence it spread into the territory of Mantua, 
Brescia, and Cremona. They next crossed the Po, invaded Emilia, 
and penetrated to the hills of Porretta. 

It was toward the close of the II Millenium B. C. that they left 
the valley of the Po, and, following the eastern slope of the Apennines, 
made their way through the Marcjies and the Ambruzzi as far south 
as Tarentum. This brought them into peaceful contact with the flour- 
ishing communities of Sicily, which they made no effort to conquer; 
and admitted them to participation in the benefits of trade with the 
-^gean. But space forbids a detailed account of the development of 
this splendid Bronze Age civilization, on which the greatness of Italy 
was reared. The student must turn to Signor Pigorini's pages to read 
how the civilization of the terremare became the parent of mighty 
Rome, and how the construction of the pile dwellings determined the 
very walls and streets of the Eternal City. [See Man, London, March, 
1904.] 



r^^ 






AtTOR, LENOX 



l_ 



BAAL TEMPLE, ABOVE NIHA, SYRIA 



A LEBANON FOUNTAIN, SYRIA 



RECORDS^PAST 




VOL. Ill ■ W" ■ PART VIII 



AUGUST, 1904 



+ + + 



NEGLECTED ARCHAEOLOGICAL RUINS IN COELESYRIA 

BY REV. GEORGE C. DOOLITTLE, M. A. 

THE towering ranges of the Lebanon and Antilebanon moun- 
tains are separated by a wide and fertile plain, which the 
ancients called Coelesyria (hollow-Syria), and in the Arabic 
of to-day El Bika'a. For a distance of nearly a hundred miles, from 
southwest to northeast, stretches this mighty plateau, averaging 7 
miles in width, and rising to over 4,000 feet above the level of the 
Mediterranean. Throughout its length flows the Litany river (the 
Leontes of classical writers), which leaves the elevated plain at its 
southernmost point and enters a narrow channel at the bottom of a 
gigantic chasm, emptying finally into the sea a few miles north of Tyre. 
From the northern boundaries rises another important stream, 
the Orontes, whose northward course, contrary to the rivers of Syria, 
has given it the Arabic name of "the rebellious*' (el 'Asy). The prin- 
cipal source of this river is a gushing fountain in a picturesque valley, 
or cleft, below the rock-hewn cavern, that is the reputed haunt of 
Marun, founder of the Maronite religion. From the eastern side of 
the plain, below Lebweh, or ancient Libo, springs another fountain of 
clear, cold water, that adds its volume to the Orontes, carried thither 
by conduits, after irrigating the intervening fields. One of these 
aqueducts was built as early, at least, as 250 A. D., when Queen 



228 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



Zenobia reigned in splendor at Palmyra on the Syrian desert. It led, 
not westward to the Orontes, but by a long circuit around the northern 
end of the Antilebanon and through the maze of valleys and hills out 
onto the eastern plain that stretches off to Palmyra (Tadmor), the 
gem of the desert. A bit of this ancient aqueduct, not far from Leb- 
weh, appears in the accompanying illustration. 

From earliest times Coelesyria has been prominent in the history 
of wars and conquests, in the rise and decline of civilizations and re- 
ligions. Its broad stretches contain many artificial mounds that would 
doubtless amply reward the explorer's efforts. Ruined cities await in- 
vestigation. One has recently been found along the line of the new 
railway. Much Biblical history is connected with this plain. At 
Ribleh, now a squalid hamlet, Nebuchadrezzar was wont to stay, while 
his officers conducted his campaigns against Israel and Judah (2 
Kings, XXV, 6). Hither Pharaoh-nechoh summoned the wicked King, 
Jehoahaz, and "put him in bands'* (2 Kings, xxiii, 33). The northern 
part of the Bika'a is defined in Joshua xiii, 5, as "the entering into 
Hamath." This whole valley was once under the sway of the Hittites, 
whose supremacy was disputed by the Pharaohs of Egj^t. 

If legend carries any weight, then Coelesyria is entitled to the 
greatest respect. For at Kerak, near Zahleh, is the grave of Noah, 
132 ft. long, protected now by a narrow building, whose one door 
swings open only at the magic pass-word of "bakhshish." Noah was 
indeed a giant! Across the plain is the tomb of Seth. Both these 
shrines are visited by many pilgrims. 

Coelesyria was the home of Baal-worship. On the eastern edge 
of its wide acres stands Baalbek, ancient Heliopolis, world-renowned 
for its stupendous temples to the sun-god. Although there is no inten- 
tion in this article of touching upon these ruins, made doubly interest- 
ing by the recent work of German excavators, other lesser Baal- 
temples will be alluded to and described. All along the great plain, 
on either side, its guardian mountains carried upon their high points 
many temples of the heathen god, whose ruins are the forceful re- 
minder of vanished glory. These temple-ruins seem to have had some 
connection with the central one at Baalbek, as if they had formed a 
circle about it, all pointing in that direction. There is one such temple 
across the plain from Zahleh, above the town of Kefr Zebed. Its 
ruins consist of a well-marked foundation area, columns and friezes. 
The needs of later generations, however, have caused the disappear- 
ance of the most of this ruin. Above Shleefa, northwest of Baalbek, 
a spur of the mountain projects into the plain, and at its tip is the ruin 
of another temple — hardly more than a name at the present day. In 
pleasing contrast is the well-preserved sun-temple at Niha, nestling 
in a subsidiary valley, half way up the western slope, 4,200 ft. above 
sea level. An hour's ride from Zahleh and a stiff climb past the vil- 
lage (where are other minor ruins) brings the traveler to this temple. 
It stands upon a platform 1 1 ft. high, with a front projection of nearly 



r. Ya'aT column. 2. ancient aqueduct, near LIBO. 3. ZAH- 
LEH. - 4. SHRINE NEAR KOBE ELIAS. 5- NEAR VIEW OF TRIPLE NICHE. 
6. KOBB ELIAS, SHOWING CRUSADER CASTLE 



230 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

30 ft., and a series of steps leading up to this from the ground. The 
temple is solidly built of massive stones, some measuring 16 ft. in 
length. The carved ornamentation is excellent. There was evidently 
a portico in front, with large pillars. As at Baalbek, a winding stair- 
case within the wall near the portal leads up to the roof. This temple, 
over 90 ft. in length, facing Baalbek and the east, was doubtless an im- 
portant point in the circle of Baal-temples. 

Another is found above the village of Mejdel 'Anjar, to the south- 
east, on the line of the old Damascus carriage road. This, too, faces 
toward Baalbek. Its portal is 47 ft. high. The temple is in a fair state 
of preservation. 

Cross now to the village of Kobb Elias, above which are the re- 
mains of an old Crusader castle. Near by is a remarkable bit of carv- 
ing in the face of a steep mountainside. A large section of this was 
smoothed off and edged with a frame of rock ; then inside this smooth 
surface another frame was carved, containing a tripartite niche. No 
writing of any description has been found to explain this peculiar piece 
of work. As it faces the east, it may have been a shrine for morning 
sacrifice. Or was the intention to hollow out a chamber behind this 
opening as a family tomb, or a royal vault ? 

Leaving these relics of heathen religions, turn to memorials of 
ancient heroes. In the midst of the plain to the northwest of Baalbek 
stands a solitary column, 65 ft. high. The illegible inscription on its 
northern side reveals nothing of the secret of its existence. Behind 
rise the highest mountain-peaks in Syria. This Ya'at Column stands 
upon a base of 4 step-like rows and a pedestal composed of 2 pieces. 
The column proper contains 1 5 circular pieces and a double cap-stone, 
the upper being a badly-disintegrated Corinthian capital. Vandals 
have attempted to destroy the column with gunpowder, in order to get 
the iron binders. 

At the northern end of the Coelesyria Plain, lifted high above the 
surrounding country, stands the Kamu'at Hirmil, a monument to the 
success of some ancient monarch in the chase. From its point of van- 
tage may be seen Hums (ancient Emesa) and the regions toward 
Hamath, while far to the south rises the snow-clad peak of Hermon. 
The monument is built upon a foundation of basalt in 3 layers. The 
first layer is 37^4 ft. square, and i ft. 7 in. thick. The second and third 
are each i ft. 3 in. thick and proportionately smaller in area. The 
monument is in 3 distinct parts, the top one being a pyramid about 15 
ft. high. At the corners of the lower story, which is 23 ft. high, are 
squared engaged columns, and it is surmounted by a cornice. The 
second story, 19 ft. in height, also has a cornice and columns, beside 
two half-columns in each face. The southwestern corner has been 
broken down by the gold-thirsty inhabitants of the district. Their 
only reward, however, was a bit of fruitless experience ; for the monu- 
ment is one solid piece of masonry, laid in excellent mortar. The 
inner part is not all of limestone, as is the face, but contains huge 



t 



KAMU AT HIRMII- — FROM THE NORTHEAST 



EASTERN FACE OF KAMU AT HIR- NORTHERN FACE OF KAMU'aT 

MIL, WILD BOAR ATTACKED HIRMIL, ENLARGED VIEW 

BY DOGS OF RECUMBENT DEER 



232 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

blocks of a conglomerate that has weathered the elements remarkably 
well. The 4 faces of the lower story were carved with hunting scenes. 
On the eastern face is a wild boar, attacked behind and before by his 
mortal enemies, the hunting dogs. The spears of his pursuers have 
also been aimed at his head, while at the edges of the picture are bows, 
arrows, quivers, etc. The distinguishing diaracteristics of the north 
face are 2 deer — the right one standing, the left one recumbent, with 
his head upon his forelimb. (Possibly he has been wounded.) This 
left-hand deer has been well preserved — nostril, eye, hoofs, fetlock, 
horns, and prongs all show distinctly. Here, too, are the weapons of 
the chase, the spears crossed at each end, and above them a peculiar, 
cage-like article, bound with leathern thongs and having a handle 



SOUTHWESTERN CORNER OF KAMU'aT HIRMIL, DESTROYED BY TREASURE 
SEEKERS 

above. Could it have been to carry a hunting bird? Another queer 
article is seen below each deer (very clearly in the enlarged picture). 
Its use is a puzzle. These figures must have been carved in situ, as 
each piece covers more than one stone. The hieroglyphs at the bot- 
tom of this face are not Hittite! They simply prove in Arabic the 
well-attested doggerel, "Fools' names, like their faces, often appear 
in public places." Of the western face, three-quarters are still stand- 
ing, and show a large animal attacked by a smaller one — possibly a 
lion and a dog. But the head of each has disappeared. 

These are a few of the most striking reminders of bygone ages in 



EXCAVATIONS AT FARA 233 

Coelesyria. They are so greatly overshadowed by the titanic ruins 
of Baalbek as to have been neglected by most writers. Each one, how- 
ever, has played its part in the drama of history, and points to some 
fact, or personage, or event (known now, or unknown), that excited 
in its time the wonder, or worship, or praise, or envy of this corner 
of the world. 

Lest we should return from antiquity with too great momentum, 
let us stop at this fountain only a few centuries old. Its guardian lions, 
chained to the substantial archway, keep watch over the stream of 
clear, pure water that for many, many generations has filled the jars 
of modern Rebekahs in a little Lebanon town. As one stands upon 
the veranda of the missionary residence in oriental Zahleh he may 
look off across the level stretches of Coelesyria upon a scene of mingled 
colors in sky and mountain and plain. As he watches the play of light 
and shadow, and varying tints of the sunset glow, marvelous in their 
richness and rapidity of change, he may well forget that this great 
plain was for centuries shaken with the tread of armies and devoted 
to the worship of Baal. Man's attempts at world-empire have failed — 
his altars and temples are in ruins. But the efernal hills and the roll- 
ing plain reveal the handiwork of an almighty Creator, "the same, 
yesterday, and to-day, and forever." 

+ + + 

GERMAN EXCAVATIONS IN FARA 

Translated and condensed from the oMcial reports of the German 
Oriental Society by Prof. Karl Hau 

THE expedition left Babylon on June 14, 1902. Dr. Delitzsch, 
Mr. Baumgarten, and myself [Dr. Koldewey], together with 
30 laborers and baggage, took a boat down the Euphrates, en- 
tered the Dagara and arrived on the 15 in Suk-ed-Dagara, on the 
morning of the 16 at Suk-el-Affedsch. There the whole expedition was 
transferred to 24 smaller boats (Meschhof ) and landed on the 18 near 
Fara. On the 20 we had encamped and will begin the excavations to- 
morrow. , 

A regular postal connection has been established with Babylon by 
way of Diwanieh ; it takes a 3-days' ride from Fara to Babylon. 

We began our excavations with a long ditch from north to south, 
through the northern part of the ruin. Our results up to the present 
time are as follows : 

The whole ruin is very old, even the upper stratum. This is 
proven by numerous knives and saws of flint and obsidian, stone 
hatchets, tools made of stone and bone, and the utter absence of any 
remnants of a later period. Ill-shaped bronze coins and small copper 
or bronze utensils are found here and there. The pottery of simple 



p. ■ 

I. 

1 \ 



.\SiHaKBta;r 



{r»«j. 



ii 



s^»^ 



^n* 






M«*i' z^*^** 



(^ 



''->i»^> '^frr* 






\ m 



••• S 



•tl 



I" 



Hot 



• >f MH 






111 



•.'•.• 



.- Aku.iO\»t 



W M 
•Pali'* 



=-Cf' 



■ 'J • 




Bahiu 




l|ll»<M« 



^ 








M^sut 


«> 


wujt 


^4«^..r^«^^^ 


L»^ 




»i0«e 5 


mitt. ftL**r 


h€t 



a 






'S-rv 









o o" 



Jl IT 



■* .. 



••V;.> 



V* W 



:»t 





,.?. 


■■ 






■A 




W W « t 









• nvj^kA 


rA' %Ibrmk 




^VOn 








^^><jto 









MAP OF FARA 



rr 



UMGEBUNG 



»on 



FARA UNO ABU HATAB. 



w u4^ 



Awf(«nomin«n itn J«hr« i90C won W Andra*. 



I-. 






^.S. 



C 



^ 



Bis/*vAj/>. 






Qplii€n 



M 



K. s Kalla (Burs). 
M = M*rtOl (Turmi. 
V. 3 v«rfallen 
S. — S«dd« (Staudamm). 



•Vtfsr Br. = Bruanan. 



Sr D. s 5r«f«ii (Schilfhuttan-) Oorf. 



■k"".>.L~.' 



N.= BuaoMand b«<. balder. 
to ^ V tf 
M *V « ~ ^^' ''*'*cn. Jatit maiat troehtn 



• •• - ^ 

" - - y^ " 









•- I- 



Barke •> 




w u *k 



O 



' • • 



# # 



«• « 



# •• 



o -« 



• ^ « 



# r 



' ^and'Punen. 






I^SCHIDR 







•v. 




■'■ T^^ 



•K ^ 



.■: - -r^y^^^ 



\ 



Hdr Ahu ' f^e}ntds€h€ " ** 



<f/l4vt« 



V 



Y 

1 



t * * • • 6 



«-' • 



*. • • 



k • 



wu«t 



• Mt>OM«iAa 






J-l6r • 



^ 



wu^t. 




■• H 



A,^^^^'^'*^ . 



,ji;it<iJA 



- - \. » 



. Crro(K«r; ^ 



• kJC Aryan. 



A.aAI/al«K ^ 








I 



4 



10 K 

=1 



-e 



-i- 



AND ABU HATAB 



I 



236 RECORDS OF THE PAST 






CIRCULAR BRICK WALL AT THE NORTH END OF TRENCH I 

design resembles that of Surgul — flat vases, chalice goblets, and oval 
pots. A larger vessel with a socket and without a handle, as they are 
painted on the old seal-cylinders, is found more frequently — all with- 
out any ornament. Aside from these we find fragments showing at- 
tempts at phantastique ornamentation and simple cups of beautiful 
white stone, marble, etc. 

We also found in the ditch about 400 stamps of seal-cylinders. 
They are round pieces of clay and almost all show the same impression. 
Most frequent is the struggle between the bull-man and the lion-killing 
antelope. The movements are exceedingly full of life and the heads 
with the strong nose and the simple round eye look like bird heads. 
The weapon is peculiar ; a long staff at the end of which a half-moon 
is attached, and which is held in the middle and used like a poniard. 
The technique shows no trace of the polishing-wheel. 

In the same stratum lay several clay tablets, with a simple incised 
design, bulls, bull-men, tools, etc., and finally a few tablets with very 
old cuniform characters. 

The buildings are composed of baked and unbaked bricks of the old 
rectangular form. On the convexed surface lines and impressions are 
made with the finger ; only a few of the walls are straight-lined. But 
there are a gjeat many rotundas on the hill of doubtful use ; they have 
a diameter of 2, 5 m. The walling consists of 2 or more concentrically 
placed vessels, succeeding in turns. This is the typical construction 
of the walls here. The rotundas are surmounted by a vault very similar 
to the burial vault in Mugheir or the Tholeu of Mycenae. One of these 
rotundas we have cleared down to the bottom; it was filled with old 
rubbish, bricks, broken pottery, fishbones, etc. In the upper part of 
another one we found 4 human skulls. The modus of interment I have 
not yet been able to comprehend. The skeletons lie cofl!inIess, without 
arrangement, together with many ornaments — necklaces of achat and 
lapislazuli, pearls of shells, corals, mother of pearl, amethyst ; also a 
silver earring (?) of a peculiar form. 

The well-known clay pipe fountains jut out of the ruins in great 
numbers. Part of them have a considerable diameter — 1.50 m. — while 



EXCAVATIONS AT FARA 237 

the adjoining cesspools consist of a very thin pierced tube, at the upper 
end of which stood a tilted vessel, serving as influx. On the whole, 
they resemble the Surguler; the skeleton, too, was found near the 
fountain. 

The whole surface of the hill has been excavated before, as is 
clearly shown by the thousands of small holes that appear everywhere. 
All of these excavations, it is true, do not go very deep, but it must be 
remembered that even the surface is of pre-historic character. 

Our camp is situated to the north of the ruins and nearly com- 
pleted. We have about i6o workmen — ^together with wives and chil- 
dren, 400 — 500 of whom live in tents near the camp. 

Frederick Delitzsch left Fara on July 13 to visit the southern ruins. 

The ditch through Fara is now over 400 m. long; we have re- 
cently found some very good tablets in it, the copy of one of which I 
enclose.* 

Besides the tombs contain some well-preserved seal-cylinders, 
plenty of pottery, a few bronze hatchets and the like. In one of the 
tombs all of the bones lay in asphalt and the skull was completely filled 
with asphalt, as well as the vessels that had been placed in the tomb. 

The walls of the buildings made of clay bricks are generally very 
weak. 

After the completion of the main ditch from north to south, we 
finished one from east to west in the southern part of the hill, partly 
having a depth of 7, 8 m. The strata are the same as in the former 
ditch, and contain no important building of any kind ; where walls are 
discovered they are very insignificant showing the remnants of dwell- 
ings of a low civilization. Some tablets were found, but not deeper 
than 2 m. ; the lower strata contain almost nothing, the upper ones 
some simple tombs with pretty seal-cylinders. From now on we will 
not make the ditches any deeper than 2 m. and can only hope for some 
good old tablets. 

We heard that in Abu Hatab bricks with inscriptions had been 
found ; our investigations resulted in the discovery of several of them. 
I enclose the copy of one of them.f 

On September 14, 1902, Mr. Andrae reported from Fara that the 
ditch through the southern part of the hill had brought forth some 



♦Note by Dr. Messerschmidt— It is one of the oldest Babylonian tablets (conservatively 
estimated about 3000-2600 B. C), as they have been excavated in great numbers at Telloh 
and Nippur. The contents are of no importance; they neither reveal the name of the place 
nor the exact period to which the tablet belongs. 



tNote by Dr. Messerschmidt — Fara is apparently a Necropolis, like Surgul and El-Hibba, 
excavated in 1886; the discovery of these clay tablets, it is true, is rather remarkable and 
seems to point to at least a partial settlement of the place, unless the tablets have been car- 
ried over from Abu Hatab (?). According to the inscription on the tablet it owes its origin 
to "/-aw (??) Samas, the son of I-din-ilu, the priest-prince of Kishurra, the beloved son of 
die Sun-god and the goddess Annunit." If the brick really belongs to Abu Hatab, the ancient 
name of die place probably was Kishurra. This city is mentioned in the geographical list, 
IV, R ^, No. I, Rev. II, 3, and on one tablet of our collection (receipt for wheat), VA, Th. 
2425. The latter is dated from the first year of the reign of King Gimil-Sin of Ur (approxi- 
mately 2550). 



238 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

further small tablets and seal-cylinders, also a fragment of a stone re- 
lief in small dimensions, representing 2 rowers in a boat; also a new 
ditch had been begun, going through the middle of the hill. 

On December 3, 1902, Dr. Koldewey reports that among the tab- 
lets found recently there were about 30 more or less valuable pieces, 
completely preserved, mostly unbaked. Also several abnormally large 
fragments, one of which shows very beautiful characters, but, un- 
fortunately, is incomplete. 

The tablets found in ditch IX are very old ; the bigger ones are 
flat on one side and convex on the other. One of them is about 8, "9 m. 
thick, 18, 23 cm., and has 8j4 columns of about 19 characters. The 
characters show roundly drawn lines mixed with cunif orm. 

' Among the other findings a beautiful alabaster sculpture found 
in one of the tombs is quite noticeable. The ornaments consist of white 
triangular pieces of shell laid in a stripe of black paste. 

Mr. Andrae reports: Our plan of excavation at Fara, as you 
know, has been to dig one ditch from north to south and numerous 
diagonal ones in those places where the most valuable finds were made. 
The northern part of the hill has given the best results. We intend to 
begin excavations at Abu Hatab as soon as water can be obtained there 
again. 

The Ishtar gate is now tompletely excavated and lies between the 
Ninmach temple and Singur-Bel. 

From Fara, Dr. Koldewey reports on February 20, 1903 : Leav- 
ing Babylon on the 23 of January, I arrived here on the 26. The ex- 
cavations at Fara and Abu Hatab are being carried on simultaneously. 
But Abu Hatab does not seem to furnish anything of importance. Tht 
unbaked tablets, found there, are badly preserved, also the quadrilateral 
prisms of unbaked clay. Only small and insignificant finds being made 
there, we concluded our excavations on the 25 of February, after they 
had lasted for 33 days. I admit that the hill has not been searched with 
all possible thoroughness, but am of the opinion that such a search ex- 
tending over 6 or 8 months would not be profitable. The possibility 
to take up excavations again at a later time always remains. 

In Fara we found a well-burned building, in the rubbish of which 
a great many well-preserved tablets of large and small size were found. 
Between January 29 and February 8, we got about 235 of them, 68 
of large size, 35 of middle, and 135 of small size. Among them are 
well preserved and hardly damaged, 2y large ones, 20 middle, and 81 
small ones. We designate as small ones those of 4x7 cm., middle ones 
7x12 cm., large ones 12x20 cm. The largest tablet is 32x36 cm. The 
inscription on one side is very short, while the other side has 10 col- 
umns, each of 24 lines. I do not undertake, with the scanty means at 
my disposal, to clean and restore these valuable tablets here, but leave 
this task to the better equipped experts in Europe. 

In general the finds repeat themselves, the same tools, vessels, 



EXCAVATIONS AT FARA 239 

and cylinders. One cylinder, the copy of whose inscription I enclose,* 
is unique ; it was found in the western part of the ruin. 

After this important find, I think we can terminate our excava- 
tions in Fara with good conscience. 

The excavations of Fara were closed on March 2, and all the mem- 
bers of the expedition returned to Babylon. 



BRICK CANAL, FARA 

EXCAVATIONS AT FARA AND ABU HATAB, BETWEEN AUGUST I5, I902, AND 

JANUARY 10, 1903 

BY W. ANDRAE 

During the first 2 months of excavation at Fara it appeared clearly 
that the tablets, tools, and buildings found were limited to the upper 
stratum (2 m. deep) ; nothing was discovered below that. Therefore 
our ditches, about 3 m. broad and 900 m. long, never exceeded 2 m. in 
depth. The ditches I-VII (see plan at the end of this report) slowly 
brought forth the finds mentioned in Report 15, p. 9 ff. Isolated 
typical rounded tablets of baked and unbaked clay were rarely found, 
always with the same antique characters; also seal-cylinders were 
found partly, in the rubbish, partly in tombs that were hardly distin- 
guishable as such, showing some in crude and some in more delicate 
execution, strugles between beasts, fabulous animals and men. The 
material is, in most cases, alabaster, sometimes shells, rarely hard stone. 

The tombs are either sarcophagi or mat-tombs. The compara- 
tively rare clay-sarcophagi are unvarnished, have a flat bottom, per- 
pendicular walls of even height, and an oblong oval ground-plan, are 
about I, 80 m. long, o, 30-0, 40 m. high, and are closed with a terra 
cotta cover; they are almost without ornament. In the case of the 
mat-tombs the corpse was wrapped up in reed-mats and together with 
the appurtenances placed in a pit. There is no trace of combustion. 
The corpse in most cases lies on one side, the legs bent in a rectangular 

*Friednch Delttzsch — The translation of this sumerian inscription is as follows: "Dada, 
Patesi of Sukurra, Haladda, Patesi of Sukttrru, his son— the side ( ?) of the city sate of the 
god Sukurru he has supported C ?)." If this table is found in situ, we get the Babylonian 
name of the ruin, now called Fara Sukurra, whrch is otherwise known to us bath as a name 
of a dty and of a god. [See Hugo Radau, Early Babylonian History, 1900, p. 3<w] 



240 RECORDS OF THE PAST 




,-^' ■■ ^ ._"_; .- -*■ ■• '\. - Iff ■•Titi>'< 

RUINS OF A HOUSE DESTROYED BY FIRE, FARA 

position. The one hand carries to the mouth a cup of clay, copper, shell 
or stone ; plenty of other cups lie near the skull and even outside the 
sarcophagus, apparently anticipating a considerable thirst in the other 
world. In the richer tombs the arms and jewelry of the deceased are 
added. The arms consist of bronze spears and arrow tips, bronze 
poniards, and bronze hatchets of different forms. The jewelry mainly 
consists in pearl chains, with which even the men are prodigiously 
adorned, the richer ones of lapislazuli and agate, the poorer ones of 
glass. Also finger and arm rings of silver and bronze are found and 
bronze staffs with lapis-points on both ends. The tools consist of 
bronze fishing hooks, net weights, bronze hatchets, and in almost all 
cases color-tubs of shell or alabaster. These tubs are typical and the 
colors are in most cases well preserved — ^black and yellow, red and 
light green. The tubs show very pretty ornaments and sometimes 2 
or 3 of them are connected. What the purpose of these color tubs was 
is doubtful. Perhaps they were used as paint, and being considered 
essential were placed in the tomb of the deceased to be used in the 
next world. 

We could not determine whether the sarcophagi or the mat-tombs 
were the older; they seem to have been used interchangeably. Nor 
are the sarcophagi any richer than the others; rather the contrary 
seems to be the case. 

The pottery is very simple and does not show many variations. 
Those described in Report 15, p. 9, are the most frequent. They have 
no ornaments worth mentioning. 

Stone vessels, cups, and pots are rather frequent and mostly of 
alabaster ; they are also very simple and of the same design as that now 
used in the neighborhood. They sometimes have reliefs of beasts and 




COURT OF A HOUSE IN FARA 




WALLS OF A BRICK BUILDING, FARA 



242 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Sculptures are very rare and mostly in alabaster. In ditch I-e 
several tablets with a very pretty design, showing bulls and men, were 
found, that betray considerable skill in drawing. 

The brick building discovered in ditch III a-b is very incomplete. 
The plan consists of a quadrangular central court, surrounded by 
chambers. The walls are very weak, i m. or less thick, and the cham- 
bers very small. 

The excavations at Abu Hatab were commenced December 24. 
The surface of the hill has been searched before like Fara, but is of 
rather recent date. It is covered with small brick buildings, the walls 
of which are very thin; some of the bricks are stamped with a stamp 



THE COVERED GRAVE OF A CHILD, FARA 

of 9 lines by a King of Ur, Bur-Sin. The stamp seems to me identical 
with the one given in K. B. Ill, i, pp. 88, 89: 

•(Dingir) Bur-Sin ^In-lil-ki-a 3{dingir) In-lil-li 4mu-pad-da 
5SAK.US 6I(dinger) In-lil-ka (?) 7nitah (?) lig-(?)-ga ^lugal Ur- 
(ki)-ma oLugal (AN). UB. DA. IV-ba: "'Bur-Sin, ^in Nippur 3by 
Bel ^appointed sSAK.US M the temple of Bel ?the brave hero ^King 
of Ur sKing of the 4 regions of the world." These fragments were 
found in the northwestern part of the hill. 

The buildings or their ruins were used as burial places; numerous 
antique tombs were found. Most frequent is a sarcophagus consisting 
of 2 large pots adjusted with their edges in a horizontal position. This 
rather pecuhar form is known to us from the pre-Nebuchadrezzar 
strata in Babylon and Mugajir (see Perrot & Chipiez II, p. 373). In 
this pot-capsule the corpse lies on the back or on the side, the legs 
drawn up. One or both hands are near the head, where ordinarily 



CAIRNS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 243 

some vessel of clay or copper is placed. One of these consisted of a pot 
with the corpse of a child bearing an arm and a foot ring of bronze. 

Clay tablets were found here and there in the rubbish of the build- 
ing's. They are unbaked, but comparatively well preserved. The 
form is essentially different from those found at Fara. They are rec- 
tangular in proportion of 1:2-2:5. In many cases they are sealed 
with stamps bearing the name of the owner and that of his father. The 
characters are of a later date than those in Fara. 

The plastic art is represented by a few small terra cottas. Two 
of them show a nude woman (perhaps Nin-mah) holding her breast 
with her hands, a type found very frequently in Babylon. The picture 
of the head of the same goddess, remarkable through the elaborate 
hair dress, and the picture of a walking man appear frequently. 

Of the pre-historic period we found in Abu Hatab almost nothing; 
the exact historical period of its settlement may, I hope, be discovered 
from the inscriptions of the tablets. 

+ + + 

THE CAIRNS OR STONE SEPULCHERS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 

AND WASHINGTON ^ 

BY HARLAN I. SMITH 

IN THE southeastern part of Vancouver Island in British Colum- 
bia, and on the San Juan Group and Whidbey Island in Washing- 
ton, numerous stone cairns containing graves are found. All of 
these, so far as known, are of considerable age. They certainly ante- 
date the period of the first advent of objects manufactured by whites. 
The Indians have no historic tradition as to their origin. 

The cairns are from 3 to 20 ft. in diameter, and generally consist 
of irregular piles of bowlders. In some cases a more or less rectangu- 
lar cyst is built around the body, made by roughly arranging a num- 
ber of bowlders, the straightest sides of which are placed so as to form 
an oblong cyst, and by covering the opening thus formed with one, two, 
or more slab-shaped rocks, each extending from side to side. These 
we will call "cover-stones." No cairns were found where two or more 
stones were wedged over the cyst in the manner of an arch. . In other 
cases there are slab-like stones over the grave, but the cyst is ill de- 
fined, if present at all. In still other cases the enclosure is well made, 
but the stones used to cover the top are so small that they do not reach 
across. Above the cyst a rough pile of stones is reared. Many cairns 
are bounded by single rows of large stones, while the space between 



^The full report on this subject is given in Cairns of British Columbia and Washington, 
by Harlan I. Smith and Gerard Fowke, which appeared as a publication of the Jesup Expe- 
dition, being Part H of Vol. IV of the Memoirs of the American Museum of Natural His- 
tory, January, 1901. 



244 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

this outer wall and the cyst is filled with small fragments of bowlders, 
and in some cases largely with soil or with a mixture of these ma- 
terials. Several cairns have been found where the outer row of stones 
had been laid in a rectangle and carried up so as to form a retaining- 
wall, making the whole structure resemble a truncated pyramid. Other 
cairns have been found in which the body rested at the side of a large 
bowlder, and was covered with small bowlders piled up against the 
large rock. The stones forming the cyst and those in the outer row are 
often embedded deep in the soil around the grave. Probably they were 
not so placed, but sank to this position by reason of their large size and 
great weight. In some cases the stones of the cyst project above the 
rest of the cairn. 

The position of the skeletons proves that the bodies were placed 
on the side, with the usual flexion. They were deposited either on the 
original surface of the soil, or in a shallow hole dug down into the sur- 
face soil or even into the gravel below. In some cases the skeletons are 
found sunk into the soil. Many of them are much decayed. This is 
especially the case in the cairns near Victoria, B. C, in which complete 
skulls are rarely obtained. In 42 cairns opened there, no entire bones 
were secured. At North Saanich, B. C, and near Coupeville, Wash., 
however, complete skeletons have been collected. A few of these were 
partly burned, but the burning probably did not take place in the cairns. 

A few copper ornaments have been found buried with the skele- 
tons, and in one cairn a stone object was secured from among the top 
stones. Bancroft^ states that in a rectangular cairn near Comox, B. 
C, a pencil-shaped stone, sharp at both ends, was found with a skele- 
ton. Objects other than these have not been found, except in cairns 
built on shell-heaps, as at North Saanich. But objects found in these 
cairns do not seem to be in positions suggesting that they were buried 
with the bodies, and their presence may be satisfactorily accounted for 
by assuming that they were taken up from the shell-heaps with the 
earth or bowlders used in the construction of the cairn. 

The scarcity in these cairns of all objects other than human bones 
is remarkable. In this respect the cairns resemble the graves in the 
shell-heaps of Lower Eraser River, where, excepting a few pieces of 
copper, hardly any specimens were found associated with skeletons, 
notwithstanding the wealth of material obtained from the shell-layers 
near by.3 

The cairns on Vancouver Island near Victoria and Comox have 
been known for many years, and are described by Bancroft,^ from in- 
formation furnished by Mr. James Deans, of Victoria, and embodying 
the results of examinations made by him in 1871. Mr. James Richard- 
son, of the Canadian Geological Survey, was one of the first to open 
cairns. Those near Victoria, being convenient of access, have since 

^Native Races of the Pacific States, Vol. IV, p. 739. 

^See Records of the Past, March, 1904, p. 82. 

^Native Races of the Pacific States, Vol. IV, pp. 737-739. 



246 ' RECORDS OF THE PAST 

been examined by numerous investigators, including Professor Karl 
von den Steinen and members of the Natural History Society of Vic- 
toria. Prominent among the latter were Dr. Charles F. Newcombe 
and Mr. O. C. Hastings. Some osteological material resulting from 
their work is preserved in the Provincial Museum in Victoria. Pro- 
fessor Franz Boas examined a number of cairns at Parsons Bridge, 
near Victoria, and on the Saanich Peninsula. Dr. George A. Dorsey 
excavated a few at Cadboro Bay in 1897. 

The following description is based on explorations conducted for 
the Jesup North Pacific Expedition in the years 1897, 1898, and 1899. 
A detailed statement of these is given in Cairns of British Columbia 
and Washington, by Harlan I. Smith and Gerard Fowke. With the 
exception of the explorations made by Mr. Fowke in 1898, the whole 
work was carried on under the direction of Mr. Smith. 

In our investigations near Cadboro Bay, assistance was rendered 
by Mr. O. C. Hastings and Mr. James Deans; at Comox and North 
Saanich, by Mr. Albert A. Argyle ; and at Coupeville by Mr. Thomas 
Murphine. Mr. W. H. Thacker made a reconnaissance on the San 
Juan Islands. The expedition is especially indebted to Mr. Alexander 
McDonald for permission to explore on his land in North Saanich. 
To Mr. Frederic T. Lazenby, who had explored burial-mounds near 
Port Hammond and Hatzic, we are indebted for the privilege of pub- 
lishing his notes. The illustrations of specimens are from drawings 
made by Mr. Rudolf Weber. 

The accompanying map shows the locations of typical cairns, so 
far as known. These structures are usually situated on slopes with 
gravelly soil, and strewn with angular bowlders. They overlook, or 
at least are near, the sea. At many places the single cairns are about 
20 ft. apart. Locations of shell-heaps and trenches are also given on 
this map. 

The most northwesterly cairns known are on top of the bluff at 
Cape Lazo, about 4 miles northeast of Comox. They are small, largely 
made up of gravel, and the skeletons found in them were almost en- 
tirely decomposed. At the base of the bluff is a small shell-heap. 

Small cairns of the usual type were found near Courtney, on the 
ridge back of the Indian potato-patches which are situated west of the 
shell-heap that extends along the southern branch of the Comox River. 
Other mounds or cairns were situated near Courtney, on the slope 
south of the Mission Church and northern road. These were com- 
posed of pebbles and fragments of rock from i to 3 inches in diameter, 
and of loam. They resemble the natural mounds on the prairies south 
of Tacoma, Wash., and are probably of similar origin, as no artificial 
structure, artifacts, or bones were found in them. There are several 
shell-heaps at the same place. Cairns are said to have been found on 
the hillside that descends to the Indian village about a mile west of 
Comox in the direction of Courtney, between the northern and south- 
ern roads. They were destroyed by the road-builders. 



CAIRNS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 247 

A cairn was found on Denman Island at the western end of a 
small shell-heap that extends along the northern end of the island, and 
two more cairns were seen at the base of the high bluff on the eastern 
side of the north point of the island. These cairns on Denman Island 
-were of the usual type, but rather small. 

Mr. Deans reports that at Nanoose, about 12 miles north of 
Nanaimo, there are "cairns of earth'* in which Indians made intrusive 
burials. 

At Port Hammond and Hatzic, B. C, were a few burial-mounds 
which in some respects resembled the cairns under discussion. 

At Point Roberts, Wash., on the southern end of the shell-heap sit- 
uated at the eastern end of the bluff, were a series of burials, which, 
although covered with bowlders, differed in many respects from typical 
cairns. 

Cairns are found at several places on the islands of the San Juan 
Group, which lie directly across Haro Strait, east from Victoria. ^ 

Small cairns were found on every point of land on the bay at 
North Saanich, which is 15 miles north of Victoria. 

Mr. Argyle discovered others on a point at Sidney, about 2 miles 
south of North Saanich, and on a point about i mile northeast of North 
Saanich. Mr. Hastings reports them on Salt Spring Island, which is 
about 5 miles northward from North Saanich. 

About 4 miles northeast of Victoria, on land belonging to the 
Hudson Bay Company, and sloping eastward toward Cadboro Bay, 
were several hundred cairns made of bowlders, apparently taken from 
a parent outcrop at this place. It was here that Messrs. Deans, Hast- 
ings, Newcombe, and other members of the Natural History Society of 
Victoria, as well as Professor Boas, Professor Von den Steinen, and 
Dr. Dorsey, made their principal examinations of cairns. Here and 
generally in the vicinity of Victoria the custom of constructing cairns 
seems to have had its highest development. The type of structure ap- 
pears to have undergone modifications with increasing distance from 
this point. 

Due east of this group, close to the beach on the south end of a 
little point, were a few small cairn-like structures. The north end of 
the point was cut off by a dry moat. Here were found traces of house 
sites, and 2 skeletons covered with a few stones. 

Cairns also exist on Discovery Island, due east of Oak Bay, and 
not far from Victoria. Professor Boas observed many at Parsons 
Bridge, south of the Gorge. According to Mr. James Deans, there are 
cairns on the Hudson Bay Farm, east of the Victoria and Nanaimo 
Railroad and west of the Gorge. A druggist of Victoria reports cairns 
at Gordon Head, 6 miles from Victoria. Mr. Argyle reported some on 
Rocky Point, which is about 22 miles by road southwest of Victoria, 
in Metchosen County, and on Church Hill, near Beecher Bay, i^ 
miles beyond Rocky Point. Others are said to exist on the Pemberton 



248 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

estate, near McNeill Bay, and at Sooke, about 6 miles northwest of 
Beecher Bay. 

On the south side of the Straits of San Juan de Fuca, cairns are 
reported at Port Angeles. On Whidbey Island, 3^ miles northwest 
from Coupeville, or i J/2 miles west of San de Fuca, at the most westerly 
point of Penn Cove, were a number of small cairns made of angular 
bowlders. They were situated on the slopes near the beach, on both 
sides of a small ravine. 

The cairns, so far as known, are always near shell-heaps ; but the 
latter are so numerous all along the coast that their proximity does not 
necessarily imply an historical relation between the 2 kinds of struc- 
tures. In the area of cairns human bones are rarely found in shell- 
heaps, except when a cairn has been erected over the latter. It seems, 
however, that a few skeletons found at Comox, North Saanich, and 
near Coupeville, are the remains of bodies, buried on the shell-mound 
before it had reached its present height. It is only in the shell-motmds 
of Lower Eraser River that human remains are numerous. In the 
northern part of Vancouver Island and in Washington, south of Coui>e- 
ville, in which regions no cairns have been found, human remains seem 
to be absent from shell-heaps. 

On the whole, the evidence furnished by the region from which 
we have the fullest data tends to show that at one time the cairns were 
the burial-places of the makers of the shell-heaps near by, but that on 
other occasions and in the same region people who made shell-heaps 
did not bury in cairns. The variation in form of the cairns seems to be 
due to the character of the material available for their construction 
and to the greater or less care taken, rather than to difference in 
plan. The various forms are more or less abundant wherever cairns 
are numerous. Those made of large bowlders are most common at 
Victoria, Coupeville, and other places where such materials occur. 
The most elaborate cairns, and the greatest variety, are found near Vic- 
toria. 

Some cairns with an outer retaining-wall of stones and a cyst in 
the middle, such as have already been described, agree closely with the 
description of mounds given by Fowke.s In these latter, soil was used 
in place of small stones to fill in the spaces between the cyst and the re- 
taining-wall. The transition from one form to the other is quite 
gradual. At Cadboro Bay both types are found at the same site. It 
would seem that some among the burial-mounds located along the 
Lower Fraser River, between Hatzic and Port Hammond,^ may be 
considered as highly modified forms of cairns. No cairns made entirely 
of stone were found in the last-mentioned region. 

Among the cairns at Cadboro Bay were a few rectangular en- 

'See p. 73 (Cairn 17) Cairns of British Columbia and Washington, by Smith and Fowke; 
also Bancroft, Native Races of the Pacific States, Vol. IV, p. 737. 

^Some of these were first explored in the summer of 1894 by Mr. Frederic T. Lazenby, 
of Retford, Notts, England, during his residence in British Columbia; see p. 60, Cairns of 
British Columbia and Washington. 



CAIRNS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 



CAIRNS NOS. 14 AND 1 5 AT NORTH SAANICH, B. C, SHOWING SKELETONS 

closures, open on top, similar in form to the cysts in cairns. No re- 
mains were found in them. These may have been unused burial- 
places. There is no evidence that they were cairns opened by previous 
explorers. Such enclosures were all on high outcrops of rock near the 
center of the burial-place. * 

The cairns were evidently all built on a well-defined plan, looking 
towards the construction of a central cyst, which, however, was often 
very poorly made. 

In Nicola Valley in the interior of British Columbia,? in Montana, 
and in Idaho, graves are found in talus slopes. There graves are cov- 
ered with piles of stone. None of them have cysts. Near the outlet 
of Nicola Lake and between Harrison Lake and Little Lillooet Lake, 
graves were found in which the body was buried in the ground. A few 
bowlders were placed on top of the grave. Both structures are entirely 
distinct from the cairns with central cyst which we are discussing here. 

Near the head of Harrison Lake, at Point Roberts, in the shell- 
heaps of the Lower Fraser River, and in those near North Saanich and 
at Comox, graves were found which were covered by a few bowlders, 
like those just described ; but both skeletons and bowlders were covered 
by earth or shell-heap material. 

At Point Roberts there were a number of pits, surrounded in some 
cases by bowlders. In one of these pits, covered by a few bowlders, 
several skeletons were found buried in one excavation, while cairns 

^See Memoirs of the American Museum of Natural History, Vol. II, pp. 405, 437, et seq. 



250 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

contain but one skeleton each. There were no objects with the skele- 
tons found in these pits, which can hardly be classed with typical cairns. 
The skulls from the cairns give evidence that the people practiced 
the same methods of deforming the head that were in common use in 
this area until recent times. A skull from Coupeville shows the 
characteristic deformation of the Chinook heads, in which forehead 
and occiput are so much flattened as to be nearly parallel. Most of the 
skulls from Victoria and vicinity are flattened to a less extent A feyv 
skulls found near Victoria and at North Saanich suggest a method of 
deformation somewhat similar to that practiced by the Kwakiutl, which 
consists of a combination of antero-posterior and lateral pressure, and 
results in a narrowing and lengthening of the skull. On the whole, 
however, antero-posterior flattening seems to have been used most 
extensively, 

DETAILED ACCOUNTS OF EXPLORATIONS 

PORT HAMMOND 

A burial-mound made of earth was found about a mile north of 
the shell-heap bordering the north side of Eraser River at Port Ham- 
mond. It was on the border of Pitt Meadows, measured 24 ft. in 
diameter by 5 ft. in height, was of the usual circular mound form, and 
below the surface layer was composed of yellow clay. Extending 
through the mound, on a level with the surface of the surrounding 
forest, was a stratum of vegetable mould averaging half an inch in 
thickness. Near the center of the mound this stratum contained pieces 
of charcoal, burned clay; and ashes, barely sufficient to be the result of 
the cremation of a body* Below this stratum was the natural surface 
soil, and about one foot lower down the yellow clay subsoil. 

Another mound, situated on the bluff overlooking Eraser River, 
just above the shell-heap at Port Hammond, was explored by Mr. 
Lazenby in 1894. He reports that it was a simple mound of circular 
outline and about 10 ft. high, composed of a surface layer of vegetable 
mould, and under this of sandy soil similar to that found in the neigh- 
borhood. There were no bowlders in it ; a skeleton was found stretched 
out at full length on its back, in a good state of preservation, unaccom- 
panied by objects ; the skull was short ; and the Indians knew nothing 
of the mound, and had no legend about it. Only 3 cases have come to 
my notice in which ancient skeletons have been found stretched out at 
full length, although I have opened several hundred graves in British 
Columbia. 

POINT ROBERTS 

At Point Roberts pits from 5 to 15 ft. in diameter by from 3 to 
5 ft. deep were found. They contained human skeletons. In some 
cases, bowlders stood around the edge of the pit, and others covered 
the skeletons. Dr. R. Eden Walker, of New Westminster, who de- 
scribed these pits to us, designated them as wells with paved bottoms 



ENCLOSURE NO. 6, CADBORO BAY, NEAR VICTORIA, B. C, FORMED OF SIX 
LARGE BOWLDERS AND SOME SMALL STONES 



CAIRNS NOS. ID AND lOA, CADBORO BAY, NEAR VICTORIA, B. C. 



252 RECORDS OF THE PAST 



CAIRNS NOS. 14 AND I5, NORTH SAANICH, B. C, IN RIGHT BACKGROUND 
AND LEFT FOREGROUND, RESPECTIVELY, BOTH FILLED WITH CLAY 

which covered graves. Our excavations showed about 2 ft. of vege- 
table mould in the bottom of the pits, which extended down into the 
shell-mound material. In one pit 4 skeletons were found. The bones 
were disarranged, showing that the position of the skeletons must have 
been changed after burial. Over them were traces of wood, and above 
these bowlders. The whole suggests that the bodies had been placed 
in boxes, and that these boxes were buried in pits and covered with 
bowlders. When the boxes decayed the bowlders fell down into the pit. 
These skeletons were found at a depth of from 2 to 3 ft. below the bot- 
tom of the pit. There were no objects with them. 

Mr. Thacker first published some of his notes on the cairns of the 
San Juan Group in The American Archaeologist, Vol. 11, Part 4 
(April, 1898), p. 97. 

NORTH SAANICH 

Many of the cairns at North Saanich were built on top of the 
shell-heap, which is parallel to the beach at the postoflSce. Some ap- 
peared like a small outcrop, but on excavation proved to be cairns with 
cysts, some of them 5 ft. in length, made of bowlders weighing several 
hundred pounds. The best-made of these cysts were somewhat rec- 
tangular, the straightest sides of the bowlders being placed inward. 
They were covered with slab-shaped stones, having at least one straight 
side, which was placed downward. Usually the stones forming the 



CAIRNS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA 253 

cyst constituted the greater part of the structure. The pile was made 
up of few and comparatively small stones. 

There were also found cairns so rude that no cyst could be recog- 
nized. They were simply stone piles, or a few heavy bowlders placed 
on top of the skeletons. In some of these rude cairns there was a row 
of stones placed around the body and the material covering it. In these 
the skeletons usually rested on the natural surface of the soil, the cairn 
being built over it. In some cairns with regular cysts the skeletons 
were found 4 ft. deep. Several cairns were covered and filled with 
clay, so that they appeared like some of the mounds at Hatzic, but were 
much smaller. On the whole, the cairns of this place are smaller than 
those found at Victoria. 

In the cairns, well-preserved skeletons were usually found, al- 
though some were charred, and a few were much decayed. They were 
in a better state of preservation than any found by us near Victoria, 
but this does not necessarily indicate that the burials were more re- 
cent, since more favorable physical or chemical conditions of the soil 
would prevent rapid decomposition. In 1898 we explored 21 cairns at 
this place. 

The fact that small barnacles still adhered to some of these stones 
in a cairn explored in 1898 near North Saanich, proves that they were 
taken up from the beach. A fir tree i ft. in diameter was growing up 
through the cairn. A fir tree 4 ft. in diameter, probably over 200 years 
old, stood over another cairn. Its roots were 8 in. thick over the skele- 
ton. A large stone, in which a small mortar had been made, was used 
as a cover stone over the skull in one cairn. 

A copper object with a small hole near one side, evidently for sus- 
pension, was found at the head of the skeleton in one cairn near here. 
It resembles in form the copper ornaments found in the Thompson 
River region (see Figs. 87-89 and Figs. 365-366, Vol. II, Mem. A. M. 
N.H.), and appears to be in 2 layers. 

Another cairn near this place was about i ft. 6 in. high, and filled 
to a level with the highest bowlders with yellow clay, which probably 
originally covered the cairn. This feature is decidedly striking when 
compared to cairns in which the skeleton is found on the natural sur- 
face of the soil, surrounded by a row of bowlders, and covered with 
gravel. 

CADBORO BAY^ NEAR VICTORIA, B. C. 

Cairns are very numerous at this point. Many have been opened 
at different times by various parties. In October, 1897, 21 were ex- 
plored by Harlan I. Smith ; while in April of the following year a like 
number were investigated by Gerard Fowke. 

WHIDBEY ISLAND 

The cairns on Whidbey Island resemble those found near Vic- 
toria more than do those of other places. Many of them are built at the 
sides of large bowlders. The body usually rests on the right side, with 



254 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the head west and the face toward the largest bowlder, the small stones 
being at the back. 

The report of Gerard Fowke forms a considerable part of the 
memoir Cairns of British Columbia and Washington previously men- 
tioned, and like other reports here omitted, give details of cairn con- 
struction. 




STONE OBJECT FROM A CAIRN IN BRITISH COLUMBIA 



+ + + 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

NEW ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY IN PARIS:— An 
Archaeological Society has been founded in Paris on the lines of the 
Deutsche Orient Gesellschaft. The new society is under the name of 
Societe Franqaise de Foullies Archeologique, and is presided over by 
M. Ernest Babelon. 

ROCK-MARKING AT ETAMPES :— Mr. George Courty, in a paper 
read before the French Association for the Advancement of Science, describes 
and figures the rock-markings at Etampes, in the department of Seine-et- 
Gise, which he attributes to the Neolithic period. Some fragments of sand- 
stone, with edges polished by prolonged rubbing, were found, by means of 
which the marks might have been made. The objects portrayed included a 
harpoon, figures representing boughs of trees, arrows, squares divided into 
numerous compartments, and other rectangular forms, but no figures of men 
or animals. They were found on rocks in 8 different parts of the same ar- 
rondisement. — [Athenaeum, London.] , 

FRAGMENT OF THE TABLET OF NEGADAH:— The most im- 
portant news in the archaeological world of late is, perhaps, Mr. Garstang's 
discovery, as announced last week by Professor Sayce and confirmed by Mr. 
Garstang, of the missing fragment of the tablet of Negadah bearing the name 
of Aha, and called by some the tablet of Menes. Teste Professor Sayce, it fits 
exactly into the gap left in the part exhibited at Khasr-el-Nil, and a duplicate 
of the perfect tablet was also discovered by Mr. Garstang in a chamber left 
unexplored by M. de Morgan in 1897. — [Athenaeum, London.] 



EDITORIAL NOTES 255 

LOST HISTORIC TREASURES :— Dr. Flinders Petrie says 
that every year sees remains which have lasted for thousands of years 
wiped out. Now, in our own day, the antiquities of South Africa and 
of Central and South America have been destroyed as rapidly as they 
are found. Elsewhere engineers of every nation use up buildings as 
quarries or wreck them for the sake of temporary profit. Speculators, 
native and European, tear to pieces every tomb they can find in the East 
and sell the few showy proceeds, which thus lose their meaning and 
history. And the casual discoveries that are made perish in a ghastly 
manner. The Saxon regalia of Harold, the treasures of Thomas a 
Beckef s shrine, the burial of Alfred, the burial of Theodoric, and the 
summer palace of Peking have within modern memory all gone the 
same way as the wonders that have perished in the French sack of 
Rome or the Greek sack of Persia. 

MEDICINE IN ANCIENT EGYPT :— In the Harveian Oration, de- 
livered on Tuesday at the Royal College of Physicians, Dr. Richard Caton 
described some results of an inquiry into the earliest records of medicine in 
ancient Egypt, particularly as regards the circulation of the blood and diseases 
of the circulation. The most interesting figure among the early physicians of 
Egypt was a priest of Ra, the sun-god, named I-em-hotep, who lived during 
the III Dynasty, nearly 6,000 years ago, and was succeeded by a cult of priest- 
physicians, who carried on his work of healing. Temples for the worship of 
I-em-hotep, which were also hospitals for the sick, arose first at Memphis, and 
then extended to other parts of Eg)rpt. Here the priests not only treated the 
sick, but also embalmed the bodies of men and the sacred animals. In this 
process the heart and viscera were removed, and the priests had thus an op- 
portunity of learning something of anatomy and of the changes produced by 
disease. These priest-physicians were probably the first to acquire a rudi- 
mentary knowledge of the movement of the blood. It was clear that medical 
science was cultivated and had advanced considerably in Egypt long before it 
arose in Greece. In Egypt the evidence of this fact was decisive, and in the 
writings of the pseudo-Apuleius it was interesting to know that Hermes told 
the youthful Asklepios of his predecessor, the first inventor of medicine, the 
Egyptian god I-em-hotep. When, in later times, Greek colonists came to 
Egjrpt, they recognized I-em-hotep as a sort of pre-existing Asklepios, and 
spoke of his temples as Asklepieia. The views of the circulation of the blood 
entertained by the Greeks were almost exactly those of their predecessors, the 
Egyptians ; and, in view of the frequent intercourse between the 2 countries 
at that time, it was highly probable that the Greek physicians obtained their 
knowledge of the circulation, such as it was, from the Egyptians. The 
Egjrptian priests seemed, in fact, to have been the first to engage in that 
momentous inquiry, which was finally solved by Harvey, and on which the 
progressof medicine depended. — [Nature, London.] 

EXCAVATIONS IN TURKESTAN :— Professor Raphael 
Pumpelly, who is engaged in explorations in Russian Turkestan under 
the auspices of the Carnegie Institution, has written a letter to Dr. D. 
C. Gilman, the president of the institution, in which he says : 

The streams that rise in the high mountains of Northern Persia emerge 
on to the Turkoman plains, forming fans, or sub-aerial deltas, covering many 



256 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

square miles and each making an oasis. The water is all used in irrigating 
these fertile spots. Beyond them is the desert. Anau, where we have exca- 
vated, is one of these fans. 

Here at Anau, about 7 miles east of Aschabad, there are 2 great tumuli, 
and the ruins of a city — Anau — surrounded by moat and wall, and occupied 
till within the last century. The 2 tumuli, nearly one-half mile apart, are 
nearly equidistant from the city at a distance of less than a mile. We have ex- 
plored both of these tumuli, and I have done some work in the city. 

The northern and older tumulus rises 40 ft. above the plain; the southern 
and younger tumulus rises 52 ft. above the plain. Both of these start with 
their lowest culture strata on slight elevations in the same original plain sur- 
face, more than 20 ft. below the present surface of the surrounding plain. 
That is to say, the plain has grown up more than 20 ft. since the settlements 
began. I will show further on, the different phases of this growth. 

In the older tumulus, we find a culture occupying the lower 45 ft., dis- 
tinguished by the technique and direction of its wholly hand-made and inter- 
esting pottery. This is succeeded in the upper 15 ft. by a more advanced 
culture, in which the finding of some remnants of bronze implements and lead 
beads (all wholly altered to salts of the metals) show a beginning acquaint- 
ance with the bronze, while the hand-made pottery has changed and become 
more developed. Throughout this tumulus we have found nothing recog- 
nizable as a weapon of offense in either stone or metal, though flint knives 
abound. 

The southern, younger tumulus, starts with a developed wheel-made pot- 
tery, unpainted and of a technique wholly different from that of the older 
tumulus — though some hand-made pottery occurs not unlike some of the 
young products of the older tumulus. , 

From its base under the plain to its summit this tumulus has 74 ft. of 
culture strata. There are evident here at least 2 successive cultures. Of 
these, that of the lower 62 ft. is wholly in the bronze stage (but with survival 
of flint implements), while the upper 14 ft. are marked by decided changes 
and by the introduction of iron, of which the wholly oxidized remnants of 
some implements were found. 

We have thus at least 4 distinct cultures, occupying 136 ft, with a break 
in the column between the end of the old and the beginning of the new 
tumulus. We do not know how great this gap may be, but the presence of 
some fragments of wheel pottery on the surface on the older tumulus, as well 
as in the neighboring irrigation column, seems to represent a transition from 
the older to the newer. This suggests the possibility that the gap was filled 
by strata, which is disappearing through wind and water erosion, and which 
must in any event, have been of considerable thickness. 

Through all the cultures except the last — that of the iron stage — there ran 
a remarkable and characteristic burial custom. The children — at least, certain 
children — and seemingly only children, were buried in the houses, under the 
floor, in a layer of fire-hardened earth. I was struck last year by the fact that 
all the human bones I sent from here to Professor Zittel were those of children. 
The skeletons lie on the side with the knees drawn up in the '*liegende hdcker" 
position. With them have been found beads of turquoise, lapis lazuli, car- 
nelian, and other minerals. Eighteen of such burials have been studied. 






L 



PHILAE AS IT WAS 

id and ipeciat pcTmldlon of The Ceatury Co., N. Y.] 



LOOKING AT PHILAE FROM THE SOUTHWEST, NOT LONG BEFORE THE 
BUILDING OF THE DAM 




RECORDS ^ PAST 




VOL III ■[ W ■ PART IX 



SEPTEMBER, 1904 



•f + + 



PHILAE 

BY CHARLES DE WOLFE BROWER 

THERE are few places of archaeological interest, certainly none 
so small, which have received more general attention in re- 
cent years, than the subject of this sketch. None perhaps have 
been regarded with such sentiment. The Great Pyramid, Nippur, the 
Pueblos, appeal to our interest, but Philae stands in a class by itself. 
Every traveler to the border of Nubia expected to be enchanted at 
Philae, and countless persons who have never seen it have yet fallen 
under the sway of the witchery it has exercised through the ages, for 
this regard has been a race inheritance. 

The truth of these statements received a vivid illustration when 
some ID years ago the plans for that beneficent, magnificent engineer- 
ing work, the Assouan dam, were first canvassed. A general outcry 
arose in protest because of the probable loss of the island. The most 
suitable spot for the structure, to accomplish the large irrigation ends 
proposed, was found to be about 2 miles north of Philae. Part of the 
Archaen ridge here crosses the Nile. There are schists, quartzites, and 
dykes of granite and a diorite, the last two so much drawn on for 
ancient works of art. The Nubian red variegated standstone rests on 
the Archaen crystalline rocks further south on both sides of the river, 
and was used extensively for building. With foundations like ada- 



L 



26o RECORDS OF THE PAST 

mant and abundance of granite for the structure, a suitable valley 
back and the desert to be redeemed before — this was the place for the 
dam. The river was to be allowed to run its course through the gates 
during the time of flood, then closed during subsidence. The water 
which otherwise would have flowed uselessly away, being thus ponded 
back, provided a supply for irrigation during the parching months. 
It was estimated that the dam would in this way rescue from the desert 
and make fruitful 2,500 square miles, an increase of cultivatable area 
to Egypt the size of Rhode Island, and that the country would be per- 
manently benefited to the extent of $100,000,000, while a direct annual 
return would be made to the revenues through the sale of land and by 
taxes of $2,000,000, or a sum more than twice the amount to be paid 
to the English builders each year. But there was another side. Phite 
would be submerged, and the outcry referred to became general. Be- 
fore public bodies and through the press, indignation was expressed. 
In England the question assumed political importance. Sir Frederic 
Leighton said : "Any tampering with Philae would be a lasting blot 
on the British occupation of Egypt." A writer in our own Century 
Magazine wrote: "A tragedy is going forward. Murder is being 
done. By the first raising of the gate the Pearl of Egypt, the fairy isle 
of Philae was consecrated to destruction — Philae, the most beautiful, the 
most loved of all the antiquities of Egypt." 

The protest was sufficiently influential to bring about a modifica- 
tion of the original design, and the dam was made 26 ft. lower than 
first planned, so that while the island would be covered during the 
ponding back of the water the temples would stand above it. The 
dam was built of granite a mile and a quarter long, 30 to 40 ft. wide, 
and 75 ft. high. The Duchess of Connaught laid the stone which com- 
pleted the work, December 10, 1902. 

We now come to another and perhaps the last chapter in the his- 
tory of Philae. On August 10, a little more than a month ago, the 
London Times stated the fact that within 2 years of the completion of 
the Assouan dam it has proved itself so successful that Egypt has re- 
joiced and an extension of the work has been asked for. It has really 
meant large additional prosperity for a country so long subject to mis- 
rule, but at last knowing justice and forethought under English care. 
The Blue Book on Egypt, just issued, gives the plan for the work, which 
will involve many millions for canals, railroads, and other develop- 
ments. These include cutting a channel through the morass in the 
far south and opening a new course of 200 miles for the White 
Nile, and — the raising of the Assouan dam. Twenty-seven million 
dollars, it is urged, should be utilized at an early date. Such a pro- 
posal ought to stir the most sluggish imagination and arouse hearty 
approval. The regulation of the Nile will mean the increase of the 
prosperity and happiness of millions of persons, "for whom," the Lon- 
don Times remarks, "we have made ourselves responsible." But it will 
be interesting to see whether there will be another outcry over Philae, 



LOOKING NORTH FROM TOP OF PYLON OF TEMPLE OF ISIS. DARK LINE 
ALONG EDGE OF DISTANT WATER IS THE ASSOUAN DAM 

(From pbotognph by Chmrla De Wolfe Browcr] 

or whether the utiHtarian view has gained ground with the success of 
the first work. But Philje is passing, and so it is well to tell her story 
* once again. The put pose of this article is to give briefly the reasons 
for the interest in the island and the regard so generally and deeply 
felt, and every such endeavor with reference to any antiquity is of 
value, for the printed word and picture will too often have to take the 
place of the monuments themselves. Prof. Petrie spoke a true word, 
when in one of his reports of some most valuable finds, he said that 
the treasures could not be looked on as abiding. Fire might consume 
them, thieves might carry them away, earthquake shock might bury 
them, but their story and their truth would be preserved in the written 
records. 

The name Philje does not appear In Egyptian history till a com- 
paratively late date, and not in any of the earlier inscriptions, and the 
references to it by the writers of other countries are few. The most 
acceptable derivation is from the Egyptian word P-aa-leq, place of 
the frontier. The modern Arabs call it Anas el Wogud, after the hero 
of one of the stories in the Egyptian version of the Arabian Nights. 

The Island is of granite rock and boulders and is the smaller of 
two about 2 miles above the first cataract; the other, which lies west 
of it, bearing the name Biggeh. It is 562 miles from Cairo by the river 



262 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

and between 5 and 6 above Assouan. It is 1,260 ft. long from north 
to south and 450 wide from east to west, lying lengthwise in the river, 
and nearly 400 ft. above the Mediterranean, in latitude 24 degrees, i 
minute and 2 secords north, longitude 32 degrees, 54 minutes and 16 
seconds east. By situation it strictly belongs to Nubia, and, as its 
name implies, is at the southern boundary of Egypt. The sway of the 
ancient kings extended from the Mediterranean to Philae, and added 
interest would attach to the situation because here enters the river 
which is the life of the land. 

The Island lies in a quiet, lake-like widening of the Nile. "Philae, 
the lovely," wrote Mr. C. D. Warner, "set like the stone of a ring with 
a circle of blue water about it in the clasp of higher, encircling granite 
peaks and ledges.'' The approach through the rush and noise and en- 
circling rocks of the cataract* and windings of the river, past polished 
black boulders and shores of fantastic shape, intensify the picturesque- 
ness of the scene and prepare the traveler for impressions of wonder 
and delight. 

The land approach was also a preparation for Philae. Back in 
1737 Dr. Pococke speaks of riding towards Philae from Assouan by 
an artificial way cut between hills and rocks, which was the old road 
from south to north, and the portage around the rapids, a road much 
of it peculiarly desolate. Egypt had a large trade in Nubia in salt and 
gold, and there was much traffic back and forth. The road, too, was 
the gateway for pilgrims to Philae and for prisoners on their way to 
work the mines for the Pharoahs. All along the banks of the river 
between Elephantine and Philae there is, as it were, a visitors' book, in 
which many generations of ancient ^gypt and other countries are 
represented by inscriptions of names and thanksgivings in honor of a 
prosperous Voyage. The attraction therefore of Philae is due in no 
small part to its situation, and some visitors have urged that the far- 
famed beauty was due more to the framework of the picture than to 
the picture itself. The familiar reputation of Damascus as a paradise 
has been owing in large part to its situation in the desert. Such a 
place of flowing streams and verdure would indeed be enthralling to 
the Bedouin and explain the oft told remark of Mohammed about 
that city." 

Yet Philae had a beauty all its own, and especially in its glory as 
no modern traveler ever saw it, with the temples in their perfection, 
the contrast of the red sandstone amidst the green of the vegetation 
and the rosy glow reflected on the water — it was the crowning point 
in the voyage to upper Egypt. 

Philae, we know, was held in highest veneration from a day pre- 
ceding our era by several hundred years and possibly long before as a 

iPauI Lucas, a traveler of the time of Louis XIV, says that the cataract precipitated 
itself with such force from the top of the rock that the inhabitants of the district were deaf 
for several miles around. "This," naively comments Ma-riette, "is a manifest exaggeration." 

^Looking down on the city from a neighiboring hill he refused to enter, saying, "It is 
permitted to man to have but one paradise, and I choose the heavenly for mine." 



J 



PHILAE 263 

religious center; and, like Jerusalem, Mecca, and Rome, drew its 
throngs of devotees. It was sacred to the worship of the triad, Osiris, 
Isis, and Horus. The cult of these divinities is very ancient and its 
phases were many. Osiris was said to have been buried here. At 
least this was one of his places of sepulchre, and no oath was so binding 
as that sworn "in the name of him who lies buried in Philae.'' He was 
one of the principal Egyptian gods, an aspect of the sun, personifying 
the power of good. According to the ancient belief, he had taught 
the Egyptians the arts of civilization, enacted laws and established the 
worship of the gods. He was said also to be the child of Seb and Nut, 
or heaven and earth, as was Isis, his sister and wife.^ Plutarch has 
an interesting essay on Osiris and Isis. He finds the derivation of the 
name Isis in a Greek root, from the verb "to know," so he says, "The 
name is eminently wise and speculative, Isis being wisdom." 

Isis symbolized fecundity. The cow was sacred to her and her 
emblems were a disk with horns supporting a throne. She carried a 
lotus sceptre. She was believed to have taught the Egyptians many 
arts. Horus was the son of Osiris and Isis and a manifestation of 
the sun.* 

Opposed to this wise triad was Set, the principle of darkness and 
evil, the wicked brother of Osiris, who pulls in pieces the doctrines 
Isis collects. Set shuts Osiris in a box, which lies hidden till Isis, in 
long and sorrowful search, finds it, but Set gains possession of the 
body and dismembers it. Isis recovers the parts, and Osiris is restored 
to life to reign in the abode of the dead. Horus avenges his father's 
death. Whence the myths and the names came we do not know. There 
run through the stories the great elemental truths. Something mys- 
terious and attractive has always attended the conception of Isis. She 
seems to have dominated all the others at Philae.° 

The worship of Isis as a nature goddess was introduced into 
Greece after the Alexandrine epoch and became very popular, as it 
did at Rome from the end of the republic ; and her worship with that 
of Osiris extended also over Asia Minor, and hence the pilgrims from 
these countries to Philae. We know that in the time of Diocletian the 
Nubians worshiped the Goddess of Philae, as did a savage tribe called 
Blemmyes, and the priests of these peoples were permitted to offer 
sacrifices to Isis with the Egyptian priests. They were even given per- 
mission to remove the miraculous image of the Goddess from the 
island on certain occasions. One authority states that the priests at 
Philae made use every day of 360 sacred vessels as they poured out 360 

'Josiah Condor, author of 33 volumes of travels, quotes Dr. Richardson as describing 
the Nubian women as with sweet and animated countenances, like those portrayed on the 
temples, and Condor adds, "It would seem that Isis herself must have been a Nubian." 

*One interesting interpretation makes Osiris the Nile, Isis the rich earth, Horus the 
vegetation, and Set the hateful, destroying desert. 

^Plutarch would have agreed with Ruskin, who, writing of the criticism of the worship 
of the Virgin, says that the love and adoration of a good woman is infinitely better than the 
worship of beer mug and pipe, in which so many men indulge. 



264 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

libations of milk in honor of Osiris and in token of his sufferings. We 
learn on the authority of Seneca that offerings of gold and other gifts 
were thrown into the Nile at Philae by the priests to propitiate the 
divinity of the river. 

We come now to the buildings on the Island, all of which were 
associated with religious worship, and find in them a prominent at- 
traction from the day of their erection to the present. There is rea- 
son to believe that there were buildings antedating those which have 
remained to us, but only a few traces of them remain in fragments and 
foundations. The excavations conducted by Captain H. G. Lyons in 
1895, under the direction of the government, brought to light little 
that was new. Maspero says that in 1882 he found the remains of 
fortifications and of a temple of the time of Amasis II, of the XXVI 
Dynasty. The granite sides of the Island show signs of having had 
walls built on them, and we read that Diocletian destroyed the fortifica- 
tions of Philae. Plutarch speaks of it as inaccessible and unapproach- 
able except to the priests. There are some remains of the ancient 
quay. Compared with many other monuments of Egypt those of 
Philae can not be considered ancient. If Cheops belongs to 3800 B. C, 
a few hundred years before Christ is comparative youth. If the build- 
ings are considered small it must be remembered that they were wisely 
proportioned to the size of the Island. It may be said in general that 
there is one principal and several subordinate buildings. The oldest 
one standing and belonging to the pre-Ptolemaic period is the portal 
or temple of Nectanebo, built in honor of Isis, on the southwest corner 
of the Island. This was Nectanebo II, of the XXX Dynasty, who 
reigned from 361-343 B. C, the last of the native kings of Egypt. 
Very fitting is it that at least one of his monimients should have re- 
mained, and on Philae. For a long time he repulsed the Persians, but 
they finally made themselves masters of the delta and Nectanebo fled 
to Ethiopia. It may be that he occasionally visited Philae as a retreat 
untroubled by his foes. 

Facing the south and the landing staircase is the large propylon, 
120 ft. wide and 60 ft. high, stately, impressive. There are steps within 
the east half by which ascent is made to the top. It was commenced 
by Ptolemy Philadelphus and Arsinoe 286 B. C. On the exterior face 
of this pylon are colossal sculptures of the divinities and Ptolemy 
Philometer swinging a battle-axe over his enemies. On the west side 
of the gateway is a large figure of Isis. Within this pylon is a large 
court closed at the north end by another pylon. On the east of the 
court is a portico begun by Ptolemy Philadelphus, with 10 columns 
and several chambers opening from it. On the west side is a temple, 
called the Mammeisi, or Birthhouse, dedicated to the birth of Horus, 
representations of which are given on its walls. It was built by 
Ptolemy Euergetes, ''Benefactor." The second pylon is part of the 
great temple of Isis begun by Ptolemy Philadelphus and Arsinoe, while 
succeeding monarchs carried on the work. Many of the sculptures of 



i 



J 




SUBMERGENCE OF PHILAE ACCORDING TO PRESENT HEIGHT OF ASSOUAN 
DAM 

[By pcrmliiloD of Broirn Bros.. Neir York Cltyj 



PVLON AND PART OF THE COURT BEFORE THE TEMPLE OF ISIS. LARGE 
OVAL BEARS IXSCRIPTION RELATIVE TO GRANTS OF LAND TO THE PRIESTS 



266 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the exterior are of the later epoch of the Roman emperors from Au- 
gustus to Trajan. On their far off thrones these world monarchs 
knew of the little island and through superstition, policy or admiration 
shared in the decoration of the shrine. The columns are remarkable 
for brilliancy of colors. The walls and ceiling are covered with figures 
of divinities and other subjects. There are 3 chambers in succession, 
the last of which was the sanctuary in which is a monolithic granite 
shrine, and on the wall a representation of Ptolemy Philadelphus 
suckled by Isis. There are other rooms on the eastern side of these 
chambers and entrances to the crypt. From a chamber on the oppo- 
site side a staircase leads up to a terrace, and on top is a small room, 
covered with sculptures picturing the death and resurrection of Osiris. 
We can see his mummy passing through the stages of the under world, 
his members scattered, reassembled, and the resurrection. 

From the top of the pylon a far-reaching and beautiful view is 
gained. Of this temple Mr. J. Fergusson wrote, "No Gothic architec- 
ture ever produced anything so beautifully picturesque as this. It pro- 
vides for all the play of light and shade, all the variety of Gothic art 
with the massiveness and grandeur of the Egyptian style. As it is 
still tolerably entire and retains much of its color, there is no building 
out of Thebes that gives so favorable an impression of Egyptian art as 
this. It is true that it is far less sublime than many, but hardly one 
can be quoted as more beautiful.'' Miss Edwards says, "Perfect grace, 
exquisite proportion, most varied and capricious grouping here take 
the place of massiveness." The partial ruin of the temple is ascribed 
to Justinian. — In 557 A. D. this temple became the Christian Church 
of St. Stephen, and crosses were carved here and there. It is esti- 
mated that no less than 5 Christian churches were erected on the island. 

The Kiosque, or Pharoah's Bed, as it is popularly known, on the 
southeast of the island, has well been called the symbol of Philae. When 
we think of Philae, that slender and graceful temple with its palm trees 
rises before us; the work of Nerva Trajanus, it was never fully com- 
pleted above the floral capitals. On the walls are reliefs showing 
Trajan oflFering wine to Isis and the hawk-headed Horus, and again 
Trajan before Osiris and Isis. Once seen it is never forgotten, and 
the effect of its loveliness on many persons defies description. A large 
Nileometer had a place on the west side of the island with hieratic and 
demotic scales. Hadrian's Gateway bears the celebrated representa- 
tion of the source of the Nile. At the foot of a rocky eminence, on 
which perch a vulture and a hawk, the Nile god surrounded by a Ser- 
pent, pours water from two vases. 

It was the custom in Egypt, as in Greece, to set up special public 
decrees in the temples, and so we find a number of them at Philae. 
Among them one of the first we mention is a copy of the so-called 
Rosetta Stone, on the wall on the east side of the great court. Lepsius 
is said to have been the first to observe this inscription. It is remark- 
able as having only the hieroglyphic and demotic forms and not the 



PHILAE 267 

Greek. The first was the original and sacred form of Egyptian writ- 
ing, the second was the ordinary script and the Greek, the language 
of the Court. The last was unpopular with many, and it has been 
suggested that the priesthood, feeling secure in their solitude at Philae, 
could with impunity evade the order to inscribe the decree in the 3 
characters. 

Another decree of great interest was inscribed on an obelisk and 
pedestal at the forefront of the Temple of Isis. It records the relief 
which Ptolemy IX granted the priests from the exaction of govern- 
ment officials and other travelers who demanded entertainment at the 
Island, even to the impoverishing of its guardians. It shows that the 
power of this king extended into Nubia. This monument was removed 
by an English traveler to his private estate in Dorsetshire, so illustrat- 
ing the permanence of the spirit which called forth the decree at the 
first 

Another inscription is cut on the face of a granite boulder, which 
forms part of the foundation for the eastern side of the pylon before 
the Temple of Isis. It tells of grants of land made to the Temple by 
Ptolemies VI and VII. This also is in the hieroglyphic and demotic. 

On the great pylon there is an inscription left by the French ex- 
pedition in February, in the seventh yeir of the republic, towards the 
close of the XVIII Century, stating tliat under Desaix they readied 
this point in pursuit of the Mamelukes. In one of the chambers in the 
Temple of Isis the scientific members of Ihe same expedition recorded 
the latitude and longitude of the island. 

Another noteworthy inscription near the great court commemo- 
rates the bravery and sacrifice to the death of certain English officers 
and men in the Soudan campaign. 

Theodosius, the Christian emperor of Rome, published his famous 
decree abolishing the pagan religion about 383 A. D., but 70 years 
after the worship, against which it was particularly aimed, was still 
continued in the celebration of the mysteries of Osiris and Isis by 
priestly families at Philae, as we learn from a Greek inscription in one 
of the chambers. It seems to have been the last spot on earth where 
for hundreds of years after the coming of Christ the old, old cult still 
lived. As we have seen, Christianity finally reigned supreme, and the 
old temples resounded to the songs and prayers of the disciples of 
Christ. Then came the Arabs and with them Islam, which has held 
its sway over the land to this day. 

Entering the great pylon to rpount to its top a diminutive native 
boy, perhaps 3 or 4 years old, attached himself to the writer and pat- 
tered along close behind all the way up the steps. He carried one of 
the curiously woven palm leaf fans, never spoke, but w^atched as if 
one of the old guardians of the place had come again as a child. He 
wore a large flat silver amulet over his breast. Standing dangerously 
near the edge of the great gateway he looked oflF on the scene of beauty, 
then silently followed the strange being from another land down and 



268 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



about the court. When at last, before stepping in the boat to leave 
the Island, the tourist offered him some piastres for his fan, the child 
began to cry and ran, sobbing, to his father, who stood watching not 
far away. And here we may find a suggestion of the compensations 
for the passing of Philie. For ages long the common people of Eg)-pt 
have been oppressed. The yoke laid on the children of Israel is but a 
type of the sorrows known now and again by those who too often were 
forced to maintain the wicked splendors of the courts and carry on 
bloody wars at their master's whims. But a few decades ago the 
corvee was still in force, and living men have seen the slaveries under 
the Khedives. Heavy taxes with no receipts are of but few years ago. 
Now, the day of the Fellaheen has come. With the justice of the 
English has entered prosperity. The Assouan dam may mean the 
hiding of the beautiful and sacred Isle, but it means for the little child 
who pattered over its ruins a chance for life, for education, and happi- 
ness, such as his fathers never knew. For his sake and the sake of 
countless others yet to live in the narrow confines to which the Nile 
gives life, let us, while rejoicing in all the treasures of the past, rejoice 
in the new achievements the more. The stone bulwark, in the light of 
the wise word of Socrates, is after all more beautiful than the ruined 
temples because more useful. 

If the Island sinks beneath the waves, it will rest there a Nile gold 
treasure undisturbed by covetous Nibelungs. It will abide throughout 
the years a perpetual charm to memory and imagination; its story a 
theme unsurpassed for some master's music-drama. 



EGYPTIAN SCARAB 



SOME UNKNOWN FORMS OF STONE OBJECTS * 

WARREN K. MOOREHEAD. 

THAT we need an archaeologic nomenclature no one will deny- 
Particularly is this emphasized when one views the multi- 
tudinous stone artifacts and unknown objects which fill the 
cases in our museums. Some of these by their shape testify as to the 
purpose for which they were made. Others are of fantastic and un- 
usual forms, are wrought from shales, granites or quartzes and because 
our ancestors made use of nothing just like them we cannot conceive 
by comparison (or lack of comparison, rather) aright concerning them. 
For years they have remained an enigma. 

The light of history fails to aid us. Such specimens as are here 
illustrated have not been found elsewhere in the world. Earliest ex- 
plorers and travelers in America allude occasionally to stone pendants 
worn by the natives, but do not specify what kind. A student cannot 
determine from these early narratives whether a small slate ornament, 
a large winged-perforated object or yet another form is meant. The 
historical references are vague; they do not help us; So far as my 
reading extends, none of them assist in solving the problem. If there 
are references that clearly define the use of winged-perforated 
stones, and I have overlooked them, then I stand corrected. Mani- 
festly, we must depend on the field testimony and follow the natural 
history method in treating of the specimens themselves. 

Archaeologists, for the most part, are silent on the subject. 
Holmes, Rau, Beauchamp, Fowke and others make brief remarks. 
Gushing had prepared a paper on such forms as are here presented, but 
no one seems to know what became of it — an unfortunate thing, most 
certainly. 

Several museums possess fine series of the winged-perforated 
class. There is a comprehensive exhibit at Columbus in the joint 
museum of the Ohio State Archaeological and Historical Society and 
the University, and also a large series in the Andover Museum. These 
collections comprise unfinished as well as completed types. It was my 
purpose at Columbus to secure as many of the objects as possible— 
particularly of those in which the evolution of the type was niafked. 
In the Andover collection there are about 600 of the shapes presented, 
and Mr. Mills informs me that his museum now contains 1,000. 
With these 2 series I am more familiar. ^ In an inspection of the Smith- 
sonian, New York and Peabody collections one observes many varia- 
tions, and there are forms quite diflferent, but it is best to confine the 
discussion to the illustrations. 

Plate I shows 4 unfinished specimens of the winged type. In 
none of them is the drilling begun. It was the intention of the abo- 
rigines to complete the pecking, grinding and polishing before at- 
tempting the perforation. We can readily understand the wisdom of 

*A preliminary paper. 




FIGURE IV 



272 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

their action. A thin and delicately finished specimen is drilled with 
safety, whereas if first drilled it is weakened and subsequent pecking 
or grinding might destroy it. The rougher or heavier \vork, in most 
cases, was done first. 

Selecting a block of slate or other banded and bright-colored ma- 
terial the workman roughly fashioned it, using the ever-present ham- 
mer-stone, holding the block edge uppermost ; that is, the grain of the 
stone parallel with his body. He struck to right and left and then 
turned the stone over and repeated the process. Xot unlike the first 
chipping on a block of flint is this preliminary work. Indeed, the 
processes are almost identical. A sharp pointed stone is used in peck- 
ing the specimen into the form presented by the 4 objects on Plate I. 
The manipulation is simple and consists of thousands of gentle blows. 
Grinding follows and last of all the polishing. 

Reed drills, I think, w^ere preferred to others of flint or bone. The 
drilling in the majority of specimens is very even and true. Some un- 
finished types in every collection contain cores — clear evidence as to 
the use of hollow drills. ^ 

The left-hand figure in Figure I is from Indiana, the other 3 were 
found on Shimer's farm, Martin's Creek, Pa.* In the secondary 
stage the slate-bands scarcely appear, and it is only when the polishing 
is complete that they are brought out clearly. 

In Figure II, No. 18,769, from Ohjo, is almost ready for the grind- 
ing. No. 18,905, from Ohio, and No. 18,678, from Indiana, have been 
pecked and the grinding is partly completed. The unnumbered object 
[Ohio] is ground and now ready to be polished. 

In Figure III, specimen A is finished. B is all complete save the 
perforation — as is C. D is polished and drilled. All are from North- 
ern or Central Ohio. 

Figure IV shows 4 completed types. A, the '^butterfly," is from 
Southern Ohio. No. 13,507, of granite, w^as found near Cairo, 111. 
B and C are from Ohio and made of slate. 

Figure V is the New England type of "butterfly" in slate. Local- 
ity, near Burlington, Vt. 

The wings are more rounded than in the Ohio Valley types. In- 
deed, this is more like the Southern form. The w^inged-perforated 

♦Illustrations are from objects in the collection of Phillips Academy, Andover, except 
where otherwise stated. 




FIGURE V 



SOME UNKNOWN FORMS OF STONE OBJECTS 273 

stones found in the South have short, broad wings, the edges gracefully 
rounded. The material used is often blooded quartz. 

Figure VI, introduced by way of comparison, is quite different 
from the broad winged types and may, possibly, at some future time, 
wrhen these objects are better understood, be found to convey a differ- 
ent meaning. They are from Western Indiana, of slate and well pol- 
ished. Does the larger specimen typify horns in stone? 



Figure VII is from Mr. Hamilton's collection, Eastern Wisconsin. 
Material, banded slate. From a small, oval slate bead (drilled) we 
can build up a graduating series until the thin large winged "butterfly" 
form is reached. Yet all of these do not occur in the same locality. 
These points must be taken into consideration — the geographical dis- 
tribution — in the study. 



FIGURE VII 

Figure VIII shows two slate objects also different from the com- 
mon form. As in all cases, the specimens are curved, but no one knows 
whether the specimen was mounted with the arms up or down. This 
type is not common. 

Figure IX shows the Wisconsin types (some of them) from the 
Wisconsin Historical Society collection. The "butterfly" might pass for 
one from the Ohio Valley, but the two upper specimens are seldom 
found in the Ohio-Indiana region. Materials ; slate. 

These are a few of the many forms of "unknowns.'' One type 



274 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



graduates into another, and it is impossible to draw a sharp line of 
demarcation. 

It was said of that strange form, the bird stone, that it was seldom 
met with outside of the Iroquois region. That statement may or may 
not mean much. Of these, that claim cannot be made. Thev cover a 




FIGURE viir 

wide range, and excepting the "butterfly," have been found in mounds 
and in gravel interments. The shape may vary, but the concept is the 
same whether the winged-perforated object comes from Wisconsin or 
Kentucky. How did this peculiar form originate? From the north 
did it spread to the east and south, or vice versa? These are questions 
easy to ask and difficult to answer. 

The modern tribes know nothing concerning them. That they 
mean more than mere ornaments nearly all observers concede. Is it 
possible for us to ferret out their correct interpretation? One thing is 
certain, the variations emphasize our extreme poverty concerning an 
archjeologic nomenclature. Our Latin scholars should give us terms, 
so that we can intelligently and specifically deal with these and other 
unknown forms. 



FIGURE IX 



THE EXPLORATION OF THE POTTER CREEK CAVE, 

CALIFORNIA* 

IN California the limestone deposits contain numerous caves which 
have afforded favorable opportunities for the entombment of hu- 
man remains and of Quarternary fauna of the Pacific Coast. Al- 
though much valuable evidence has been obtained from the European 
caves as to the fauna of the Quarternary period, and the existence of 
man at that time, very little attention has been paid the caves in North 
America, which might furnish similar evidence. The University of 
California has taken the lead in this work and has published a full re- 
port of the results of the first cave which has been scientifically ex- 
plored by them, that on the north side ©f Potter Creek, California, 
about I mile southeast of the United States fishery station at Baird, on 
the McCloud River. 

This cave was discovered in 1878 by Mr. J. A. Richardson, who 
found a skull of an extinct species of bear ; however, he did not descend 
into the lower chamber. The cave was rediscovered by Mr. E. L. 
Furlong in 1902, and that year and during 1903 the Department of 
Anthropology of the University of California has carried on the ex- 
plorations with a view to determining the existence of man in Quar- 
ternary times on the Pacific Coast. 

DESCRIPTION OF THE CAVE 

The cave lies in a belt of Carboniferous limestone, at an eleva- 
tion of 1,500 ft. above sea level and 800 ft. above the McCloud River 
at the mouth of Potter Creek. 

The system of galleries forming the cave trends in a northwest-southeast 
direction, approximately parallel with the strike of the McCloud limestone 
[the carboniferous limestone in which the cave is located]. The arched en- 
trance communicates with a smaller chamber, through which admittance is 
gained to a narrow passageway. Beyond this point the explorer must de- 
pend for light on lamp or candle. Following this passage to the. left, it is 
found to terminate abruptly on the margin of a great pit. Here a convenient 
stalagmite pillar offers a secure point of attachment for a rope ladder. A ver- 
tical descent of 42 ft. affords entrance to a room 107 ft. long and about 30 ft. 
wide at its widest part, with the roof rising about 75 ft. above the lowest point 
of the floor. Both walls of the chamber slope towards the west. The west 
wall overhangs, and is fringed with numerous massive pendants. 

Forming the floor of this great room were two fan-like deposits of earth 
and stalagmite-cemented breccia, sloping from opposite ends of the chamber 
and coalescing at their borders. Above the apices of the fans rose almost ver- 
tical chimney-like openings. 

Ascending the chute above the apex of the northwest fan by the rope 
and ladder, a point was reached, 41 ft. above the earth floor, where a small 

♦The paper, of which this article is a condensation, appeared in Vol. II, No. i, of the 
University of California publication, American Archaeology and Ethnology, Prof. William 
J. Sinclair, being the author. 



276 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

arched cavity communicated with an earth-choked fissure leading toward the 
surface. Live pine roots were protruding from the clay filling the fissure. On 
the hillside above, a depression in the limestone, filled with yellow earth and 
supporting a vigorous growth of brush and one or two young pine trees, may 
represent the continuation of the fissure toward the surface. 

Above the apex of the southeast fan a vertical chimney sub-divides into 
several openings too small to follow. Leading off from this chimney a deep 
pocket-like hole was found, containing a large number of bones imbedded 
in a highly calcareous earthy matrix. A sheet of stalagmite covered the sur- 
face of both fans along the western side of the chamber. Four prominent 
rock masses rose above the even slope of the floor. The largest of these was 
in the form of an altar resting upon a base of crystaline stalagmite. Above 
the altar a great stalactite hung from the roof. Two broad benches of white 
calcite, rising above the floor, were overlapped by the stalagmite sheet. A 
large fallen block, fringed with pendants and partly imbedded in the surface 
stalagmite and clay lay againstone of the benches. A record of Mr. Richard- 
son's visit was found on this block, together with the names of several other 
visitors. Loose blocks of limestone were scattered over the surface of both 
slopes, especially that in the southeast end. Bat excrement had accumulated 
over a part of the floor, reaching a depth of a foot and a half along the east 
wall. It was in the stalagmite floor of this chamber that the bones collected 
by Mr. Richardson were found. * * * 

ORIGIN OF THE CAVE DEPOSIT 

With the exception of the stalagmitic growths and fallen blocks, the entire 
cave deposit was brought in through the vertical chutes, which are situated 
above the apices of the alluvial fans, and through other openings, which have 
been more or less completely closed by the formation of calcite growths. These 
openings still permit the entrance of water after several days of rain. 

Excepting the chocolate-colored mud and the volcanic ash, which show 
every indication of having been laid down in shallow, water-filled basins, the 
structure of the main deposit is that of alluvial fans, over which successive 
accumulations arranged themselves with reference to the surface slopes, with- 
out involving much water as the stratifying agent. 

Numerous gravel layers occur in the deposit, which represent 
halts in the process of accumulation during which sheets of stalagmite 
began to form in the most favorable places along the west wall of the 
chamber. These furnish the only data as to the rate of accumulation. 

Surface soil was probably added during each wet season, while 
earthquakes may have detached some of the larger fallen blocks. 
Aeolian agencies were effective in transporting the fine volcanic ash, 
which is found in deposits varying from o to i ^ ft. in thickness. This 
ash is very pure and probably was carried by the wind from some of 
the numerous volcanic peaks to the north or east, and must have en- 
tered the cave through some of the larger openings. The fans were 
also added to by dry clay and loose racks, \vhich fell through the open- 
ings from the surface. 

CHARACTER AND MODE OF INTRODUCTION OF ORGANIC REMAINS 

Bones were found in all the strata explored excepting the volcanic ash 
and the chocolate-colored mud. Part of the skull of an Arctothcrium and 



INTERIOR OF THE MAIN CHAMBER OF POTTER CKEEK CAVE. LOOKING 
TOWARD THE SOUTHEAST FROM THE TOP OF THE EARTH SLOPE IN 
THE NORTHWEST END 

[Loincd bj Ihe Vnlvcnity of Calllonila] 



278. RECORDS OF THE PAST 

some remains of Ursus lay among the loose rocks on the surface of the south- 
east fan. Additional material was secured from the stalagmite on the sur- 
face of the slope in the northwest end. 

The majority of the specimens collected are dissociated limb bones, 
jaws, teeth, and indeterminate fragments. Complete skeletons were not com- 
mon. Associated parts of the skeletons of a few squirrels and w^ood-rats, a 
snake (Crotalus), and a bat were found in the gravel layers. In addition to 
these, several complete limbs of Arctotherium simum, with all the elements 
in their natural positions, were discovered imbedded in soft clay, in the main 
chamber. Associated with these were various parts of the skeletons of several 
individuals of this species. 

In all cases the bones have lost their organic matter completely, adhering 
to the moistened fingers like kaolin. Some of them are weather cracked, in- 
dicating that they lay for a time on the surface. The decay of bones in the 
cave is exceptional, but has been noticed at several places, where they were 
found reduced to a fine yellow powder. Occasionally some of the large limb 
bones were found broken across where they had become softened by percolat- 
ing water and were unable to support the weight of the earth above them. 
Many of the bones have been gnawed by rodents. 

Apart from framgents, over 4,600 determinable specimens were col- 
lected. This material requires no preparation except to wash off the adhering 
clay. The bones are usually white, but often show yellow and faint blue dis- 
colorations. Those from the superficial layers of the upper stratum [which is 
composed of clay with lenses of gravel] are often blackened. 

It is difficult to see how such a variety of animal remains could accumu- 
late in the cave, as the number of individuals of the larger forms represented 
by dissociated parts is considerable. There is little definite evidence indicat- 
ing that Arctotherium lived in any of the existing galleries, and, as it could 
not easily have climbed into the chamber where its remains were found, it is 
possible that it fell in, but not necessarily by way of the present entrance. 
There is nothing to indicate that a catastrophic event destroyed large numbers 
of animals in this vicinity. The cave seems to have remained open for a long 
time, receiving bones swept in by rills during wet weather, and the remains 
of such forms as accidentally fell in. It is possible that the Arctothertum in- 
habited a den adjoining the large chamber, and that from this, bones found 
their way into the cave. The edges of some of the larger bone fragments are 
flaked off in such a manner as to suggest that they might hgive been broken 
by the powerful teeth of this great carnivore. No trace of such a den can now 
be found, owing to later erosion, which dissected the surface of the region. 

RELICS OF POSSIBLE HUMAN ORIGIN 

Human remains and implements were carefully sought during the whole 
course of excavation in the Potter Creek Cave. During the first season's 
exploration several polished bones were found, which bear a striking resem- 
blance to rude implements. Three typical specimens are represented, natural 
size [in the accompanying illustration]. The largest of these (Figs, i and la) 
is pointed at both ends, with indications of beveling at one extremity. The 
whole fragment is polished. The second specimen (Figs. 2 and 2a) has the 
edges on either side of the point beveled and polished, and shows a distinct 
notch in the broad end. The remaining edges are rounded and polished. 
This specimen was found embedded in soft clay, between 80 and 90 in. beneath 




FIGURES I-3A. IMPLEMENT- LIKE BONE FRAGMENTS FROM POTTER CREEK 
CAVE (natural size). FIGURES 4, 5. BONE IMPLEMENTS FROM 
THE EMERYVILLE SHELL MOUND (NATURAL SIZE). 
[Loaued by th» Unlvtnjly of CaliforDial 



28o RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the surface. In ar> adjacent sectiAn several teeth of an extinct ungulate, 
Eiiceratheriiim collinum, were found at a level 6 ft. above the implement-like 
piece of bone. The considerable depth at which the specimen was found in 
undisturbed earth and the presence of remains of an extinct species above it, 
indicate that it is not of recent origin. The third specimen (Figs. 3 and 3a) 
is sharply pointed at one end, both surfaces are polished, and the. edges 
rounded. These polished bones closely resemble many of the rough imple- 
ments from the shell mounds of California. Figures of two of these imple- 
ments, reproduced from the plates accompanying the manuscript of Dr. Max 
Uhle's report on the exploration of the shell mound at Emeryville, are given 
in Figures 4 and 5. Dr. Uhle believes that these implements were originally 
splinters accidentally formed in breaking up long bones. Favorable pieces 
were selected because they had sharp points and these were polished in use. 
Often the point has been beveled by rubbing on one side. 

To eliminate as far as possible all question regarding the nature and 
origin of these polishied bones, every fragment encountered during the ex- 
cavation was preserved. These were carefully examined in the . laboratory 
for traces of polish and any indication of cutting or rubbing to form a point 
or beveled edge. The result has been that a considerable number of speci- 
mens were found, showing all degrees of polish associated with much variety* 
of form. Some of these fragments bear no relation to any known form of im- 
plement, and it is not easy to see how they could have been used. Many 
gradations exist between the irregular polished fragments and the imple- 
ment-like specimens. This suggests the idea that they have all been made in 
some other way than through the agency of man, and that the rough, imple- 
ment-like form is purely a chance occurrence. It is therefore important to 
inquire whether the wear and polish could have been produced by natural 
means. In one or two instances polished fragments were found associated 
with limestone gravel in small rock-rimmed basins, w'here they had been ex- 
posed to the action of dripping water. The association of polished bones with 
drip-washed gravel suggests that some of the worn bones found in the clay 
may have been abraded in pot holes by this means, or by rill action, before 
they were entombed. 

While the explanation just given may readily apply to the irregularly- 
shaped polished fragments, the beveled edges and notched base of the speci- 
men shown in Fig^ure 2 convey a very strong impression of definite purpose 
controlling its fashioning. On the other hand, the writer does not feel justified 
in positively asserting the human origin of this relic, believing that we require 
stronger evidence than it has yet been possible to obtain before such a state- 
ment is made. 

A large part of the material collected consists of sharp-edged bone splin- 
ters. These are found at all depths in the bone-bearing deposits, and in all 
parts of the cave. Many of the splinters occur low down in the deposits and 
are associated with remains of numerous extinct animals. They resemble the 
fractured bones from the shell mounds along the coast. We can conceive of 
these splinters having been formed in a number of ways. They might have 
been produced by large bone-crushing carnivores, but well-marked traces of 
gnawing, excepting those referable to rodents, have not been observed on 
these fragments. In some cases, bones may have been fractured by the im- 
pact of their dropping into the cave, or by heavy stones crushing down upon 
them, but these explanations can not account for the presence of the large 



THE POTTER CREEK CAVE 281 

number of sharp-edged splinters found, without having some very definite evi- 
dence in their support, and this has been obtained in only a few cases. Frac- 
tured bones were found near the entrance in the upper gallery, where the dis- 
tance from the surface is small. Again, bones may have been broken by 
striking against the irregular walls of the chutes, through which much of the 
cave earth entered. Regarding this, it may be said that fragile bones were 
often recovered entire, while most of the splinters were produced from the 
fracture of large limb bones. Furthermore, the percentage of abraded speci- 
mens is much smaller than would be required by this theory, as most of the 
splinters still have sharp edges. 

Another possible explanation is that they were produced on the surface 
of the ground outside the cave by the process of weather cracking. Only a 
few could have been formed in this way, and they would in the majority of 
cases have the edges rubbed down in the process of being carried into the cave. 

Since other suggestions fail to explain the presence of these splinters 
satisfactorily, it is not beyond the limits of possibility to suppose that they 
were made through the agency of man. In the case of the material from the 
shell mounds, the bones were broken to extract the marrow by pounding with 
a heavy stone, resulting in the production of splinters identical in character 
with those from the cave. A difficult point to explain by this hypothesis is the 
presence of these fragments in all manner of inaccessible places, as in the 
pocket in the east wall, where they could not have been thrown, and must have 
been carried down through narrow rock channels, now closed by stalagmitic 
growths. Possibly they were washed in from a refuse heap or the accumula- 
tion in a rock shelter. The uncertainty of the evidence must be advanced in 
this case also. At the present time no explanajtion of the origin of the frag- 
ments has been discovered which accords with all the observed facts, though 
the suggestion that they were made by man appears, on the evidence of oc- 
currence, to be open to the fewest objections. 

In the clay flooring the passage leading back to the top of the swinging 
ladder, a sharp-edged stone chip, flaked from a river worn pebble, was found 
associated with the charcoal mentioned as occurring in the clay. A Mar- 
garitana shell, several bone fragments, a tooth of a large ungulate, Eucera- 
therium, and a fragment of a mammoth tooth were associated with the stone 
chip. The charcoal did not occur as a definite stratum, but was scattered in 
small fragments through a fine clay from 6 to i8 in. beneath the surface of the 
floor of the gallery. It seems to have accumulated with clays which were car- 
ried in from the surface by rain water percolating through fissures in the lime- 
stone. It can hardly be considered as certainly representing a local hearth de- 
posit, though such may be the case. It is also possible that it is the result of 
Quarternary forest fires and has been washed into the cave. 

A careful study of the cave collection has failed to indicate the presence 
of human bones. Early man might have been. in existence in the region and 
yet his remains have escaped preservation in the cave. Those chambers in 
which the ossiferous deposit attained its maximum accumulation may not have 
been easily accessible to man or may have been so far from the entrance that 
he would have preferred not to visit them frequently. A fragment of modern 
Indian basket work was found on the surface near the top of the ladder, in- 
dicating that the entrance chambers may have been used occasionally in re- 
cent years as a place of storage. There was nothing to indicate that they had 
been so used in prehistoric times. It seems probable that the main chamber 



282 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

of the cave originally had free communication with the surface, serving as a 
pitfall to catch unwary mammals. The accumulation of human remains in 
such a pitfall would be of rare occurrence, depending upon accidents against 
which the superior intelligence of man would protect him. 

The cave fauna is not too old to negative the idea of contemporaneity 
with man. There can be little doubt that if man reached the North American 
continent during the Quarternary it was by way of the land bridge, which 
then united Alaska with Siberia at Bering Strait. This land connection per- 
mitted the migration of many of the mammals now common to the most 
northern parts of both continents.* It seems reasonable to expect that some 
of the earliest traces of man in North America would be found on the Pacific 
Coast, where the climate was congenial and food supply abundant, while the 
eastern portion of the continent was submerged beneath the ice sheet. Gla- 
ciation in California has never been general, occurring only at the higher 
altitudes. At its maximum the coast was almost as well adapted to human 
habitation as it is to-day. 

Although the evidence found in the Potter Creek Cave does not 
prove the existence of man on the Pacific Coast during Quarternary 
time, yet it is very suggestive, and should lead to the careful examina- 
tion of many other caves on the coast, some of which may throw a vast 
amount of light on the age of man in the western part of our continent, 
and possibly give an important clue as to the migrations of man in this 
region. 

^ •fi «^ 



GOLD PLATES AND HGURES FROM COSTA RICA 

IN THE scattering reports of objects of prehistoric character 
which occasionally come from Costa Rica and other points in Cen- 
tral America we have brought to our attention the great possi- 
bilities which exist in that coijntry for the student of archaeology, 
anthropology, and ethnology. Further research in this country will 
doubtless throw much light on the connection which the ancient civi- 
lization of our Southwest and Mexico had with the ancient South 
American centers of civilization. 

A Spanish trader, Don Juan Lau Don by name, is one of the few 
favored individuals who is allowed access to some of the central sec- 
tions of Costa Rica, for the Indians here are very unfriendly to for- 
eigners. The trail which he follows in crossing over from the Atlantic 
to the Pacific Ocean is about 150 miles long and very difficult. On 
the Pacific side it follows a small river, which empties into the Gulf of 
Dulce. Some time ago, after a series of heavy rains, this stream 
overflowed its banks and in one of the bends washed out a precipitous 
bank, uncovering a large number of ancient tombs, in which were 
bones, pottery, carved stones, and gold objects. The natives recog- 

*R. Lydekker. A Geographical History of Mammals, p. 337, pp. 346-348. 




GOLD OBJECTS FROM COSTA RICA 



GOLD PLATES AND OTHER OBJECTS IN GOLD FROM COSTA RICA 



284 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

nizing the intrinsic value of the gold, gathered the specimens and 
traded them to the Spaniards. 

According to his report, the graves from which these objects came 
were situated 20 ft. below the surface of the ground. At least half of 
this superimposed earth must be an accumulation since the burials 
were made and so roughly represents the time which has elapsed since 
the high civilization which produced the finely carved and beaten gold 
objects existed in Costa Rica. 

Don Juan Lau Don reports that these tombs were very carefully 
constructed. The crypt in which the body was placed is approximately 
3 ft. wide by 7 long and 3 high. The bottom and sides were lined with 
stone and a large stone slab or else 2 smaller stones, carefully cemented 
together, formed the cover which was placed over the top. From 
these graves, pottery, stone implements, and carvings, as well as gold 
images were recovered, however, as the gold was the only find which 
interested the natives ; that is, all which we have preserved. It is to 
be hoped that the river will not cut away the whole of this ancient 
cemetery before it is possible for archaeologists to make a careful sys- 
tematic study of this cemetery and the surrounding region. 

This valuable collection of gold objects was purchased by the 
Spaniard from the natives and has now come into the possession of 
Mr. George C. Dissette, of Glenville, Ohio, who is going to keep the 
collection together as a whole and not allow it to be scattered. The 
objects are all of pure gold and show the exceedingly high artistic 
taste, as well as the great skill of goldsmiths of that time. In the col- 
lection there are 2 gold plates, one about the size of an ordinary tea 
plate and of very thin gold; bearing simple circular designs. The 
other gold plate, much smaller in size, is plain, without decorations. 
These plates show the marks of the hammer, while the smaller and 
more carefully designed images -show marks of the tracing tool, where 
the design had not been completed. In the case of one of the images, 
probably an idol, there is some inlaid work. The eyes, made of small 
greenish stones, have been inlaid. 

The execution of the carvings in the images is very fine and deli- 
cate. Some of them appear to have been used as amulets and show 
the hole through which the string was run for attaching it. Numerous 
bird-like figures occur, the object of which is hard to surmise, but some 
were doubtless used as charms or amulets. 

There are a number of small gold bells with nuggets of virgin 
gold for their clappers. Another series representing frogs, lizards, 
and other small animals show very skillful designing. The study of 
the accompanying illustrations will give some idea as to the character, 
variety, and exquisite -workmanship of these gold objects. 

Perhaps the most interesting fact is the light thrown by these 
images on the high development of the goldsmith's art in times far 
antedating the discovery of America by Europeans. Not only was 




GOLD FROGS AND LIZARDS FROM COSTA RICA 



- 


a 


A 


A 




^ 


i 


& 


^ 


.**" 



GOLD IMAGES AND BELLS FROM COSTA RICA 



286 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the virgin gold beaten into various shapes and forms, but a method of 
soldering gold was evidently known. By our present method of 
uniting pieces of gold, solder of much less purity than the parts to be 
united is used. In time this inferior gold cement corrodes and makes 
the joint painfully evident. In the case of these images the joints, even 
after the long centuries, which they have lain buried in the earth, 
show no traces of corroding. By testing, Mr. Webb C. Ball deter- 
mined the fact that the cement used was scarcely below i8 karats fine, 
while the parts cemented were virgin ^old. Mr. Ball further observed 
that "these ancient workmen were careful that the joints should have 
as great strength as the separate parts. Small bands are to be seen 
across those places where small pieces were soldered to larger ones. 
The result is that the entire piece with its intricate embellishments 
seems to be one." 

That the makers and users of these gold objects were not the 
predecessors of the present Indians is evident. The relation which 
existed between these people in Costa Rica and the Incas of Mexico, 
the pueblo dwellers of our Southwest, and the prehistoric nations of 
South America is a question which awaits settlement. The comple- 
tion of the Panama Canal and the consequent opening up of the whole 
of Central America will place a special responsibility on all persons 
interested in early history and archaeology, to create public sentiment 
to insure the scientific collecting of facts and the preservation of as 
many ruins as is practicable, before they have been despoiled for com- 
mercial purposes. Not only the archaeologist has a responsibility in 
this matter, but also the anthropologist and ethnologist, and, in fact, 
all educated persons. 

■ + + + 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

THE DEVIL AND EVIL SPIRITS OF BABYLONIA:— Mr. 
R. Campbell Thompson's translation of Volume XV of Lusac's Semitic 
Text Series contains much of special interest concerning ancient Baby- 
lonian ideas as to the devil and evil spirits. Lusac's translation was 
from the original cuneiform texts, comprising 240 tablets and frag- 
ments. The redaction by the scribes of Assurbanipal has not, Mr. 
Thompson thinks, resulted in any considerable rewriting of the spells, 
and he is disposed to regard them as essentially unchanged from the 
Sumerian archetype in use 6,000 or 7,000 years ago. 

The introduction classifies the kinds of evil spirits against which 
protection was needed, of which the most important were the utukku 
and the ekimmu. Both these words were used of disembodied human 
souls, and it does not appear whether there was any fundamental dif- 



EDITORIAL NOTES 287 

f erence between the conceptions they embodied. The utukku was used 
of the ghost called from the under- world by the necromancer; but 
it seems also to have been applied to a ghost that lay in wait in desert 
places or graveyards. The ekimmu was also a restless spirit, the 
soul of some one whose remains were unburied or who did not receive 
from the living those offerings and libations, which, with the dust 
and mud of the nether world, formed the nutriment of the departed. 
In the ones case the ghost never reached the "House of Darkness," 
in the other hunger and thirst forced it to leave its abode in Ekurra 
and seek on earth the food and drink which its descendants should 
by rights have transmitted from the upper world. The second reason 
for its return to earth was that it was entitled to fasten on any one 
who had been in some way connected with it in this life, and demand 
from them the rites that give it peace. The chance sharing of food, 
the mere act of drinking together was, we learn, enough to confer this 
rite. Probably hospitality was more honored in the breach than in the 
observance in Babylonia. 

Another species of demon was the alu, which was supposed to 
hide in dark corners and, like spirits in general, to haunt deserted 
buildings. Another side of its activities brings it in close connection 
with the nightmare ; it was supposed to steal sleep from tired eyes by 
standing at the bedside ready to pounce on the unfortunate who ven- 
tured to yield to his weariness. It was only half human, sometimes 
w^ithout mouth, ears, or limbs, the offspring, perhaps, of a human 
being and a ghoulish lilitii. 

None of these spirits seem to have been^ able or willing to do men 
a serious injury. There were, however, others whose function it was, 
like Ura, the plague-spirit, and Asakku, the fever-spirit, to disseminate 
disease. Others, again, like the ghost of a woman who died in child- 
birth, were probably regarded as draining men of their life blood. 
At the same time the idea that the child would recall the mother to 
earth may be the foundation of this belief. The not infrequent cus- 
tom of killing nurslings after the death of the mother may well have 
superstitious as well as practical grounds in Babylonia. 

As an interesting parallel to a well-known European type of spell 
may be noted the Sumerian practice of repeating in the magical verses 
long traditional stories of the doings of their gods. 

TWO EXHIBITIONS OF EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES :— Foremost 
among the exhibits shown during the summer in London is that at the Society 
of Antiquaries of the work done by Mr. Garstang during the last two seasons 
for a committee of ladies and gentlemen, including such well-known names in 
this connection as the Rev. William MacGregor and Mr. Hilton Price. The 
exhibits include many objects from the rock-hewn tombs of Beni Hassan, 
mostly of the XI and XII Dynasties, such as the magnificent coffin of Sebek- 
hetep-aa and high temple official, which is inscribed both within and without 
with texts from the Book of the Dead and kindred compilations. There is 
also the coffin in a more fragmentary condition of one Neter-nekht-aa, which 
contains a variant of some part of the famous Pyramid texts copied years ago 



288 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

by M. Maspero at Saqqarah, which have thrown so much light upon the earliest 
religion and language of Egypt. Both these, of course, originally contained 
mummies, but as if to show that, even in conservative Egypt, one fashion of 
burial at certain periods replaced another, there are also to be seen here ex- 
amples of what are known as "pottery burials." In one of these the body 
is laid, in the doubled up position common in Neolithic times, in a round 
earthenware pot with a lid. Mr. Garstang dates this with great apparent 
truth as belonging to the III Dynasty, and near to it is a similar pottery coffin, 
in which the body was laid at full length, marking the revival of the earlier 
method. Older than the pot is probably the burial in the contracted position, 
but in a square wooden box, bearing on its east face a row of small pilasters that 
may possibly have been the origin of the "facade," always found on the royal 
cognizance called by the Egyptians srekh, which showed that the deceased king 
had become identified with the god Horus. 

Among the smaller objects are a most complete set of those doll-like 
figures which the pious Egyptian thought would procure for him by art 
magic the repetition in the next world of the scenes which they enacted in 
this. Thus we can see, beside bakeries and granaries, a representation of an 
Eg)''ptian brewery in full working order, with one body of slaves preparing 
the malt, another putting it into the large pottery vessels in which it was left 
to ferment, and a third bearing away on their shoulders parts of the finished 
beverage. Here, too, are many slaughter houses, where large oxen are repre- 
sented as being cut up for the kitchen of the master — the thigh, which was 
originally used for sacrifice, being, in most cases, carefully set aside. More 
elaborate still are the models of boats, some of them containing as many as 
20 rowers, while in one appears a party of warriors playing chess or draughts 
on the poop. There is also an exceedingly life-like figure of a girl from market, 
bearing on her head a basket and in her hand 2 geese, which she grasps by the 
neck. But the gem of this part of the collection is a small wooden statuette 
of a man walking with the aid of a long staflf, which for truth and delicacy 
of execution, as well as by its pose, recalls the famous statue known as the 
Sheik-el-Beled, to which it is indeed little, if at all inferior. * * * 

For the professed Egyptologist, however, all these must yield in interest 
to the relics from Negadah, where Mr. Garstang, in a flying visit, went through 
the work of M. de Morgan, formerly Director of the Service des Antiquites, 
and succeeded in gleaning several things which had escaped the lynx eye even 
of that careful excavator. Here is the hitherto missing piece which nearly 
fills up the gap left in the ivory tablet of King Aha, now the glory of the Cairo 
Museum, which has led many enthusiasts to identify that extremely early 
king with the legendary Menes, first ruler over united Egypt. Here is also 
what appears to be a duplicate of the whole tablet, making clear what was 
before obscure, and rendering it possible to reproduce the whole inscription 
nearly as it left the hand of the graver. When this is done, and. when Dr. 
Naville, who has already published an interpretation of the part discovered 
by M. de Morgan, has had more time to study it, we have no doubt that he 
or Mr. Garstang will be able to give a guess at its contents, and to clear up 
what is at present the most important point in Egyptian history. There are 
also many relics of the king hitherto called Marmer, which leaves but little 
doubt that he was in point of time a near neighbor to Aha, and that his name 
was probably Bedjau, which, as M. Foucart was the first to point out, is not 
far from the Boethos of Manetho. — Athenaeum, London. 



RECORDS^PAST 




/• 










VOL III ■ (M^ ■ PART X 



OCTOBER, 1904 



+ + + 



HISTORY OF THE QUERES PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA ^ 

PART I 
BY JOHN M. GUNN 

WITH authentic history left us by the early Spanish ex- 
plorers in this country I introduce the Pueblo Indians of 
Laguna and Acoma. 
I have followed the accounts of these old "conquista- 
dores" as long as they remained sovereigns of the province of New 
Mexico ; then by the pale, flickering light of tradition traced the ances- 
tors of these people into the dim past ; if not to their origin, at least to a 
remote antiquity. Guided only by fragments of tradition (a word, a 
phrase, or certain features of their language), scattered here and there 
at long intervals along the path now almost obliterated, and as we 
follow (in imagination) their wander ines across the big waters, the 
home of the "Wa-wa-keh," to the "unripe" land; through the cane 
brakes, and forests, over plains and mountains, we feel for them a 
melancholy sympathy. They are the same in manners, customs, and 
beliefs as they were centuries before the haughty Caucasian trod the 
Western Continent, but at the dawn of the XX Century we see the 
signs of a change, and the time may be when the descendants of these 
Queres Pueblos will give to the world minds as great as the world 
has yet produced. Hoping that they may be guarded by that great 
Intelligence "Sitch-tche-na-ko" (the spirit of reason), to whom they 



292 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



pray, I have gathered these old traditions and historic facts, which 
have survived the obliterating influence of time, and present the his- 
tory of the Queres Pueblos of Laguna and Acoma. 




MAP SHOWING THE VARIOUS SETTLEMENTS MADE BY THE QUERES ON THE 
NORTH AMERICAN CONTINENT 



Laguna, village of the lake, though the lake has long been drained, 
and where the ripples once chased each other across an expanse of 
water 2 miles long by one-half mile wide, now wave fields of wheat and 
corn. 

Youngest of the Keres villages, the exact date of settlement is 
indefinite. Certain, however, something more than 200 years have 
received the shelter of its walls and passed on to oblivion. 

The Spanish records of the country put the date of settlement in 
the year 1699. De Thoma says, "The Queres of Cieneg^illa, Santo 
Domingo, and Cochiti, constructed in the same year (1699) a new 
pueblo close to an arroyo, 4 leagues north of Acoma. On the 4 day 
of July, in 1699 this pueblo swore its vassalage and obedience, and re- 
ceived the name of "San Jose de la Laguna." But from other his- 
torical sources and traditions it is evident that it was settled several 
years previous to this date. 

The first reference to this particular place is by Hernando de 
Alvarado, an officer in the expedition of Coronado. In his report to 
the general he says : 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA . 293 

We set out from Granada (Ojo Caliente, one of the Zuni villages) on 
Sunday, the day of the beheading of John the Baptist, the 29 of August, in 
the year 1540, on the way to Co Co (Acoma). After we had gone 2 leagues 
we came to an ancient building, like a fortress, and a league beyond we found 
another, and yet another; a little further on, and beyond these we found an 
ancient city, very large, entirely destroyed, although a large part of the walls 
were standing, which were 6 times as tall as a man, the walls well made, of 
good stone, with gates and gutters like a city in Castile. Half a league or 
more beyond this we found another ruined city, the walls of which must 
have been very fine, built of very large g^ranite blocks as high as a man. 

Here 2 roads separate, one to Chia (Zia) and the other to Co Co 
(Acoma). We took the latter and reached that place, which is one of the 
strongest places that we have ever seen, because the city is on a very high 
rock, with such a rough ascent that we repented having gone up to the place. 
The houses have 3 or 4 stories. The people are the same sort us those of the 
province of Cibola; they have plenty of food, of corn and beans and fowls, 
like those of New Spain. From here we went to a very good lake or (Laguna) 
marsh, where there are trees like those of Castile. 

From here we went to a river, which we named Nuestra Senora, because 
we reached it the evening before her day. In the month of September (8) 
we sent the cross by a guide to the village in advance, and the next day the 
people came from 12 villages, the chief men and people in order, those of one 
village behind those of another, and they approached the tent to the sound 
of a pipe, and with an old man for spokesman. In this fashion they came into 
the tent and gave me the food and clothing and skins they had brought, and 
I gave them some trinkets and they went off. 

The river of Nuestra Senora flows through a very open plain, sowed with 
com plants. There are several groves and there are 12 villages. 

The houses are of earth, 2 stories high. The people have a good appear- 
ance, more like laborers than a war-like race. They have a large food supply 
of com, beans, melons, and fowls in great plenty. They clothe themselves 
with cotton and skins of cows and dresses of the feathers of the fowls. 

Those who have most authority are the old men. We regarded them as 
witches because they say that they go up into the sky and other things of the 
same sort. In this province there are 7 other villages, depopulated and de- 
stroyed by those Indians who paint their eyes, of whom the guide will tell 
your g^ce. They say that they live in the same region as the cows, and that 
they have com and houses of straw. Here the people of another village came 
to make peace with me, and a.s your grace may see in this memorandum there 
are 80 villages there, of the same sort as I have described, and among them 
one which is located on some stream. It is divided into 20 divisions, which 
is something remarkable. The houses have 3 stories of mud walls, and 3 other 
of small wooden boards, and on the outside of the 3 stories with the mud walls 
they have 3 balconies. It seems to us that there were nearly 15,000 persons 
in this village. The country is very cold. They do not raise fowls or cotton. 
They worship the Sun and water. In some mounds of earth outside of the 
places where they are buried and in the places where crosses were raised we 
saw them worship there. They made offerings to these of their powder and 
feathers, and some left the blankets they had on. They showed so much zeal 
that some climbed up on the others to gfrasp the arms of the cross to place 



294 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

feathers and flowers there, and the others bringing ladders, while some held 
them others went up to tie strings so as to fasten the flowers and feathers. 

« 

Here abruptly ends the report. 

The lake of which Alvarado speaks, and which gave to the village 
the name of Laguna, was a short distance west of the Pueblo. Geo- 
logical evidence shows that at some time, many years ago, a stream of 
molten lava flowed down the valley, following the river, and filling up 
the channel where the stream ran, between bluffs, thus damming the 
river in many places and forming lakes. Such was the lake at Laguna. 
It is evident that a much larger river than the present one once 
flowed through the valley, filling the basins formed by the lava flow 
and then pouring over the rocky obstructions, in time wore a new 
channel, through the solid lava, in some places a quarter of a mile long 
and 40 ft. deep, which must have taken ages to accomplish ; the water 
being furnished in all probability by local glaciers, as there are signs 
of glacial action and moraines in the Zuni Mountains to the west. 
After a new channel had thus been formed and the lake drained there 
came a period of drought, and the beavers, taking advantage of the 
narrow channels, constructed artificial dams, again backing up the 
water and refilled the basins ; such was the lake when Alvarado and 
his soldiers first passed through here. 

When the Indians came to build the town the beavers were fright- 
ened away, but the villagers continued to repair the dam from time to 
time until the year 1850, when on account of religious disputes the 
people refused to obey the officers or work together in unity. The dam 
washed away and the lake was drained. The Spaniards named the 
stream, which supplied the lake, the Rio del Gallo, probably on account 
of the mud hens which infested these marshes and lakes in great num- 
bers, and which have some resemblance to a chicken, but as no men- 
tion is made of any habitation, it is safe to say that there was no set- 
tlement here at that time. 

Fifteen miles southwest of Laguna rises the great rock of Acoma, 
crowned by the ancient pueblo of the same name. Basking in the sum- 
mer suns and swept by the winter blasts of centuries the old village, 
though now slightly in ruins, still smiles on the rugged mesas and 
fantastically shaped rocks with which nature has surrounded it, the 
great buttes and curiously eroded pillars, nearly all of which have 
some entertaining story of folk lore connected with them, and are sure 
to excite the imagination when viewed for the first time. The town 
was ever a source of wonder to the early Spaniards who visited the 
country. They wrote the name indifferently, Co-co, Acuco, Tutuhaco, 
Hacus. Acuco was the name most frequently used. This name was 
adopted from the Zuni pronunciation, as Prof. F. W. Hodge shows. 
The native name for the village is Ah-ko or Stche-ahko, a contraction 
of the word Stche-ah-ko-ki or Stchuk-ko-ki, meaning a rude form of 
ladder, formed by driving sticks into the crevices of a rock. The 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 



(Photo by Dr. Bauni) 

THE PUEBLO VILLAGE, LAGUNA, NEW MEXICO 

Acoma Indians have a peculiar habit of accenting certain syllables of 
a word and slurring the rest. Thus it may be seen how the word 
originated. 

From the base to the summit the rock of Acoma is about 300 ft. 
There are at least 10 trails leading up to the village from the valley 
below, 2 of which it is practical to ride on horseback. 

The date of the first settlement of Acoma lies away back in the 
dim past. There was a tradition among the Indians when the first 
Spaniards came into the country that their ancestors inhabited a valley 
about 12 miles north of Acoma, between the present Mexican village 
of Cubero and Mount Taylor, and that they were compelled to abandon 
their dwellings here and locate on the rock for protection against the 
constant raids of the Navajos and Apaches; this, they claimed, was 300 
years before the coming of the Spaniards. This story is probable, as 
there are several ruins of pueblo villages in the valley. 

Their stories and traditions show that at one time they inhabited 
the country to the west and south. There are extensive pueblo ruins 
in these parts not many miles distant from Acoma; the inhabitants, no 
doubt, being compelled to flee to the rock for mutual protection against 
their warlike neighbors. 

There are numerous interesting ruins in the vicinity of Acoma; 



296 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

most of these are located to the south and west of the village, and from 
15 to 30 miles distant, but to the northwest of the Acoma pueblo, how- 
ever, about 1 5 miles, are the ruins of a compact village covering a little 
more than an acre of ground. This ruin is popularly known as the 
old mission of San Rafael, although there is no authentic history of any 
such mission having ever existed in this country. 

What might lend credence to the belief is the fact that a Mexican 
in recent times unearthed a bell, which seemed to have belonged to 
some church paraphernalia. The story is that the missionaries who 
were located there had collected a vast amount of gold and silver, tur- 
quois, etc., and having to flee from the infuriated Indians at the break- 
ing out of the rebellion of 1680, they buried their treasures in the 
vicinity of the old mission or hid it among the lava beds. 

The Mexicans have done considerable digging near the ruin, 
hunting for the treasures, but nothing of particular value has yet 
been discovered. 

It is claimed that there are several inscriptions on the rocks in this 
vicinity, which first led the Mexicans to think that there might be 
treasure buried there. The following is one of the inscriptions: 



A 


M- 





dA 


• • 


a 


h" 


• 

e 


• 

m 



Another is in this form : 



And another like this: 



W V 



<: 



One of the most notable sights in the vicinity of Acoma is the 
enchanted mesa, 430 ft. from base to summit, with an area on top of 
about 12 acres. The Indian name for this gigantic rock is Kut-se- 
muh, meaning he who stands in the door. The walls are precipitous, 
but there is one place where it is practicable to climb to the top by the 
aid of ladders. It is not probable that this butte was even inhabited. 
The interesting story told by Charles F. Sumis, the Indians say, is true, 
but applies to another mesa, which the Acoma Indians once inhabited 
far back in their history. 

Although Fray Marcos de Niza was the first white man to visit 
Zuni and the first to give to the world a definite description of Acoma 
or Hacuco, as he called the village, Coronado's soldiers were the first 
Europeans to gaze on the wonderful pueblo, and although most of 
Coronado's army passed this way on their journey to the Rio Grande, 
Coronado himself did not see Acoma till 2 years later, on his way back 
to Mexico. 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 297 

As these pueblos are closely associated with the early Spanish 
history of New Mexico, I will begin with the first explorations in the 
country. The history of these pueblos is like a trail; it has its begin- 
nings and endings, crooks and turns, forks, branches, and crossings; 
in some places it is clear and easily followed, in other places it is dim, 
or totally obliterated, and the historian is compelled to grope around, 
with no land marks to guide him, nothing but a few fragments of 
tradition scattered here and there at long intervals. The authentic 
history of Laguna and Acoma begins with Coronado's expedition at 
Zuni. On August 29, 1540, Coronado sent Alvarado with a company 
of 20 men to explore the country to the east, taking as guide the 
war captain of Pecos, who, with 2 companions, had come to Zuni to 
see the white men. The soldiers named the war captain "Bigotes," 
meaning whiskers. The instructions to Alvarado were to return in 
80 days, but arriving at the Rio Grande and exploring the country 
(jtiite thoroughly, he sent a messenger back with the report which we 
have already seen. About this time word was received that Tristan 
de Arellanes would soon arrive with reinforcements and fresh sup- 
plies from 3onora, so Coronado decided to move on to the river. With 
this end in view he dispatched Garcia Lopez de Cardenas to intercept 
Alvarado on his return and pick out a suitable place to camp the army 
for the winter. As soon as Arellanes arrived Coronado placed him in 
command, with instructions to move on to the river, after resting the 
army 20 days, while Coronado himself, with a company of 30 men, in- 
stead of following the direct route which Alvarado had traveled, 
diverged to the south of Acoma in order to explore the country and 
visit a group of 6 or 8 pueblos at that time inhabited to the southeast 
of Zuni. 

After a journey of 8 days of hardships, occasioned by cold and 
lack of water, Coronado and his little band reached the Rio Grande, 
near Isleta, and soon after joined Alvarado and Cardenas, 30 miles 
further north. The winter of 1540-41 seemed to have been very se- 
vere, but the Spanish suffered very little from the cold, being domiciled 
in comfortable houses. Castenada says, "As it was necessary that the 
Indians should give the Spaniards lodging places, the people in one 
village had to abandon it and go to others belonging to their friends, 
and they took nothing with them but themselves and the clothing they 
had on." But the Spaniards' clothing was wearing out and to pro- 
vide new wearing apparel for his soldiers Coronado ordered the gov- 
ernor of Tiguex, a large pueblo close to where the army was encamped, 
to furnish 300 or more pieces of suitable cotton cloth. The governor 
agreed to furnish what cloth his people could spare, but suggested that 
the levy be divided among the different pueblos. Acting on this sug- 
gestion, Coronado sent his soldiers up and down the valley to collect 
the cloth. This turned out to be nothing less than a foraging expedi- 
tion. Instead of taking what was given, the soldiers took what they 
wanted. At one of the towns one of the Spaniards got into trouble 



298 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

over a woman, the wife of one of the principal men of the village. The 
Indians brought this grievance before the commander, but failed to 
obtain satisfaction. Concluding that there was no justice to be ex- 
pected from the Spaniards they decided on a bold move, and one which, 
had it been successful, would have seriously affected the Spaniards. 
This was to drive the horses of the expedition inside the fortifications 
of Tiguex. This village was surrounded by a palisade or picket fence 
of cedar posts. In getting possession of the horses one of the Indian 
herders was killed, but the other escaped and gave the alarm to the 
Spaniards, who came in a body to the rescue of their animals. The 
pueblos were forced to abandon the greater part of the herd, but a 
few of the horses were rushed into the enclosure and the gates hastily 
barred. The next day some of the Spaniards went to the village to 
see about their horses. The Indians refused to allow them to enter the 
fortifications. The horses were being chased around and shot with 
arrows. 

One account says that 40 head of horses and 7 head of the Gen- 
eral's mules were killed at this time by the Indians. The Spaniards 
then attacked the town, but on account of its being so well fortified 
they could accomplish nothing. The General then ordered his soldiers, 
under Cardenas, to attack another town close to Tiguex, but not so well 
fortified. The fight lasted 2 days and nights and then, under promise 
of fair treatment the Pueblos surrendered. The instructions to Car- 
denas were to make an example of .the Indians, so as to intimidate the 
rest of the natives and make them fear the Spaniards. Accordingly he 
had 200 of them burnt at the stake. The rest of the Pueblos, whom 
the Spaniards had under guard, seeing the fate of their companions, 
broke away from their captors, but were pursued by the horsemen and 
slain to a man. 

The same day that this tragedy happened the main body of the 
army, under Tristan de Arellanes, arrived from Zuni. Intercourse 
between the Pueblos and the Spaniards was suspended. For nearly 
2 months the' army remained in its quarters, partly for this reason and 
partly on account of the snow and cold weather. The order which had 
been executed by Cardenas had its effect. The natives were suspicious 
and afraid of the Spaniards and refused all attempts at communication 
volunteered by the white men, especially at the village of Tiguex. As 
time passed the Spaniards became restless and wished to restore 
friendly relations and confidence with the natives. For this reason 
Cardenas, with a guard of 30 men, went to the village of Tiguex to 
have a talk with the principal men. The governor and one man agreed 
to meet him outside the village, provided he came alone and unarmed. 
This was complied with, and when the 3 had come together the gov- 
ernor seized Cardenas, while his companion struck him twice on the 
head with a club, which he had brought concealed under his blanket. 
The guards seeing their chief in danger rode hastily up and rescued 
him, while the 2 Indians retreated to the shelter of the village, the in- 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 299 

habitants meanwhile pouring a shower of arrows on the Spaniards, but 
without doing any severe damage. * Coronado then ordered an attack 
on Tig^ex, but on account of its fortified condition and the fierce re- 
sistance of the Indians, he changed his tactics, and settled down to be- 
siege the town, well knowing that in time the natives would be com- 
pelled to surrender. The siege lasted 50 days. The lack of water at 
last determined the Indians to abandon the town. This was done one 
dark night, but they were discovered and the sentries gave the alarm, 
arid a fierce hand-to-hand fight ensued, in which nearly all the Indians 
were killed or forced to jump into the river and were drowned. What 
few escaped were captured the next day and forced into slavery. 

I have related how the war captain acted as guide for Alvarado 
to the Rio Grande and from there to Pecos, where the Spaniards were 
royally received. There at the village of Pecos Alvarado md: an 
Indian of a different tribe, a foreigner. The Spaniards gave him the 
name of Turk, on account of his peculiar head dress. He entertained 
his eager listeners with wonderful stories of a land far to the east, 
which he called "Quivira," and the fantastic imagination of the Span- 
iards easily pictured a land far richer than Hernando Cortez had 
found in Mexico, or Francisco Pizarro in Peru. The Turk accom- 
panied Alvarado's command back to the Rio Grande, and when Coro- 
nado arrived and heard the stories, the Turk was the lion of the hour ; 
nothing was talked of but the land of "Quivira" and the great treasures 
of gold and silver which the Turk described. 

The Turk claimed that he had brought some trinkets of gold and 
silver and that the people of Pecos had taken them away from him. 
To obtain these trinkets, Coronado sent Alvarado with a small squad 
of men back to Pecos. The people of the village solemnly denied ever 
having seen the gold and silver of the Turk. Unable to get what he 
was sent for he succeeded in arresting the governor and his war cap- 
tain and took them to the army headquarters, and during all this time 
they were held as close prisoners by order of Coronado. The historian 
tells us how, after keeping these two Indians prisoners for 6 months, 
they finally turned them loose, and then the expedition started on that 
grand march,* with the Turk as guide, in search of the "Quivira," 
across the seemingly boundless plains of Kansas, and after reaching 
somewhere near the south boundary of Nebraska, they strangled the 
unfortunate Turk, thinking that he had deceived them, and then re- 
turned to the land of the Pueblos. 

It is possible that the Turk was sincere and was leading the Span- 
iards to the great copper deposits of Lake Superior. Although Pedro 
de Tobar had arrived with supplies and reinforcements to assist Coro- 
nado in his search for the "Quivira,'* the General decided to return, 
and after giving the army a brief rest, conducted the expedition back 

*W''e make no excuses nor offer any apologies for the evil acts of Coronado's expedition. 
Such deeds were common, even in Europe, at that time. It was the spirit of the ages. 



300 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

to Mexico, passing by Acoma and the present site of Laguna in the 
year 1542. 

Almost half a century passes before we again hear of this coun- 
try. The reports brought back by the expedition of Coronado were 
not reassuring, and few cared to brave the cold, the drought, the 
storms, and the privations, which seemed the only reward to be gained ; 
but among these few were yet stout hearts willing to plunge into the 
wilderness of what is now New Mexico and Arizona for the sake of 
science and their religious faith. Among these was Antonio Espejo, 
who commanded an expedition to New Mexico in 1582. This expedi- 
tion was organized by Fray Bernardino Beltran for this purpose, and 
for which he obtained permission from the Viceroy of Mexico to rescue 
or determine the fate of 3 priests — Augustino Rodrigues, Juan de 
Santa Maria, and Francisco Lopez — who had come to the Pueblos the 
summer previous with a small escort of 28 men, under the command 
of Sanchez Chamuscado; the priests with their servants remaining 
among the Indians, while the escort was sent back to Mexico. A 
short time after, however, 2 of the servants appeared in Mexico and 
reported that the priests had been assassinated, and to determine the 
truth this expedition started toward the north, following the Rio 
Grande, or as near to it as practical. Arriving at the Pueblo of Tiguex, 
which Espejo calls Paola, in the winter of 1582, they learned that the 
report which the servants had circulated in Mexico was true. 

Espejo and Beltran then turned their attention to exploring the 
country, visiting Acoma, Zuni, and the Moqui villages, and going as 
far west as where the town of Flagstaff now stands. From there they 
returned, passing by Zuni, Acoma, and the present site of Laguna, in 
the early summer of 1683, and after visiting a few more of the Pueblos 
in the vicinity of the Rio Grande the explorers continued on to the 
Pecos village, where their reception was not very cordial, but nothing 
occurred to mar the record of the expedition. From here they fol- 
lowed the Pecos river to its junction with the Rio Grande, and thence 
to Mexico. 

Espejo and Beltran were men of intelligence and humane prin- 
ciples. The account of their expedition is a bright page in history, 
not like that of Coronado and some others, who came later, who left 
to posterity a record stained with blood. Espejo was the first to give 
to the world an exact and minute account of the country and its in- 
habitants. He says: "Here we found houses very well built, with 
gallant lodgings, and in most of them were stoves (fire places prob- 
ably) for the winter season. Their garments were of cotton and deer 
skins and the attire both of men and women was after the manner of 
the Indians of Mexico. But the strangest thing of all was to see both 
men and women wear shoes and boots with good soles of neat's leather, 
a thing which we never saw in any other part of Mexico. The women 
keep their hair well combed and dressed, wearing nothing else on their 
heads. In all these towns they had caciques, people like the caciques 



1 



302 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

of Mexico, with Serjeants to execute their commands, who go through 
the town proclaiming with a loud voice the pleasure of the cacique, 
commanding the same to be put into execution. The weapons they use 
are strong bows with arrows headed with flint, which will pierce 
through a coat of mail, and macanas, which are clubs of half a yard to 
a yard long, so set with sharp flints that they are sufficient to cleave 
.a man asunder in the midst. They also use a kind of shield made of 
raw hide." It is a peculiar fact that within the last lOO years many of 
the arts practiced by the Pueblo Indians at the time of the Spanish 
Invasion have been discontinued or lost. 

One of these was the tanning of leather at Laguna. The first 
settlers understood the art, as the old vats in the sandstone indicate. 
This process was accomplished by the aid of the canaigre root, a 
species of dock, which carries a large percentage of tannic acid and 
which grows luxuriantly in the arid places of the Southwest. 

Another was the raising of the cotton plant. This was cultivated 
at Laguna and Acoma and probably by the Pueblos further west. It 
is true the climate is too cold to make much success farming cotton at 
these Pueblos, but it may have been of a more hardy variety than that 
which is now cultivated in the Southern States. The average tempera- 
ture at Laguna and Acoma is about 60 degrees, but subject to extreme 
variations in winter. The thermometer frequently records 20 de- 
grees below zero, and in summer very often 120 degrees. They still 
do some weaving, such as belts and legging strings and a coarse woolen 
cloth, which in color is black and used as an outer garment by the 
women, and worn in the same fashion as when Castenada wrote his 
narrative. He says: "They wear long robes of feathers and skins 
of hares and cotton blankets. The women wear blankets, which they 
tie or knot over the left shoulder, leaving the right arm out." They 
also wove a coarse cloth out of the maguey plant. This cloth was 
used as a background on which to construct their feather robes. The 
women wear heavy leggings ; these leggings are of buckskins, wound 
several times around, in some instances 2 or 3 in. thick. The prin- 
cipal reason for wearing them now seems to be style, but it may have 
been adopted primarily to guard against snakes. 

At Laguna and Acoma were formerly large droves of turkeys; 
they were herded something after the manner of sheep. They told the 
Spaniards that the turkeys were reared for their feathers. 

They had no idea of the metals other than the name. Espejo 
being a practical miner, examined the mineral resources of the country 
over which he traveled quite thoroughly, considering the time he was 
here, and speaks very flatteringly of the mineral deposits ; not quite so 
enthusiastic, however, as Fray Geronimo Zarata de Salmeron, of 
whom I will speak later, who says: . "As for saying that this is 
a poor country, I answer that there has not been discovered in the 
whole world a country of more mineral deposits than New Mexico." 
When we consider that at that time New Mexico embraced nearly 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND • ACOMA 303 

all of the country west of the Missouri river, we come to the con- 
clusion that Salmeron was correct in his statement. The ideas of 
the early Spaniards with regard to the mineral wealth of New Mexico, 
were romantic, and would have led one at that time to suppose that 
Midas had visited this country. The 7 cities of Cibola. What fan- 
tastic dreams of gold and silver chased each other through the brains 
of those old Spaniards, and when it was discovered that those 
fabled cities were nothing more than rude Indian villages, with houses 
built of mud, with no doors except a hole in the roof, as one writer 
says, "like the hatchways of ships." Another mirage started up in 
the distance to lure them on — the "Gran Quivira" — ^but still it is not 
to be wondered at that the most absurd taleS of treasure in this vast 
wilderness of the north would find belief after the discovery of such 
quantities of gold and silver by Cortez in Mexico and Pizarro in Peru, 
and this feverish craze seems to have been the principal incentive for 
most of the early explorations in this country. In the year 1862 there 
was found in the Pueblo of San Juan, 40 miles north of Santa Fe, a 
peculiar old document by Theodore Greiner, at that time agent for the 
Pueblo Indians. It seems to have been a conversation, in which cer- 
tain agreements were made between Cortez and Guatimotzin. Cortez 
asked this question : "Now, I also wish you to answer me concerning 
how many provinces has New Mexico, and mines of gold and silver.'' 
The monarch said : "I will respond to you forever, as you have to me. 
I command this province, which is the first of New Mexico, the 
Pueblo of Tigneyo, which governs 102 pueblos. In this pueblo there is 
a great mine close by, in which they cut with stone hatchets the gold 
of my crown. The great province of Zuni, where was born the great 
Malinche. This pueblo is very large, increasing in Indians of light 
complexion, who are governed well. In this province is a silver mine, 
and this capital controls 18 pueblos. The province of Moqui, the 
province of the Navajos, the great province of the Gran Quivira, that 
governs the pueblos of the Queres and the Tanos. These provinces 
have different tongues, which only Malinche understands. The 
province of Acoma, in which there is a blackish colored hill, in which 
there is found a silver mine." It might appear from this old docu- 
ment that the name Zimi was known in Mexico even at that early date, 
which is not probable, as the name is a contraction of a Queres word — 
se-un-ne, meaning acquainted; or se-un-ne-mish, acquaintance or 
friend. The Zuni name for themselves is She-we. 

The first Spanish explorers in this country called them "Cibola." 
The Queres language has given another word to the English vocabu- 
lary — Coconino, the name of a county in Arizona. The word is a 
modification of Co-ne-ne, a name applied to the Supai Indians, in- 
habiting a branch of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado. The name 
means nearly the opposite of the word for Zuni ; as generally applied 
it means a person who is dull, or very reserved, or hard to get ac- 
quainted with. 



304 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

In the early spring of the year 1598, Juan de Onate entered the 
province of New Mexico with a command of 201 men, taking formal 
possession and assuming control as first governor of the territory, 
commissioned by Count de Monterey, Viceroy of Mexico. Going as 
far north as the pueblo of San Juan, close to where the Rio Chama 
enters the Rio Grande, here he established his headquarters and base 
of supplies, naming the new settlement San Gabriel. Onate entered 
upon the work with an energy worthy of the time, visiting all the 
pueblos of New Mexico, and even those in what is now the territory 
of Arizona, the first year, receiving from each their oath of allegiance 
and obedience to Spain. It was Onate's wish and cherished ambition 
to explore the country to the west, as far as the coast, and as every- 
thing seemed tranquil, he decided to carry his wish into effect, sending 
Capt. Juan de Zaldivar ahead with a small company to rendezvous at 
a certain place in Arizona, where he intended joining him later. It 
had been noticed that the cacique or governor of Acoma, Zuta-kapan 
(the name probably a corruption of Seutchene-kapana, meaning I 
gave him pancakes), was one of the very last to come before the gov- 
ernor and take the oath of allegiance, and this was done in a sullen 
manner. But at this time Onate considered the occurrence not worthy 
of serious thought. The oath was taken on October ^'j, 1598. On 
December 4, just a month and 8 days after, Zaldivar and his com- 
panions arrived at Acoma, and camped at the foot of the rock. The 
Spaniards confiding in the apparent friendship of the Indians, climbed 
the steep trail and were scattered through the village in small groups, 
when all at once, without a moment^s warning, the Indians rushed 
upon them and hand-to-hand the Spaniards fought for their lives, 
but the numbers were against them. Zaldivar was killed by Zuta- 
kapan with a club. Besides Zaldivar, 10 of his men fell before the 
fury of the Indians. Two servants were thrown into the crevices of 
the rock and perished there. Five of the soldiers jumped from the 
rock to the valley below ; one lost his life and the other four escaped 
with slight injuries. These carried the news back to Onate, who im- 
mediately dispatched Vicente de Zaldivar with 70 men to punish the 
Acomas and quell the revolt. On January 21 the Spaniards appeared 
before the pueblo of Acoma. On the 22 they began the attack, fight- 
ing 2 days and i night before the Indians surrendered. Of the 3,cxx) 
inhabitants of the village but 600 remained. These were compelled 
by the Spaniards to abandon the village on the rock and build habita- 
tions in the valley, the old town being destroyed and the fortification 
torn down. Some historians think that the description of the place 
where the fight took place, as given by Onate, is not applicable to 
Acoma, and that it is a question whether this trouble did not occur at 
some other village similarly situated. The Acoma Indians have no 
tradition of this particular fight or that the town was ever destroyed, 
nor does the old village show any evidence of having once been torn 
down, and there is no indication of any settlement having been made in 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 305 

the valley near the Acoma mesa. It is possible that Zaldivar and his 
companions mistook some other pueblo for the real Acoma. 

To the west of Acoma and within a radius of 15 to 20 miles are 
the ruins of several different pueblos, some of these like Acoma and 
similarly located, one in particular, about 16 miles west of the pueblo 
of Acoma. There are the ruins of a village, or rather 2 villages, 
close together, on a rock of about the same dimensions as that of 
Acoma. The place is known to the Americans as the "Montezuma 
mesa," and to the Acoma and Laguna Indians as the Aut-sin-ish, 
meaning "like a. woman's dress." The ruins appear as though the 
village had been destroyed by some other force than the slow disin- 
tegration that time produces. 

To jump from either Acoma or this rock would be equally dan- 
g"erous. At the foot of the mesa in the valley are the ruins of a com- 
pact village, which might correspond to the dwellings which the Span- 
iards compelled the Indians to build after the village on the rock was 
destroyed. 

On the 7 of October, 1604, Onate, accompanied by 32 men, 
sallied forth on his last trip of exploration that history records. This 
was the second attempt to clear away the mists that veiled the coun- 
try to the west. 

Like the former expedition, in which the brave Zaldivar lost his 
life, this came very near ending disastrously. Passing by Acoma in 
the fall of 1604, then to Zuni and from there to the Moqui pueblos, 
thence southwest to about where the town of Prescott is located, thence 
south to the Gila river, which he followed to its jimction with the Rio 
Colorado, which stream he followed to its mouth; crossing the river 
here he took formal possession of the country to the west in the name 
of Spain. 

On his return, instead of retracing the route already traveled, 
Onate struck a direct course northeast, toward the pueblos. The ex- 
pedition was launched almost immediately into a trackless desert, 
where thickets of cactus contested their march at every step. They 
suffered severely from lack of water. Their provisions became ex- 
hausted, and finally they were compelled to kill and eat their horses 
for food. The expedition at last reached Zuni in a forlorn condition 
in the spring of 1605. Onate held the office of governor until the 
year 1608. 

From this date on for y2 years the history of New Mexico is al- 
most a complete blank. During all this time we have only the names of 
2 governors. Of these Enrique de Abilu y Pachech was administrator 
of affairs in New Mexico, during the year 1656. How long he served 
and the date of his appointment are unknown Gk)vernor Trevino 
probably held the reins of government up to the time that Otermin 
took charge. The date of Trevino's appointment is also unknown. 
That these two were the only executives appointed during this period 
seems improbable. There are several reasons for this discrepancy. 



3o6 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Principal among these was the Pueblo revolt of 1680. General An- 
tonio de Otermin, who was governor of New Mexico at that time, 
may have carried many of the records away, and these might yet be 
found in Mexico or in Madrid, and possibly some of them in Rome. 
What were left were destroyed by the infuriated Indians. 

Another destruction of valuable records occurred in 1846. Gov- 
ernor Manuel Armijo allowed many valuable records to be used 
in making cartridges to repel the Americans under the command of 
General Kearney, but were never used. It was reported that William 
A. Pile, who was governor of the territory in 1869-70, consigned many 
valuable documents, historical records, and land papers to the waste 
basket, thinking no doubt that that was the quickest way to settle the 
grant title question, which was even then, and has been ever since, a 
thorn in the side of New Mexico, by retarding immigration and keep- 
ing the people in isolated communities where ignorance is rampant 
There are many valuable church records of historical value still in 
existence. In 1618 Geronimo de Zarate de Salmeron was appointed 
first parish priest of the pueblos, embracing Jemez, Zia, and Acoma, 
consequently visiting the latter many times. He returned to Mexico, 
where he lived to write a valuable work, enittled Relaciones, Acoma, 
ever a rebellious, factor, revolted against the Spanish rule in 1629 
and again in 1645. 

In the year 1650 the Pueblo Indians were on the verge of a grand 
rebellion, faint rumblings of the storm which 30 years later swept 
the Spaniards from the country. A priest by the name of Juan Rami- 
rez lived in Acoma during the decade 1 650-60 and returned to Mexico, 
where he died in the year 1664. The Acomas, who from the first 
defied the authority of the Spanish soldiers, allowed the priests to come 
among them unmolested, and had these old generals used a milder 
form of persuasion to bring the Pueblo Indians under subjection than 
the force of gunpowder, the sword, and the battleaxe, I would have 
no hesitation in saying that there would have been little trouble with 
these people. 

Nearly all who wrote at this time of the Pueblos testify to the 
amity of their disposition. Alvarado says, "The people have a good 
appearance, more like laborers than a war-like race." Castaneda says, 
*These people are not cruel." Jaramillo says, "All these Indians, ex- 
cept the first in the first village of Cibola, received us well." 

The coming of the bearded warriors with coats of mail had been 
prophesied years before by the Indian seers, and the natives as a rule 
revered the first of those haughty Conquistadores with a deference 
almost akin to worship, but the cruel treatment in return and the 
heartless persecution of the natives kindled a spark of hatred and dis- 
trust which smouldered in the hearts of the Pueblo Indians for years, 
and at last blazed forth in that fierce fire of revenge, the gjeat Pueblo 
revolt, sometimes called the "Pope rebellion," when, with but probably 
a single exception, every Caucasian was put to death or driven from 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 307 

the country, and for 1 2 years the Pueblos held the country against the 
successive attacks of Otermin, Ramirez, Cruzate, and- Posada, and it 
was owing to enmity among the Pueblos, which resulted in a war, and 
prevented them from acting in unity, that Diego de Vargas recon- 
quered them in 1691-92. 

There is a difference of opinion among historians as to the cause 
of these wars among the Pueblos after the Spaniards were compelled 
to abandon the country. I will not stop to debate the cause. Enough 
to say that the facts show it to have been jealousy and rivalry. This 
rebellion, which proved so destructive to the Spaniards, was planned 
and generaled by a Tigua Indian from the Pueblo of San Juan, known 
to history as Pope, at that time a fugitive from justice, and living in 
Taos. The word Pope is a Queres word, a form of the word "you 
tell," and it is probable that he was of Queres extraction. 

It was intended that the general revolt should take place on the 
13 of August, the first harvest moon, and plans laid accordingly. 
Somewhere about the latter part of June or the first of July, Pope 
sent to each of the different Pueblos, with the exception of the Piros, 
who refused to join the rebellion, messengers with final instructions 
and bearing a knotted cord for each of the villages, each knot corre- 
sponding to a day, and when the last knot was counted the massacre 
was to begin ; but Pope, hearing that the Spaniards were aware of the 
contemplated outbreak, changed the date to 3 days earlier, and the 
smouldering volcano blazed forth with all its fury on August 10, 1681. 
Every Spaniard was sentenced to death, 380 soldiers and civilians 
and 21 priests suffering that penalty, and all surviving Caucasians 
were compelled to flee from the country to save their lives. General 
Antonio Otermin, who was governor of New Mexico at that time, was 
forced to abandon Santa Fe, and with a venom compounded of jealosy, 
hatred, and ignorance, every paper and Spanish document was de- 
stroyed. Churches were desecrated, pillaged, and torn down, and 
mines that had been worked by the Spaniards were filled up. A severe 
pimishment was inflicted on any one who should speak a word of the 
Spanish language. All marriages performed by the priests were an- 
nuled and Spanish names canceled. Pope also decreed that all villages 
which had harbored the Spaniards should be abandoned, and he even 
went so far as to prohibit the planting of grain and garden seeds which 
the Spaniards had introduced. It was further decreed that no Span- 
iard should ever witness their custom dances or religious ceremonies, 
rites, etc. To the latter they adhere to the present day. 

When Otermin was driven from Santa Fe, Pope became dictator, 
a good commander in war, but a poor executive and counsellor in time 
of peace. 

Intoxicated by his success Pope, like Alexander the Great, 
imagined that he was superior to mortal beings, and insisted that the 
Pueblos pay him divine honors. The Indians soon tired of this hero 
worship and of certain obnoxious customs that he had instituted, and 



1 



3o8 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Pope was deposed and Luis Tupatu, a Tano, of the village of Picuries, 
was elected to his place, but held the office only a short time, when he 
was deposed and Pope reinstated, but he died in 1688, and Luis Tupatu 
was again placed in command. He held the office until he surrendered 
to the authority of Diego de Vargas in 1691 ; but long before this the 
internal wars among the tribes had severed the bonds of union, and 
Pope's dream of an empire comprising all the Pueblos of New Mexico 
and Arizona faded like the colors of the rainbow as the storm dis- * 
appears. 

In speculating on this rebellion, though tradition is silent and his- 
tory meager, it is barely possible that La Salle, that daring French 
explorer, or his emissaries had more to do with inciting this revolt 
than has ever been recorded. 

During this period the inhabitants of the pueblo of Cieneguilla, 
a Queres village near Santa Fe, abandoned their town and moved in 
a body to Laguna. Others in small bands soon followed from the 
Queres villages Zia, Santo Domingo, and Cochiti. About one-half 
mile southwest from the Pueblo of Laguna are the ruins of a small vil- 
lage. This, according to tradition, is the first settlement made at this 
place. The town was settled by Indians from Acoma and called Kosh- 
tea. They organized an independent or separate government of their 
own. This led to trouble with the parent town, Acoma, culminating 
in a series of fights. It was at this time that the Queres Indians around 
Santa Fe were leaving their villages and seeking new habitations. 
They were welcomed by the villagers of Kosh-tea, but the newcomers 
not liking the location of Kosh-tea, on account of its exposed position, 
settled on the present site of Laguna. This was a rough sandstone 
hill or point of ridge covered with oak brush, cedar, and pinon. The 
place was known to the hunters and people who frequented these parts 
as Kush-tit Kow-ike. Kushtit is a word used for dry sticks and limbs 
suitable for firewood, and Kowike is a contraction of the word Kowisho 
or Kowinesho, meaning a pond or lake. 

The old pueblo of Kosh-tea was finally abandoned, the inhabitants 
taking up their residence in the new village of Laguna, or as they call 
it, Kowike. The internal wars among the Pueblos produced great 
changes. All the tribes were greatly reduced in numbers. The Tora- 
piros were completely exterminated. The Queres, for some reason, 
suffered least of all. 

One branch of the Tanos, tiring of the ceaseless warfare and 
fearing the vengeance of the Spaniards, should they return, moved 
away from Santa Fe, under the leadership of Frasquillo, a mere boy, 
who had been educated by a Spanish missionary, and had a fairly good 
education. For this reason and from the fact that he had distinguished 
himself in murdering his benefactor, Simon de Jesus, he was placed 
in command. This band sent their agents to Laguna and Acoma in 
search of a new location to build habitations, but being of a different 
nation, and late antagonists of the Queres, they were advised to move 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 309 

on. They next went to Zuni, but with no better success. From here 
they went to the Moquis. These people being of a mild disposition al- 
lowed them to settle in their country for a certain length of time, but 
at the expiration of that time they refused to move, and their descend- 
ents still live in the village of Tigua, or as it is sometimes called, Hano. 

At the breaking out of the Pope rebellion there were 3 priests in 
Acoma — Christobal Figueroa, Albino Maldonado, and Juan Mora. 
With regard to the manner in which these priests were put to death his- 
torians differ. One account says that they were taken to a high point 
on the edge of the Acoma mesa, where the face of the rock is a sheer 
precipice of 300 ft. and compelled to jump off. Two were killed out- 
right on striking the ground beneath ; the third escaped in a peculiar 
manner. In jumping, the air caught under his cloak or gown, form- 
ing a sort of parachute, and thus the force of the fall was broken. The 
Indians seeing how he had escaped death, attributed it to divine inter- 
vention and gave him his liberty. Another account says that they 
were tied together with a hair rope and driven through the streets of 
the village, beaten with sticks and pelted with rocks until Figueroa, 
becoming desperate, infuriated the Indians by prophesying that within 
3 years the Spaniards would return, that the village of Acoma would 
be torn down, and the inhabitants exterminated. On hearing this the 
Indians rushed upon them and speedily put them to death. The bodies 
were afterward placed in a cave in the rocks north of the town. 

In 1 68 1 Otermin came back to recapture the pueblos. He met 
with no serious opposition, as most of the Indians had abandoned their 
villages, and fled to the mountains. Some of these abandoned towns 
Otermin had burned, but fearing the effect of a severe winter on his 
stock he returned to El Paso, taking with him 8 prisoners and 393 
newly converted Indians, principally from Isleta. Among the captives 
was a Queres priest or medicine man, known as Pedro Naranjo, from 
the pueblo of San Felipe, and had the distinction of being one of Pope's 
chief advisers and councillors. When questioned with regard to the 
Pueblo revolt, he said that there were two principal causes: First, 
the persecution of the Indians by the various predecessors of Otermin ; 
and, second, the interference of the Spaniards with the Indians' re- 
ligion, which came to a climax during the administration of Governor 
Trevino, who had all the estufas destroyed. Near where the town of 
Bernalillo now stands, but on the opposite side of the Rio Grande, is 
a heap of mouldering ruins, last sad relics of a once happy and pros- 
perous village. This is the Tiguex of Coronado, Paola of Espejo, and 
Puari of Rodrigues. This was a Queres village and called by the 
natives, "Po-ri-kun-neh.'' The name signifies butterflies. Here is 
where Coronado allowed the atrocities to be committed in the winter 
of 1540-41. At the time of the breaking out of the rebellion there was 
a priest at this village, who, by kindness and humanity, had won the 
affections of the natives; so instead of putting him to death, one of 
the Indians took him a long way from the village under cover of dark- 



I 



310 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

ness, and then giving him sufficient food for several days, commanded 
him to go in peace. The priest kept in the mountains, avoiding the 
settlements and traveling westward until he reached the Pescado 
spring, near Zuni ; here he was discovered by a party of Indians, who 
were hunting antelope. The Zunis took pity on the poor, half-starved 
being, fed him, and took him to the .village of Zuni. There he adopted 
the costume of the Indians. I shall speak of him again. 

(To be Continued in the November Issue.) 

+ + + 

THE TOPOGRAPHY AND MONUMENTS OF ANCIENT ROME* 

BY PROF. ALBERT R. CRITTENDEN 

FOR some time the appearance of Professor Platner's Topog- 
raphy and Monuments of Ancient Rome has been awaited with 
more than ordinary interest by classical scholars throughout 
the country. There has been a distinct demand for a hand- 
book which should furnish an accurate and tolerably complete survey 
of the salient facts of Roman topography and archaeology, and which 
should present, in their proper relationship, the exceedingly interesting 
results of the excavations carried on during the last few years. Such 
a work is now, for the first time, accessible in English. 

The first 7 chapters of the book are devoted to general topo- 
graphical material; the last 13 are given to the description of par- 
ticular quarters of the City and the architectural remains existing in 
each. At the outset, the chief sources of our information, ancient and 
mediaeval, are briefly but adequately described, including — ^aside from 
the numerous allusions in classical authors — inscriptions, the Capito- 
line Plan, the Regionary Catalogues, coins and reliefs, the Einsiedeln 
Itinerary, the Marabilia Romae, and the various drawings and sketches 
which have come down to us from mediaeval times. 

Of especial interest is the chapter descriptive of the peculiar for- 
mation and contour of the Campagna, which are so intimately con- 
nected with the history, particularly with the architectural develop- 
ment, of the City. The most significant fact about the Roman Cam- 
pagna is its volcanic origin. The larger part of this undulating plain 
is underlaid with soft volcanic rock, tufa, apparently of submarine 
formation, which aflforded building material for most of the earlier 
structures of the City. At first the center of volcanic activity was prob- 
ably near the northern extremity of the Campagna, where Lake Brac- 
ciano occupies the center of an extinct volcano. Later it was located 
in the Alban Mountains, southeast of Rome, whence various igneous 
products were discharged into the plain, forming the deposits of peper- 
ino, lava, and other materials which were used in the construction of 
the buildings and roads of the City. 

^Topography and Monuments of Ancient Rome, by Prof. Samuel Ball Plainer. Bos- 
ton : Aillyn and Bacon, 1904. 



THE TEMPLE OF CASTOR 



THE LACUS JUTURNAE 



312 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

After a chapter whi 

some detail with the princi 

materials and methods of < 

employed by the Romans 

times. Professor Platner 

development of the Cit; 

primitive shepherd hamlet 

atine through the period 

timontium or City of the ! 

the City of the Four E 

Servian City, the "open ( 

Fourteen Regions, and 

Aurelian, down to the tim 

tian. The main developr 

each of these 6 epochs is 

dicated and the princip: 

added in the course of eac 

briefly mentioned. A coi 

torical survey of this c 

practically a necessity i 

mentary student. Withoi 

tempt to disentangle 1 

strata of complicated strut 

remain would be a well-n 

task. 

THE FORUM OF AUGUSTUS The author devotes 3 

the Tiber and its bridge 

ducts and sewers of the City, and its walls, gates, and re 

ing the main highways leading to and from the capital. 

out the route of each of these great arteries of war anc 

describes the method of their construction. He also gives i 

complete and accurate account, both descriptive and histo 

chief aqueducts, whose ruins form so conspicuous a iet 

environment of Rome. 

In proceeding to the more detailed account of the sevi 
the City itself, the author begins with the Palatine, accordi: 
mous tradition the seat of the earliest settlement; then the 
the Imperial Fora are taken up; next, the parts immediatelj 
these, and lastly the outlying quarters of the City. This a 
has the advantage of allowing the work to conform, in 1 
the chronology of the monuments. The chapter devoted 
tine will perhaps seem less satisfactory to the general 
the remainder of tlfe work. The summit and some of the : 
hill are covered with so complicated epochs, a network of 
belonging to buildings of widely different epochs, and the 
are still so incomplete, that any account which it is possibl 
Ihe present time must necessarily seem inadequate. 



TOPOGRAPHY OF ANCIENT ROME 313 

Much the longest chapter of the volume is concerned with the 
building- in and about the Roman Forum. To most readers this will 
prove the most attractive portion of the book. The discoveries made in 
the course of the excavations carried on under the direction of Sig. 
Boni since 1898 have rendered obsolete all maps and plans of the 
Forum made before that date. Professor Plainer has given us a re- 
markably clear and concise summary of the recent discoveries, not in a 
separate section, but in appropriate connection with the facts known 
before. Among the most important of the new discoveries are the 
group of monuments connected with the fountain and shrine of Ju- 
turna, which were found in the area formerly occupied by the church 
of S. Maria Liberatrice, those made in the area of the Comitium, and, 
most noteworthy of all, the uncovering of the pavement of the Basilica 



THE REGIA AND THE TEMPLE OF ANTONIUS AND FAUSTINA 

Aemilia, an edifice of which our knowledge has hitherto been exceed- 
ingly fragmentary. The ground plan of the building has now been re- 
vealed. It included a portico fronting on the Forum, a row of rooms, 
the so-called iabemae, just back of the portico, and in the rear of these 
the great hall of the basilica, consisting of a nave and two aisles. Little 
now remains of the building except the lower part of some of the 
division walls, some architectual fragments and considerable portions 
of the pavement of colored marbles. 

Very satisfactory accounts are given of the imperial fora, of the 
buildings of the Capitoline, those along the Sacra Via and on the 
Velia. The description then passes to the Campus Martins and the 
outer portions of the City, which are chiefly occupied by structures of 



314 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

the imperial period. The greater Roman buildings, theaters, amphi- 
theaters and the baths of the emperors are the subjects of detailed 
and careful treatment. 

The author's interpretation of the monuments is throughout 
scholarly and discriminating. His statements in the case of a few dis- 
puted points may seem a trifle dogmatic to some, but it is manifestly 
impossible in a work of this character to enter into the merits of the 
mass of controversial literature which has been written in connection 
with some of the more recent discoveries. Professor Platner's con- 
clusions are, with few if any exceptions, safe and sensible, and the 
minor errors, which seem inseparable from the first edition of such a 
work, are in this case surprisingly few. The value of the work is 
greatly enhanced by numerous carefully selected illustrations, many of 
them from photographs now published for the first time. No one 
feature of the volume is of greater value to the student than the series 
of remarkably accurate and beautiful maps and plans, which are in 
the highest style of the engraver's and printer's art. The work as a 
whole is a notable contribution to American classical scholarship, and 
will at once take its place as the standard hand-book of Roman topog- 
raphy for American students. 



THE PAVEMENT OF THE SACRA VIA 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

MARKINGS ON NEOLITHIC CRANIA:— With regard to 
the markings that have been found on certain neolithic crania, which 
have been interpreted as due to operations of a surgical character, M. 
Bertholon refers to a statement by Heroditus that — 
* * * many of the nomadic Libyans, when their children are 4 years old, 
bum the veins on the crown of the head with unclean sheep's wool, and some of 
them do it on the veins in the temples, to the end that humors flowing down 
from the head may not injure them as long as they live, and for this reason 
they say they are so very healthy, for the Lib3rans are, in truth, the most 
healthy of all men with whom we are acquainted. 

M. Bertholon thinks that it seems likely that such an operation 
would g^ve rise to the marks observed on certain neolithic crania. 

STONE IMPLEMENTS FROM 70^ NORTH LATITUDE IN 
SIBERIA: — In a recent issue of Man [London] 6 stone implements 
are figured from the Yensisei River above 70^^ north latitude. They 
were found in the frozen gravel of the region and present great variety 
in their forms. One is a well shaped and polished flint adze 214 mm. 
long and 58 mm. wide at its broadest point. Another is a short adze 
about half the length of the preceding one. Still another specimen 
is a small well shaped spear head. Perhaps the most interesting is a 
core or pointed wedge of agate used for splitting bones. 

A ROMAN VILLA AT BOX, ENGLAND :— The pavement of 
a Roman Villa at Box, England, discovered in 183 1, has just been 
carefully excavated. The plaster of the walls was colored and painted 
and many of the fragments when first uncovered are very brilliant. It 
appears from the fragments that the general scheme of decoration was 
large panels of color, bordered with designs in red, green and white 
lines. Fragments of imitation marble, made by splashing on colors 
with a brush, are numerous. Two kinds of tile were used in the roofs, 
one made of Pennant stones in elongated hexagonal forms, the other 
''ordinary^' red flat flanged tegulae. The best of the mosaic floors are 
of fine grained limestone pieces varying in color from light cream to 
dark grey and chocolate. In the hypocaust of one of the chambers 51 
straight-sided stone pilae were still in position as well as the stake-hole 
in the center of the north wall. The excavations brought to light a 
number of carved stone figures and pottery. 

THE OLD ROMAN CITY AT SILCHESTER:— The excava- 
tions of the Roman City at Silchester have brought to light 50 com- 
plete houses, a number of small structures, the great bathes, some pri- 
vate bathing establishments, a Christian church, "and a series of build- 
ings which seem to have been extensive dye-works." The town was 
probably built on the site of an earlier Celtic encampment. The ar- 
rangement of the hot and cold chambers was traced out and showed 
that they resembled the Turkish baths of to-day. The market-place or 
Forum was ichd ft. square. The remains of these temples, the largest 



^ 



316 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

polygonal in plan, were discovered. The Christian church dates from 
early in the IV Century. 

SILVER COIN OF 800 B. C. :— The Berlin Society of Scientific 
Research in Anatolia has recently come into possession of a silver coin 
bearing an Aramean inscription of Panamniu Bar Rerub, King of 
Schamoi ; hence its date is about 800 B. C. This is the oldest coin yet 
discovered and is 200 years older than the Lydian coin which has here- 
tofore been considered the oldest known coin. 

PRINCETON UNIVERSITY'S SYRIAN EXPEDITION:— 
Under the direction of Professors H. C. Butler and Ermo Littman, and 
accompanied by Mr. F. A. Norris, civil engineer, and Dr. R. S. Hooker, 
the Syrian Expedition of Princeton University, will spend the next few 
months in the practically unexplored regions east of Jordan and south- 
east of the Hauranitis. It is planned to spend the winter at Hauran, 
and the spring between the Orontes and Euphrates rivers. A special 
effort will be made to locate the sites of ancient Graeco-Roman cities, 
some of which are supposed to have existed in this region. 

STATUE OF THE TIME OF KING DADDU:— Dr. E. S. 
Banks, Field Director of the Babylonian Expedition of the University 
of Chicago, writes of a recent discovery on the site of the ancient city 
of Ud-nun : 

Bagdad^ Aug. i. — During the afternoon of the 27 of last January, while 
standing on the summit of the temple at Bismya, watching the progress of 
the excavations, Abbas, a bright young Arab from Affedj, stuck his head out 
of the trench in which he was working and excitedly motioned to me. In a 
moment I was in the trench. Two and a half meters below the surface and 
imbedded in the west corner of the mud-brick platform of the temple appeared 
the smooth, white shoulder of a large marble statue. As the discovery of such 
an object creates great excitement among the superstitious men I quickly cov- 
ered the white marble with dirt and with the remark that it was nothing but 
stone, transferred the gang to another place. 

The remainder of the afternoon was spent in wondering if the statue 
were perfect or if its head were lacking; if it bore an inscription and what its 
age might be. When at sunset the last man had left the excavations we 
descended into the trench and with our hands carefully dug away the hard dirt 
from beneath the statue. The bent elbow appeared; we had found a statue 
with the arms free from the body. We dug toward the neck and to our dis- 
appointment the marble came to an end; the statue was headless. Then, 
digging at the other end, we reached the feet ; the toes were missing, but we 
recovered them from among the small fragments of marble which were scat- 
tered about in the dirt. It was dark when the statue was released, and, stand- 
ing upright, by the light of a match we searched it over for an inscription. 
Wrapping about it an aba we each took turn in carrying it to camp, fully a 
quarter of a mile away. It was not an easy task, for our ancient king weighed 
nearly 200 pounds. In the tent a bath was quickly prepared and as the dirt 
was washed away three lines of a beautifully distinct inscription in the most 
archaic character appeared written across the right upper arm. There were 
but three short lines, little more than three words, but later when I was able 
to translate them they told us all that we most wished to know. 



J 



EDITORIAL NOTES Z^7 

About three weeks later, February i8, a workman who was employed at 
the north corner of the temple, 30 meters from the spot where the statue was 
found, was clearing away the dirt near a wall when a large, round piece of 
dirty marble rolled out. We picked it up and cleared away the dirt. Slow y 
the eyes, the nose and the ears of the head of a statue appeared. I hurriedly 
took it to my tent and placed it upon the neck of the headless statue. It fitted ; 
the statue was complete. From beneath the thick coating of dirt the marble 
face seemed to light up with a wonderful smile of gratitude, for the long 
sleep of thousands of years in the grave was at an end and the long lost head 
was restored, or perhaps the smile was but the reflection of our own feelings. 

The inscription shows that the statue was erected in the time of 
King Daddu of the city of Ud-nun. Its exact period is not known. 

DR. B AUM'S EXPEDITION TO THE SOUTHWEST :— Dr. 
Baum returned from his expedition to the Southwest the last of Sep- 
tember, having traveled over i,cxx) miles by pack train. The principal 
region traversed was the Rio Grande Valley and west of it about 100 
miles. An account of the work of the expedition will be given later in 
Records of the Past and in greater detail in a Monograph to be 
published, entitled, The Antiquities of the United States. New Mexico 
was the great center of the Southwestern Pueblo population. A large 
number of ruins were surveyed and photographed in the part of New 
Mexico through which the Jamez River flows, some of which con- 
tained over 2,000 rooms. These ruins are scattered through the Great 
Pine Forests and are only to be found by diligent exploration. An- 
other ancient center of Pueblo life was in Southern New Mexico in 
the vicinity of the great Salt Lake. 

One of the most interesting features of the trip was the examina- 
tion of the great lava flows of Central New Mexico, in search of evi- 
dences of the occupation of the country before the great volcanoes of 
that region were active. Dr. Baum is convinced that several of the 
volcanoes were active long after the country was densely populated 
and is of the opinion that the Pueblo people fled from the country when 
it was undergoing great seismic disturbances and the now extinct 
volcanoes were very active. The lava flows from them indicate that 
some were comparatively recent, possibly within the past 1,000 years, 
while others show great age. 

The condition of the country can be imagined when the investi- 
gator examines a stream of lava over 100 miles long and at points over 
30 miles wide, with crevices in places 100 ft. deep. Around these great 
lava streams are the cones of several extinct volcanoes, which rise to a 
height of from 400 to 600 ft., with craters J4 of a mile across. It was 
impossible for life in any form to have existed during the time of their 
eruptions. If the present Pueblos of the Southwest are the descend- 
ants of the people who erected the great buildings now in ruins, they 
must have returned to the country after the cessation of these volcanic 
disturbances. The architecture of the older ruins is entirely different 
from that of the Pueblo villages, which were in existence at the time 
of the Spanish Conquest, and that have since been erected. The great 



3i8 . RECORDS OF THE PAST 

similarity of the ruins in Northwest Mexico and the older ruins of 
New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, and Colorado, leads one to believe that 
the inhabitants of this region fled to Mexico and remained there for a 
long time, later returning to the home of their ancestors. The whole 
subject awaits scientific investigation. The great ruins of the region 
through which Dr. Baum passed during this expedition have scarcely 
been disturbed, and it is believed that with the precautions taken the 
past summer no excavations will be carried on in them without the 
Interior Department being notified at once, when prompt measures 
will be taken to prevent the work of destruction. 

THE EARLY CHRISTIAN ART OF NOVA ISAURA:— The sites 
of the ancient cities of Asia Minor have generally been exposed to such 
ravages at the hands of builders and stone-cutters in search of good stones 
for use in their occupation, especially during the last 30 years, that the ex- 
plorer rarely has the good fortune to light upon one which has escaped all 
seekers after stones, and has lain quiet and unknown, exposed only to the 
soft influences of nature, and the comparatively gentle destructiveness of the 
Turkish villager, that mild-eyed lotus-eater and idler. It has been our happy 
lot to find such a site in Nova Isaura. The city is only 40 miles from Konia, 
and every other within that distance of the g^eat city has been ruthlessly 
plundered and turned upside down to supply its constant demand for build- 
ing stone and gravestones. A peasant who is in urgent need of a few piasters 
(which he rarely is, because he buys nothing, pays his taxes in kind or in labor, 
and lives on the produce of the fields around his village), knows that he can 
generally find a stone-cutter ready to purchase, and in this way stones are 
transported tp a great distance. But Dorla, or Dorrula, the modern village 
on the site of Nova Isaura, is a peculiarly happy village, at the mouth of a glen 
leading up among Isaurian hills, possessed of fertile territory, wood, and 
water and delightful atmosphere, about 3,600 ft. above sea level. If I were 
asked to name the most favorable specimen of a Turkish village that I had ever 
seen, I should unhesitatingly name Dorla. 

Dorla lies at the mouth of a glen, looking out north over the great 
Lycaonian plain, at the extreme eastern edge of the Isaurian mountains. A 
small rapid river, liable to very quick change of size after rain has fallen on 
the Isaurian mountains, out of which it runs, flows down the glen; but its 
waters are quickly used up for irrigation in the plain. The modem village 
lies on both sides of the river, which is crossed by an old Turkish stone bridge 
of unusually fine character, and at low-level also by stepping stones above the 
bridge, where it is broad and shallow (in dry weather 30 ft. or so broad, 9 in. 
deep in the middle), on the right or eastern bank, the ground rises rapidly to 
a broad plateau, which stretches away back to the most easterly ridge of the 
Isaurian mountains; this ridge stretches east and west nearly 3 miles south 
of Dorla, and ends in a high point above the plain, about 4 miles southeast of 
the village. This ancient city was evidently situated for the most part on 
this plateau, which is now occupied by the village cemetery, cornfields, and un- 
cultivated lands beyond. One wall of cut stone could be seen emerging from 
the ground among the corn, 400 yards northeast of the village, at our former 
visit in 1901 ; but no proper examination is possible in May or June, when 
the crops are standing. The city extended down to the right bank of the 
stream in ancient times; and may, perhaps, have occupied also part of the 
left bank. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 319 

On the left bank of the river an isolated hill rises close to the bridge in 
the middle of the glen. The larger part of the modern village is situated on 
this hill. In ancient times the hill was outside of the town, for javelins could 
be thrown from it, as Sallust mentions, into a part of the city. It was sacred 
to the Great Mother-Goddess, who on certain days of the year came here to 
feast in her tomb on the summit. In Christian times the temple was destroyed 
or transformed into a church ; and at the present time on the summit of the 
hill part of the walls of a church, built of large blocks of the excellent lime- 
stone which abounds in this neighborhood can be traced among the houses. 
The holy hill of the goddess was evidently used as a cemetery of the ancient 
city in Anatolian, non-Hellenic fashion; here children in death returned to 
the mother who bore them and rested in her bosom, just as the Lydian heroes, 
sons of the Gygaean Lake, were buried on its margin. This Anatolian custom 
and belief has been often pointed out as traceable in many parts of the land. 
The hill is evidently full of graves, and there lie about 4 or 5 ft. below the 
surface vast numbers of cut blocks of the usual fine limestone, as the villagers 
testify. Far fewer stones are likely to be found on the site of the city, as the 
dwelling houses were undoubtedly built, for the most part, of mud-bricks, dried 
in the sun, but the finest and most imperishable building was needed for the 
long home in death. 

In 1890 Messrs. Hogarth, Headlam, and I [W. H. Ramsay] came by 
accident and in error to Dorla at sunset ; we copied a few inscriptions in the 
fading light, and hurried on to camp, more than 2 hours distant, without 
observing the importance of the site. In 1901 I remembered that we had left 
some inscriptions there uncopied, and thus my wife and I discovered Nova 
Isaura, with its many interesting monuments. Finally, in studying Strzy- 
gowski's recent revolutionary views on Byzantine art, I saw that these monu- 
ments furnished strong evidence in his favor; and so we returned again to 
make a more careful examination. It illustrates the curious history of in- 
scriptions that, in 1904, we could not find, after long search, about 20 of the 
monuments which we saw in 1901, but on the other hand, we discovered quite 
a dozen that we had not seen then. There is no site in which the character of 
a certain class of purely native monuments can be seen so well as at Nova 
Isaura; they illustrate admirably the decorative character of the Anatolian 
art and they prove conclusively that there was a distinct reinvigoration of 
indigenous art in this region in the later Roman period. The love of decora- 
tion for its own sake was strong and many elements were used ; the most in- 
teresting in some respects are the fish and the open book (strictly an open 
pair of tablets), both occurring only once, beside which are formed the swas- 
tika in varied forms, cross, vine-branches, rosettes, implements, other forms of 
leaf, nets, etc. ; the human figure is rare at Dorla, and occurs only on the most 
developed form of monument. * * * 

. The chief interest of this city lies in its being the seat of a genuinely 
native art, well marked in character, and traceable in the same place for 1,400 
years at least. Strzygowski * * * will find here a strong confirmation of 
his theory that Asia Minor exercised a g^eat influence on the formation of a 
distinctive' Christian and Byzantine art, an influence which he perhaps ex- 
presses a little too emphatically and exclusively. In various districts of Asia 
Minor one finds certain forms of artistic production strongly marked in char- 
acter and distinguished from all others, lasting for many centuries. Thus, for 
example, we have purchased in a village in the heart of the Phrygian moun- 
tains a carpet, woven in the village, of wool grown on the village flocks and 



320 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

dyed with colors made from the plants in the fields around, and showing very 
similar pattern to the Tomb of Midas on the rock close by. That pattern is 
entirely unknown to me outside of a narrow circle in the northern Phrygian 
highlands. ♦ * ♦ 

The monuments at Dorla are marked as belonging for the most part to 
a narrowly restricted period by the lettering. There is very little develop- 
ment in the form of the letters ; the general forms are practically the same, with 
a few exceptions, in which some later shapes of certain letters occur. This 
uniformity can hardly be explained except on the supposition that a certain 
style was formed during the III Century (of which period the forms are very 
characteristic, though they might very well be earlier), and persisted in the 
stereotyped form through a sort of local school of trained artisans. Refer- 
ences to artistically trained workmen, technitai, occur in the inscriptions of this 
region, thrice at Dorla, thrice at least about 5 hours south from Dorla. Ac- 
cordingly, the evidence seems to be that the art of Nova Isaura belongs to 
the period 280-450 A. D. Why it stopped in the V Century is a wider and 
difficult question, which concerns Asia Minor as a whole. But the reason why 
it began about 250-300 is easier to state with confidence, and of high interest 
in itself. 

The late date and overwhelmingly Christian character of the documents 
of Isaura must arrest attention. Most of the inscriptions are obviously Chris- 
tian; a few are indifferent; not one is certainly. There is only one explana- 
tion possible for this sudden appearance of Greek writing in abundance about 
A. D. 250. Greek beg^n to be commonly spoken in Nova Isaura during the 
III Century. Previously it was only a small town, whose inhabitants spoke 
Lycaonian or Isaurian, like the common mob, even in a Roman colonia like 
Lystra, about A. D. 48. About 250 the town was mainly Christian and the 
language which spread was the Christian Greek, i. e., the common dialect 
adapted to Christian ideas and thoughts. Thus we find one more proof, cor* 
roborating much other evidence to the same effect, that Lycaonia had be- 
come thoroughly Christian before the time of Constantine, and its ecclesiastical 
system was more complete early in the IV Century than at a later time. Our 
conclusion is that the art of Nova Isaura is Christian entirely in development, 
though undoubtedly founded on simpler pre-Christian indigenous forms ; and 
that its development was due to the invigorating influence of the complete 
Christianization of the town, consummated in the III Century, after nearly 
2 centuries of conflict with the older religion. Nova Isaura must be ranked 
as one of those cities which were wholly Christian before the time of Con- 
stantine. 

A word may be added in conclusion about the earlier history of this 
little-known town when Servilius marched up from Cilicia with a Roman army 
about 78 B. C. He captures Isaura by turning aside the river, on which the 
city depended for water. This operation was easily within the power of a 
Roman army used to spade work; the river could readily be made to flow 
on the opposite side of the glen, behind and west of the isolated hill of the 
Mother-Goddess. The city then suffered from thirst and was obliged to 
surrender, and Servilius occupied the hill of the Goddess. * * * Jt would 
seem that the Senate accepted the fiction that Servilius conquered the country 
Isauria.Palaia Isaura, and hence the epithet Isauricus was bestowed on him. 
Evidently he never penetrated the Isaurian mountains, a far stronger and 
greater place than this little town of Nova Isaura on the edge of the plain. — 
Dr. W. M. Ramsay, in the London Athenaeum. 



^unt 






^--il^JV 



■xtmi 






RECORDS ^ PAST 





VOL III ■ W ■ PART XI 



NOVEMBER, 1904 



+ + + 



mSTORYiOF THE QUERES PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 

PART II 
BY JOHN M. GUNN 

IN 1 69 1 Diego de Vargas was commissioned governor of New 
Mexico by the Count of Calves, Viceroy of Mexico at that time, 
and dispatched with an escort of 50 soldiers to bring the pueblos 
into subjection. The pueblos, as we have seen, were divided 
against one another, and de Vargas found it comparatively easy to re- 
capture the towns along the Rio Crande and around Santa Fe. After 
the river pueblos were brought into subjection de Vargas led the attack 
in person against the pueblos of the west, Laguna and Acoma, Zimi and 
Moqui. The Laguna Indians, hearing that the Spaniards were com- 
ing, placed all the women and children of the tribe on a high bluflF, or 
rather bench of the mesa, about 3 miles north of the town, and left the 
old men to guard them. The old fortifications are still there. The 
place is known as the Schumits Sin-otes (white bluff). 

The Spaniards were repulsed at the first attack, but the Lagtmas, 
seeing that further resistance was useless, surrendered, after arrang- 
ing terms of peace. With them de Vargas secured the services of the 
cacique and his war captain to act as guides for the expedition to 
Acoma and Zuni. 

The Spaniards named the cacique, Antonio Covote. His Indian 
name was "Kum-mus-tche-kush" (white hand). 



324 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

The war captain they called Pancho. The expedition arrived at 
Acoma on November 3, with something over 100 Spanish soldiers 
(the command having been reinforced) and 50 Indian auxiliaries. 

The Acomas surrendered without a blow and on the 4 again 
swore the oath of allegience and obedience to Spain. On reaching 
the pueblo of Zuni, de Vargas was met by an unexpected obstacle, the 
natives having fled to the top of "Thunder mountain," from which it 
was impossible to dislodge them. The Spaniards decided to surround 
the mountain, which is only a large butte of about 1,000 ft. altitude, 
and starve the Indians into subjection. The Indians laughed at the 
Spaniards, and would throw down rushes, which had been brought 
from the springs in the valley, to make the enemy think that there 
was abundance of food and water on the mesa. But time passed ; the 
wily Spaniard kept his ground; things begun to look serious for the 
Zunis; they knew that the tanks of water would soon be ex- 
hausted and the food consumed. They held a council and it was de- 
cided that the priest, whom we have before spoken of, should treat with 
his countrymen. The priest asked for a tanned buckskin, then with a 
piece of kiel he wrote a message to the commander. When the writ- 
ing was finished the priest handed it to the chief man, requesting him 
to have it thrown down where the soldiers would see it. One of the 
warriors, tying a stone in the end of the skin, threw it far out from the 
edge of the mesa. The Spanish guards, ever on the alert, saw that 
something of importance was taking place on the mountain, and hardly 
had the skin touched the ground when they were there to pick it up; 
but imagine their surprise when, upon examination, they found a mes- 
sage in their own native tongue. It was speedily delivered to de Var- 
gas, who at once opened negotiations with the priest, and terms of 
surrender were agreed upon. The priest accompanied de Vargas and 
his command when they returned to the river. Several of the Zuni 
Indians, who had become attached to the priest, followed as far as 
Laguna, where they took up their residence. This story of the priest 
is traditionary, but there is historic evidence enough to show that some 
priest survived the massacre of August 10. Gushing refers to him in 
some of his writings of the Zuni history and tradition. De Thoma 
says, "Fray Jose de Esboleta, a native of Estella, in the heroic province 
of Navarre, came to New Mexico in the year 1650 and took charge 
of the missions of Oraibe, one of the Moqui villages," and that Juan, 
a Picuries Indian, informed the authorities at El Paso that he had 
seen the priest alive in the pueblo of Xongopabi, one of the Moqui 
villages, in 1682, enslaved by the Indians. De Vargas, however, makes 
no mention of him in his reports, but this may be accounted for from 
the fact that de Vargas was brief in all his writings, verifying the old 
saying that actions speak louder than words ; or as one writer, speak- 
ing of de Vargas, says, "His manuscripts, unlike the old Spanish 
documents, which are beautifully engraved, forces on you the re- 
flection that as he carved his way through the country with the blade 
of his sword, he did his writing with the hilt." 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 325 

There is no mention in history of this fight at Lagnna. De Var- 
gas states that after receiving the oath of allegiance and obedience of 
Acoma he and his command moved on towards Zuni. Arriving there 
they found the Indians fortified on the butte, "Thunder mountain," 
or as he calls it, "Penasco de Galisteo," and that before beginning the 
attack he sent a certain man of the pueblo to tell them that he had 
come with peaceable intentions, and on November 1 1 the Zuni Indians 
surrendered. In one of the houses he found several articles of church 
apparel. 

From Zuni de Vargas made a short trip to some of the Moqui 
villages, and then returned to the Rio Grande by the way of Acoma 
and Laguna. He left, however, his autograph on the rock "El Moro," 
or "Inscription Rock,'' about 24 miles east of Zuni. The inscription 
was discovered by one of Lieut. Wheeler's parties during the early 
occupation of the country by the Americans. This is the inscription 
translated : 

Here was General Don Diego de Vargas, who conquered for the Holy 
Faith and the Royal Crown at his own expense, all of New Mexico in the 
year 1692. 

De Vargas was not the first, however, who carved his name on 
this rock, as there is another inscription, bearing the early date of 1626. 

Referring to the priest, it is possible that he returned to Zuni 
and took up his abode, adopted the costume, and accommodated him- 
self to the customs of the Indians (in fact, there is traditionary evi- 
dence to emphasize this statement) ; and by so doing was dropped 
from the Church calendar. The Zuni Indians who followed the com- 
mand as far as Laguna brought with them a new society or order, 
called "Chaquin." In some respects it resembles Masonry. The Zunis 
claimed that it had been taught to them by the priest, but not being 
allowed to practice it in Zuni, on account of the opposition of the medi- 
cine orders, they had come to Laguna, which, being a new pueblo, 
any new order would be welcomed. It is quite a popular order yet, 
and known as the "Chaquin," or the Order of the Black Mask. 

The 2 guides and several others from Laguna accompanied the 
command to the Rio Grande. There de Vargas presented Antonio 
Coyote (Kum-mus-che Kush) with a cane, as a badge of office as gov- 
ernor of the new pueblo, and requested the Lagunas to return to their 
village and build a church, and that when it was completed he would 
send a priest to preside. 

The church was built in due time. The old structure still stands, 
adjoining the present Roman Catholic Church, on the south, and is 
known as the "House of the Principales." Once every year in April 
the old men of the tribe meet in this building and rehearse their be- 
liefs and ancient traditions. The priest. Fray Juan Merando, came, as 
promised, and brought with him the image of San Jose. Taking the 
image to the river he dipped its feet into the water and rechristened 
the stream Rio de San Jose, the name which the stream bears to this 



326 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

day. In 1696 many of the Pueblos again revolted against the au- 
thority of Spain. De Vargas succeeded in bringing them all to terms 
as far west as Acoma, which stubbornly refused to surrender. The 
same year de Vargas' term of office expired, and Pedro Rodriguez 
Cubero was appointed to fill the vacancy. Cubero had also been em- 
powered to arrest de Vargas on certain untrue and unjust charges, 
preferred against him by those who were jealous of his fame and pop- 
ularity and success in quelling the Indian troubles of New Mexico. 

On these charges de Vargas was imprisoned for 3 years in Santa 
Fe, but finally obtaining a hearing before the Viceroy of Mexico, was 
pardoned, and reappointed Governor of New Mexico in 1702, and 
Cubero returned to Mexico. It was during Cubero's administration 
that Laguna took the oath of allegiance and obedience to Spain, which 
we have before alluded to, on July 4, 1699, and received the name of 
San Jose de la Lagtma, in honor of its patron saint, San Jose. On 
July 6, of the same year, 1699, the Acomas renewed their oath of 
obedience and allegiance, which had been so many times broken, and 
their patron saint was changed from San Pedro to San Estevan. De 
Vargas died on April 7, 1704, at the town of Bernalillo, and his re- 
mains were buried in the wall of the old church at Santa Fe. 

Let us go back to the year 1689. Domingo Giron Petriz de 
Cruzate, at that time Military Grovernor of New Mexico, was waging 
a war of extermination against the Pueblos. In his attack on the Zia 
Indians, 600 of them were killed and 73 captured, the captives being 
taken to Mexico as slaves. Among these captives was an Indian known 
by the name of Antonio de Obejada (probably a corruption of An- 
tonio de Ojeda). He seldom is mentioned in history. He was one of 
the principal chiefs in the Pope rebellion, and held the same rank as 
Tupatu, Catiti, and Jaca of Taos. He claimed to be a native of Zia. 

He was well educated, being able to read and write the Spanish 
langage, and although suffering from a serious wound received in 
battle, he was taken to El Paso. The authorities finding him very in- 
telligent, questioned him with regard to the lands claimed by the differ- 
ent pueblos, and on his testimony grant titles were issued to several 
of the pueblo villages — namely, Picuries, San Juan, Cochiti, Santo 
Domingo, San Felipe, Jemez, Zia, Laguna, and Acoma. 

The records show that like papers were issued to all these differ- 
ent pueblos in the year 1689. The original grant title papers of Acoma 
and Lagtma, however, have never been found since the occupation of 
the country by the Americans, but on the recorded evidence, the U. S. 
Grovemment, in 1876, surveyed to them the lands claimed. The Acoma 
grant was confirmed by Congress and patented as surveyed. The 
Laguna grant as surveyed in 1876 was never confirmed by Congress. 
In 1890 the Government appointed a commission to investigate the old 
grant titles in New Mexico and Arizona. They found evidence to 
show that the Laguna claim was valid, but too large, and suggested 
that it be cut down. Consequently it was surveyed again in 1895, 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 327 

giving them a body of land 6 miles square, with the village of Lagtma 
in the center. Subsequent to the date of the grant, 1689, Spanish 
squatters settled at different times on different parts of the land 
claimed by the Lagunas, and in order to get them away without trouble 
the Indians bought their improvements and what land they claimed. 
These parcels of land are 3 in number and comprise about one-half of 
the original grant. They are known as purchases. Their claim to 
their land was recognized by Spain and later by the Republic of 
Mexico. We will speak of these different purchases as we come to 
them. 

In 1744 Joaquin Codallos became Governor and Captain General. 
It seems that he tried in a way to assist the Indians, for in 1746 he 
had two missions established for the conversion of the Navajos, one 
about 15 miles north of Laguna, at CeboUeta, and the other about 10 
miles northwest of Laguna at Encinal. These missions were quite 
popular with the Indians for a time, but when the novelty of the in- 
stitution wore off the Navajos, like their prototypes (Arabs) folded 
their tents and moved away, and the church vestments were removed 
to Laguna. 

Gov. Codallos also lent his aid in re-establishing the pueblo of 
Sandia, which had been abandoned since the rebellion of 1680-91. 

This town was repopulated with Indians from Moqui principally, 
a few from Acoma and Laguna. Sandia is located about 15 miles 
north of Albuquerque; it has very few inhabitants now and seems to 
be again on the verge of extinction. It may interest the reader to 
know a little more of the history of this pueblo of Sandia. During 
the revolt of 1680-90 the Indians of the village abandoned their pueblo 
and moved in a body to Moqui. During the administration of Codallos 
they were brought back and settled, first on the Rio Puerco, at a place 
called Ojito, but for several reasons, principally the incessant raids 
of the Navajos and Apaches, they were again removed to the old 
pueblo of Sandia. The ruins of this settlement on the Rio Puerco are 
still to be seen close to the little village of Ojito. In 1788 Juan Bautista 
de Anza was appointed Civil and Military Governor of New Mexico. 
He undertook the task of christianizing the Moqui Indians, but met 
with no success, further than inducing about 30 families to abandon 
their country, which is very arid and barren, and settle among the 
pueblos of the Rio Grande. As they were passing Laguna a little girl 
of the party became sleepy and hid herself among the weeds and 
pumpkin vines and went to sleep, while the party continued on with- 
out her. When night came on she awoke, and seeing the lights in the 
houses, came to the village, was adopted, and grew up with the rest 
of the Laguna children. Her descendants, the Moqui Sun people, 
represent one of the largest clans in the tribe. 

In the year 1801, during the administration of Ferdinand Chacon, 
a Spanish colony and presidio, or military post, was established at 
CeboUeta, 15 miles north of Laguna. This is the place where Gov- 



328 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

ernor Codallos 55 years before had the mission built for the purpose 
of evangelizing the Navajos. The garrison consisted of 35 soldiers. 
The grant issued to the colonists bears the date of 1801 and names 33 
grantees. Among the first on the list are the names of Jose Maria 
Aragon, and his brother, Francisco Aragon. Soon after the settle- 
ment of the colony Jose Maria Aragon took up his residence among 
the Laguna Indians and married a woman of the tribe. In 1802 the 
Navajos, who claimed that section of the country, forced the colonists 
to abandon the settlement and they returned to Chihuahua, Mexico, 
but were brought back the following year under a military escort, and 
cautioned that if they ever returned again their lives would pay the 
penalty. This statement seems singular, that free-bom citizens of 
Mexico should be transported back to New Mexico by force, and might 
lead one to the belief that CeboUeta was originally a convict colony. 
But it is claimed by the old settlers that the colonists were under con- 
tract to remain in the country and the Spanish governor took this 
means of compelling them to live up to their agreement. In 1805 the 
Navajos laid siege to the town in earnest. The village was at that 
time surrounded by a high wall, but the Navajos, niunbering about 
3,000, succeeded in forcing the gates, and would have massacred the 
entire population, but for the timely assistance of the Laguna Indians, 
under the leadership of Jose Maria Aragon, who was recognized by 
the Spanish authorities as alcald, or justice of the peace, of Laguna. 
When the Navajos broke through the gates the settlers were com- 
pelled to barricade themselves in their houses, and then the fight 
began at close quarters. 

It is said that a woman killed a Navajo chief by dropping a metate 
from a window on his head. A metate is a stone used for grinding 
corn by hand. The story says that there was an American in the vil- 
lage at the time. They called him the Sargento (sergeant). He had 
received a desperate wound from an arrow, but with the fighting in- 
stinct peculiar to those old pioneers, he climbed to a window, and there 
with his trusty rifle, fought till he died from the effect of his wound. 
The Laguna Indians in the meantime had attacked the Navajos in the 
rear, and they were compelled to retreat. In return for the services 
of the Lagunas the settlers recognized the Pueblos* title to a strip of 
land joining the CeboUeta grant on the south, which had been in dis- 
pute. The land was occupied at the time by 4 Mexicans, Miguel 
Moquino, Vicente Pajarito, Pascual Pajarito, and Antonio Paguat, 
from the village of CaboUeta, but to quiet the title the Lagunas pur- 
chased the improvements of these settlers, and under petition the Span- 
ish governor gave them a title to that part of the grant which is now 
known as the Paguate Purchase. The military post, or presidio, es- 
tablished at CeboUeta was continued by the Spanish authorities until 
Mexico became a republic in 1821 ; then by the repubHc of Mexico tiU 
New Mexico became a territory of the United States, and was re- 
established as a camp by the U. S. Government and continued until 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 329 

1862, when it was removed to "El Gallo/' close to the present town of 
San Rafael, 35 miles west of Laguna, and called Fort Wingate. In 
the year 1760 a -Spaniard by the name of Mateo Pino settled on the 
Laguna grant at a place which is known as "El Rito," but on account 
of the raids of the Navajos and Apaches he was compelled to move 
away, but in 1825 his son and sole heir, Guachin Pino, and another 
Spaniard, by the name of Marcos Baca, returned to the place, claiming 
that Mateo Pino had been granted a large strip of land in that vicinity. 
The Laguna Indians bought the claimant out and by petition to the 
Mexican governor secured title to the land. It is known as the "El 
Rito" purchase. 

In 1836 Pino and Baca moved to a place 11 m. west of Laguna 
and bought a quit claim from a Navajo Indian by the name of Fran- 
cisco Baca, and established the town of Cubero. 

In 1870 Fort Wingate was moved to its present site at the west 
end of the Zuni mountains. The history from here down' to the occupa- 
tion of the country by the Americans is meager and not of much inter- 
est. There were occasional raids of the Navajos and Apaches, and even 
Utes. These prowling nomads never attacked the pueblos of Laguna 
and Acoma in force, but contented themselves with waylaying the lone 
herder or hunter, robbing him, and in many cases leaving his dead 
body as a ghastly reminder of their wanton atrocities. Many won- 
derful tales of daring are told by the old men of the village ; of fights 
with these wild denizens of the mountains ; of children that were cap- 
tured by the Navajos or Apaches, and certain instances, when after 
long years, they returned to their native pueblos. Many of these stories 
are strange and romantic. It was necessary for the people to be con- 
tinually on their guard. Their stock was penned in the village or as 
near as possible. The only door to the dwellings was a hole in the 
roof, only accessible by means of a ladder, which could be drawn up in 
time of a siege. The windows were small, with slats set in, or some- 
times a slab of selenite (crystalized gypsum) to answer the purpose of 
glass. With all the trials and troubles which they have passed through, 
however, Acoma and Laguna have about the same number of inhabi- 
tants as when their first authentic history began. The early Spaniards 
were prone to exaggerate the number of inhabitants of nearly all the 
pueblo villages. The population of Acoma in 1680 was estimated at 
1,500; in 1798 at 757 ; in i860 at 491 ; at present about 500. 

The population of Laguna in 1797 was 817; in i860, 988; at pres- 
ent about 1,500. 

The Queres Indians were never cruel to their captives or crimi- 
nals. When death was the sentence they were speedily executed or 
marooned on a high rock or ledge of a precipice, from which it was 
impossible to escape, and there left to perish from hunger and thirst, 
or throw themselves down, to be killed on the rocks below. This mode 
of punishment was called Tit-Kash. Their war whoop was Ah-Ah-Ai, 
the first two syllables prolonged, the last short and abrupt. 



330 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Thus far we have followed authentic history or traditions, which 
can be verified by historic records. We now take the trail of tradition 
pure and simple. This lays before me a task of no small magnitude, to 
trace this people back over the road now all but obliterated, with no 
familiar landmarks to guide me, nothing but the few fragments of 
tradition scattered here and there at long intervals, the sound of a 
word that has survived the changing influences of time or the echo 
of an ancient song that seems to float down to us from the dim past. 
RoUin, the great historian, says that, "the principal incentive to the 
study of the history of a people and the value derived from it is to dis- 
cover where they made mistakes and to profit by their experience." 
With philosophers and statesmen this is true, but with the average 
person the incentive is curiosity, and the value derived is the satisfac- 
tion of knowing. 

This peculiar condition of the mind called curiosity, a compound 
of reason and instinct, or in the undeveloped brain probably the first 
shadow of reason. We find throughout the animal kingdom, with 
but few exceptions, a certain desire or longing, to find out, to be- 
come familiar with that which is mysterious, or that which they do 
not understand. It is this same mystic influence that impels the human 
mind to delve into the unknown and to gather fragments of truth, 
which arranged in proper order, we call knowledge. Who are the 
Queres Indians; who were their ancestors, and where did they come 
from? The early Spanish explorers in the country classified the 
pueblos of New Mexico and Arizona according to their languages into 
9 different nations, viz., Tigua, Tegua, Tano, Queres, Piros, Tom- 
piros, Xumanos, Tusayan, and Cibolan. Of these the Queres were 
then, as now, one of the most enlightened, as well as one of the most 
numerous ; at present numbering 7 different tribes — Acoma, Laguna, 
Zia, Santa Ana, San Felipe, Santo Domingo, and Cochiti. 

Their traditions are faded and covered with the dust of ages and 
badly patched with fragments from other traditions, but enough is 
left revealed to show that we may be able to trace these people, if not 
to their origin, at least to a remote antiquity. The meaning of the 
name Queres is rather indefinite ; it seems to be an obsolete word, but 
possibly may be some word changed by Spanish usage. There is a 
secret society or medicine order called Korina or Que-ran-na, which 
may have suggested the name to the* Spaniards. Hano is their own 
name for their people. The word is significant ; literally translated it 
means "Down East," but it may be a Phoenician word, as Hanno was 
a name common among the Phoenicians. In all tradition there is a 
thread of truth, whidh, if it could be untangled from the romance 
which ages of superstition and ignorance have surroimded it, would 
prove a valuable addition to history. One great trouble in deciphering 
these old traditions is that in many instances they have been mixed, 
not only with other traditions of the same people, but with traditions 
from other people. 



ENCHANTED MESA, FACING ACOMA 



JOSE COUCHO, GOVERNOR OF ACOMA 



332 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

When a Queres Indian commences to tell a story he begins by 
saying Humma-ha; these words to him now have no particular sig- 
nification, and are used merely as words of attention or introduction, 
as we would say "once upon a time," but at one time they meant some- 
thing more, as the words indicate, Humma, when, and ha, east, and 
were used to introduce a class of stories brought from an eastern 
country. Among all the tribes of the Queres nation there is a tradi- 
tion, or rather two versions of the same tradition, called "Shipop, 
stchemo ;" the exodus from Shipop. 

One version of the tradition says that in an eastern country all 
the people came out of a big water into which poured all the rivers of 
the earth, and though these rivers flowed for ages, never was the big 
water augmented, but that it would rise and fall at intervals. 

Another version of this same tradition says that somewhere in 
the north, a few days' journey from the present pueblo village, all the 
first people came out of a deep hole in the earth. Into this hole poured 
four great rivers from the four cardinal points, and although these 
rivers flowed constantly, never was the pit completely filled to the brim. 
The water would, however, rise and fall rhythmically. The latter 
version of the tradition is part Queres and part borrowed. Many of 
the Indian tribes of the Southwest have this tradition of their origin 
in the bottomless pit. These traditions, as the Indians tell them are 
clothed with a great deal of romantic and mythical nonsense, having 
been handed down orally from generation to generation, each one 
who repeats them making slight changes. Thus one tradition becomes 
merged or confounded with another, until time and place become a 
confused mass; so when asked where his ancestors came from, the 
Queres Indian will answer "from the North," which is correct, but 
only answers a part of the question, as we shall proceed to demon- 
state. Many of the old folk lore tales not only describe in a way the 
country from which they were brought, but also give the direction. 
Thus some refer to the North, others to the East or Southeast. 

The story or tradition of Shipop says that when the first people 
came out of the water the land was soft, or, as they express it, the land 
was not ripe (Sah-kun-nut), and that not finding firm ground on 
which to build habitations they continued on to the south of the unripe 
land, and there finding a suitable place built a village and called it the 
"Kush-kut-ret ;" kush is now an obsolete word, but in ancient times 
it was their word for white; kutret is the Queres name for house, so 
the structure they built must have been a compact village or pueblo, 
with numerous rooms, resembling a large house. We will call it the 
"White village." 

From here the tradition refers to a country still east of the "unripe 
land," a country of no small extent, for it was considered a remark- 
able feat to make a journey around it, and they say that but one man 
ever made the trip. They tell us that the country was surrounded by 
water on all sides (shra-ena-komisho-putch), literally the edge of the 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 333 

wrater all round. Their early traditions and beliefs point to this island, 
for such it must have been, as the cradle of the Queres nation. The 
island of Shipap. Now, in the water which surrounded this island 
lived a monstrous animal or fish, the ''Wa-wa-keh,'' that vomited water. 
This fish came up and threw such quantities of water over the 
land that it was submerged, and all the people who had remained on 
the island perished. These traditions at first seem nonsensical, but 
when we apply reason, assisted by the recent discoveries in archaeology, 
we find that they are consistent. They are peculiar in one way, show- 
ing that these Indians were at one time a seafaring people. 

Along with these romantic traditions there are several others for 
making this assertion. They speak of the land they once inhabited 
as being surrounded by water (shra-ena-komisho-putch), and the end 
or limit of the world, or where the sky, to their early belief, met the 
horizon. They call the edge of the water "komisho-putch," and they 
call the place where the Sun rises and sets "the house of the sea or lake 
of flame," "kowi-kutsch," showing that the sun must have risen and 
set, according to their belief in former times, in the waters. The big 
animal or fish, "Wa-wa-keh," that vomited or Mowed water, was the 
whale. Certain features of the language also verify this statement. 
The name for some of the colors was suggested to them by the water ; 
thus, striped, kow-i-shu-shuts, the trembling of the sea or lake ; spotted, 
kow-i-sup-pe-puts, the splashing of the sea or lake; the name for 
white, kow-i-stchum-mits, the reflection of the light on the sea or 
lake; the name for blue, kow-wishk, though somewhat obscure, may 
be traced to a similar source, a word or phrase meaning "like the sea 
or lake." I have traced these Indians to their origin, or at least as 
far back as their traditions will take us, and witnessed the destruction 
of their island home. 

Of course, we can not accept their romantic theory of the destruc- 
tion of their land by the marine monster, the "Wa-wa-keh," but we 
can believe that such a catastrophe may have happened, caused by 
some seismic disturbance of nature, as geology cites us many such 
instances, even in modern times. In tracing these people I have given 
but a hasty glance along the trail they long since traveled. Let us 
follow these argonauts of the western hemisphere, as their boats leave 
the island. Their course is west ; they reach the coast of Florida at a 
time when that peninsula was shoals and shifting sand bars, or vast 
swamps and marshes. Not finding a suitable place to land they con- 
tinue on to the south, skirting the coast till they reach the southwest 
extremity of the peninsula. Here on the islands or keys they build 
their first habitations or first settlement on the North American con- 
tinent and called it "Kush-kut-ret," or the "White village." Here the 
traditions are verified by archaeological discoveries of vast pueblo 
ruins on the keys and west coast of Florida, constructed of conch shells. 
There is a faint tradition among the Lagunas and Acomas that their 
ancestors built structures of some kind of shells, and the color of these 



334 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

shells may have suggested the name for their village. On the islands 
and main land of Florida are vast quantities of broken pottery, a silent 
but undisputed witness that a superior race of Indians once inhabited 
the peninsula. The broken pieces of pottery show that it was vastly 
inferior to the nicely constructed jars which the pueblos of to-day 
make. But no doubt their crude pots answered the purpose admirably 
for which they were intended. 

It is reasonable to suppose that communication was kept up at 
intervals with the island until some boat returning learned of the ter- 
rible disaster, and seeing the whale spouting in the vicinity of where 
the island had been, adopted the theory as the most plausible, that this 
animal was responsible for its destruction. Years pass, some climatic 
change is taking place, the rainfall each year becomes less and less, 
until everything is parched and dry. A character whom they call 
"Po-chai-an-n/' comes to them from the cane brakes of the north ; he 
professes to have control of the seasons; he obtains a large number 
of followers ; the ruler, or "Ho-tchin," is deposed and Po-chi-an-ny is 
elected to the place. He changes their medicine from the use of simple 
remedies to incantations and jugglery, but he fails to produce the de- 
sired change in the seasons. The anger of the natives finally becomes 
aroused. Po-chi-an-ny flees from their wrath, but is pursued and 
captured, and tying large stones to him they cast him into the deep 
water, but matters become worse, and at last they are compelled to 
move. Their course is to the northwest. 

On the banks of a large river (the tradition does not describe this 
stream) they construct another village, and in remembrance of the 
first settlement name this the ''White village." Here a plague, which 
they call "Ki-oat," something like smallpox, overtakes them. A daugh- 
ter of the ruler becomes afflicted. The disease baffles the skill of the 
medicine men. 

To the west of the village in a house thatched with big leaves 
lives an old woman by the name of Que-o Ka-pe, who* is celebrated for 
her skill in medicine. The ruler sends his war captain and brings 
her to the village. She cures his daughter and many others merely by 
the application of water. The medicine men become jealous of the 
old woman on account of her skill in overcoming the disease with so 
simple a remedy when they were powerless with all their incantations. 
The medicine men hold a consultation and Que-o Ka-pe is sentenced 
to be killed, but before the deed is executed she makes a prophecy. 
The Queres Indians say that she pronounced a curse on them; that 
misfortune and misery would pursue them relentlessly for generation 
after generation. 

Again the disease broke out more violently than before and again 
they are compelled to migrate, and again their course is toward the 
northwest. They say the reason they had followed this course was to 
join a people who years before had come from the same place, ''Shi- 
pop," and had settled in this, to them, northwestern territory. In a 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 335 

valley surrounded by rugged mountains and perpendicular bluffs we 
again hear of the "White village;" last of grand settlements of the 
Queres. 

The tradition gives several significant landmarks. It might be 
questionable whether these were on the island which was sunjk or some- 
where in the vicinity of the last of the "White villages," most prob- 
ably the latter. These landmarks were 4 majestic mountains. On the 
north was the "Kow-i-stchimi-ma Kote," literally the "mountain of the 
white lake," but probably a snow-capped mountain. Kote is the Queres 
name for mountain. On the east was a tall, straight mountain, called 
"Kutch-um-mah Kote." On the south was the "Tout-u-ma Kote," 
the "Hooded moimtain," probably a flat-topped mountain, capped with 
basalt. On the west was a rugged mountain covered with forests, 
called the "Spinna Kote." 

From the earliest times the Queres were governed from one cen- 
tral seat called "Kush Kut-ret," or the "White village." The ruler 
or "Ho-tchin" was elected for life, selected for his knowledge and ex- 
ecutive ability. At his death another was selected in a similar way. 
His duties, besides governing the people, were to keep the ancient tra- 
ditions and history of the people of the nation. He was also the head 
of the medicine orders. He had one officer, the war captain (Sah-te 
Ho-tchin). 

The last of the White villages was built in Southern Colorado, 
or possibly in Utah, and the tributary settlements extended through- 
out that part of the country, where the 4 states corner — Colorado, New 
Mexico, Arizona, and Utah. The destruction of this grand settlement 
was caused by a tributary village declaring its independence and elect- 
ing a new ruler. This led to a grand war among the inhabitants, and 
to finish what the Queres had themselves begun, those fierce warriors, 
the Apaches, appear. The destruction is complete. The nation which 
for thousands of years had held together, fighting their way across the 
North American continent, was scattered, some going to the valley 
of the Rio Grande, others further west. One party went on southwest, 
and were never heard of after. The invasion of the Apaches is sup- 
posed to have been between 800 and 1,000 years ago. The Navajo 
Indians who inhabit the country where the Queres had their last set- 
tlements show a mixture of the Pueblo and Apache. Many words in 
the Queres and Navajo are alike, and some of their religious customs 
are similar, for instance, the sand . paintings. The Queres call the 
Navajos "Mo-a-shrum." The name means "those who came out of 
the hills, or rough country." 

There are several incidents related in these traditions which I 
have necessarily omitted, not being able definitely to locate the places 
where they happened. They tell that at one time, on account of famine, 
their ancestors were reduced to cannibalism. The tradition seems to 
point to Florida as the place where this happened, which does not seem 
possible, with the sea so near, teeming with its myriad forms of ani- 



336 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

mal and vegetable life. Another incident they speak of was a people 
called the She-ken, who came to them from the south pass, wherever 
that may have been ; these people were under the leadership of a man 
by the name of Korina ; that when they arrived each one of the party 
carried in his hand a peculiar flower or plant, and that during the night 
after the arrival the plants were frost bitten and became withered, but 
the next day when the Sun came up the flowers resumed their former 
shape and the party continued on to the east into the forest, where they 
built houses of boards. I have given this tradition verbatim as it is 
told. 

In comparing it with some of the other traditions, however, I 
find that the She-ken tarried quite a while with the Queres, at least 
until Korina, the leader, died. The Queres adopted several customs 
from these people, and their language shows a mixture with some 
other language, possibly the language of the She-ken. I have at- 
tempted to untangle these old traditions in a truthful and logical man- 
ner, but have necessarily been compelled at times to assume certain 
premises and deduce the conclusions. There is still room for a good 
deal of speculation. Was the island of Shipop Plato's Atlantis, which 
Ignacio Donnelly attempts to prove existed at one time in the Atlantic 
Ocean? If such an island existed there must be certain indelible signs 
left ; for instance, a body of land, such as it seems to have been, would 
have diverted or split the Gulf Stream, and the changing of this cur- 
rent could be noticed in the fossil remains on the coast of Europe. 
Should it be proven that these Queres Indians are descendants of the 
Atlanteans it gives them an unbroken national record of at least 10,000 
years. 

The religious belief of the ancient Queres Indians is as strange 
as their ancient history. It is philosophical and reveals a depth of 
thought far ahead of their descendants of the present day. The be- 
lief in a supreme being or beings is as old as reason in the human brain. 
The first theory of a deity evolved by mental reasoning was necessarily 
crude, but as the mind expanded old theories were dropped and new 
ones adopted, and so it has been going on since the dawn of reason. 
Everything in creation, nature in all its varied forms, shows itself to 
be the product of profound reason, and whence this reason ? Who will 
be the Copernicus or the Newton to discover the true theory? Is 
there a personal God, or is all matter imbued more or less with in- 
telligence? The religion of the Queres is not exactly a polytheism, 
neither is it a pantheism, but seems to be a compound of the two, with 
a slight strain of totemism. Their theory is that reason (personified) 
is the supreme power, a master mind that has always existed, which 
they call Sitch-tche-na-ko. This is the feminine form for thought or 
reason. She had one sister, Shro-tu-me-na-ko, memory or instinct. 
Their belief is that Sitch-tche-na-ko is the creator of all, and to her 
they offer their most devout prayers, but never to Shro-tu-me-na-ko. 
They say it is bad to do so. This shows th^t they knew of the 2 



^ , 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 337 

divisions of the mind, reason and instinct, and also that they were 
aware of the uselessness and evil consequences of cultivating the sub- 
jective mind. E-yet-e-co is the most beloved of all the deities ; to her 
they can all pray; she is the mother who brought them forth and re- 
ceives them when they die. E-yet-e-co means the earth, but they speak 
of her in much the same manner as we speak of nature; She-wo-na, 
the spirit of force, who reveals himself in the fog, the rain, the dew, 
and the mists, who manifests his power in the roll and surge of the 
waters, the storm, and the rending stroke of the lightning, and whose 
voice is the deep. roar of the thunder; Sitch-tche-na-ko created him 
out of a dew drop ; Shru-wat-tu-ma, the evil spirit. Here is something 
singular; literally the name means the one from a short way tip. 
Spiritualists claim that the evil spirits inhabit the lower plane, just 
above the earth. Thus we have mind (reason and instinct), matter 
and force woven into a religion. Without mind there could be no con- 
ception of anything. Without matter there could be no force that we 
know of and vice versa. The evil spirits in all religions are a logical 
creation. There seems to be an opposition pervading all nature, a 
part of nature's laws, thus force and resistance, attraction and repul- 
sion, positive and negative, action and reaction, construction and de- 
struction, good and bad. Here the religion takes more the form of 
pol)rtheism; Wa-ah-me-na-ko, the guardian spirit; Ka-tu-te-a, the 
g^ver or spirit of charity; Kap-poon-na-ko, the spirit of sleep; she 
seems to have been a demi-goddess, because she is said to have been 
the wife of Hutch-a-mun Ki-uk, the ruler of the first Kush-kut-tet ; 
Moe-a-na-ko, the spirit of the yellow earth ; Mots-sin-ne-na-ko, spirit 
of the hills and mountains. 

There are several more, but their identity is lost. Merely the 
name remains, and many appear to be borrowed from some other re- 
ligion or else the product of ignorant jugglery. The only thing in 
their religion which indicates totemism was the worship of the "Tsets- 
Shri-na.'* This was a monstrous green serpent, with horns, that they 
say inhabited the big water. The Queres knew something of astron- 
omy ; they knew the difference between the fixed stars and the planets, 
and had names for some of the constellations. According to their way 
of mapping them they say the Sun had eight children. Is this only a 
coincidence in their mythological tales, or had they by some means dis- 
covered the 8 planets ? 

In reason's ear they all rejoice, 
And utter forth a joyous voice; 
Forever singing as they shine, 
The hand that made us is divine. 

Resuming the history of Laguna and Acoma where we left it, 
just before the Mexican war, the first and most notable event was 
the treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, in 1848, by which New Mexico and 
Arizona became the property of the United States. The invasion of 
the Americans produced a change in these old pueblos, slow at first, 



338 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

but like the sleeper at the sound of an awakening call, these people of 
a forgotten past rouse to action. The causes which had so long kept 
them in a state of idleness and bondage have ceased to exist. Advance- 
ment is the countersign, and as time passes we recognize no longer the 
old customs and Indian traits ; all have changed with the advance of 
education and modern civilization. 

In 185 1 Samuel C. Gorman, a native of Cincinnati, Ohio, came to 
Laguna as a missionary sent by the Baptist Mission Society. In 1856 
the Indian Department of the Grovemment authorized Mr. Gorman to 
have a building erected for school purposes and as a chapel. This 
building is still used as a Government school house and Protestant 
Church. Mr. Gorman was recalled shortly after the breaking out of 
the Civil War. 

In the latter fifties Gen. McCook established a military camp at 
Laguna, which was continued about a year; the foundations of the 
old barracks are still visible north of the town. Gen. McCook recruited 
a company of Laguna Indians to act as scouts in the campaign after 
those bloodthirsty followers of Nane and Mangus Colorado, and it is 
needless to say that they settled many a long-standing account with 
their old-time foes, the Apaches. 

In the early sixties President Lincoln sent to each of the Pueblo 
villages a silver-headed cane, to be held by the governor of the Pueblo 
as a badge of office. 

In 1866 the Navajo Indians became a dangerous factor in the 
Southwest. Early in the sixties, or to be more exact, in 1862, the 
Government established an agency and military post in the Navajo 
country, known as Fort Defiance, to keep these savage bandits in some 
kind of subjection, and to quell their lawless maraudings, which had 
long held the country in a state of terror. While the exact cause may 
have been various imaginary wrongs on the part of the red men, we 
will accept the following, which, like most happenings of that kind, 
come unexpectedly and all at once : 

Early one morning a powerful Navajo came to a kitchen door 
at Fort Defiance and asked for a drink of water. The cook, having 
just finished washing the dishes, as the Indian stepped to the door, 
accidentally or intentionally threw the pan of dirty water in the In- 
dian's face. Enraged beyond the boundary of reason, the Navajo 
drew an arrow and laid his insultor lifeless on the floor. The guard 
seeing what had happened, but not knowing the cause, thinking it to 
be assassination, fired on the Navajo, killing him instantly. 

The Navajos in the vicinity of the Post rushed to their arms. The 
news of the killing flashed over the Navajo country with almost the 
speed of thought, and it quickly became evident to the soldiers at the 
Post that the Indians were on the war path. The Navajos at once 
began a raid of destruction and devastation. Gen. Canby, assisted by 
such experienced Indian fighters as Gen. Carleton and Kit Carson, 
took the field, and commenced a vigorous campaign against them, piu^- 
suing them relentlessly. 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 339 

Their sheep and horses were confiscated or driven into corrals 
and killed ; peach orchards were cut down ; the cavalry horses turned 
loose in their fields of grain, and what the horses could not destroy was 
burned by the soldiers. Two years of war was enough for the Navajos ; 
the lean, starved warriors began coming in singly and in bands to sur- 
render and accept what terms of peace or punishment might await 
them; the first time in history probably that these fighters, descend- 
ants, perhaps, of those same people who gave to the world that noted 
warrior, Genghis Kahn, ever bowed to a conqueror. As soon as they 
were gathered in they were taken to the Bosque Redondo on the Pecos 
river, where a reservation had been set aside for them, and a military 
post established. Owing to certain features of 'the climate it proved 
very unhealthy for the Navajos, and the death rate soon became fear- 
ful. Gen. William T. Sherman was on a tour of inspection at that time, 
and it occurred to the captives that he might do something for them, 
but Sherman refused to listen to the petition of the warriors to be again 
returned to their old reservation. Then it was that all the young 
women of the tribe, dressed in their best attire, besieged the old com- 
mander. They promised that if allowed to return to their old reserva- 
tion the women of the tribe would so train their children that never 
again would the Navajos go on the war path against the American 
Government. They told in their way of all the sorrows and griefs that 
the war and their captivity had caused. The gallant old general was 
conquered; hero of many a hard fought battle, who led the famous 
march from Atlanta to the sea, had surrendered, and on his recom- 
mendation the Navajos were returned to their old reservation in 
Northwestern New Mexico. The Lagunas and Acomas assisted the 
Government in this war, from start to finish, and won great praise 
from their officers. As I have once before said, the Navajos are largely 
mixed with the Queres Pueblos, and ethnologists will some time confirm 
this statement. 

In 1868 W. F. M. Arny was appointed agent to look after the 
affairs of the Pueblo Indians and give them a helping hand. Arny 
was a man who was not afraid to act on his own convictions of what 
was right ; not like too many before and since, who, from fear of doing 
something wrong, do nothing or as little as possible to hold their posi- 
tions and draw their salaries. The Pueblos now had some show of 
redress by law. Years of subjection and seclusion have produced a 
state of timidity among these people which only time and proper educa- 
tion will ever eradicate. 

In the year 1871 Walter G. Marmon was appointed Government 
teacher at Laguna, the first teacher ever appointed by the Government 
to teach among the Pueblos. Some time previous to this date some of 
the more progressive Indians, seeing the advantages of an education, 
had instituted a select or subscription school, and hired a Mexican by 
the name of Manuel Cassius, who was fairly well educated in Spanish, 
to teach their children. However, when Mr. Marmon came to Laguna 



340 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



as teacher, not one in the tribe could speak the English language, and 
only one could read and write the Spanish. He was Luis Sarracino, 
and was educated in Durango, Mexico, by the Roman Catholic Church, 
but joined the Protestant Church while Mr. Gorman was here. Arriv- 
ing at Laguna, Mr. Marmon at once became teacher, doctor, councillor, 
and minister. On taking charge of the school house he discovered 
that there were no seats in the building. In an ante-room of the 
Roman Church were 2 sets of stocks, relics of the past; these Mr. 
Marmon had sawed into blocks for seats. One day the parish priest 
visited the school, and in the course of the conversation Mr. Marmon 
remarked that he was again using the stocks, that he had resorted to 
them to help teach the youthful Lagunas. The priest replied that he 
was putting them to better use than they had ever been put to before, 

It had been the custom for a number of years, or at least since 
the new Roman Church had been built (in the latter part of 1799 or the 
fore part of 1800) to bury the dead either in the church or in the yard 
in front. The church is about 60 ft. long and 25 ft. wide, the yard 
probably 100 by 50 ft., and at this time the inhabitants of the viUage 
of Laguna numbered about 1,000. It can readily be seen that in a 
few years all the space would be occupied ; and such was the case. The 
remains of one would be exhumed and another deposited, the bones of 
the exhumed carelessly thrown over into an outer corral adjoining the 
church yard. Mr. Marmon made a report to the agent regarding this 
inhuman custom, and asked that he come to Laguna. When the 
agent arrived he found things as stated, and called a meeting, for- 
bidding them from burying any more of the dead in or around the 
church, both on account of sanitary principles and for humanity's sake ; 
so by common consent they abandoned the practice and selected 2 
new sites for graveyards, Protestant and Roman Catholic, respectively, 
In 187s Dr. John Menaul was sent to Laguna as missionary by the 
Presb3rterian board of missions. He was also appointed Government 
teacher, Mr. Marmon having resigned. 

Dr. Menaul established a printing press at Laguna, devoted to 
missionary work principally. He translated and published in the 
Queres language McGuffey's first reader. In 1884 ^ bell was placed 
on the school building by Pueblo subscription. Dr. John Menaul 
spent 12 years of earnest work among the Lagunas. He left in 1887, 
loved and respected by all. The old mission built by Mr. Gorman in 
the early fifties stands about one-half mile northeast of the village, 
and is still used as a dwelling, though constructed of adobe and hav- 
ing received but slight repairs since it was built, is apparently as sub- 
stantial as ever. A good' deal of history is connected with the old 
building ; its walls have echoed to the tread of Sherman, Logan, Carle- 
ton, Canby, Kit Carson, and many others, whose names adorn the his- 
tory of the United States. Part of Gen. Lew Wallace's famous story, 
Ben Hur, was composed beneath its rustic roof. "Billy the Kid," 
the hero of the Lincoln County war, spent two weeks in one of the 
rooms of this old house, a fugitive from justice. 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 341 

A notable event, and one worthy of record, occurred in the year 
1876. The Acoma grant was to be surveyed. To the northwest of 
the village about 25 m. is a big spring, called El Gallo, known to 
the Indians as the warm spring. This was one of the landmarks in 
the boundary calls of the grant papers issued to Acoma by Spain in 
1689. In 1862 the Government established a military post at this place 
and set aside the land around the spring for a military reservation. 
The post was abandoned in 1868. This was the same year that the 
Navajos were brought back from the Bosque Redondo, but the land 
was still held as a military reservation. When the post was abandoned 
a number of camp followers and ex-soldiers, whose time had expired, 
remained. The spring flows a large volume of water and the soldiers 
had constructed an irrigation ditch and had several fields under cul- 
tivation. These improvements the squatters wished to retain, but the 
land being a military reservation, they were notified to move, but they 
refused to go, and a detachment of soldiers was sent to remove them. 
They obstinately resisted, until one of them, a Mexican, attempting 
to decapitate the officer in charge, was killed. The others then left 
without further trouble. In 1870 the place was opened for settlement, 
and all those who had been expelled returned, and with them came 
others. In the meantime it became known that the spring was the 
property of the Acoma Indians ; a council was held and the squatters 
were advised to bribe the officers and principal men of the tribe to 
change the boundary calls by representing to the surveyor that an- 
other spring, about 10 m. further east, was the "Ojo del Gallo," or 
Warm spring. Besides the considerations in money, these settlers 
proposed to give to the Acomas part of the Laguna grant, which as 
yet had not been surveyed. The Acomas gave their testimony to the 
surveyor, as agreed upon, and by so doing the Acoma tribe lost about 
one-third of their original grant, which was surveyed and later pat- 
ented to them, according to the survey. 

It now remained to put the Acomas in possession of the Laguna 
land. The Indians of Acoma were notified to be upon the ground on 
a certain day, and a Mexican justice of the peace would give them 
legal possession and title to the same. The Mexicans and Americans 
in the scheme knew it was a farce, but the unfortunate Indians were 
sincere, and considered the alcald's court as supreme. The Laguna 
Indians becoming aware of what was going on, came to Mr. Marmon, 
who was at that time conducting a trading post at Laguna. Consider- 
ing that the only way to stop the trouble was by a display of force, he 
hastily armed 2 companies (one of infantry and one of cavalry) with 
Springfield muskets, which had been placed in the town for the pro- 
tection of the Lagunas from the Apaches. He took command of one 
company in person and the other he placed under the command of 
George H. Pratt, a Government surveyor, and, like himself, a veteran 
of the Civil War, and together they marched to the scene of trouble. 

The Acomas were already on the ground in large numbers, armed 



342 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

with every conceivable weapon. The 2 Lagtina companies and the 
alcald (justice of the peace) and posse arrived on the ground at 
about the same time, and without further ceremony the alcald began 
to read the decree which would put the Acomas in possession. The 
charge was sounded, the alcald and his posse fled, but the Acomas 
held their ground, and a pitched battle ensued, in which quite a number 
were seriously hurt, but no one fatally. The Acomas were finally 
forced from the land. The agent was notified of the trouble, and 
came at once to the village. He called a joint meeting of the officers 
and principal men of each pueblo. This land in question was a pur- 
chase by the Laguna Pueblo from a Spaniard by the name of Garviso, 
about the year 1825, and the Mexican Government issued them a title 
to it. It is called the Santa Ana Purchase. 

When the Acoma grant was surveyed a part of the purchase fell 
inside the Acoma lines. After a good deal of debate a compromise 
line was agreed on. The Lagunas were to relinquish about one-half 
of what they claimed inside of the Acoma grant and the Acoma Pueblo 
gave to Laguna a quit claim for the balance of the disputed lands, 
inside the Acoma lines, and so it was settled. The first irrigating ditch 
was taken out of the. San Jose river by the Lagima Indians, about 9J4 
m. west of the village of Laguna, in 1840. The next ditch was taken 
out about 3 m. west of where Acomita now stands, in i860, or 10 
years before the Acomas had any settlements in the valley of the San 
Jose. Acomita was built in 1870. 

PROPHECY OF SHE-AKE 

Away back in the Queres tradition they tell of a certain medicine 
man and seer of the nation, who made a number of prophecies, which 
have all been fulfilled. Coronado refers to this prophecy in his letter 
to Mendoza, Viceroy of Mexico. He says, "They declare that it was 
foretold among them more than 50 years ago that a people, such as 
we are, should come, and the direction they should come from, and that 
the whole country would be conquered." The story says that this old 
magician would lay himself flat and striking the ground with his 
clenched fist, commanded his audience to listen. Then he would tell 
what he saw and heard. He told of the coming of the Spaniards, the 
bearded warriors with shirts of metal and how that they would con- 
quer and enslave the Indians. Then he told of the people of the light- 
colored hair, who would come from the East, would conquer the coun- 
try, and would be the friends and champions of the Pueblo Indians ; 
that these people from the East would build metal roads (sow-a-ka- 
he-an-ne), and the prophecy or curse pronounced by Queo-Kape would 
be lifted and the rains would return, and then the Queres Indians would 
again be a prosperous, contented and happy people. In 1880 the 
iron bands of the great Santa Fe Railroad stretched slowly from the 
East into the lands of the Pueblos. The prophecy was being fulfilled. 
Robert G. Marmon, a brother of W. G. Marmon, was elected Governor 



PUEBLOS OF LAGUNA AND ACOMA 343 

of Laguna, the first white man that ever held the ancient office of ruler 
of the Queres Indians. Many of the old customs were abandoned and 
their further practice prohibited by a vote of the people. Certain ones 
of the conservative class on this account left Laguna and moved to 
Isleta, on the Rio Grande. 

With regard to the government of these Pueblos, they are both 
democratic and republican. All business of minor importance is regu- 
lated by the governor and a staff of officers. In Laguna the executive 
body consists of a governor, two lieutenant-governors, a war captain, 
seven fiscals, or supervisors, one for each of the villages, seven major 
domos, or overseers of ditches, one for each village. ■ When there is 
business of such a nature that the officers do not feel competent to de- 
cide it is then laid before the whole people in council for their vote. 
These officers meet once a month or oftener if necessary. Their pay 
is 50 cents a day while in council. Regarding their land tenure, the 
grant is held in common, but each individual or family have their 
oxm private fields or parcels of land, and any man or family can hold 
as much land as they can cultivate. Failure to cultivate any land for a 
period of 3 years works a forfeiture, and the land reverts to the pueblo. 
They can buy and sell lands among themselves, but not to an outsider 
or one who does not belong to the tribe. 

The Queres Pueblo Indian is as yet a mystery. Whether scien- 
tific research will ever draw aside the veil which shrouds the identity 
of this interesting people remains to be seen. All that is left of their 
ancient history is a few mythological traditions, folk lore tales, and 
ceremonial songs. The Laguna Indians claim to have had 3 books 
of records of the past. These were in existence until within recent 
years, but on account of religious disputes they were either hidden 
away or destroyed. The oldest of these was the book of "Water Peo- 
ple ;" the next was the book of the "Eagle People ;'* the third and most 
recent was the book of the "Corn People.'' What these books were 
like is only conjecture. The Indians say they were painted on some 
kind of skin. The writing was no doubt symbolic, as there is no evi- 
dence of phonetic writing having been understood among them. 
Laguna was constructed by refugees from the river pueblos after the 
Spanish invasion, of the Queres stock principally. They brought their 
books with them, along with their household goods. Could these old 
records be brought to light they might prove of historic value. There 
are certain peculiarities about the Queres Indians which lead one to 
speculate as to the possibility of their being descendants of the Phoeni- 
cians, those great mariners of the past. 

Hano, the name these people apply to themselves, was a name 
common among the Phoenicians. Could it be that these people were 
refugees from Tyre after the conquest by Alexander, or from Car- 
thage, which the Romans destroyed in later years? I have before 
referred to the fabled Atlantis as a possible starting point. 

Suppose we could prove that they were Atlanteans; we would 




344 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

still be in the dark. We have no authentic history of Atlantis. The 
incomplete narration of Plato and ancient tradition placed it some- 
where in the West. 

However, there is one thing reasonably certain, the Queres In- 
dians are a remnant of a people far advanced in civilization. 

•f + + 

DISCOVERY OF AN ANCIENT WOODEN STRUCTURE IN THE 

EXCAVATIONS OF PORT ZEEBRUGGE* 

BY M. BON ALFRED DE LOE 

N JUNE 15, M. Van Gansberghe, Chief Engineer and Direc- 
tor of the special coast service at Ostende, informed the Min- 
ister of Finance and Public Works [Belgium], of the appear- 
ance of the remains of an ancient wooden structure in the ex- 
cavations for the wet dock in the artificial channel at Port Zecbrugge. 

We, on our part, were officially notified of this discovery by M. 
Edouard Jonckheere, of Bruges, who had the kindness to write us to 
come for the first visit to this place. 

The Curator in Chief was very diligent in his eflforts to obtain for 
us, with as little delay as possible, all the requisite authorizations. 
Our work of excavation at Zeebrugge began July i. This work of com- 
pletely clearing out 700 sq. m. was carried on at his expense. He 
then photographed the whole and the details and took, with the per- 
mission of the Chief Engineer, Mr. Piens, the protective measures 
necessary to secure to the State [Belgium] the possession of the col- 
lection of objects brought to light. 

At last on July 9, M. A. Rutol, Conservateur of the Royal Museiun 
of Natural History, went, at our request, to examine the geol<^ical 
section. 

The point where the discovery was made is situated approximately 
3,200 meters north of the tower of Lisseweghe and 1,300 m. from the 
sea, in the excavation for the wet dock, at the southwest angle of the 
inner harbor, near the coke ovens of the Moselle and the Solvay mills. 

The ancient structure was lying at one side beneath 2 m. of marine 
alluvium. 

It was a sort of huge rectangular framework formed of timbers 
about 12 m. long, with the bark on, lying palallel, separated from each 
other by a space of from 2 to 3 m. and joined by cross beams. 

The whole has been held in place and spiked to the ground by two 
lateral rows of stakes driven very deep into the ground and crowded 
one against the other. (Fig. i.) 

The main beams and the pieces which have joined them are not 

♦Translated for Records of the Past from Bulletin des Muses Royaux des Arts 
Decoratifs et Industriels — ^a Bruxelks. 



roman structure at zeebrugge, looking toward the south 
[fig. i] 



CONSTRUCTION OP THE PILE WORK IN THE ROMAN STRUCTURE AT 
ZEEBRUGGE [PIG. 2] 



346 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



of larch, as has been erroneously stated, but of sylvan pine. The 
stakes which are sometimes 2 m. 80 (the shortest measuring i m. 30) 
are of birch. 

All these woods, very perfect and completely soaked with water, 
are reduced to pulp on exposure to the air ; so we fear that, in spite of 
our pains, it will be impossible to keep the specimens which have been 
transported here [The Royal Museum of Brussels] in a satisfactory 
state. The great beams all present at the ends a rectangular opening, 
into which the joint of the cross beam penetrates. [Fig. 2.] 

They seem, on the other hand, to have filled certain compartments 
of the work, whose orientation, the long direction, is northwest and 
southeast, with sand which was brought in and compact turf. 

Concerning this the horizontal pieces of wood forming the frame 
show a pronounced subsidence, but not the stakes; these prove that 
the land, in this place, had simply subsided or been undermined, but 
not sunk. 

Finally the Roman Epoch can be fixed on in our region, as the 
age of this gigantic building covered by a thick bed of marine alluvium, 
the deposition of which began no later than the IV Century, and at a 
level in which there have been found a portion of a human cranium 
and the maxillary of a dog, the fragments of the upper part of a jar 
with 2 handles (lagena) of the Belgium-Roman period. Geology 
is in perfect accord with archaeology on this point. 

But the intention of this curious work, where no trace of metal is 
apparent, is less easy to decide. 

In fact, it is a question whether it is a bridge or a raft, or a wharf 
for shipping, but probably a frame of ground timber lain in a level 
marsh (protected from the sea) and intended to support a building or 
an artificial island (crannoge). The invasion of the sea to which we 
have made allusion would have been the cause of abandoning this 
project. 

Such was also the impression of M. Tabbe J. Claerhout when he 
visited the works at Zeebrugge on July 12 [1904]. 

It appears from our borings that the work extended possibly to 
the delta, towards the southeast, for a distance at least equal in extent 
to that which has been cleared. * * * 



CURRENT LITERATURE 

EXPLORATION OF JACOBS CAVERN* 

DURING the past year, besides the Cave Excavations done 
by the University of California, and noted at length in the 
September issue of Records of the Past^ another cavern 
has been carefully examined by the Department of Arch- 
aeology of Phillips Academy. The greater part of the excavating was 
done by Mr. E. H. Jacobs under the guidance of Mr. Chas. Peabody 
and Prof. W. K. Moorehead. 

This cavern is situated on the north bank of Little Sugar Creek, 
2 miles east of Pineville, McDonald County, Missouri, and has been 
named Jacobs Cavern. 

The cave is in a limestone region of the Ozark Uplift and is but 
one of a great number which vary in size from small rock-shelters to 
large caverns. The limestone is full of flint nodules which furnished 
the primitive inhabitants plenty of material for arrow and spear points, 
and knives of different kinds. 

The cave is truly a rock-shelter, with floor, roof and walls of limestone, 
irregularly V-shaped ; it is throughout natural, no marks of human workman- 
ship being visible in the walls or roof. 

The flat top is composed of a single stratum of limestone, while along 
the sides of the cave stratification lines are well exhibited. 

The rock-floor is covered to a depth of i m. with clay, usually a homogene- 
ous mass, yellowish brown, containing fragments of limestone. 

Above this was a deposit of ashes. There seems no. reason to doubt that 
the clay is a residual result of the disintegration of the limestone, for, so far 
as noticed, it has never been disturbed, and the line of separation between it 
and the ashes above is generally sharply marked. Pits dug in different places 
showed essentially the same clay structure. Near the bottom of the clay the 
small limestone fragments are more numerous than above, while at the top 
they are practically wanting. 

At the back of the cave is a fissure, extending upward from the roof to a 
height of 3 m., separating the roof of the cave from the rear wall. The fissure, 
probably a master-joint of the series described above, is from J4 m. to less 
than I m. wide, and continues along the back of the cave beyond the main 
part, forming a narrow recess, which in turn extends for about 5m.*** 

To the mind of the writer, there is no doubt that the ash-breccia was 
formed very slowly during and after the deposition of the ashes. * * * 

Finally, when the deposition of the ashes ceased, the stalagmite continued 
to grow until it joined the stalactite from above, forming a pilaster. 

Near the back of the cave, particularly underneath the fissure, the greater 
part of the ashes and some of the clay covering the limestone floor have been 
cemented by the action of CaC03, forming ash, clay, and limestone-breccia, 
often very firm and solid. In other parts of the cave both ashes and clay are 
soft and easily moved. 

♦For full account see Bui. I, Department of Archaeolof^y, Phillips Academy, Andover, 
Mass. By Charles Peabody and W. K, Moorehead, 1904. The Norwood Press. 



348 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

A number of blocks and slabs of limestone were found on the surface of 
the ashes, or embedded in them or in the clay beneath. They have evidently 
fallen from the roof, some before man's occupancy, others during it, and still 
others quite recently. 

Of the sandstone fragments and flint flakes in the ash stratum, there 
seems no doubt that all were carried into the cave from the outside. The 
possibility of their having entered from above through the fissure at the back 
is rendered small, first, by their great number, second, by their even distribu- 
tion throughout the cavern. 

The nearest sandstone outcrop on the surface is, so far as could be deter- 
mined, 6 km. distant, near White Rock, although small sandstone boulders 
and pebbles are occasionally found on the gravel bars of Sugar Creek. 

Whatever the source of supply, man has necessarily brought the sand- 
stone specimens into the cavern. 

As to the thousands of flint flakes, varying from small "spalls" to pieces 
the size of the hand, it was at first thought that they might have fallen from 
the roof; careful search, however, failed to detect the presence of flint in 
roof or walls. 

Hence (outside of the slight possibility of their having entered by way 
of the fissure) it is believed that the flakes and implements have all been 
carried into the cave or produced within it by human agency. 

Much of the flint was obtained from the hills near by; but judging from 
the lithological character of other pieces, it is evident that they have been 
brought from a distance, some of them, probably, from the flint hills of central 
Kansas. 

All the traces of human occupancy were found in and above the 
ash stratum and none in the clay underlying it. Several feet back from 
the entrance a "heavy stratum of animal bones was met, embedded 
in the soft deposit above a large flat stone." 

This continued for nearly I m. backward into the recess. One bone awl 
and a few flint chips formed part of the bone stratum, which itself was dry 
and in probably the driest part of the recess. In the rear there were many 
stones, ID cm. to 40 cm. down in the soft deposit. This part is damper, and the 
decomposition of the bones may account for their lessened frequency here. 

Six human burials were found in a poor state of preservation. 
Both the "bundle" and "scissors" types of Indian burial were repre- 
sented. There was no uniformity in the orientation of the bodies. 
Two were found with the head to the north while the other 4 were in 
diflferent positions. 

Many of the animal bones found show signs of having been split 
for marrow, others show signs of having been cooked. 

Although nothing was found indicating great antiquity, yet the 
types of stone implements are quite diflFerent from those of the neigh- 
boring Arkansas lower-Mississippi basin. 

They are here ruder in form and finish, and the small arrow and spear- 
points of the lower region are almost absent. 

The large proportion of very rough knives — round, oblong, shouldered, 
and not shouldered (often by haphazard) — characterize the Ozark district, 
and are almost sufficient in themselves to determine a race of occupants differ- 
ent from the so-called "mound-builders." 



CURRENT LITERATURE 35 ^ 

This distinction is enforced by the absence of the finer pottery, as charac- 
teristic itself of the Arkansas-Missouri culture, as the knives are in Jacobs 
Cavern. 

To one versed for years in excavation, there comes a certain inexplicable 
feeling that the specimens from Jacobs Cavern look old in comparison to the 
mound specimens. 

Outside the entrance to the cave are some rocks which present 
large sections with a highly polished surface. 

That the rocks have been polished by the naked bodies or the skin clothing 
of human beings becomes more probable when we find that, though a few other 
rocks with a similar polish exist in the Ozark district, they are not present 
where other evidences of man's occupancy are lacking. The polished rocks in- 
dicate a long occupation. The only similar cases known to the explorers are 
provided by the walls of the stone gallery at Tiryns, where the polishing is 
said to be due to the herding of sheep for centuries in that celebrated place. 

The following rather negative conclusions are reached by the 
authors : 

The evidence from the quantity of the ashes, the t3rpes of implements, 
the stalagmitic deposits, is toward the assumption of a very early and pro- 
tracted occupancy of Jacobs Cavern by man. 

That the occupants were diflferent from theOsages and also from the lower 
Mississippi tribes is negatively suggested by the human remains, the picto- 
graphs, and again by the types of implements. 

The polished rocks point to a long occupation, and its date and length, 
while not supported, is not denied by the animal remains. 

An early inhabiting of the cavern by man, who continued to abide there, 
perhaps hundreds, perhaps thousands, of years, is all that may at present be 
asserted. 

CAPTAIN JOHN SMITH. By Tudor Jenks. The Century 
Co., New York, 1904. 

Mr. Tudor Jenks has just contributed a very interesting account 
of the life and work of Captain John Smith in his book bearing the 
above title. The book is illustrated with a number of cuts from old 
drawings and portraits. He confines himself strictly to the life of Cap- 
tain Smith, tracing it from his boyhood, when he picked up old Roman 
coins on his father's farm, on the lowlands of Lincolnshire, England, 
to his death in London in 163 1. He cites the destruction of the Spanish 
Armada, which occurred when Smith was 8 years old, as one of the 
strong factors in determining his seafaring life. He deplores the fact 
that historians "who sought above all things to make picturesque and 
striking narrations" have made so prominent the 2 "petty episodes" in 
Smith's life, the duel with the 3 Turks and his rescue by Pocahontas, 
for by the exaggerated importance attached to these events the real 
worth of Captain Smith as a good statesman, soldier, navigator, ex- 
plorer, and writer have been greatly overshadowed and his true worth 
underestimated. Nevertheless Mr. Jenks believes that both these inci- 
dents were in the main as recorded. The object of the book is to pre- 
sent the salient features of Captain Smith's career and those which 



352 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



can be proved. The result is that one cannot read the book without 
feeling that Captain Smith has not received the credit due him for 
his unselfish endeavors at founding the first colonies along the coast 
of Chesapeake Bay. 

THE YOUTH OF WASHINGTON, told in the form of an 
autobiography. By S. Weir Mitchell. i2mo, 300 pages. The Cen- 
tury Co., New York. 

Dr. Mitchell has contributed a very interesting account of the 
youth of Washington in the pseudo-biography entitled The Youth of 
Washington. It purports to be written by Washington in his latter 
years at Mount Vernon, a method of treatment which greatly adds 
to the interest of the narrative. ' However, there is some doubt in our 
minds as to the wisdom of giving such history in the form of an auto- 
biography, on account of the danger that in a few generations it may 
be accepted as genuine. 

•f + + 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

DISCOVERY AT SUSE:— What is supposed to be the head of 
a statue of Marcus Vipsanius Agrippa, who was the great-grandfather 
of Nero, was discovered the past summer in Suse, the ancient Segusio, 
in the Province of Turin. This colossal head is twice life size and 
made of bronze. It was found at a depth of over 6 ft. in the excava- 
tions which were being carried on near the Arch of Augustus. As 
Marcus Vipsanius Agrippa died in 12 B. C, the date of the statue is 
probably the latter part of the I Century B. C, or the first of the I Cen- 
tury A. D. 

A FORTIFIED ROMAN FARM:— Among the discoveries 
which have recently been made by the Tunisian Society of Antiquities 
and Arts, is that of a fortified Roman farm. This farm is in a remote 
mountainous region, 10 miles from the post of Matmata. It is the most 
important find that has been made, showing the presence of a Roman 
civilization in this region. These Roman settlements were established 
south of Tunisia shortly after the military occupation of the country 
in the II and III Centuries A. D. 

PRIMITIVE CHART BY THE POLYNESIANS :— The Brit- 
ish Museum has recently come into possession of a chart of the Mar- 
shall Islands of the South Pacific Ocean, which was prepared by the 
native Polynesians as a chart to use in traveling from island to island. 
The diflferent "routes, currents, and prevailing winds are represented 
by pieces of split cane, straight or bent according to the chart maker's 
knowledge of the facts of the case, while the islands are indicated by 
unvalve shells attached to the cane.'' 



^\ 



31.3104 






NECK OF LAND CONNECTING CVZICUS WITH THE MAINLAND 



ARCHITECTURAL OPENING IN THE CITY WALL OF CYZICUS 



THE NEW Y' F^.-nI 

PUBLIC LIER A HYj 

j 

A8TOR, LENOX 
TiLOE.N FOUMPATK Nc^ ^ 



RECORDS ^ PAST 




VOL III ■ W H PART XII 



DECEMBER, 1904 

+ + + 

SURVEY OF CYZICUS \y 

BY ARTHUR E. HENDERSON, R. B. A. 

AS HAS been stated in a previous article by Edgar J. Banks 
Ph. D. [see Records of the Past, Vol. i, pp. 304- 306], the 
City of Cyzicus is situated on the southern portion [facing 
the mainland] of what was once the island of Arctonnesus, 
now called the "Kapu Dagh" peninsula, the highest mountainous peak 
on the southern shore of the Sea of Marmora. 

Three sketch surveys of the site have been made previously, viz. : 
By Perrot et Guillame, by the British Admiralty for the chart of the 
Sea of Marmora, and by Mr. J. Rustaf jaell, F. R. G. S. ; but it was 
decided by the British School of Archaeology at Athens to have some- 
thing more definite, so in 1902 I was sent as a student of the school to 
make an accurate survey. Mr. F. W. Hasluck, M. A., another student, 
assisted me, and we succeeded in completing the circuit of the city walls 
and their environment. In 1903 I was accompanied by Mr. W. Peet, a 
student of Robert College, Constantinople, when we succeeded in 
finishing the topography within the city walls. 

The time at our disposal did not allow for contouring, but this was 
not important, for it is fairly well shown on the Admiralty chart. As 
seen, the city lay on a promontory site, being purposely chosen as insur- 
ing the burgers from attack from an enemy by land. The central, 
eastern, and western portions of the city lie on fairly level ground, but 



356 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

not so the northern districts, for the tendency is a gradual inclination 
of the ground to rise behind the city. As it nears the "Upper Road" it 
increases rapidly, and northward from here the ground is much broken 
up by granite quaries, but otherwise it rises terrace upon terrace imtil 
a decently level plateau is reached stretching from the "Acropolis" to 
a point a quarter of a mile westward, where was once the site of a 
temple, from which a magnificent view of the lower city, lagoons, and 
mainland can be had. The width of the city is a little over a mile, 
and its depth generally over half that, the whole circumference of the 
city wall being a little under 4 miles. 

A roadstead or channel (connecting Peramo Bay with Artaki 
Bay) just over a mile long and half a mile wide, separated the island 
and city from the adjoining shore. Unfortunately for the permanency 
of Cyzicus as a city the prevailing winds are from the east or west or 
up either bay, so naturally a gradual silting up of the roadstead took 
place, there being no river to wash the sand back into the sea. 

The first connecting link with the mainland was made when the 
Aqueduct was constructed by order of Alexander the Great to supply 
the city with pure drinking water from the Adrarteia range of hills 
on the mainland. Then, later, as bars were formed at either extremity 
of the roadstead causeways were built upon them. Probably the ship- 
ping then only used the western front of the city walls as entrances 
to the basin, now enclosed, and the central harbor. Movable bridges 
of boats and drawbridges must have spanned the moats. 

Exchange was the very life's blood of the Cyziceans; commerce 
was their sole object. Their money currency was "standard," so, of 
course, their harbor and shipping took precedence over political strife. 
Their ifleets traded both with the Black and Mediterranean Seas, using 
their home port as the great central depot. 

They also carried on a large trade with the interior of Asia Minor, 
as a great main road comes down to the sea at Panormus (now Pan- 
derma) a few miles southeastward on the mainland. 

In later times, when the prosperity of the city was declining (Con- 
stantinople being in a far better situation and taking her trade away), 
two other harbors were constructed. The eastern one lay where a 
"Marsh" is now visible and had a channel connected with Peramo Bay. 
The western one is also still represented by a "Marsh" lying southward 
of Bal-kiz Serai, and was connected with Artaki Bay. Moles or break- 
waters still indicate their entrances. 

The tracing of the city wall was the most important and difficult 
item in the survey. I shall describe it and the city by following its 
circuit, but before starting should state that there are several kinds of 
masonry employed. 

I. Granite blocks laid in irregular courses, their interstices filled 
with mortar and small stones. 

II. Facing of rectangular granite blocks ; the jointing is fair and 
the core of the wall is generally whitish cement and rubble. 



SURVEY OF CYZICUS 



DECORATED MARBLE FROM THE LIME KILN ON THE SITE OF THE 

TEMPLE OF HADRIAN TEMPLE OF HADRIAN 

III. Facing of long granite stretchers (as much as 7 ft. at 
times). The headers are not often more than a foot in thickness and 
are at times portions of marble cornices, etc. 

IV. Massive, but irregular, granite facing with coarse joints 
filled with white cement daubed carelessly over the face of the wait. 
This construction may date from the XIV Century defences of the 
Isthmus. 

V. Rough rubble building work with facing of small stones, 
which seem to be of late additions. 

A convenient starting point is "Demir Kapu," a high and fairly 
well preserved tower built in style II in the southeastern portion of 
the city wall facing south. From here going westward the wall has a 
sloping escarpment down to the moat (now "Marsh"). The ground 
behind has considerable elevation, as though the moat had been cut 
through a hill, but grading downwards to another wall overgrown 
with brushwood running parallel about 180 yds. to its rear. This 
wall seems to be a continuation of the harbor wall and connecting it 
with the city wall facing Peramo Bay. 

The harbor wall is clearly defineid on its outer face. Its thickness 
cannot be accurately measured, as the city is at a higher level than 
the "Reclaimed Land" below. 

Behind this portion of the city wall there are several high and 
extensive ruins, but they are so entirely covered with bushes and 
scrub, growing upon the debris of fallen masonry and stones collected 
from the vineyards, that it forbids any surmise as to their identity. 

The ruin eastward of "Baluk Tash Road" has partly standing a 
semi-dome flanked by 2 smaller ones, but these are facing eastward, 
and, besides other indications, suggest something other than a Byzan- 
tine church. 



i / 



^^s^'-^ 



36o RECORDS OF THE PAST 

A little further eastward near "Demir Kapu Road" an important 
find was made by De Rustaf jaell in a marble Hellenistic statue of a 
female. Mr. Hasluck believes it represents "Kore Soteria, whose 
cult, as we know from countless coins as well as of other evidence, was 
down to late Roman times, among the most important at Cyzicus." 
The statue unfortunately has lost the head, arms and feet, as they 
were attachments, but enough still remains to show how beautiful the 
drapery was. 

There is another large ruin westward of the "Baluk Tash Road" 
about 200 yds. long and 80 wide and from 20 to 30 high. It is formed 
by 2 parallel ridges with a depression between them. These ridges are 
connected at the western end but not at the eastern. Considerable 
vestiges and indications of vaults and substructures are visible, but 
with no ascents to them . 

Further within the city behind this ruin is what is called by the 
watchman the "Devil's Own Country," where there are considerable 
vestiges of vaults with water in them, huge pieces of masonry sur- 
rounded by stones and architectural fragments picked out of the 
vineyards. 

In the center of the Great Harbor, standing just below the wall, 
as though on the quay side, is the "Baluk Tash." Mr. Hasluck has 
made a special study of this, monument [see Journal of Hellenic 
Studies, Vol. XXII pt. I, 1902]. It is cylindrical in shape and was a 
pedestal raised for a statue of the sea god Poseidon. It is of large size, 
as it measures 9 ft. 9 in. in circumference, with a total height of 5 ft 
9 in., as given by De Rustaf jaell when he excavated the lower portion. 

The drum is adorned with tridents, 4 half galleys, dolphins and 
tunny fish. There are also 2 dedicatory inscriptions, and translated 
run thus : (a) " 'A thank offering to Poseidon of the Isthmus (dedi- 
cated) after the restoration of the long choked portion of the channels 
and of the lagoon at her own charges, and of the surrounding (quays?) 
at the expense of herself and her son Rhoemetalces, King of Thrace, 
and in the name of his brothers, Polemo, King of Pontus and Cobjrs, 
(by) Antonia Tryphaena, daughter and mother of Kings, herself a 
Queen.* (b) Till Tryphaena refonned the island, defined the bed of 
the channels and finding me, set me here, a statue dedicated to the 
god of the sea. 

"Do thou, Poseidon (look to) thine own bulwark and I will vouch 
for the 2 channels of the surgeless sea.' " 

It is probable that this statue and pedestal was erected during the 
reign of Tiberius, as later in the reign of Caligula she appears on an 
inscription as a widowed queen. 

Following the harbor wall westward we come to the spot on 
the map "Triangle" (where 3 paths meet) . Here the wall is almost en- 
tirely buried, and extending northwestward from this spot to the 
stream is a portion of the city devoid of ruins or stone walls. The soil 
is poorer than elsewhere within the city bounds. 



i ^ 



WESTERN HEXAGONAL TOWER OF BAL-KIZ SERAI — HONEY-MAIDEN S 
PALACE 



WELL PRESERVED SECTION OF CITY WALL OF CYZICUS 



362 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

We now come to the southwestern portion of the city wall which 
has unquestionably been reconstructed as a Byzantine or Mediaeval 
fortress, reminding one of the great land wall of Constantinople in 
miniature. Here is the moat, the walk or lower rampart and in the 
rear the defending wall with towers, but here there is no secondary 
line of defending rampart with towers. And what strengthens the 
surmise is that much of the wall and of the towers is built in style IV. 
I could not find any vestige of how the aqueduct spanned the moat 
nor of its entrance into or passage through the city. 

Now, proceeding westward, we turn at right angles near the Bay 
of Artaki and proceed northward and crossing the little stream ( De 
Rustafjaell calls "Kleite"), which rises in the hills above Hamamli, we 
reach an extensive ruin called by the Turks Bal-kiz Serai — ^the Honey- 
maiden's Palace. 

This extensive ruin is composed of 2 large hexagonal towers about 
100 yds. apart. Their basements and the wall connecting them are 
of style HI, but the superstructure is of IV, and certainly of Byzantine 
construction, as is also the ruin to their rear. 

From beneath the massive stone wall connecting the 2 towers 
and near a giant plane tree, which is a conspicuous land mark from 
many points of view, a stream of clear, cold water issues from a long 
stone- vaulted conduit. This stream is thought by some to be the water 
of ObHvion. 

From this point northward for some 250 yds. the city wall is only 
traceable by heaps of stones and shapeless portions of masonry. At 
some 1 50 yds. westward of this stands the largest and most important 
ruin in Cyzicus, namely, the colossal "temple of Hadrian." This tem- 
ple was once one of the wonders of the world, but it was destroyed in 
943 with all the monuments of Cyzicus by an earthquake. It is now 
only a shapeless mass of debris covering 3 long tunnels, which sup- 
ported the Cella, flanked by one other on either side. These are given 
over to thousands of bats. 

The marble architecture of the superstructure has almost all been 
taken away and also broken up and burnt in a lime kiln on the very 
temple itself. Flanking the northern side of the temple was the 
"Agora" or market-place, of Hadrian. It had a length of at least 500 
yds. and a width of about 90 yds. There are records of a colonnade 
having been erected against its retaining walls. 

The length of city wall from this point to the spot where the 
stream enters the city is uninteresting, but from here to the "Threshing 
Floor" on the "Upper Road" it bounds numerous interior walls, but 
is of poor construction in itself. 

The stream (to the west of the "Threshing Floor") emerges from 
a beautiful valley, with the city wall rising along its crest. In this 
length of wall, there is the only architectural opening that can be 
found in the whole circuit of city wall. It occurs in a piece of good 
masonry of No. II pattern. 



SURVEY OF CYZICUS 3^3 

The wall continues northward for a short distance. From thence 
one overlooks the amphitheater in the gorge below ; then it turns east- 
ward, still rising over broken ground to its most northerly and highest 
point, from whence it turns southeastward to the "Acropolis" and 
then descends with a steep decline to the "Upper Road." 

The eastern portion of the city wall, between the "Upper and 
Lower" roads is still in a fair state of preservation. We see walling of 
Nos. I and II patterns, but it is difficult to date the portion projecting 
eastward containing towers and bastions. 

The remaining length of wall between, the "Lower Road" and 
"Demir Kapu" has been denuded of its facing and is now merely an 
embankment. 

Conspicuous among the debris of ruins in the city is the "Theater," 
This is of horse shoe shape and was restored and greatly enlarged 



A HELLENISTIC STATUE FOUND NEAR THE DEMIR KAPU ROAD, 
POSSIBLY OF KOVA-SOTERA. 

and beautified in Roman times, but like all monuments at Cyzicus it 
has been stripped of its marble glories, some going to Brusa and more 
to Constantinople to adorn the mosques and mausoleums of the Sultans. 

Southward of the "Theater" are fine pieces of Roman marble 
mosaics as well as architecture built into retaining walls, while con- 
siderably eastward of the "Theater" is the foundation of a Byzantine 
church or monastery. Glass mosaics and fragments of marble street- 
ing can be picked out of the soil of the vineyards hard by. 

Outside, to the north of the city and picturesquely filling the 
valley, are the remains of a Roman amphitheater. The stream now 



364 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

meanders through dense brushwood in the arena where formerly naval 
battles took place. 

At the time of making the survey, and doubtless still, there is not 
a single habitation within the walls of the city of Cyzicus, but it is 
entirely given over to earthquake stricken structures denuded of their 
glories and buried in their own debris ; huge dykes made up of stones 
and architectural fragments such as drums and shafts of pillars, friezes 
and cornices, picked up from the vineyards, all kindly covered by Dame 
Nature with her mantle of prickly brushwood and scrub. Sandwiched 
in between these ruins and dykes are the finest vineyards, mulberry 
groves, melon patches, and fruit orchards in the country. 

Though there are no habitations of man, the city abounds with life ; 
snakes and lizards of brilliant hues sun themselves, turtles and tortoises 
bask in the heat, gauzy dragon flies flit along the hedge grown lanes, 
while the stork keeps a vigorous eye on the furrow just turned by the 
primitive plough drawn by patient oxen. 

At times we could hardly hear each other speak for the croaking 
of frogs in the marshes and cicadas on the trees. Such is the present 
desolation of the once queenly city of Cyzicus. 

-f + + 

BUSINESS HOUSE OF MURASHU SONS OF NIPPUR* 

BY HERMANN RANKE, PH. D. 

PROFESSOR ALBERT T. CLAY, of the University of Penn- 
sylvania, in a volume of texts, not generally accessible to those 
interested in Archaeology, has offered most valuable material 
for a reconstruction of the history of the life and customs of 
the people living in Babylonia at the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. 
Taking into consideration the fact that a great many contracts, here 
published, were drawn up with Hebrews, who had become influential 
after the captivity, and that on one of the tablets of this same archive 
was identified the River Chebar, known to us in Ezekiel as the river 
on the banks of which the Hebrews lived in their exile, these docu- 
ments become also of special interest to the Biblical student. 

Professor Clay's book, published as Volume X of Series A of 
"The Babylonian Expedition of the University of Pennsylvania," is a 
most valuable addition to the previous publications of the Department 
of Archaeology of the University. The author, well known to Assyriol- 
ogists from his considerable share in the preparation of the preceding 
volume of Murashu texts, and probably the foremost living copyist of 
cuneiform tablets, has almost surpassed himself in this new edition of 
Neo-Babylonian texts. 

* Biuiness DoeumenU of Murathu Sona of Nippur, Dated in the reign of Darius II (4a4-4CM B. C). 
By Rev. Albert T. Clay, Ph. D., Assistant Professor of Semitic Philology and Archaeology in the 
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa., 19U4. 



BUSINESS HOUSE OF MURASHU SONS 365 



MODERN BABYLONIAN WATER WHEEL 

The tablets were discovered by Dr. J. H. Haynes in 1893 at the 
beginning of the third campaign of the Babylonian Expedition of the 
University of Pennsylvania. Opposite the great Temple of Bel, on 
the other side of the Shatt-en-Nil, the canal which divided Nippur into 
2 equal parts, Haynes came across a room in an upper stratum (5.5 
by 2.75 m. wide) about 6 m. below the surface. Scattered over the 
floor he found 730 tablets and fragments, of which those published are 
a part. The room proved to be either the business place, or the archive 
room of an influential firm, which may be called the Murashu Sons. 

The documents had been drawn up in the interest of the several 
sons. They contain deeds of sale, rentals of houses, animals, lands; 
mortgages, bonds of various descriptions, as bailments of individuals, 
guarantees, promissory notes, etc., etc. The tablets are dated in the 
reign of Artaxerxes I., 464-424 B. C, and Darius II., 423-405 B. C. 
As Professor Clay has proved, the one published in Vol. IX., as the 
first in chronological order, is really the last; and belongs to the reign 
of Artaxerxes II. instead of Artaxerxes I., the former having reigned 
after Darius II. Concerning the quality of the clay tablets and the 
numerous seal impressions appearing on their surface. Professor Clay 
writes as follows : 

The tablets, which are simply sun dried, are made of very smooth clay. 
It is free from grit, which was removed by washing, preparatory to its use 



366 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



for tablet making. This has increased its adhesive power, so that the tablets 
have the appearance of being baked, offering an exceedingly smooth surface 
for the writing. 

The number of seal impressions found on these contracts is very large, 
A great many are of rare beauty and indicate remarkable skill in the execution 
of the seal, or seal cylinder, by the lapidary of the age. It was customary for 
the obligor, judge or witness first to make his seal impression, after which the 
scribe wrote in proximity, either to the right of it, or above and below it, the 
name of the man to whom it belonged. In quite a number of instances it can 
be shown that before the names of witnesses were regularly affixed, the 
obligor or debtor had made his seal impression. The same is true with re- 
gard to the witnesses, who frequently made their seal impressions before all 
their names were attached to the docimient. In some instances, unless a num- 
ber of witnesses, or the judge or judges, left their seal impressions, the person 
or persons who received the benefits involved in the documents or upon whom 
the obligation rested, either left their seal upon the tablet, or instead, made an 
impression in the soft clay with their thumb-nails. The individual in whose 
interest the tablet was made, whether as a receipt for a cancelled debt, a lease, 
due bill, mortgage, etc., has not in a single instance left his seal or mark upon 
the tablet of the Murashu archives. 

The thumb-nail marks of both volumes, with but three exceptions, when 
accompanied by the name of the individual who made them, belong to the 
recipient, debtor or obligor. 

A special feature of this voliune is the unusually large number of 
Aramaic "dockets" or filing endorsements. These are reference notes 
intended for the owner of the tablet to readily recognize the contents 
of the document. On the 132 texts of tablets we find no less than 25 
dockets reproduced. Professor Clay has made a special study of these 
difficult and often very faint inscriptions, which are either painted with 
a black fluid or lightly incised in the clay, and thanks to his untiring 
efforts they have yielded us a number of interesting results. 

In every instance where the name or names written in Aramaic are pre- 
served on the tablet, we learn that they belong to the individuals who receive 
the benefits mentioned in the documents, or upon whom the obligations rested. 
Naturally, the name of the second party might appear as well, but where a 
single name is given, it always belongs to the obligor or recipient. 

These Aramaic endorsements are not only of great value for our 
knowledge of the Aramaic script of this time, but besides, for ascer- 
taining the pronunciations of some of the proper names which are 
written with ideograms in the cuneiform texts of the tablet. Thus we 
find sh V sh for the god Shamash ( in the name Sham (w) ash-uballit), 
mrdk for the name Marduk-a, tbj for the name Tdbija, etc. Of 
special value are the Aramaic equivalents of the names of 2 Babylonian 
deities, discovered by Professor Clay. 'Vr is found as part of names, 
which are composed with the god Kur-gal, formerly read Shadu- 
rabii. The author compares the probable pronunciation Avumi 
(-Amurru) of the West Semitic god MAR-TU. On the other hand, 
the equivalent for the god NIN-IB unfortimately is not yet beyond 
doubt. Professor Clay reads anwsht, only the w being not abso- 



TABLETS WITH SEAL IMPRESSIONS AND THUMBNAIL MARKS 



TABLETS WITH INCISED ARAMAIC ENDORSEMENTS CONTAINING THE 
NAME OF THE SO-CALLED GOD NIN-IB 



368 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

lutely certain. The understanding of the name is not yet quite clear. 
The reading of the same by Professor Hilprecht, the editor of the 
series, as a n r sh ch, and his consequent conclusions as to the meaning 
and origin of this name, associating it with the Nisrok of the Old 
Testament, will hardly appeal to Semitists, as the value of the last 
character being a t (not ch) seems to be certain. 

In connection with the extensive use of Aramaic endorsements 
which evidently were intended to be readable for the owner of the 
tablet, Professor Clay expresses the view that Aramaic probably was 
spoken at that time by a large percentage of the common people in 
Nippur. Says Professor Clay: 

The Assyrian officials in the time of Sennacherib spoke Aramaic accord- 
ing to the episode with the representatives of Hezekiah, related in II Kings, 
18:26, f. The Hebrews in all probability spoke the Aramaic language after 
their return from Babylonia. Aramaic was used for filing endorsements as 
above, some of- which are dated as early as the time of Sennacherib. Bricks, 
containing legends of kings in Aramaic, similar to those inscribed in cuneiform, 
besides quite a number of inscribed seals, weights, etc., have been found in 
Babylonia and Assyria. More than one-half of the contracts, in connection 
with the Murashu Sons, were made with persons bearing West Semitic names. 
The list of names in the documents of both volumes show that about one-third 
of them are foreign, a goodly number of which are West Semitic. Taking 
these things into consideration, are we not impressed with the fact that the 
Aramaic language was very extensively used in Babylonia at this time ? Fur- 
thermore, it is quite natural to conjecture, at least that the Aramaic in this 
period was the language of a large percentage of the common people in Nippur, 
and that the Babylonian language, while still spoken, was on the decline, al- 
though for centuries it continued to some extent to be the literary and legal 
language of the country, as was the case with the Sumerian, long after it 
ceased to be spoken. 

To my mind it is even an open question whether the Babylonian 
language was continued to be spoken at all at this late period, and 
whether it was not only used for literary and legal purposes, learned 
and understood only by the specially educated scribes and scholars. 

Among the author's notes on Palaeography his identification of 
the new sign tad (tat, dat), formerly read ad or even Bel, may be men- 
tioned. This is followed by an interesting excursus on arbitrary in- 
troduction of new values for cuneiform signs for convenience sake in 
the Babylonian schools of scribes. For AN-MESH (L e,, the sign 
for "god'' followed by the sign of plurality) occurring as an element 
in personal names, Professor Clay proposes the view that this writing- 
was introduced for the West Semitic El., in connection with the 
Hebrew plural Elohim for ''god." Professor Hilprecht continues to see 
in AN-MESH the rendering of a- West Semitic Eli, but contrary to 
his former view, he accepts the conclusion arrived at by Professor Clay 
that it is not the pronominal suffix of the first person singular, and 
now explains it as the scriptio plena for West Semitic ili, "god." This 



■5*8 8 

mi 



Ik 



II § 



if a 

ft ID 
Z 

s 



370 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



question is a very difficult one and does not yet seem to be settled en- 
tirely. It must be separated, however, from NI-NI (-ili) in the early 
Babylonian personal names, since this occurs only in genuine Baby- 
lonian and never among the frequent West Semitic names of that time. 

The element Jakhu indentified before with the Hebrew Jeho, ac- 
cording to Professor Clay, may have been pronounced more exactly 
as Jakho, thus very closely corresponding to the Hebrew form. On 
the other hand, in the element Jama (pronounced Java), which is 
found in a large number of these names, the author recognizes the 
element Jahu from the Hebrew personal names as the contracted form 
of Jahve. He offers 23 names ending with the element Jama, e, g., 
Natanu-Jama, Jgdal-Jama, Malaki-Jama, etc. All the elements in 
connection with Jama are found in Old Testament names. If Jama or 
Java represents the element Jahu in Hebrew personal names, then 21 
of the 23 names are found in the Old Testament. If Java does not 
represent Jahu, then there are no Old Testament names with which 
to compare these 23, most of which are unquestionably Hebrew ; and, 
tAcc versaj we would look in vain in the Neo-Babylonian literature for 
the Hebrew names compounded with this very conunon element. Pro- 
fessor Hilprecht, in his editorial preface to Professor Clay's book, says 
that he is unable to recognize any god in iama, and that he regards it 
as nothing else but the Hebrew ending yam, comparing Abiydtn and 
Abydhy which occur in the Old Testament as name of one and the 
same person. He thus revives Professor Jastrow's view, as published 
in the Journal of Biblical Literature, and says that "this Jam (a), Ya 
is merely the common Semitic Rufe suffix ia, which at the bottom may 
be identical with the vocative particle ia in Arabic."* 

However, according to what has been stated above, it seems 
necessary, as Professor Clay proposes, to connect the Yama (pro- 
nounced Yava) in these Babylonian names with Yahu in the corres- 
ponding Hebrew names. 

A few translations which are offered in the introduction, serve 
as an illustration of the contents of the published text. The transla- 
tions are followed by an analysis of new words and phrases found in 
the text. Some characteristic texts may be given here in Professor 
Clay's translation : 

I. A lease of certain fish pool, in which the lessee, besides paying a stip- 
ulated sum, agrees to furnish the agent daily with a mess of fish. 

Ribat, son of Bel-erib, servant of Bel-nadin-shumu, of his own free will 
spoke to Bel-nadin-shumu, son of Murashu, thus : The fish ponds which are 
between the towns Ahshanu and Gishshu, belonging to Bel-ab-usur which are 
in the fields of the chief of the brokers ; the fish pools which are in the field of 
the prefect of the hindanu (professional name) ; the fish pools which are in 
the town Natuel let me have for rent for one year. For the year, one-half of 
a talent of refined ( ?) silver ; in addition, from the day I am given possession 

♦As I learn from Professor Jastrow, he has now abandoned his former view, on account 
of the large number of examples presented by Professor Clay. 



A RELEASE ON ACCOUNT OF A CLAIM FOR DAMAGES 

ARISING FROM TRESPASS 

Vo, 5 of the tniuUtlou 



372 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

of those fish ponds for fishing daily, a mess (lit. fixed amount) of fish for 
thy table I will .furnish. Thereupon Bel-nadin-shumu complied his request, 
and rented him those pools of fish, for the year, for one-half talent of silver. 
For the year the silver, t. e., one-half talent, rent for those pools, Ribat shall 
pay to Bel-nadin-shumu, and the fish for his table he shall furnish. From the 
first day of Marchesvan, year first, those pools are at the disposal of Ribat 

In the presence of Belshunu and Umardatu judges of the canal Nar-Sin. 
Names of 6 witnesses and the scribe. Seal impressions of 5 witnesses, includ- 
ing that of Rimunt-Ninib, son of Murashu. 

• 

2. A contract made with an individual for the gathering of a harvest 
with a penalty attached in case the work has not been accomplished at a 
specified time.. 

TRANSLATION : 

Unto the second day of the month Ab, year first of Darius, king of coun- 
tries, the harvest (namely), which as the apportionment of Rimut-Ninib, son 
of Murashu, has been set apart, he gave to Ninib-iddina, son of Ninib-etir, to 
gather in. If on the second day of the month Ab, year first of Darius, that 
harvest he has not completely gather in, the produce as much of it as should 
have been delivered, Ninib-iddina shall turn over to Rimut-Ninib from his 
own possessions, and there shall be nothing for him and the farmers, as re- 
gards the balance of the harvest. 

Names of 4 witnesses and the scribe. Seal impression of one witness. 
Aramaic indorsement : "Dociunent of Ninibiddina." 

3. A partnership agreement made by 2 individuals to farm certain lands, 
and divide equally the profits. 

TRANSLATION I 

Ninib-muballit, son of Mushezib, and Adgishiri-zabdu, son of Bel-erib, 
who had spoken to one another as follows. Let us sow 5 gur of seed in the 
field of rab'inunf?)'gu along the bank of Nar-Baltia, in tihe town Bit-Hadiia. 
They agreed thereupon together, and the seed, i. e., 5 gur for a crop they 
planted. The seed, i. e., 5 gur, Adgishiri-zabaddu shall measure and deliver 
to Ninib-muballit. They have sworn by the king that whatsoever grows on it 
shall be equally divided with regard to their profit. 

Five witnesses and the name of the scribe follow; also the seal of 
Adgishiri-zabaddu, and his name written in Aramaic characters. 

4. An agreement and its acceptance embodying a proposition to farm 
certain fields on equal shares. 

TRANSLATION I 

Shum-iddina, son of Puhhuru, spoke to Rimut-Ninib, son of Murashu, 
thus : Let me put 2 of my oxen with 2 of thine oxen into thy pasture lands, 
and everything, as much as in those fields grow, by our work of irrigation, is 
ours in common. Afterwards Rimut-Ninib complied with his request and 
gave him oxen and seed ; ox for ox, seed for seed. They have sworn by the 
king that whatsoever grows in it, shall be divided equally among them. 

Names of 4 witnesses and the scribe. Seal impressions of 3 witnesses. 



BUSINESS HOUSE OF MURASHU SONS 



5. A release given by an individual to 
Bel-nadin-shumu for and on account of a 
claim for damages arising from trespass 
committed by the latter and his ser\'ants. The 
charge of trespass, followed by its denial, 
and then payment of consideration for set- 
tlement or release, is analogous to similar 
transactions of the present day, 
TRANSLATION : 

Baga'data the ustaribari, son of Bel- 
nadin, who spoke to Bel-nadin-shumu, son of 
Murashu, as follows: The town Rabiia, from 
which silver was taken, Hazatu, and its sub- 
urbs, thou hast destroyed; silver, gold, my 
cattle and my sheep and everything belong- 
ing to me, all, thou, thy bond servant, thy 
messenger, thy servant and the Nippurians 
carried away. Whereupon Bel-nadin-shumu 
spoke as follows : We did not destroy Rabiia, 
thy town,from which thy money was carried, 
and the suburbs of Rabiia; thy silver, thy 
gold, thy cattle, thy sheep and everything 
that is thy property, all, I, my bond servants, 
my messenger, my servant and the Nippur- 
ians, did not carry away. Bel-nadin-shumu 
gave to Baga'data on condition that no legal 
proceedings on account of these claims which 
Baga'data and one with the*other made, 350 
gurs of spelt ( ?), 56 gurs of wheat ( ?), 50 
good large jars full of old wine, including 
bottles, 50 good jars full of new wine, in- 
cluding the bottles, 200 gur of dates, 200 
female sheep, -20 oxen, 5 talents of wool. 
Baga'data received from Bel-nadin-shumu 
barley, i. e., 350 gur; spelt (?), i, e., i gur ^ 
wheat ( ?), (', e., 50 gur; jars, i. e., 50 good m™ 
vessels full of old wine, including the bottles ; "" 
dates.i. e., 200 gur; sheep, i. e., 200 female sheep; oxen, i. e., 20 wool, 1. e., 
5 talents he has been paid. There shall be no legal proceedings in perpetuo 
on the part of Baga'data, his bond servant, his messenger, his servants 
and the men of those cities, and their suburbs, which were entered, 
). e., of Babiia, Hazatu and the suburbs ? * « * by any of them, against Bel- 
nadin-shumu, his bond servant, his messenger, his servant and the Nippurians? 
Baga'data, his bond servant, his messenger, his servant and the men of those 
cities, on account of that which they said concerning Rabiia, Hazatum, the 
suburbs of Rabiia, and everything pertaining to that property, none of them 
shall bring suit again, in perpetuo, against Bel-nadin-shumu, his bond servant, 
his messenger, his servant, and the Nippurians. By the gods and the king 
they have sworn that they will renounce all claims as regards those charges. 
Baga'data bears the responsibility that no claim shall arise on the part of the 
men of those cities against Bel-nadin-shumu, his bond ser\'ant, his messenger, 
his servant and the Nippurians. 



RECORDS OF SHEEP AND GOATS 

DEUVERED TO SHEPHERDS 

FOR STOCK RAISING 



374 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

6. An assignment of a debt, with the security which was pledged for 
its payment, to another; with a penalty attached should the original creditor 
seek to recover against the security pledged. 

TRANSLATION : 

One mine of silver is the claim of ladah-Iama, son of Shamesh-Iadin, 
which is against Sha-Marduk-ul-ini, son of Bel-nadin, and the tenant of hb 
fief land, and their field. Their bit-qashti, cultivated and uncultivated, situated 
in the town Bit-rab-uratu, at the bank of the canal Harripiqud, is held as a 
pledge. The silver, i. e., one mine ladah-Iama, son of Samesh-ladin, has re- 
ceived from Rimut-Ninib, son of Murashu, charged against Sha-Marduk- 
ul-ini, and the tenants of his fief land; he has been paid. There shall be no 
legal proceedings whatsoever in perpetuo with Rimut-Ninib by ladah-Iama on 
account of the field of Sha-Marduk-uI-ini. If ladah-Iama institutes legal pro- 
ceedings against that field he shall pay ten mana of silver without legal process. 
The certificate of debt which was taken out against Sha-Marduk-ul-ini and 
the field, the pledged estate, on the name of Idah-Iama, is a guarantee (namely 
for Rimut-Ninib). 

Names of 8 witnesses and the scribe. Seal impressions of 4 witnesses, 
besides the thumb-nail mark of ladah-Iama. , 

Taking Professor Clay's work as a whole, it must be said that it 
forms an excellent addition to our Assyriological literature and will 
be of great value for Assyriologists as well as for general Semitists. 
It is to be hoped that the author will continue his work in this direction 
and that the publication of the Cassite archives of the Temple o£ Bel, 
in the preparation of which he is engaged at present, will appear in 
not too distant a future, and increase anew the high reputation of the 
Babylonian section of the University of Pennsylvania. 



BABYLONIAN WINE JARS. 



EDITORIAL NOTES 

A FOSSIL EGG: — A prospector recently discovered a remark- 
able fossil egg in the valley of the Gila River, Arizona. It is about 
the size of a goose egg and is so perfectly preserved that it must have 
been imbedded, soon after being laid, in a soft calcareous ooze which 
soon consolidated into a limestone. The contents of the egg have been 
converted into a bituminous substance resembling asphalt. 

A REMARKABLY THIN FLINT ARROWHEAD:— A thin 
leaf-shaped arrowhead has been discovered in the north slope of the 
great earthwork, known as ''Maiden Castle,'' Dorchester, England 
The remarkable point about this arrowhead is its thinness. Its present 
length is 38 mm. (ij/^in.), its greatest width, 21 mm. (8-10 in.), and 
its greatest thickness only 2.5 mm. (less than i-io of an inch). About 
1-8 of the implements is missing. It is exceedingly symmetrical and well 
worked on both sides. 

ANCIENT METHODS OF WORKING JADE:— In the Heber 
R. Bishop collection of Jade and Hardstone Objects in the Metropol- 
itan Museum or Art, there are 2 specimens of jade which show some 
ancient methods of working this hard material. One from Gautemala 
is described as "Exceedingly interesting as showing that in pre-Colum- 
bian times, crude jadite existed in Guatemala or Mexico, that it was 
worked on the spot, and that the aborigines of these regions knew the 
use of the cylindrical drill." The other partly worked piece of jade 
from New Zealand shows several ground facets and saw marks, made 
in an attempt to remove a long kern or eardrop. 

THE ENTOMOLOGY OF THE SCARAB :— Prof essor W. M. 
Flinders Petrie in discussing the various species and genera of beetles 
which were used by makers of scarabs in ancient Egypt at the different 
periods, distinguishes 5 principal types representing the genera scara- 
baeus, catharsius, copris, gymnopleurus and hypselogenia. The char- 
acteristic forms of these kinds of beetle are shown in the shape of the 
head, outline on the wings, and the treatment of the legs. The use 
of these numerous kinds of beetles as models for scarab amulets is 
illustrated both in Egyptian medical papyri and in the modern folklore 
of Egypt. 

THE EVOLUTION OF THE LOTUS ORNAMENT: 
— In Egypt, according to Professor Oscar Montelius, the lotus 
has been represented from earliest times as real flowers, often 
together with buds and leaves, or as ornamental designs. It 
is drawn in the realistic form, as well as in conventional shapes, and is 
often combined with spirals. In Assyria, where the lotus ornaments 
are later than in Europe, both the realistic and the conventional lotus 



376 RECORDS OF THE PAST. 

are found. In Cyprus and in Phoenicia, the conventional lotus often 
has a peculiar form, called "the Phoenician" or C3rpriote pabnette-" In 
Greece the lotus was used in the Mycenaean time, but became common 
in the first Millennium B. C, when it was used in combination with 
spirals, the realistic and the conventional lotus being employed. Capi- 
tals in the shape of the lotus-flower occur in Egypt and Asia Minor, 
from which evolved the form known as the "Ionian capital." 

THE LATEST DISCOVERIES IN PREHISTORIC 
SCIENCE IN DENMARK:— The oldest period of the Danish Stone 
Age, only recently discovered, is earlier in time than the "kitchen- 
middens," and much anterior to the dolmens, from which the bulk of 
the well known Danish flint implements have been derived. In a peat- 
bog in Western Zeeland we find many objects of stone and wood of a 
primitive order, evidently from an early part of the Stone Age. A 
careful study of these objects and of their position in the bog proved 
that the prehistoric inhabitants who left or dropped those implements 
must have been dwelling on rafts in the middle of the lake. 

It has been discovered, during the past few years, what kinds of 
grains of corn, wheat, and barley were in common use in the different 
prehistoric periods of Denmark, from the impressions of the grains 
of corn in the pottery. 

Special study has been devoted lately to the distribution of tumuli 
in diflferent parts of Denmark. The Directors of the Prehistoric 
Museum of Copenhagen, Dr. Sophus MuUer, who has been the leader 
in the cartography of prehistoric remains, has recently stated that the 
tumuli always follows ancient roads through the country, and that 
lines of tumuli always lead towards the fords of the largest rivers, and 
avoid the swampy grotmd. It is to be supposed that the people who 
were buried in the tumuli had dwelt near their graves but the traces 
of such dwelling places have been found at some future place. [London 
Athenaeum.] 

EXCAVATIONS AT HELEIA (PALAIKASTRO) AND 
PRAISOS IN EASTERN CRETE:— The British School again ex- 
cavated at Palaikastro, the Minoan town which yielded such important 
results in 2 previous seasons. Mr. R. C. Bosanquet, the Director of the 
British school, says that — 

The further excavation of Block Delta showed that this was the Palace 
or Government House of the latest Mycenaen period. It has an imposing 
facade of huge ashlar blocks, and the general plan of the ground floor can be 
recovered. Some well preserved magazines yielded an important series of 
painted vases and some terra cotta figures of a goddess, in one case grasping 
a snake. Remains of 3 earlier periods were revealed. Fragments of an 
ostrich egg, found at a very low level, point to early intercourse with Africa. 

The main street was followed in both directions, and 2 low hills to the 
west and southwest of it were excavated. Four blocks of somewhat poor 
houses were opened up and yielded valuable finds, notably 3 delicately carved 



EDITORIAL NOTES 377 

ivory statuettes, a large bronze ewer, and a richly painted bath. An ivory 
plate carved with conventional crocodiles betrays indirect Egyptian influence. 

In the curious ossuaries of the middle Minoan period, we found seals of 
ivory and steatite, a miniature gold bird, and small models of a dagger and 
of sickles. A very early burial place near the headland of Kastri contained 
beaked jugs of an exaggerated pattern and a remarkable clay model of a boat. 
A later cemetery, containing lamax burials, yielded bronze implements, beads, 
and vases like those in the palage magazines. South of the town a steatite 
libation table, on which are engraved 1 7 characters of the Minoan linear script, 
was discovered. 

In trenching the area within the Minoan town, Mr. Bosanquet found a 
broken slab of grey marble, inscribed with a Doric hymn in honor of the 
youthful Zeus. The lettering is of the Roman age, the composition genuinely 
archaic. It refers to his nativity in the Dictaean cave, and leaves no doubt 
that we have here the temple of Zeus Diktaios, the territory of which was a 
subject of dispute between Hierapytua and Itanos until the matter was settled 
by arbitration in the second century B. C. We may now restore to the plan 
of Palaikastro its classical name of Heleia mentioned in the arbitration award. 

At Praisos numerous architectural remains and fragments of 
inscriptions have not been found. 

A temple on the summit seems to have been demolished and its materials 
thrown over the cliff. It is probable that this was the chief sanctuary of 
Praisos, possibly the temple of Dictaean Zeus mentioned by Strabo. The most 
important inscription is one in the ancient Eteocretan language, which was 
hitherto known only from 2 inscriptions, both found on this hill, in Greek 
characters, of the III and IV Century before our ero. [Anntuil of the British 
School.'] ;^i 

NOTES FROM ROME: — Coming back from Rome after an absence 
of several months, I was struck by the almost complete want of new facts of 
archaeological interest. Whether it is on account of the abandonment of 
public works, or on account of the great heat which has prevailed since the 
month of May, or simply because the genius almae urbis feels in a less liberal 
mood in yielding hidden treasures, there is no denying that the official account 
of discoveries for the last quarter in the Notizie degli Scavi covers only the 
space of a few pages. 

I need not go back to the announcement of the find of the pedestal of 
Domitian's equestrian statue, which appeared in the press some months ago, 
and which was exaggerated beyond its real value. Kings and emperors and 
eminent personages were led to the Forum to behold a rude mass of concrete 
sunk in its muddy bed, as if it was a new and startling revelation, throwing an 
imexpected light on the topography and history of ancient Rome. That cube 
of the rubble simply marks the site of a monument which lasted only a few 
years, and was pulled to pieces and disappeared immediately after the murder 
of the emperor. In fact, had this equestrian group not been mentioned acci- 
dentally by Statius in Book I of the "Silvse" we should never have had a 
suspicion of its existence. 

The subsoil of the Forum, at all events, contains a great many of these 
substructures or foundations of honorary monuments, columns, pedestals, 
single or equestrian statues. The one attributed to Domitian's group com- 
prises 630 sq. ft., and descends 15 ft. below the pavement of the Forum. 



378 RECORDS OF THE PAST 

One passage in the description of Statius has led to a discovery of un- 
deniable value. The poet represents Domitian as welcomed on his arrival at 
that precise spot by Quintus Curtius, the tutelary hero of the middle Fonim. 
This passage proves that the two monuments, namely, the "Equus Maximus 
Domitiani" and the "Lacus Curtius," were adjoining each other, and, to be 
sure, only a few feet west of the pedestal, a structure has been laid bare 
which form its outline and general correspondence with the accounts g^ven 
by ancient writers, especially by Varro and Ovid, must be identified with the 
Lacus Curtius, or at least with a later substitute for the original basin. I shall 
not enter into a description of this find, because the press informs us that its 
exploration by Comn. Boni will demand at least 2 years. I can only say that 
the words used by Francis Morgan Nichols (Forum, p. 73), "A dry space of 
ground, marked off by a low fence, within which, in Ovid's time, an altar was 
included," describe to perfection the general aspect of the place. 

Another point of discussion which I mean to avoid is the one concerning 
the find of a stone receptacle in the mass of concrete just described containing 
5 vases of so-called prehistoric make. The receptacle is composed of a block 
of travertine roughly hollowed out and covered with a horizontal slab of the 
same material. It is embedded in the east side of the cube forming the founda- 
tion of the pedestal. The 5 vases are identical in shape, in the roughness of 
make and decoration, and in the quality of the clay, with those discovered in 
the early tombs of the Septimontium or in the cemetery of Alba Longa. In 
other words, the vases belong to a period 8 or 9 centuries older than the age 
of Domitian. Specialists disagree as to the meaning of this curious find. 
Some suppose that the workmen employed in the construction of this monu- 
ment must have accidentally come across an archaic grave, the contents of 
which were collected and preserved with due reverence. Others think that the 
5 goblets represent the sacred implements used by the College of Pontiffs on 
the day of the laying of the foundation-stone. Both theories are open to 
serious objections, the respective value of which I do not think it possible to 
discuss in a letter devoted to the plain statement of facts. 

We know from Livy that in the year 448 of Rome, 306 B. C, the consul, 
Q. Marcius Tremulus, having celebrated a triumph after the subjugation of 
the district of the Hernici, the Senate decreed an equestrian statue to be 
erected to him in the Forum, before the steps of the Temple of Castor and 
Pollux. We know, also, that the statue, seen and mentioned by Cicero, had 
ceased to exist at the time of Pliny. The court of the pedestal of this venerable 
monument has lately come to light in the exact place assigned to it by the 
above-mentioned writers. 

Near the northeast corner of Michaelangelo's cloisters in the Certosa di 
Termini (Baths of Diocletian) a headless Hermae has been found, set as a 
curb stone on the paved road which surrounds the baths themselves. The 
loss of the head is to be particularly regretted, because it represents the features 
of Quintus Ennius, the celebrated poet from Calabria, who taught Cato the 
Greek language while the latter was governor of Sardinia, and who originated 
the strange fashion of doubling the consonants in the Latin language. Ovid 
rightly calls him "Ennius ingenio maximus arte rudis," because the literary 
form and the inelegant style of his writings do not correspond with the nobility 
of his conceptions. Having been brought to a premature death by gout, pro- 
duced by excessive drinking, in the year 169 B. C, he was buried in the tomb 
of the Scipios, outside the Porta Capena, where a statue was raised to him, 



EDITORIAL NOTES 379 

together with those of Publius and Lucius Cornelii. The Hermae just found 
at the Baths of Diocletian would have proved invaluable if whole, because it 
would have supplied us, for the first time, with the authentic features of 
Ennius, which are virtually unknown, because the well-known amethyst marked 
with the initials Q. E. and the bust illustrated by Bernouilli ("Ron. Ikonogi," 
i 234) are documents the iconographic value of which has not yet been fully 
demonstrated. 

The excavations of the Ara Pacis Augustae in the cellars of the Palazzo 
Frano-Almagia, at the corner of the Via del Corso and the Via in Lucina, 
have been given up for want of funds. During the last period of the search the 
whole front of the inclosure facing the Via Flaminia had been laid bare, to- 
gether with many fragments of the beautiful panels representing the inaugural 
procession. The best piece contains the upper half of 6 personages of the 
imperial Court wearing the insignia of priesthood, and following Augustus 
on his way to the altar. A few feet west of the Ara, behind the apse of the 
church of S. Lorenzo in Lucina, the remains of a private house of the IV Cen- 
tury after Christ have been dug out. In another cellar of the same Fiano 
palace, there is a room with a mosaic pavement, which in its color and pattern 
and the size of the tesserae recalls those of the Baths of Diocletian. This house, 
contemporary with or not much later than the freedom given to the Church by 
Constantine, is probably the original Titulus Lucinae, where Damascus was 
elected Pope in 366, and where, according to tradition, dwelt the ubiquitous 
matron Lucina. 

In the foundations of a new building at the comer of the Viale Prin- 
cipessa Margherita and the Piazza Guglielmo Pepe, on the Esquiline, frag- 
ments of a monument have been brought to light, dedicated in 197 A. D. to 
Caracalla, not yet emperor, by Verginius Callus, who had obtained the consul- 
ship through his liberality. The inscription is interesting in this sense, that it 
reveals for the first time the family name of Callus, who had been wrongly 
supposed by Borghesi to be either Lucius Aurelius Callus, governor of Moesia, 
or Caius Julius Callus, governor of Dacia. 

The exploration of the site of Norba has been brought to a close, after a 
campaign of 2 years, with the official announcement that the venerable strong- 
hold, commanding the whole extent of the Pontine district from that lofty 
spur of the Lepine range, does not belong to prehistoric or pelasgic ages, but 
was founded and fortified only at the end of the V or at the beginning of the 
IV Century B. C. The most noticeable edifice of this city is the Temple of 
Juno Lucina, which must have been held in great veneration, to judge from 
the quantity and quality of the votive objects gathered in the neighboring 
favessae. The best are a bronze statuette representing a priestess with a dove 
in the left hand, and another of Juno Lucina, with a patera in the right and a 
bunch of flowers in the left hand, both the works of Campanian artists, en- 
deavoring to imitate pure Creek originals. There are also certain votive tablets 
put up by 3 members of the Rutilian family, and written in that uncouth style 
which stands to the Latin language in the same ratio as the dialect of the 
present ciociari stands to pure Italian. — Rodolfo Lanciani, in the London 
Athenaeum. 



INDEX 



PAGE 

Aboriginal, American Races, Duty of 

U. S. Gov. to Investigate ig-sS 

Abyssinia, Monoliths in 35-42 

Abyssinian Inscription and Translation 39 

Abu Hatab, Map of 234-235 

Abusir, Excavations near 195-212 

" Family Group from 194 

" Greek Coffin from 207 

" Papyrus from 201 

" Relief from 209 

Acoma, History Since Mexican War 337-342 

" Jose Coucho, Governor of 331 

" and Laguna, History of the 

Queres Pueblos of 291-310, 323-344 
" Mesa on which Pueblo Stands. 301 

" Principal Street 322 

Adar, Discoveries in Temple of 170 

Aksum, Inscription to the King of 39 

" Monolith Adorned with Bands 37 

" Monoliths of 35-42 

" Rudest Monoliths in 37-38 

" Sabeean Altar from 38 

" Standing Monolith in 37 

" Wan Paintings and Tower at. 42 

Alaska, Extinction of Natives of 62-64 

Amasia, Mirror Tomb near 71 

Anderson, K. C. B., Sir Robert A 28 

Andrae, W 239 

Antiquities, Care of in Egypt 116-117 

Antonius and Faustina, Temple of 313 

Arbor Low, Excavations at 189 

Archaeology, Duty of U. S. Gov. to In- 
vestigate—of Am. Races 19-28 

Argentine, Fossils from 64 

Arizona, Cluster of Ruins which should 

be Preserved 3-19 

Arrow and Bow, Effectiveness of 126 

Asia Minor, Cavate Dwellings 67-73 

" " Cliff Dwellings and Ex- 
cavations in 69 

" Early Christian Art of 

Nova Isaura 318-320 

" " Hearion 56 

" " Mirror Tomb 71 

Auchincloss, W. S 30 

Augustus, Forum of -. 312 

Baal Temple above Niha 226 

Babel and Bible 50 

Babylon, Bible and 51 

" Excavation of Principal Mound 

from the N. W 169 

" German Excavations in. . 166-184 
Babylonia, Devil and Evil Spirits of 286-287 
" First Clay Cylinder bearing 
the name of Nebuchad- 
rezzar 123 

" Statue of time of King 

Daddu 316 

Babylonian Coffins, Documents found 
in 176-177 



PAG£ 

Baker's Shovel, Discovery of a Roman. 191 

Bal-kiz Serai — ^View of 361 

Bates, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Geo. W 114 

Baum, Dr., Expedition to the South- 
west 221-222, 317 

Baum, Henry Mason 99, 143 

Beetle that Influenced a Nation 73*79 

Bent, James Theodore, Portrait of..... 34 

" Mrs. Mable V. A 35 

Bible and Babylon 51 

Big Bone Springs Valley, Ky 43» 44 

Bill for Preservation of Antiquities 103-106 
Behistun, Duplicate of Inscription on 

Rock of 174 

Bizen, Monastery of 41 

Black Falls, Age of Ruins 16-18 

Citadel with Terraced Gar- 
dens 9 

" " Description of Objects 

from 14-16 

" " Description of Ruins 8-14 

" " Ruin A. Group C. Show- 
ing Mesa 9 

" " Ruin on Precipice Hf I3 

" " Ruin Showing Windows . . 7 
" " Ruins from Summit of 

Citadel, Looking North 2 
" " Ruins at Entrance to the 

iCany^on 9 

" " Tower and Windows from 

the South, View of 17 

Bogos, Black and White Tombs of.. .. . 41 

Bolivia, Protection of Antiquities in 64 

Bone Cave of <San Giro, Sicily 216-219 

Bonito, Panoramic View of Pueblo. . . . loi 

Pueblo from N. W <^ 

" Ruin 2 miles above Pueblo.... 105 

Borchard, Ludwig 195 

Bow and Arrow, Effectiveness of 126 

Box, England, Roman Villa at 315 

Boyd, Miss Harriet 92 

British Columbia, Cairns of 243-254 

" " Shell-heaps of. 79-90 

" " Stone Objects from. 254 

" " and Washington, Map 

of 24s 

Brower, Charles De Wolfe 73, 259 

Buffalo Hist. Soc'y» Letter Concerning 

Legislation from. no 

Cadboro Baiy 253 

" Cairns at 251 

" " Enclosure at 251 

Cairns of British Columbia 243-254 

California, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from President of University 

of 107-108 

Campbell, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Pres. P. L 114 

Cappadocia, Cavate Dwellings of 67-73 



INDEX TO VOLUME III 



381 



PAGE 

Cappadocia, Inscriptions from 128 

" Rock-hewn Dwellings of 66,71 

Caravan Routes of China 163-166 

Castor— Temple of 311 

Cavate Dwellings of Cappadocia 67-73 

Inscrip- 
tions from 128 
" Ruins in Rock-.worn Forma- 

Itions 69 

Cesarea Mazaca (i7 

Qiaironeia, Battlefield of 131-143 

" Map of Battlefield of 135 

" Vases from 191 

*' View of 130 

" View of Battlefield of 137 

Chickasawaba Mound 1 18-122 

" " Burial Ground.. 119 

" " Pottery from 121 

" Skulls from 121 

" View of 119 

China, Ancient Caravan Routes of. 163-166 
Chinaman on Caravan Route Drawing 

Water 162 

Chinese Inn 166 

" Wall, Isolated Towers near. . . 165 

** " near Kalgan 165 

Crbola 303 

Cliff Excavations, Overlooking the Hal- 

yer River 69 

Clydeside Discoveries 189-190 

Cochiti, Plan Locating -Stone Lions of. . 160 

" Stone Lions of 151-160 

" View of Stone Lions of 153 

Codallas, Joaquin, Governor of New 

Mexico 327 

Coelesyria, Neglected Archaeological 

Ruins in 227-233 

Colorado River, Migrations Along 4 

" State Hist, and Nat Hist. 
Soc'y» Letter Concerning 

Legislation from 112 

Coming Prince (Review of) 28-30 

Cooley, Arthur Stoddard So, 131 

Coronado's Report on Acoma and La- 

^ guna 293 

Costa Rica, Gold Objects from 282-286 

" Views of Gold Objects 

from 283, 28s 

Coucho, Jose, Governor of Acoma 331 

Council Bluffs, Iowa, Ancient Village 

Site near 61 

Crete, Miss Boyd's Work in 92-94 

*' Excavations in Eastern 376 

Crittenden, Albert R 310 

Cubit, Ancient Origin of 125 

Curry, E. S 54 

Cyzicus, City Wall of 361 

" Kinds of Masonry Employed. . 356 

" Map of. 358-359 

" Neck Connecting with Main 

Land. 354 

" Survey of 355-364 

" View of Opening in City Wall 354 

Caddu, Statue of the Time of King 316 

Dakotas, Archaeology of the 220-221 

Daniel in the Crjtics Den (Review) . . 28-30 
Darius, Inscription on Rock of Behistun 174 

pebes Sina, Rock Church at 41 

Delitzsch, Criticism of Prof. 51-53 

Fredrich 176 



PAGE 

Devil and Evil Spirits of Babylonia 286-287 

Dhofar, Coast Scene West of. 42 

Doolittle, George C 227 

Dordogne, Animal Figures at 32 

Eburne, Implements from 85-87 

Shell-heaps at 82-86 

" Types of Skulls from 90 

" Views of Shell-heaps at 81 

Egypt, Excavations at Abusir 195-212 

" Medicine in Ancient 255 

" Old Manuscripts from 91 

" Pap3rrus from 3i, 91 

Recent Discoveries in 116-117 

" Tell-esh-Shihab 123-124 

Egyptian Antiquities, Two Exhibitions 

of. 287-288 

" Decorative Designs 75 

" Scarabs 73-79 

Enchanted Mesa 331 

" North Side of 290 

England, Roman City of Silchester 315 

" Roman Villa at Box 315 

Etampes, Rock Marking at 254 

Ethnology, Bureau of American 20-25 

Ethnology, Bureau of— American, Fields 

• of Researdi for 25 

Ethnology, Bureau of— American Inves- 
tigation of Archaeological Remains 

by 27^28 

Ethnology, Bureau of— American Publi- 
cations of 25-27 

Ethnology, Bureau of— American Sub- 
ject Matter of Papers 27 

Ethnology, Duty of U. S. Gov. to Inves- 
tigate—of Am. Races 19-28 

Fara, Brick Canal in 239 

" Circular Brick Wall in 236 

" Court of a House in 241 

" Covered Grave of a Child 242 

" German Excavations in 233-243 

" Map of 234-235 

" Ruins of a House at 240 

" Walls of a Brick Building in. . . . 241 

Faustina and* Antonius, Temple of 313 

Fewkes, J. Walter 3 

Fort Wingate 329 

France, Discoveries at La Mouthe Cave 32 
Eraser River, Shell-heaps of Lower. . 79-90 

Gargoyle from Abusir 212 

German Excavations in Babylon, 1901- 

1902 166-184 

German Excavations in Fara 233-243 

" Oriental Soc'y, Excavations 

near Abusir 195-212 

Geureme, Crosses from. . •. 128 

" Excavations at 69 

" Inscriptions from 128 

Gezer Foundation Deposits and Modern 

Beliefs 212-216 

" Human Foundation Sacrifice at. 127 

Ghosal, Mrs. J 46 

Gila River, Migrations Along 4 

Gobi Desert, Chinese Paper Discovered 

in 55 

Gold Plates and Objects from Costa 

Rica 282-286 

Gold Plates and Objects from Costa 

Rica, Views of. 283, 285 



382 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



PAGE 

Greece, Macedonian Tomb and Battle- 
field of Chaironeia 131-143 

Greek Coffin from Abusir 207 

" Sculpture, Its Spirit and Prin- 
ciples 50 

Griffith, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from A. H 115 

Grifon«, View of Bone Cave in Mount. 218 

Gunn, John M 201, 323 

Hades-Relief, Obverse and Reverse 171 

Halyer River, Cliff Excavations Over- 
looking 69 

Hanson Pot, View of 187 

Hau, Karl 166,195,233 

Hearion, Asia Minor 56 

Henderson, Arthur 355 

Herisher-hetep, Appurtenances in the 

Grave of 199 

" " Head and Foot Stone 

of Tomb of 201 

" Model of Boat from 

Grave of 199 

Her-shef, The God 219 

Hilpredit, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Dr. H. V 108-109 

Honey-maiden's Palace, View of 361 

Howie, Ghosn-el 212 

India, Taj Mahal 46-49 

Isis, Pylon of 265 

" View from Temple of — Philae 261 

Italy, Prdiistoric Development of. . 222-224 

Jacobs Cavern, Exploration of 347-351 

" " Opening from the West 349 

Stalagmiftic Material 
with Flint and Bone.. 350 

Janus, Temple of, Discovered 56 

Japan, Art of 123 

Jar, Ancient Indian — from Mohawk 

Valley. 62 

Jenks, Tudor 351 

Jewelry, Origin of 190-191 

Juturnae, Lacus 311 

Kalamazoo, Views of Mound in Park at 95 

Kalgan, Chinese Wall near. . .* 165 

" Pass Above 162 

Kamu'at Hirmil, View from East 231 

" " View from North. ... 231 

" " View from Northeast. 231 

" " View from Southwest 232 

Kapraina, View of 141 

Karnak, 300 Statues from 219 

Kasr, Ardied Gate in Fortress Wall 175 

" Colored Tile from Southern Hill 

of 173 

" Mound, Excavations in 1901. 177-184 
" Ornamental Tile Work from.... 173 

Khotan, Sand Buried Ruins of 32 

Kingsbury, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from J. T no 

Kirkland, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Pres. J. H 113 

Kobb Elias, Crusader Castle at 229 

" " Shrine near 229 

Koldewey, Dr 177 

Konig, Edward 51 

Kova Sotera, Statue of 363 

Laguna and Acoma, History of 

291-310,323-344 

" History since Mexican War 337-342 

Pueblo Village of 295 



PAGE 

La Mouthe, Animal Figures at 32 

Larson Mound 125 

Lebanon Fountain, Syria 226 

Legislation for the Protection of An- 
tiquities on the Public Domain 

99-116,143-150 
Levermore, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Pres. C. H 113 

Libo, Ancient Aqueduct near 229 

Little Colorado River, Migrations along 4 

Little, Curtis J 118 

Lloyd, John Uri 43 

Loe — M. Bon Alfred 344 

Lotus Ornament 375 

Macedonian Tomb and Battlefield of 

Chaironeia 131-143 

Macedonians, Excavating the Tomb of. 141 

Tomb of •.. 130 

" View of Tomb of 137 

Malay Peninsula, Implements from 191 -192 
Mammoth and Mastodon, When Did 

American — Become Extinct 43-46 

Marcus Curtius, Altar to 124 

Marduk, Processional Street of 167-173 

Mastodon, Bones Discovered in Rock- 
ingham Co., Va ia6 

" Bones from New Britain, 

Conn 126 

" Statement from Am. Journal 

of Sci. and Arts, 1849.-. . 45-46 
" When Did American Mam- 
moth and — Become Ex- 
tinct 43-46 

Mathuisieulx, M. de, Explorations in 

Tripoli 31 

Medicine in Ancient Egypt 255 

Mendes, H. Pereira 30 

Merrifield, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Pres. Webster 114 

Michigan, Prehistoric Remains in 95-96 

Middle Kingdom, Statues, Masks, etc., 

from ap7 

Mirror Tomb near Amasia, View of. . . 71 
Mississippi Valley, Chickasawaba 

Mound 118^*122 

Mitchell, S. Weir 352 

Mohawk Pbttery 184-188 

" " Fragments of 185 

Mohawk Valley, Ancient Indian Jar 

from 62 

Monoliths of Aksum 35-42 

Moorehead, W. K. 269, 347 

Nabopolassar, New Text of King. . 176-177 
Nebti^cha- Merer, Stone Door of 

Princess 209 

Nebuchadrezzar, First Clay Cylinder 

Bearing His Name. 123 
Translation of Build- 
ing Cylinder of 172 

Negadah, Tablet of 254 

Neolithic Crania, Markings on 3x5 

New Mexico, Enchanted Mesa 290 

Ne-woser-re, Plan of Excavations Dur- 
ing 1903 in Temple of... 205 

" Temple of King 197 

Niha, Baal Temple above. .• 226 

Nineveh, Ancient 55 

North Saanich, B. C 252-253 

" Cairns at 249 

" View of Cairns at 252 



INDEX TO VOLUME III 



383 



i( 



« 



tt 



PAGB 

Norracks Jar, View of 187 

Nova Isaura, Early Christian Art of 318-320 
Ohio State Archaeological Soc'y, Letter 

Corcerning Legislation from no 

Olbia, Ancient 57 

Old Egypt (Review) 30 

Olney, Chas. F 59-6o 

Orohomenos, Finds at 191 

Oxrhynchus Papyri, Note on 31-32 

Pahang, Stone Implements from... 191-192 

Palermo, Plain of 217 

Paper, Chinese Dating to III Cent. A. D. 55 
Papyrus Roll from Mummy Cave at 

Abusir 201 

Papyrus, Wild Growth of 59 

Paris, New Archaeological Soc'y in 254 

Parnassos from Battlefield of Chair- 

oneia I37 

Peabody— Charles 347 

Pergamos, Ancient 56 

Peterson, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from H. C 112 

Petrie, Dr. W. M. F. on Lost Historic . 

Treasures 225 

Philae 259-268 

Photograph as it Was 258 

fromS. W 258 

View of Submerged 265 

Pile Structures in Pits 189 

Plantz, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Pres. Samuel 115 

Platner, Samuel Ball 310 

Point Roberts 250-252 

Polynesians, Primitive Chart by 352 

Pop^, Leader of the Wars Among the 

Pueblos 307-309 

Port Hammond 250 

" " Implements from... 85,87 

Shell-'heaps at.... 80,83-86 

Portuguese Discoveries 189 

Potter Creek Cave, Character and Mode 

of Introduction of 
Organic Remains 

into. 276-278 

Description of.. 275-276 
Exploration of. 275-282 
Imp 1 e m e n t - like 

Fragments from. 279 
Main Chamber of.. 277 
Origin of Cave De- 
posits 276 

Relics of Possible 
Human Origin 

from 278-282 

Pottery, Mohawk 184-188 

Prehistoric Races of N. Am. (Re- 

^ view) 54-55 

Preservation of Ruins, Cluster in Ari- 
zona Recommended for 3-19 

Prince, L. Bradford 151 

Protection of Antiquities, Legislation 

for 99-116 

Pueblo Bonito 98 

Putnam, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Prof. F. W 107-108 

Pueblos of Laguna and Acoma, 

History of. 291-310,323-344 

Map of Settlenlents by — in 
North America 292 



« 



u 
(I 



ti 



tt 



u 



tt 



tt 



tt 



tt 
tt 



tt 



tt 



tt 



PAGE 

Queres Indians, Religious Beliefs of 336-337 

Traditional History 
of 330-336 

guivira. Description of 299 
a-men-maat. Scarab 78-79 

Ramsay, W. M 320 

Rathbun, Letter to Richard. 149-150 

Rawlinson's Description of Finding the 
First Clay Cylinder of Nebuchad- 
rezzar 123 

Raymond, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Pres. A. V. V 11 1 

Regia in Roman Forum 313 

Reid, W. Max 184 

Reservoir, near Wukoki 7 

Reynolds, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Pres. R. B 115 

Rock-hewn Dwellings of Cappadocia. . . 66 
Rodenberg, Bill Introduced by Repre- 
sentative 103-106 

" Wm. A., Letter Concerning 

Legislation from 106-107 

Rogers, S. J., Letter Concerning Legis- 
lation from Pres. W. B 113 

Roman Farm, A Fortified 352 

" Forum, Discovery of Altar to 

Marcus Curtius 124 

Rome, Topography and Monuments of 

Ancient 310-314 

Rome, Notes From 377-379 

Rope Making by the Ancients 190 

Sabeean Altar from Aksum 38 

Sacra Via, Pavement of 314 

Salsbury, Letter Concerning Legisla- 
tion from Hon. Stephen 109 

San Ciro, Bone Cave at 216-219 

Scarab, Beetle that Influenced a Na- 
tion 73-74 

" * Derivation of the Word 74 

" Design 75 

Egyptian 268 

" V Dynasty 79 

" Middle Kingdom-Scroll 79 

Scotland, Pile Structures in 189 

Sen-Nofer, Wife and Child, Supposed 

Statue of 117 

Seventy Weeks of Daniel with an An- 
swer to Higher Criticism (Re- 
view) 28-30 

Seymour, Letter Concerning L^sla- 

tion from Prof. T. D 109 

She-ake, Prophecy of 342-344 

Shell-heaps of Lower Eraser River.. . 79-90 

Siberia, Stone Implements from 315 

Sicily, Bone Cave of San Ciro 216-219 

Silchester, Roman City at •. . . 315 

Silliman*s Journal, Statement Concern- 
ing Mastodon in 1839 45-46 

Silver Coin of 800 B. C 316 

Smith, Capt. John 351 

Smith, Harlan 1 79, 221, 243 

Smithsonian Institution, Work in Eth- 
nology 20 

Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections.. 53 
Snyder, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Dr. J. F in 

Sobag, White Monastery at 219 

Sobk, Relief Showing Head of 209 

Soteriades, on the Battlefield of Chair- 
oneia 138-142 



384 



RECORDS OF THE PAST 



PAGE 

Southern Calif. Hist. SocVi Letter Con- 
cerning Legislation from no 

Southwest, Dr. Baum's Expedition to 

the 317 

Spanish Records of Acoma and Laguna 292 

et seq. 
Etegosaurus, Life Size Reproduction of 126 

Stein, M. A 32 

Stone Objects, Types of 270-271 

" " Unknown Forms of. 269-274 

Sumerian High Priest, Head of 52 

Susa, Discovery at 352 

Syracuse, Sicily 58 

Syria, Baal Temple above Niha 226 

" Lebanon Fountain in 226 

Syrian Expedition of Princeton Uni- 

^ versity 316 

Taj Agra, View of Gate of the 49 

*' Mahal, India 46-49 

" View from the Agra River 47 

Tell-el-amama Tablets, Trans, of 2 

New 219-220 

Teller — ^Amendments Proposed to Bill 
for Preservation of Antiquities 146-147 

Thebans, Burial Place of 130 

lowing. Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Pres. C, F 113 

Tibet, Sand Buried Cities in 32 

Topography and Monuments of Ancient 

Rome 310-314 

Transportation, Early Means of 127 

Tripoli, Discoveries in 31 

" M. de Mathuisieulx Explora- 
tions in 92 

Turin, Burning of Library at 56 

" Discovery at Suse in 352 

Turkestan, Excavations in Province 

of 255-256 

Ud-nun, Statue from 316 

Vargas, Diego de, Governor of New 

Mexico 323-327 



PAGE 

Von Mach, Edmund 50 

Wall Painting at Aksum 42 

Ward, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Henry L II3 

Warfield, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Pres. E. D 114 

Warner, Dr. Lucien C 59, 116 

Washington and British Columbia, 'b&ip 

of 245 

" Cairns of British Colum- 
bia and 243-254 

Youth of. 352 

Wells, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Gov. H. M.— of Utah no 

Wheeler, Letter Concerning Legislation 

from Pres 107-108 

Whidbey Island 253-254 

White, G. E 67 

Wisconsin, Larson Mound in 125 

Wright, Frederick Bennett 163 

" Georg€ Frederick 216 

" Letter Concerning Legislation 

from G. Frederick in 

Wukoki, Complete View of. 15 

" Modem Stone Wall and Debris 

at Bottom of Mesa 11 

" Reservoir near 7 

" Structure Resembling a Chim- 
ney at 17 

" View of Series of Chambers of 13 
View Showing Fallen and 

Modem Walls at 5 

Ya'at Column, View of. 229 

Zahleh, View of 229 

Zaldivar, Vicente de 304, 305 

Zeebrugge, Ancient Wooden Structure 

at Port 344-346 

" Construction of Pile Work 

at Port 345 

" Roman Structure at Port.. 345 




J< -f* 




RECORDS 



or 

THE 



PAST 



Volume in 



January, 1904 



Part I 





THOMAS FORSYTHE NELSON 

Genealotfical Scientist 

THE professional services oE Mr. Nelson may be obtained in tracing any line of family descent, however iatri- 
cate or indefinite the known facts may be ; especially where exiuuslive search must be made through local, 
town, county or stale records, either in the United Stales or in Europe. 
A special effort is made in every case to gather all possible data that would be of value, from a scientific 
standpoint, in determining the development and transmission of family traits or characteristics, either mental 
or physical ; to cite the historical and sociological environment of each individual head of family and thus enable 
desceadants to study and know something more of their ancestry than is found in a mere catalogue of ancestral lines. 

Consultation and preliminary investigation will be made free of charge, and correspondence is desired with any 
person interested iu, or wishing to pursue any line of genealogical research. Personal interview may be arranged tot 
by correspondence. Address 

'^■"''BKS'SS",o,,«.p.,T P. O. Box 473. WaihinSton. D. C 



DIRECT FROM THE RUINS. 

Genuine, interesting Pre-Columbian Relics: Stone 
and Shell Implements and Ornaments, and a Va- 
riety of Beautiful and Uniqne Pottery Vessels, 
obtained by Personal Explorations in the Ruins, 
Nothing modem in my collection. Collectors 
supplied. Your own selections. Special offer on 
first order. Advise me of your wishes and 
secure Genuine Specimens at reasonable prices. 



REAMER LING, Field Collector, 

St. JOHNS, ARIZONA. 



maae wiin tne al-vi&ia panoraina L^amera. 

THE "AL-VISTA" IS THE IDEAL 
C A MIE RA FOR THE TRAVELER 



CONSVLATE OF THE VNITED STATES OF AMER-ICA. 

Bahm. Brazil, February 4. 1903. 
Muhiacope Film Co., Burlington. Wis.. U. S. A. 

Gentlemen ; 1 would thank you to send me a copy of your latest cataloe of the " Al-Vlsta " pano- 
ramic camera, and also send one to Lt. Althouse, U. S. F, S. "Newark," Montevideo. Uruguay, care 
Postmaster. New York City, 

1 have some elegant views which were taken with your camera, and I would not hs without it for 
treble its price. 1 have shown it and its work to numerous friends who have bought one. and Lt. Althouse 
likes it so much that he desires to ha.ve a cataloif in order to choose. Please send the catalog promptly. 
Yours respectfully, H. W. FURNISS, United SUtes Consul, 

Los Angeles, Gal., August 28, 1905. 
Multiscope Film Co.. Burlington. Wis. 

Gentlemen : 1 enclose herewith $4.25 to balance account on 5-B " Al Vista." This camera was 
bought of you while I was a resident of Whittier. Gal., and 1 have now removed to this city. The camera 
has always given first-class satisfaction. I have always been very well pleased with it. 

When 1 get settled here shall send you some of my prints. 1 expect soon to take a trip to the Yose- 
mite Valley, and the " Al-Vista ' will go with me. Some months ago 1 went to Mexico and had the camera 
with me. and the pictures 1 got there were in great demand among my friends. 

I wish you would quote me prices on one of your combination cameras, that is, one using both plates 
and films. Thanking you in advance for your kindness. 1 remain. 

Yours very truly, WALTER L. SALING. 

Care The Ammiden. 20th and Grand Ave., Los Angeles, Cal. 



TR.INITV CONGR-ECATtONAL CHURCH. C«d«r Avanua. OpvoslM Bertrs-m Straat, 

Rev. ROBERT A. GEORGE, Pastor. 

Cleveland. Ohio. SapMmber 16, 1905. 
Multiscope Film Co. 

Dear Sirs :— I have used one of your "A)-Vista " cameras this summer in the Georgian Bay country 
with such good results that 1 wish to congratulate you on bringing out such an excellent instrument. 

We have a camera club in our church, and I have a great many friends who are interested, and think 
that you will receive quite a number of orders from here. Wishing you success. I beg to remain. 
Yours sincerely. REV. ROBT. A. GEORGE, 1 280 Cedar Ave.. Cleveland, Ohio. 



The "Al-Vista" camera is used by Records of the Past Exploration Society for making all of i 
panoramic views. It is the only perfect panorama camera made, 

HENRY MASON BAUM. President Records of the Past Exploration Society. 



OUR CO-OPER.ATIVE PLAN 



We »Ta sandlnfl out now a Ursa numbar of camaras on iKls Co-operallva Plan. A small fliat 

In monlhly ilnaf aliments. TK19 pUn appeals to • great marty paopla and cartalnly shows our 
Gonfldenca In tha quality of our goods, WRITE VS FOR FVLL INFORMATION ABOUT IT. 



MULTISCOPE AND FILM COMPANY 

430 JEFFERSON S T R. E E T , BURLINGTON. WIS. 



A PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORD 

Is Absolutely Essential to 

The explorer and Archaeologist 

The Ansco daylight Loading Film will be found 
peculiarly valuable to tbe explorer, not only on account 
of its portability but dayligbt loading features 



In dimly lighted places and under try- 
ing climatic conditions, the Ansco Film 
will produce the highest percentage of 
good negatives, because repeated tests 
have proven its latitude in exposure 
and development to be greater than 
any other film and its keeping qual- 
ities unexcelled 



FOR 



>«''"^%, 



No Other Photographic Paper Possesses 
Advantages of ... . 



the 




^ 



You can print it in a few seconds by any light « No dark room 
required • Cyko is made in seven different grades, thus adapted 
for every class of negative • Cyko paper will keep almost indefinitely 
in any climate and the prints are absolutely permanent 

The Ansco Films and Cyko paper are used exclusively in the Photo- 
graphic Department of Records of the Past Exploration Society for the 
reason that we have found them to be superior to any other manu- 
facture. Effects can be secured on the Cyko paper that we have 
found it impossible to get on any of the other papers. 

Henry Mason Baum, Prest. 

...Ansco Booklet and Cyko Manual sent on Request... 

The Anthony 6* Scovill Comp^Lny 



122-124 Fifth Avenue 



New York 



A-* 



'^ 



^ 1-4 0* 



j PUBLIC Liii/.^.ivl^j 




v-^ n, RECORDS:SS:PAST '^ » 

RCV. HENRY MASON BAUM. D. C. L. «% MR. FREDERICK BENNETT WRIGHT 

Edhor Asmtant Editor 



CONTENTS 
L The Monoliths of Aksum «,*••• 35 

BY MRS. MABLE V. A. BKNT 

II* When did the American Mammoth and Mastodon Become Extinct? « • • • 43 

BY PROF, JOHN URY LLOYD 

m* The Taj MahaU India 46 

BY MRS. J. GHOSAL 

IV. Book Reviews ........... . • 50 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

V* Asia : — Gobi Desert ; Ancient Nineveh 55 

VI* Asia Minor: Hearion; Ancient Pers:amos ......... 56 

Vn* Europe: Current Archaelosfical Notes from Germany^ Italy^ Russia and Sicily * • 56 

VIII* North America: Current ArchaeIos:ical and Ethnologfical Notes * * * • 59 

IX* South America: Current Archaelosfical Notes from Bolivia, and Arsfentine . • 64 



Co/yritr^i lyoUt ffy Records of the Past Exploration Society. 



Entered at the IVashington Post Office as Second-Class Matter. 



TERMS: Anntfal Subicriptioa, $2* Three years, $5; in advance* Single copy, 25 cents. Foreign Svb- 
scriptions, except Dominion of Canada and Mexico, $2*50* Requests for free specimen copies can not be honored* Sub- 
scriptions must begin with the January issue of each year. Subscriptions are continued, until notice to discootinise a 

received and amount due paid. ^ 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

215, Third Street, S* E*, ^ashtngtoo, Du O 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROM TH£ PRESS OF THE HENRY E. WILKENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, D. C. 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 

SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be uniform with our regular bindings. « The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $1«00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and II, Each $1.75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. « Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked '* Regular Publication." 

Cloth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders, 
mailed postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^15 Third Street, S. E. 

= ■- — ^ 4 Washington, D, C 



v.^.m RECORDS A^'ePAST 

REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D.C.h. ^^*» MR. FREDERICK BENNETT WRIGlir 

l^^^tor Asiiflaiit Edilor 



CONTENTS 
L The Cavate Dwellings of Cappadocia • « 67 

BY G. E. WHITE 

II. The Beetle That Inflaenced a Nation 73 

BY C. DkW. BROWER. A. M. 

III« Shell Heaps of the Lower Fraser River^ British G>lumbia 79 

BY HARLAN I. SMITH 

EDITORIAL NOTES 
Africo: EzYPt and Tripoli 91 

Europe: G-ete 92 

North America : « « • 94 



CopyriglU^ lifO^t by Rri ords of the Past Expioratum Society. 



Entered at the Washington Post Office as Secend-Chus Maiter. 



TERMS t Annual Subscription^ $2« Three yean^ $5; In advance* Single copy^ 25 centi* Fofcign Sub- 
scripUonsy except Dominion of Canada and Mexico^ $2*50* Requests for free specimen copies can not be fionoced* Sub- 
scriptions must bes^ with the January issue of each year. Subscriptions are continued until notice to dfaconHnnc Ib 

received and amount due paid* * 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

215, Third Street, S. E., Vadiingtoa, IX C 



THIS PUBLICAHON IS FROH THE PRESS OF THE HENRY E. WILKENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, B. C. 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be uniform with our regular bindings. « The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $1.00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and II, Each $1.75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. « Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked ** Regular Publication." 

Cloth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders^ 
mailed postage paid for - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^^ J}^ Street, s. E. 

I — . TT^ — ^Ti Washington, D. C. 



• 



• "' -' ^ 



'Pff«Scf^ 





RECORDS 



or 

THE 



PAST 



Volume m 



APRIL. 1904 



Part IV 





Volume ni 



RECORDSA''e:PAST 



Part IV 



RCV. HENRY MASON BAUM. D. C. L. 

Editor 



* * 



MR. FREDERICK BENNETT WRIGHf 

Assistant Editor 



Af^ril^, 1Q04. 
CONTENTS 



L Pending: Legfislation on American Antiquities 

BY REV, HENRY MASON BAUM. D.C. L. 

II. A Recent Discovery in Egypt and the Care of Antiquities 

BY DR. LUCIEN C. WARNtR 



in« Chickasawaba Mound* Mississippi Valley 

BY CURTIS J. LITTLE, ESQ. 

EDITORIAL NOTES 
Asia: Babylonia and Japan 

Egypt 

Europe: Italy 



99 



116 



118 



123 
124 



North America . « • < 

Palestine ...... 

Asia Minor: Inscriptions and Crosses 



• 



127 
128 



Copyright^ i90U% *r Records of the Past Exploration Society. 



Entfred at the IVcuhington Post Office as Second-Class Matiar, 



TERMS: Anntial Subscriptioa^ $2* Three years, $5; in advance* Single copy, 25 cents. Foreign Sub- 
scriptions, except Dominion of Canada and Mexico, $2*50. Requests for free specimen copies can not be honored* Sub- 
scriptioos must begin with the January issue of each year* Subscriptions are continued until notice to disccMXlinuc is 

received and amount due paid* * 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

2X5, Third Street, S* E*, Vashingtoot IX O 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROn THE PRESS OF THE HE.NRY £. WILKENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, D. C* 



NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be unifornn with our regular bindings. K, The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - •? Each $1*00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I andU^ Each $1*75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. « S^arate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication." 

Cloth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders^ 
mailed postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^^ J^<^ St«et, s. E. 

' __ — — z — , _ _ — — — -L — ri Washington, D« C. 








I.** f' 



^^V 



li^fi 






X- - 



*f- ' 




n 




RECORDS 



or 

THE 



PAST 



Volume m 



May, 1904 



PART V 



Xmn 



lim 



•«9iii 




y^ n. RECORDSA''e:PAST 

REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L. «% MR. TREDERICK BENNETT WRlGHf 

Editor Assistant Editor 



NlAY, 1Q04. 



CONTENTS 

L The Macedonian Tomb and the Battlefield of Chaironeia 131 

By dr. ARTHUR STODDARD COOLEY 

n* Pending Lesfislation for the Protection of Antiquities on the Public Domain • • 143 

By rev. henry MASON BAUM, D.C. I,. 

m. The Stone Lions of Cochiti 151 

By HON. L. BRADFORD PRINCE, LL.D. 



Copyright, tWUt 6y Records of the Past Exploration Society, 



Entered at the IVashington Post Office as Second-Class Matter. 



TERMS t Anntial Subicriptioa, $2* Three years, $5) in atdvancc* Single copy, 25 cents* Foreign Sob- 
scriptions, except Dominion of Canada and Mexico, $2*50* Requests for free specimen copies can not be lumofcd* Sub- 
scriptions must begin with the January issue of each year. Subscriptions are continued until notice to disc on tinue ii 

received and amount due paid* 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

215» Thifd Street. S. E., ▼ashinslaa, Du C 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROH THE PRESS OF THE HENRY E. WILEENS PRINTING CO.. WASHINGTON, D. C 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be uniform with our regular bindings. « The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and II - - Each $1.00 
Red or Dark Green HaK Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and II, Each $1.75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. • Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication." 

Cloth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders, 
mailed postage paid for - - • - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^15 Third Street, s. E 

■ __ .._ — — •= Washington* D, C. 



Volome ni 



RECORDSA''ePAST 



Part VI 



KEV. HENRY MASON BAUM. D. C. L. 

EcHtof 



* 



MR. rREDCRICK BCNNETT WMGHf 
Aaaifteiit Editor 



JUNE^, 1Q04 

CONTENTS 
L Ancient Caravan Routes of China * • • 163 

BY FRBDBRICK BENNETT WRIGHT 

II« German Explorations in Babylon* 1901 and 1902 166 

TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN REPORTS BY PROF. KARL HAU 

in* Mohawk Pottery 184 

By W. max REID 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

IV. Prehistoric Pile Structures in Pits • * • . 189 

V« Ezcovations at Arbor Low* Engfland 189 

VL Portufifuese to the Qydeside Discoveries 189 

VIL Ropemakinsr by the Ancients 190 

VIIL History of the Ancient People of the Orient 190 

IX. Orisfin of JeWelry • . . . 190 

X* Discovery of a Roman Baker^s Shovel 191 

XI* Stone Implements from Pahans:» Malay Peninsula • 191 



Copyright, t90l» by Records of the Past Exploration Society. 



Entered at the Washington Post Office as Second-Class Matter. 



TERMS t Asmoad Subtcription^ $2. Thfce ycan^ $5; in advance* Single copy^ 25 cents* Focci^ Sub- 

•criptioniy except Dominion of Canada and Mexico, $2*50* Requests for free specimen copies can not be fionotcd. SA- 

scriptions must begin with the January issue of each year* Subscriptions are continued until notice to disoontinoc is 

f eceived and amount due paid* 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOOETY 

215, ThM Street, S. E., ▼atUngtoo, D. d 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROM THE PRESS OF THE HENRY E. WILEENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, D. C. 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND . 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. • These will be uniform with our regular bindings. « The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $1.00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and II, Each $1.75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. • Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication." 

Cloth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders, 
mailed postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^^ j^^ S*'^ ^^ IL 

L ■■ r— ^ — ■ . 4- ^^r^^ -Tr=-^ Washington, D. C 



I 






PAST 



Volume III 



AF'^''> 



N<y 



, JljLY, 1904 



Part vn 



.NO 




y^ n. RECORDS ^''ePAST 

RCV. HENRY MASON BAUM. D.C.L. «*« MR. rRCDCRICK BENNETT WRIGUr 

Editor Attitteiit Editor 



CONTENTS 

I* Excavations of the German Oriental Society Near Abusir 195 

BY LUDWIG BORCHARD 

n. Gezer Foundation Deposits and Modern Beliefs 212 

BY DR. GHOSN EL-HOWIE' 

nL The Bone Cave of San Ciro» Sicily 216 

BY. PROF. GEORGE FREDERICK WRIGHT, D.D., LL.D. 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

IV. The God Her^hef 219 

V* Three Hundred Stotues from Kamok 219 

VL White Monastery near Sobagft in Upper Eg^ypt 219 

VIL Translation of New TeU-el-Amarna Tablets 219 

Vni^The Archaeology of the Dakotas 220 

IX. Dr. Baum's Expedition to the Southwest 221 

X. Pre-historic Development of Italy 222 



' Copyright ^ J90U, by R^corda of the Past ExpioraUmi Society. 



Entered at the IVaskingioit Post Office as Second-Class Matter, 



TERMS: Annifsl Sabtcriptioa^ $2. Tlirce ycan^ $5; In advance. Slofle copy^ 25 ccnti. Fofcifn Sub- 

icriptloQiy except Dominion of Onada and Blcxico^ $2.50. Requests for free specimen copies can not be imnored. Sub- 

scr^tioos most begin witb tiic January issue of each year. Subscr^tions are continued until notice to dlsoontlntte is 

received and amount due paid. 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

215, Third Street, S. E», Vashingtoo, D. C 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROM TH£ PRESS OF THE HEIfRY E. WILKENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, D. C. 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return pdstage. • Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be uniform with our regular bindings. « The design for tiie 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Goth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $LO0 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and 11^ Each $1.75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. « Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication." 

Goth covers in red or dark green doth to be put on by local binders^ 
mailed postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society 215 Third Street, S.E. 

^ — ^ Washtngton. D. C 



y-^n, RECORDS ^''ePAST '-^"' 

REV. HENRY MASON BAUM. D.CL. »% MR. rRCDCRICK BCNNSTT WRIOir 



CONTEPTTS 
L Nesflected Archaeological Rutns in CodtsytU 227 

BY RBV. GBORGB C. DOOUTTLE, M. A. 



IL German Excavations in Fara 233 

TRANSLATED FROM THE GERMAN OFFICIAL REPORTS 

in. The Gitms or Stone Sepalchers of British G>lttmbia and Washinsfton • • • 243 

BY HARLAN I. SMITH 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

IV« New Archaeological Society in Paris * .... 254 

V* Rock-marktnfif at Etampes • • • * • 254 

VL Fragment of the Tablet of Negadah 254 

VIL Lost Historic Treasures 

Vin. Medicine in Ancient Egypt ' . • . 

IX« Excavations in Turkestan 255 



^ CofyrritMit ]90lt% h Records of the Past Exploration Society. 



Entered at the Washinztom. Poet Office as Seeomd-Class Hatter. 



TERMSi AnntuJ SabtcrtptioQ^ $2* Three yean, $5; in adyaocc Sinfle copy^ 25 oeatk Fotdfn Sdb- 

icrlptioiiiy czGcpC DooKiniofi of Canada and file^icoy $2.50» Requests lor free spedmen copies can not be honofcd» Sob- 

scr^tloas mtot begin with the January issue ol each year. Subscriptions are continued untH notice to cQsoootiAos « 

fcceivcd and amount due paid* 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

215, Hiird Sticrt, S. E., ▼•sliJiigloar IX C 



THIS PUBUCAnON IS FROM THE PRESS OF THE HENRY E. WILKENS PRUfTIMG CO., WASHIHGTOH, V. C. 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 

SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be uniform with our regular bindings. « The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Qoth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $L00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and 11^ Each $1*75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents axlditional. « Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication.'* 

Qoth covers in red or dark green doth to be put on by local binders, 
mailed postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 



Records of the Past Exploration Society ^ J*^ ^***^ _f • ^ 

■ r- =r^ — ! — rrrz w^ashinstont D* C 





RECORDS 



THE 



Volume m 



September. 1904 



PART IX 




v.^n. RECORDSA''ePAST 

REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D.C.L. »% MR. FRCDCRICK BCNNCTT MTRKHir 

CcKtor Assistant Editor 



CONTENTS 



I. Philac 

BY CHARLKS Dk WOLFE BROWF.R 



II* Some Unknown Forms of Stone Objects 269 

BY WARREN K. MOOREH^AD t 

in* The Exploration of the Potter Greek Give, Colifomia « • • . r • 275 

IV. Gold t*lates and Figrures from Cteta Ric» . . ' . . . . . . 282 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

V. The DcvU and Evil Spirhs of Babylonia . . ., . . . . . 286 
VL Two Exhibitions of Eeyptian Antiquities ........ 287 



Copyrii^kt^ J90Ut ^y Records of the Past Exploration Society. 



Enitred at the IVaskingioH Post Office as Second-CUus 4f«i/^. 



TERMS s Annual Subccription^ $2* Three yean, $5; in advance* Single copy^ 25 centi* Foteign Sub- 

scriptionsy except Dominion of Canada and Mexico, $2.50» Requests ior free specimen copses can not be honoccd. Sob- 

scriptions must begin with the January issue of each year«^ Subscriptions are continued until notice to dlscontiafie h 

I'eceived and amount due paid* 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION S0C3ETY 

2)5, Thifd Street, S. E., "WtaUagtoOf D. C 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROM THE PRESS OF THE HEXRY E. WILKENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, D.C 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRffiERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can^be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. <^ Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be uniform with our regular bindings. • The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $1*00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and II, Each $1.75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. • Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication." 

Cloth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders, 
mailed postage paid for - . . - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^^7^^ Sttect, S.E» 

: _ ^ Washington, D. C 



yi-^m BECORDS.A^PAST 

RCV. HCNRY MASON lAUM. D.CU «% MR. FREDCUCK BCNNCTT WRIGBr 



CONTENTS 
I* Hfstoiy of the Qtieres Pueblos of Lasfuna and Acoma ••«••• 291 

BY JOHN M. GUNNl 

II« Topography and Monumenti of Ancient Rome • • * • • • 310 

BY PROP. ALBBRT R. CRITTBNDKSi 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

IIL Roman Villaf and Qtfcs in Enfi^and, 315 

IV. Statue of the Time of Kinz Daddu 316 

V. Dr* Baum's Expedition to the Southwest 317 

VL The Early Christian Art of Nova baura •••••••• 31S 



Ccfyngr^t IflCMt ^ R€C9Tda ^Uu Pott Ex^laraiwm Society . 



Enigred at Ike iVashington, Post Office as Sec&md-CJass MatUr. 



TERMSt AfUMtai Subicriptloti, $L Three ycArt, $5; In advance* Single copy, 25 cents. Fofdgn Sob- 

icrlpllonsy except Dominion of Canada and file^tco, $2*50. Rcquesti for free fpedmcn copies-can not be Iioooecd. SoIk 

acriptioos m«8t begin wttb the January Issue of each year* Subscriptions arc continiicd tsntil notice to dlsrcmtif i i ic k 

received and amount due paid* 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

2)5, Third Street, S* E., WashlngtoD, IX C 



THIS PUBLICATION IS FROM THfi PRESS OF THE HEIfKT E. WILKENS PRIiniNG CO*, WASHINGTOH, B. C 
1 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 



The separate parts for either 1902 or 19Q5, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return poststge. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. « These will be unifon^ with our regular bindings. « The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Qoth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $JLOO 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and D^ Each $L75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. « Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular Publication." 

Qoth covers in red or dark green doth to be put on by local binders^ 
moiled postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^i^ J*^ Street, &E. 

1- — — -rr-^ = — -^-^ Washingtoiit D* C. 



V— m EEGORDS.^PAST ^ ^ 

REV. HENRY MASON BAUM. D. C. L. «% MR. FREDERICK EENNETT WRIGHT 



CONTENTS 
L History of the Quercs Pueblos of Lagtma and Acoma^ Part II • • • • . 323 

BY JOHN M. GUNN 

II« Discovery of an Ancient Wooden Structure in the Excavations of Port Zcefaruffgc • 344 

BY M. BON ALFRED DB IX)B 

CURRENT UTERATURE 

IIL Exploration of Jacobs Covem * • 347 

IV* Captain John Smith 351 

V. Youth of Washinsfton 352 

EDITORIAL NOTES 

VL Discovery at Suse 352 

VIL A Fortified Roman Farm 352 

VnL Primitive Chart of the Polynesians 352 



Oopj/rigtUt 190if by Reeords of the. Pa§t BxplorcUion Society 

I I I 



JRhtUred cU tA« Washiugton Fott Office <u SeeondfCla** MaUer 



TERMS t Annti&l Subtcription, $2. .Sinc^]^ copy, 25 cents. Foreign SubpcriptioUy except Dominion ci Canada and 
Mexico, $2.50. Requests for free specimen copiei cannot be honored. Subscriptions must beffin with the January inue 
of eoch year. Subscriptions ore continued until nptice to discontinue is received and amount due paid. 

• RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCDKTY 
' * 215 Thitd Street, S. E., TTashinctDo, D. C 



THIS PUBLICATIOIf IS FROH THE PRESS OF THE HENRY E. WILKENS PRINTING CO., WASHINGTON, 1. C 

NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS 



SUBSCRIBERS SHOULD HAVE THEIR SEPARATE PARTS OF 

RECORDS OF THE PAST UNIFORMLY BOUND 

The separate parts for either 1902 or 1903, if in good condition can be exchanged 
for bound volumes for the additional price of the binding and return postage. « Those 
wishing their individual copies bound on account of personal notes, or for other 
reasons, can have it done, but there will necessarily be a delay in securing such 
bindings. • These will be uniform with our regular bindings. • The design for the 
covers is very beautiful, being stamped in gold. The top and front edges are gilded 

Red or Dark Green Cloth Bindings for Volumes I and 11 - - Each $L00 
Red or Dark Green Half Turkey Morocco Bindings for Volumes I and 11, Each $L75 

Postage on Bound Volumes 40 cents additional. « Separate parts can be returned 
at the rate of 1 cent for every 4 ounces if marked " Regular ' Publication." 

Goth covers in red or dark green cloth to be put on by local binders, 
mailed postage paid for - - - - 50 cents 

Records of the Past Exploration Society ^^ Third Street, S. E 

^r^= —L : Washington, D. C 



^ 



J- 



^/.'■-o—r*^*^/ ^t , 



^ 



ANTIQUITIES 



^-r 



J,^ 



/i 



OF THE 



UNITED STATES 




THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL REMAINS 

OF THE 

MOUND BUILDERS, CLIFF DWELLERS 

AND PUEBLOS 

ILLUSTRATED WITH PHOTOGRAPHS BY THE 

REV. HENRY MASON BAUM, D. C. L. 

EDITOR 

RECORDS OF THE PAST 

Edition de Luxe of One Thousand Copies Printed for the Contributors to the Expeditions made by 

the Author in ipo2 and 1904 



+ + + 

ANNOUNCEMENT 



THE work of the Mound Builders, which 
extends from the Atlantic Coast to be- 
yond the Mississippi River, and of the 
Cliff Dwellers and Pueblos of Arizona, 
a part of California, Southern Utah, Colorado, 
New Mexico and Northern Texas, constitutes 
the archaeological remains, of what may justly 
be termed, the prehistoric races within the United 
States. My duties as an editor and the desire to 
secure accurate data for national legislation to 
protect our priceless antiquities led me to make 
an expedition to the Mississippi Valley and the 
Southwest in 1902. 

The wanton despoliation of our antiquities 
wrought by the commercial excavator, and in 
many cases the unscientific explorations by public 
institutions, induced me to renew the various 
efforts that had been made during the past quar- 
ter of a century to secure suitable legislation 
for their protection. 
A personal appeal to Mr. Hitchcock, the Hon- 



orable Secretary of the Interior, led to the ap- 
pointment of a custodian for the Canyons de 
Chelly and del Muerto in Northeastern Arizona. 
These canyons, of unrivaled natural beauty, con- 
tain over 300 Pueblo and Cliff ruins, and form 
one of the most interesting historic localities in 
the Western Hemisphere. 

During the past winter, I framed a bill for 
the protection of the antiquities on the Public 
Domain. Copies were sent to the chief educational 
and scientific institutions of the United States 
and it received their almost unanimous approval. 
It was recommended for passage by the Com- 
mittees on Public Lands of the House of Repre- 
sentatives and the Senate, and passed the Senate 
by unanimous consent three days before the ad- 
journment of Congress, and there is every as- 
surance that it will be passed by the House on 
the reassembling of Congress. 

I was urged by many persons to visit the 
Southwest again the past summer to make fur- 



ther investigations and secure the necessary in- 
formation regarding some of the more important 
ruins, to enable the Interior Department to with- 
draw the lands on which they are located from 
homestead entry. The Hon. William A. Jones, 
G)mmissioner of Indian Affairs, who has taken 
a deep interest in the efforts to protect our an- 
tiquities, many of which are on Indian reserva- 
tions, gave me the following letter, which was 
of great service to me: 

Department of the Interior, 
Office of Indian Affairs. 

Washington, April 30, 1904. 

To all Indian Agents and Superintendents of 

Schools, 

This will be exhibited to you by Rev. Henry 
Mason Baum, D. C. L., Editor of "Records of 
the Past," Washington, D. C. Dr. Baum ex- 
pects to visit the reservation under your charge 
for the purpose of investigating prehistoric ruins 
and relics. You will accord 'him every facility 
for this purpose while on your reservation, and 
any personal favors that you may be able to show 
him will be greatly appreciated by me person- 
ally. Respectfully yours, 

W. A. Jones, 
Commissioner of Indian Affairs. 

A vast extent of territory was traversed by 
my Expedition, and many ruins were photo- 
graphed and surveyed. The photographs made 
on this and the previous expedition form the 
most complete series that has ever been made 
of the antiquities of the United States. The 
expenses of the two expeditions amount to near- 
ly $2,500. In view of the services rendered to 
the cause in which every American should be 
interested, I feel warranted in appealing to the 
generosity of public-spirited citizens of the 
United States to help me bear the financial bur- 
den of this work. My own services and those 
of some of the members of my expedition have 
been freely given. 

Many persons have requested me to write a 
Monograph on the antiquities of the United 
States, which would give briefly an idea of the 
work done by those who were here before 
us. This I decided to do, and the work will be 
published in December next, in time to be of 
service on the reassembling of Congress. 

In return for the contributions made toward 
the expenses of my expeditions in 1902 and 
1904 and another which I contemplate the com- 
ing summer, I will send the monograph, which 
will be printed on heavy paper specially made for 



it, 10 by 12 inches, type page 6% by 8j4 inches, 
together with a portfolio in which the monograph 
and photographic prints (10x12 inches) can be 
inclosed. The monograpli, portfolio and 20 
photographs will be sent to each contributor of 
$10.00, and additional photographs at the rate 
of 50 cents each. The portfolio of pictures and 
the Monograph may justly be considered an 
Edition de Luxe, of a work on a subject of great 
importance to everyone interested in the history 
of man in the Western Hemisphere. The edi- 
tion will be limited to 1,000 copies and will not 
be for sale by the trade or by agents, and can 
only be obtained by those who contribute $10 
or more for the prosecution of this work of 
National importance. 

From Prof. Francis W, Kelsey, of the Univer- 
sity of Michigan, and Secretary of the Arch- 
ecological Institute of America, 

Ann Arbor, Mich., June 10, 1904. 

Dear Dr. Baum : 

I have just received the prospectus of your 
Expedition to the Pueblos and Cliff Ruins of 
tihe Southwest this summer. I feel that all men 
interested in archaeology, and particularly in the 
preservation of our American antiquities, owe 
you a debt of gratitude for the service which you 
are rendering to the good cause. Unless prompt 
and efficient measures are adopted for the preser- 
vation of these remains, the campaign of exca- 
vation the present summer will obliterate monu- 
ments of priceless value from the scientific point 
of view. I sincerely hope that you will be able 
to make a prompt start and keep in advance of 
the commercial excavators, furnishing to the 
authorities in Washington so prompt information 
regarding the remains most in danger that fur- 
ther depredations may be prevented. 

Sincerely yours, 

Francis W. Kelsey. 

Rev. Henry Mason Baum, D. C. L., 

Records of the Past. 

SUBSCRIPTIONS OF $10 AND UPWARDS 
TO DR. BAUM'S expedition TO THE 
SOUTHWEST, 1904, RECEIVED UP TO 
OCTOBER 15, 1904. 

Archaeological Institute of America $250 00 

Charles P. Bowditch, Boston 50 00 

William M. Auchincloss, New York City 50 00 

E. Francis Riggs, Washington, D. C... 25 00 

E. Brinton Coxe, Esq., Drifton, Pa.,.. 25 00 

John H. Converse, Philadelphia 25 00 

Cornelius C. Cuyler, New York City. . . . 25-00 



William P. Henszey, Philadelphia 20 oo 

Col. E. N. Benson, Philadelphia 20 00 

S. F. Houston, Philadelphia 20 00 

Henry Woods, Boston, 20 00 

Peabody Museum, Boston 20 00 

Henry E. Pierepont, Brooklyn 10 00 

Samuel Mather, Cleveland 10 00 

James F. Mooney, Cincinnati 10 00 

Charles C. Scaife, Pittsburg 10 00 

Benjamin Thaw, Pittsburg 10 00 

Col. Charles J. Hughes, Denver 10 00 

Mrs. J. H. Devereaux, Cleveland 10 00 

L- E. Holden, Cleveland 10 00 

Col. S. W. Fordyce, St. Louis 10 00 

J. B. Finley, Pittsburg 10 00 

Richard L. Austin, Philadelphia 10 00 

D. M. Baker, Adrian, Michigan 1000 

Col. D. C. Dodge, Denver 10 00 

D. H. Moffat, Denver 10 00 

Denver National Bank 10 00 

Colorado National Bank, Denver 10 00 

El Paso National Bank, Colo. Springs. . 10 00 

First National Bank, Colorado Springs. . 10 00 

David I. Bushnell, St. Louis 10 00 

C. F. G. Meyer, St. Louis 10 00 

Dr. H. N. Spencer, St. Louis 10 00 

Edwards Whittaker, St. Louis 10 00 

Max Kotany, St. Louis 10 00 



C. H. Huttig, St. Louis 10 00 

Gustave W. Niemann, St. Louis 10 00 

Thomas Prosser, New York City 10 00 

Charles F. Dietrich, New York City 10 00 

Norman B. Ream, New York City 10 00 

James B. Haggin, New York City 10 00 

John L. Cadwalader, Esq., N. Y. City. . 10 00 

Alfred Eraser, New York City 10 00 

James A. Hudson, Esq., New York City 10 00 

Alfred Shedlock, Esq., New York City. . 10 00 

Jacob Longcloth, New York City 10 00 

D. Stuart Dodge, New York City 10 00 

H. R. Kunhardt, New York City 10 00 

M. C. D. Borden, New York City 10 00 

Adolph KuthrofF, New York City 10 00 

H. L. Cammann, New York Citv 10 00 

Robert C. Ogden, New York City 10 00 

Dr. James Douglas, New York City 10 00 

James Stokes, New York City 10 00 

Will Man, Esq., New York City 10 00 

Henry Dalley, New York City 10 00 

Jno. D. Wing, New York City 10 00 

George H. Church, New York City 10 00 

Dr. George G. Wheelock, New York City 10 00 

Address all communications to 

Henry Mason Baum, 

215 Third St. S. E., Washington, D. C. 



THE STONE AGE 



An Archaeological Encyclopedia of the Implements, Ornaments, etc., of the Prehistoric Tribes of the United 
States. More than a thousand figures illustrating some five thousand variations of types. Warren K. 
Moorehead. A. M. Curator, of the Depaptment of American Archaeology, Phillips Academy, Andover, 
Mass. Two volumes. Octavo. The Robert Clarke Company announces that Prof. Warren K. Moorehead 
has in preparation 2 volumes which are to cover the arts of the American aborigines in Pre-Columbian 
times. The work will be published in the winter of 1 905. It is to be the most exhaustive work ever 
issued by Mr. Moorehead and will require a great deal of research, and correspondence with archaeologists 
in all parts of the United States. We can promise subscribers an archaeological encyclopedia or review of 
all the known forms in stone and other substances. The two volumes will present a systematic 
bibliography covering all books, pamphlets, articles, etc., relating to the various arti-facts described in the 
book. Par example, the copper objects found in the St Lawrence region and also in the United States 
are of singular interest, and up to the present, little has been published concerning them. The author 
intends to devote some 70 or 80 pages to illustrations, descriptions, etc., of these important forms. The 
author intends to depart from the former schemes of classification. The geographical distribution will be 
embodied in a description of art forms. A certain form of prehistoric objects is confined to a specifieci area. 
It belongs to a division widely distributed throughout the United States, yet because of its peculiar form, 
its precise locality is recognizable. By such an arrangement the author will satisfy the student whetiier 
interested in geographical distributions, or in the study of types, or those who wish to distinguish 
differences between surface, mound or grave finds. The work involved in the preparation of these two 
volumes will require more than two years. The author is in correspondence with advanced collectors all 
over the United States and will use the material of several hundred public and private exhibits in order 
that no form or type may escape his notice. We shall make plates of the work, so that in subsequent 
editions additions can be made. We issue the Stone Age in two editions. First, an Eaiton le luxe, in two 
volumes, $10.00, limited to three hundred and fifty copies; the text handsomely printi-; on superfine 
paper, with wide margins ; bound in full cloth, with white paper titles ; edges untrimmsd ; each set 
numbered and signed by the author, and each volume containing about 500 pages and more than 500 
illustrations. The collectors' edition, on good paper and in neat cloth binding, $4.50 ; type, illustrations, 
number of pages and volumes the same. Such a work is invaluable to collectors, libraries, and advanced 
students. The price for the collectors' edition is entirely too low and it is only because Prof. Moorehead 
recognizes that many persons will be compelled to deny themselves this encyclopedia were we to put the 
price of the collectors' edition at $6.00 (which it should be), that we make it $4.50. 

Subscribers to Records of the Past wishing to secure either edition of this work 

should send their orders for the same [payable on delivery] to 

Records of the Past Exploration Society 

215 Third Street, Southeast Washington, D . C. 



EXPLORATIONS IN BIBLE LANDS 

DURING THE NINETEE^NTH CENTURY 



THE nRST COMPLETE ACCOUNT OF THE RECENT 

EXCAVATIONS AT NIPPUR 

By PROF. H. V. HILPRCCHT. Ph.D.. D.D.. LL.D. 

Scientific Director of tha BmbyloBiui Kxpnlltfon ol the Unlrenlty ot PcnnSTlvsnla 



EXCAVATIONS IN TRB IBUPLE COURT AT > 



THE author, in the preparation of IhJi 
Tolnme, bai had the co-operation of well- 
known, leading scholars ot German Uni' 
veisities with a Tiew ot preseiiling the vast 
mtteriii aufAeiifative/y, Aod yet in a popular form, 
to iDeet the great demand for a reliable work on the 
tubject on the part of Bible icholars ai well as 
itudents of ancient history. 

~ CONTENTS 

ASSYRIA A 
Prol. K. V 

... By L<c. Dr. Benilnaer 

lerly ol the Uaivenlly ol Berlin 
By Prol. Dr. StelDdorft 



THB RESURRBCTION OP ASSYRIA AND 

BABYLONIA" . . , By Pref. K. V.^HUprecliI 

PALESTINE 



EOYPT" 

ARABIA" 



. By Prof. Dr. Janaen 
Unlvfraily ol Marburg 



'olume contains /<iur spidally frepartd 
iata.T\y^oocar(/ullysiliilidilluslraru>nt, 
ig Ihe work anil method of the difTerenl 
ms in the trenches, the ruined and restored 
and palaces, and the rich archaological 



material brought lo light in Ihe ancient Biblical 
world during the past Century, tpecial attcDtion 
being given to such antiquities aa have a bearing 
upon the Oid Tfstamntt. 

" Explonitloiit In Bible Lanib" in one large 
volume (etiavc) conbisls ol nearly 900 pages. 300 of 
which are devoted lo the lirst accurate account of 
the history and epoch-making results of 

^he Babylonian Expedition 

of tha 

University of Pennsylvania 

By lu Sclcntlllc Director, PROP. HU.PRECHT 

HERE lor the drat tlae l> prcMnted ■ OMmth 
treatueiit el all the many Inportant dlacav. 
erica made at NIPPUR la CDnQCetloa with Uc 
cicavatloni of tha grtat Temple of Bel, and lU 
■tori ed-tower ; the Temple Library, with lu cduca- 
d literary qaartcra: the wall* and flatca of 



* city, I 



i In 



rslBHM 



RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

215 Third Street. S. E. Washington, D. C 



In Defense of Scripture 



Pseudo-Crltlcism ; or. The Higher Criticism and Its 

Counterfeit. By Sir Robert Anderson, K. C. B., 

LL. D. i2mo, cloth, 75 cents, net. 

From the viewpoint of the legally trained layman, the 
author shows the radical weaknesses of the aripiments of 
the enemies of the Bible. He assails the critics themselves, 
and proves that they are arguing from a prior conviction, and 
presents many arguments and ideas that ministers and schol- 
ars will be glad to hear. 

The Bible and Modern Criticism. By Sir Robert 
Anderson, K, C. B., LL. D. 8vo, $1.50, net. 

with keen vision and cool logic he dissects the results of 
critical inquiry. The style is singularly lucid and the argu- 
ment relieved by telling anecdotes, often as effective as the 
clo«e reasoning. 

Daniel In the Critics' Den. A Reply to Prof. Drivers* 
Destructive Criticism, by Sir Robert Anderson, 
K. C. B., LL. D. i2mo, cloth, {1.25, net. 

An unanswerable refutation of the British rationalist's 
attack upon the historic character of the book of Daniel. 

The Integrity of the Scriptures. Plain Reasons for 
Rejecting the Critical Hypothesis, by Rev. John 
Smith, Edinburgh. |i 25, net. Third edition of a 
most effective and popular series of lectures. 

The Divine Unity of the Scriptures. By Rev Adolph 
Saphir, D. D. i2mo, cloth, I1.50. 

A searching study by one of the most devout and able schol- 
ars of the English Church. 

Modern Ideas of Evolution as Related to Revelation 
'and Science, ^y Sir W. J. Dawson, P. R. S., 
^ LL. D. i2mo, cloth, I1.50. 

This able work may be safely commended to all who would 
study with a masterly teacher the important subject dealt with 
in this volume. 

The Divine Origin of the Bible. Its Authority and 
• Power Demonstrated and Difficulties Solved. By 

R. A. Torrey, D. D. i2mo, cloth, 50 cents. 

The author has delivered the substance of these chapters 
with remarkable power and effect in an around the world tour. 

Many Infallible Proofs, or the Evidences of Chris- 
tianity. By Arthur T. Pierson, D. D. i2mo, 
cloth, $1. 

"Covers the whole battlefield of unbelief, meeting the 
doubter at every point with a candor that captivates and a 
logic that captures.'* 

None Llk« It. A Plea for the Old Book. By Joseph 
Parker, D. D., i2mo, cloth, I1.25. 

'* No more powerful plea has been presented for many a day 
than this work by the late great preacher of City Temple, Lon- 
don," 



Are the Critics Right 7 By W. MoUer. Translated 
from the German by C. H. Irwin, M. A., and with 
an interesting Introduction by Prof. Von Orelli, of 
Basel, the eminent Old Testament scholar. i2mo, 
$1.00, net. 

It is sometimes thought that German theologians have uni- 
versally accepted the conclusions of the critics. This work 
affords ample evidence to the contrary. 

■ 

Monument Facts and Higher Crftical Fancies. By 

A. H. Sayce, D. D., LL. D., Professor of Assyri- 
ology in University of Oxford. i2mo, cloth, 75 
cents, net. 

Dr. Sayce argues that the Monument fact is a better guide 
than Higher Speculation, and makes a trenchant assault upon 
some of the extreme critical positions. Especially valuable to 
be r«ad in connection with " Are the Critics Right ? " 

Bible Criticism and the Average Man. By Howard 
Agnew Johnston, D. D. i2mo, cloth, |i.oo, net. 

" Discusses the nature, history, services, and errors of Bible 
Criticism and its practical bearing on each book or group of 
books in the Bible." -^Herald and Presbyter. 

Eden Lost and Won. Studies of the Early History 
and Pinsil Destiny of Man, as taught by Nature 
and Revelation. By Sir J. William Dawson, P. R. 
S., LL. D. i2mo, cloth, I1.35. 

The Argument for Christianity. Being vol. xi, * < Liv- 
ing Papers.'' By Principal Cairns, Prof. Blaikie, 
and others. i2mo, cloth, |i.oo. 

The Truth off the Bible. Being vol. zii, '* Living 
Papers." By Rev. M. Kaufman, R. A. Redford 
and S. W. Green, Sir J. Wm. Dawson, and others 
i2mo, cloth, |i.oo. 

Christ, the Central Evidence off Christianity, and 
Other Papers. By Principal Cairns. i2mo, cloth, 
|i.oo. 

The Higher Criticism. By Dean Howson, Principal 
Wace, Prof. Oodet, and others. i2mo, cloth, (i .00. 

is My Bible True? Where Did We Get it? By Charles 
Leach, D. D. With facsimile reproduction of 
ancient MSB. i2mo, cloth, 30 cents, net. 

As It Was In the Beginning. The Historic Principle 
Applied to the Mosaic Scriptures. By Bishop 
Edward Cridgc, D. D. i2mo, cloth, 75 cents. 

The Veracity off the Hexateuch. By S. C. Bartlett, 
D. D., LL. D. i2mo, cloth, I1.50, net. 

A defense of the historic character of the first six books ot 
the Bible by a former President of Dartmouth College . 



FLEMING H. REVELL COMPANY, 



NEW YORK : 158 Fifth Avenue. 

TORONTO 



LONDON 



CHICAGO : 63 Washington Street. 

EDINBURGH. 



THE ONLY KEY TO 
DANIEL'S PROPHECIES 



By W. S. AUCHINCLOSS 

WITH INTRODUCTION BY 

Prof. A. H. SAyce, LL.D., Queen's College, Oxford, England 



207 pages. New and enlarged pocket edition, printed in two colors, cloth. Map, chart and 

ten electros. Price, 75 cents, Post Paid. 

"We feel sure that none of our ministerial readers 
will desire to write another sermon upon one of 
Daniel's prophecies without trying this Key upon 
them. We heartily commend the little volume." 

Observer. 

"It is a work of singular interest, well' worth the 
careful study of those who desire to know the mean- 
ing of what the Spirit has revealed of the deep things 
of God. Its chief merit is that it gives to Daniel's 
predictions definiteness and adequacy of purpose." 

Examiner. 



"The author of this work is a civil engineer, and 
writes with the precision called for by his profession. 
The argument for the exact fulfillment of the prophe- 
cies, made 600 years before the destruction of Jerusa- 
lem, is very strong and worthy the attention of Bibli- 
cal students. Intelligencer. 



"Mr. Auchincloss takes the years at their true 
astronomical value of 365 days, 6 hours, 9 minutes and 
9.6 seconds. By this computation, which is the only 
reasonable computation, the prophecies of Daniel 
come to an end with the Jewish dispensation." 

Church Standard. 



"Your little book will mark for mmy an absolutely 
new understanding of the Master of the Magicians, 
and will clear the homiletic atmosphere of many a 
l^aze." R£v. G. T. Lemmon. 



"The discovery of this Key I look upon as 
portant as any of the discoveries in the archaeology of 
Babylon, Nineveh and Egypt, for it places the proph- 
ecy of Daniel in a position little understood hereto- 
fore by limiting it to the first coming of Christ as oar 
Redeemer." John R. Whitney. 



" . . . . His work impresses the critical reader 
like that of a great mechanical mechanism, in which 
every part fits its counterpart with precision and ail 
move in perfect harmony. He has proved that the 
great events in history took place at the time fore- 
told by the prophet, and effectually disposes of the 
claim made by some critics that the book was written 
after the events referred to took place, for, as he 
states, it was written at least 100 years B.C., and the 
same accuracy is reached in dealing with the events 
that took place from the birth of Christ to the fall of 
Jerusalem as those preceding the Christian era. 
Any jury of intelligent historical critics will award 
him judgment on the following counts: First, Daniel 
is a historical personage; second, he wrote the hook 
bearing his name at the time ascribed to it by the 
Jewish and Christian churches; third, the prophecies 
of Daniel are proved to have been literally fulfilled. 
.... We are in duty boimd to state that we be- 
lieve the work is the most important contribution that 
has ever been made to the literature of the Book of 
Daniel, and that it will put an end to doubt in the 
minds of all unbiased critics. It should be read and 
reread again and again by every student of the BiUe, 
for it is a classic in historical criticism." 

Records op the Past. 



flailed free on receipt of 75 cents by 



RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 



ai5 Third Street. S. B., Washincton, D. C. 



Scientific Works 



BY 



PROFESSOR liEORGE FREDERICK WRIGHT, D. D., LL. D., F. G. S. A. 

Professor of the HsLrmony of Science and Revelation in Oberlin College* 



r[E ICE AGE INNORTM AMERICA, 
and its Bearings Upon the Antiquity of 
Man. With an Appendix on "The Probable 
Cause of Glaciation." By Warren Upham, 
F. G. S. A., Assistant on the Geological Sur- 
veys of New Hampshire, Minnesota and the 
United States. Fourth and Enlarged Edition. 
With 150 Maps and Illustrations. 8vo, 645 
pages and Index. Ootb, ^5. 

This Is wlthont doubt one of the most important 
contributions made of late years to the literature of 
post-tertiary geology.— The AOiensaim [London]. 

The most exhaustive study yet made of the glacial 
period in North America.— GMoopo Tlmei. 

The Tolume is one of remarkable Interest* and It 
may be said to be the first In which the subject has 
been exhaustively treated.— Boston TrantcripL 

Dr. Wright's book Is the most valuable contribution 
that has been made In America to the study of gla* 
elation.— Sunday News [Charleston, S. C.]. 

The array of facts as detailed in Professor Wright's 
work, seem to the uninitiated like the discoveries of 
the diviner's rod.— Army and Navjf Journal. 

The arrangement and method of the work are ad- 
mirable. The style is clear and interesting, the text 
is beautifully Illustrated by many cuts and maps, all 
well selected, and a large number of them new and 
made expressly for this work.— CftrUtian Union. 

Professor Wright has very clearly and strongly 
grasped his subject and worked out Its details with 
an Inflpite amount of patience and painstaking. His 
book is the most Important contribution to. American 
geology which has Ven made by any American since 
the death of Agassis.— ^oiton Barald. 

Though his subject is a very deep one, his style is 
BO very unaffected and perspicuous that even the un- 
scientific reader can pursue it with intelligence and 
profit. In reading such a book we are led almost to 
wonder that so much that Is scientific can be put In 
language so comparatively simple.— Adv york Obterver. 

It is the result of years of Indoor study and of out- 
door personal investigation, and although it Is inde- 
pendent in reasoning and frank In expressions of 
opinion. It is notably modest, cautious lest unwar- 
rantable conclusions be suggested, and candid In the 
statement of the views of others. It illustrates con- 
spicuously the spirit and method of the true scien- 
tist.- Tike OongregaHonaUsL 

Professor Wright's work is great enough to be 
called monumental. There is not a page that Is not 
Instructive and suggestive. It Is sure to make a rep- 
utation abroad as well as at home for Its distin- 
guished author, as one of the most active and intelli- 



gent of the living students of natural science and the 
special department of glacial acUon,— Evening B-tUUn 
[Philadelphia]. 

Not a novel has In it any pages of more thrilling 
interest than can be found in this book by Professor 
Wright. There Is nothing pedantic in the narrative, 
and the most serious themes and startling discoveries 
are treated with such charming naturalness and sim- 
plicity that boys and girls, as well as their seniors, 
will be attracted to the story and find it difficult to 
lay It aside.— /(mmai qf Oomnurce [New York]. 

This comprehensive volume will undoubtedly take 
its place as the standard work for a long time on this 
important subject. The author writes with more skill 
than most geologists, while he wastes no space on fine 
paragraphs. So much has been discovered of late 
that a full treatise needed to be produced, and it Is 
matter for congratulation that the work has been 
done so fairly, so skllUtdly and so attracUvely.— literary 
World. 

Dr. Wright Ifl a professor of theology at Oberlin, as 
well as a geologist, and it is significant of his wide de*. 
votlon to either profession that in a volume whose uU 
timate result is to establish an antiquity for man far 
beyond that usually supposed to be given in the Scrips 
tures, he has refrained from making any illusions what- 
ever to Its theological bearings, beyond the brief pref- 
atory remark that he sees *'No reason why It should se- 
riously disturb the religious faith of any believer In 
the inspiration of the Bible." He shows a practical ap- 
plication of his belief **that It is incumbent upon us 
to welcome the truth from whatever source it may 
come," in the thoroughness with which he gives all 
the observed facts that bear upon a given phenome- 
non before his conclusions, aj well as in his scrupu- 
lousness in acknowledging the aid he has received 
from fellow-workers, whether derived from their 
writings or from personal communications. In both 
these respects he presents an example worthy of im- 
itation by fellow scientists.— 7^ yuiton. 

The author has seen with his own eyes the most 
Important phenomena of the ice age on this continent 
from Maine to Alaska. In the woik Itself, e'ementary 
description is combined with a broad, scientific and 
philosophic method without abandoning, for a mo- 
ment, the purely scientific character. Professor 
Wright has contrived to give the whole a philosophi- 
cal direction, which lends Interest and Inspiration to 
It, and which In the chapters on Man and the Glacial 
Period rises to something like dramatic Intensity.— 
7hi Independent 

A work worthy of the importance and Interest of 
his subject. It is not always, nor Indeed often, that 
a work of pure science can t>e made both Instructive 
and attractive to readers not familiar with the prin- 
ciples of the science Involved. In this Instance, how- 
ever, the subject naturally lends itself to what may 
be styled popular treatment; and the author has elded 
his explanations by a profusion of maps and pic- 
tures, the latter mostly photographic, which render 
his descriptions and consequent Inferences plain to 
any reader of ordinary Intelligence.— 27^ OrtUe, ^ 



MAN AND THE GLACIAL PERIOD. 
With an Appendix on "Tertiary Man," 
by Professor Henry W. Haynes. Interna- 
tional Scientific Series. Fully Illustrated. 
12mo, 385 pages, and Index. Clotb, $1.7^. 
Tenth Thousand. 

The earlier chapter describing glacial action and the 
traces of It in North America— especially the defining 
of Its limits, snch as the terminal moraine of the 
great movement itself— are of great Interest and value. 
The maps and diagrams are of much assistance In 
enabling the reader to grasp the vast extent of the 
movement.— Xondon Spedaior, 

It may be described, in a troru, as the best sum- 
mary of scientific conclusions concerning the question 
of man's antiquity as affected by his known relations 
to geological t\me,—FfdtaddpMa Preas, 

As a gladallst, the author of this rorame stands 
among the first, and his long study of that remark- 
able period in the geologic history of our planet In- 
vests all he says about it with uncommon authority .-> 



This important treatise gives the clearest of views 
concerning the present state of progress in the de- 
partment of Inquiries concerning man's antiquity. It 
is a forcible presentation of the cycle of -data on cli- 
mate, time, geology, physiography and archeology.— 
PkOaddphia Ledffer, 



Professor Wrlght*s study of 
action of glaciers is thorough, 
for him to take his Information 
visited many parts of the world 
eyes glacial action. Besides all 
advantage of having formed a 
States Geological Survey. He 
work a vast fund of practical 
edge.— iV'ew Konfe Timiou 



the past and present 
It was not sufllclent 
from books. He has 
seeing with his own 
this, he has the great 
part of the United 
brings, then, to this 
and scientific knowl- 



GREENLAND ICE FIELDS AND LIFE 
IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC 

With a New Discussion of the Causes of the 
Ice Age. Conjointly with Warren Upham, 
A. M., F. G. S. A. With Numerous Maps 
and Illustrations. 12mo, 407 pages, and In- 
dex. Cloth, ^2. 

The immediate impulse to the preparation of this 
volume arose in connection with a trip to Greenland 
by Prof. Wright in the summer of 1884, on the 
steamer Miranda. The work aims to give within 
BOdermte limits a comprehensive view of the scenery. 



the glacial phenomena, the natural history, the pe»> 
pie and the explorations of Greenland. The photo- 
graphs ai« all original, and the maps have been pie- 
pared to show the latest state of knowledge concern- 
Ing the region. 

One of the most readable volumes of arctic travel 
yet Issued, one which enables the reader to obiain a 
very satisfactory general view of one of the most 
mysterious lands on the globe.— DetrvU Free Preu. 

No student of physical geography can afford to let 
this book pass unread, and its graphic descriptions 
and numerous illustrations make it attractive to the 
general reader.— Xiterary Woiid. 

a 

The authors have prepared a moat excellent work, 
which deserves the widest circulation and most gen- 
erous reception by the reading public It Is an honor 
to American scholarship.— The Critic. 



1 



rE SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF 
CHRISTIAN EVIDENCES, by G. 
Frederick Wright, D. D., LL. D., F. G. S. A., 
Professor of the Harmony of Science and 
Revelation, Oberlin College. Illustrated. 
12mo. Clotb, ^7.50. 

It Is refreshing, tranqulllElng and Inyigoratlng to 
consider border questions of science and religion under 
the guidance of so competent an authority In both de- 
partments as Prof. George Frederick Wright, of Ober- 
lin, in a work so scholarly, Judicial and In every way 
satisfactory as his Scientific Aspects of Christian Evi- 
dences, a volume which is an elaboration of his 
Lowell Institute Lectures of 1896. Here is a Chris- 
tian scholar, who Is expert In both fields, the material 
and the spiritual, who does not rush off Into sopho- 
moric declamation on the one hand or Into timid com- 
promise on the other, but who in a manly and digni- 
fied way grasps the facts, separates them from con- 
jecture, puts harmonies in their relations, states ar- 
guments in a form satisfactory to opponents, and re- 
veals underlying grounds of agreement and unity. Wa 
advise some empiric doctors of both science and di- 
vinity to read and ponder such discourse as the book 
contains as to Darwinism, evolution, the contradlc- 
tiona and paradoxes of science, the deniable and the 
undeniable of mlracleB, the real substance at the bot- 
tom of the "New Criticism," and that whole field In 
which the charli^tans and the quacks are disportlns 
themselves so freely these days, to the terror of the 
weak-minded and the amusement of those who know 
something. No truly equipped scientist will take se- 
rious issue with Dr. Wright upon any Important 
point; no genuine theologian will complain of him for 
injustice to the truth. It is such granite bloclu as 
this, of Intuition, argument and phenomena fairly In- 
terpreted, that hold the ground against the current of 
conjecture, fancy and rhetoric that plays so wUdlj 
around the eternal verities.— itorarif Wtifd^ 



COMBINATION OFFERS 



ke Atfe in North America^ Postage Paid I5.30 

Records of the Past for 1905 2.00 

Total . . . . J7.30 
BOTH FOR $6.00 



Man and the Glacial Period, Postage Paid . 
Records of the Past for 1905 

Total . 
BOTH FOR $3.40 



.^188 
. 2.00 



. ^3-88 



Greenland Icefields, Postage Paid ^.15 

Records of the Past for 1905 2.00 

Total .... ^.15 
BOTH FOR $3.50 

Scientific Aspects of Christian Evidences* 

PosUge Paid . . . . ^1.65 
Records of the Past for 1905 2.00 

Total .... I3.65 
BOTH FOR $3J0 



Subscribers to RECORDS OF THE PAST, who have paid for 190 , desiring to avail themselves 
of any Of these combination rates, may deduct the annual subscription price. 

Address 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

2f5 Third Street, S. E^ Washinsfton, D. C 



THE JAPANESE-RUSSIAN WAR MAKES 

Asiatic Russia 

INDISPENSABLE FOR AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE PHYSICAL, GEO- 
GRAPHICAL, AND SOCIAL CONDITIONS IN THE FAR EAST. 

" By iar the Best Work upon that Suhiect."— Chicago Tribune 
By G. FREDERICK WRIGHT 

With Ten Maps and Eighty-three Illustrations* In Two Volumes* 
8vo. Pp. xjuif 290 and zii, 34a Net, $7*50 ; postpaid^ $7*95. New 
Yorkt McClure, Phillips & Co* 

THE AUTHOR has used the observations made by himself on an 
extensive trip through Asia as the basis of this work. The book is 
not one of travels merely, but is a comprehensive treatise on the 
Russian possessions in Asia. He takes up the Geography, Geology, Natural, 
Political and Religious History, dividing it into the following five parts : 

I. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 
11. RUSSIAN OCCUPATION 

III. POLITICAL DIVISIONS 

IV. SOCIAL, ECONOMIC, and 
POLITICAL CONDITIONS 

V. NATURAL HISTORY 

CONTENTS: 

VOL* I* General Description; Trans-Caucasia; Aral-Caspian Depression; Arctic-Ocean 
River Basins ; Arctic Littoral ; Pacific Basin ; Conquest of Siberia ; Arrested Development ; Occu- 
pation of the Amur; of Turkestan; of Caucasia; Pre-Russian Colonization; Russian Colonization. 



VOL* II* Russian Colonization (continued); Exile System; Trans-Caucasia; The Steppe; 
Turkestan; Western Siberia; Eastern Siberia; Amur Re^on; Means of Communication; 
Capacity for Development ; Grounds for Confidence in the r uture ; Foreisfn Relations ; Geo- 
{ogioaX History; The Climate; Flora and Fauna; Index; BibliosT^phy* 



tlT^t 



The work as a whole is a valuable and remarkably comprehensive presentation of Siberian subjects of 
all kinds." — Record-Herald (Chicago), 

"Altogether these two volumes sum up the impressions of an exceptionally shrewd observer of political 
and social conditions as affected by physical environment." — The American Monthly Review of Reviews, 

''It is doubtful if there is a man in the world better equipped for the purpose than Professor George Fred- 
erick Wright . . . . It is a work of the highest interest— one that ought to be read by all who desire to 
know about a race which has ever been on terms of friendship with us, and one with which we are destined to 
come into closer relations in the future." — Inquirer (Philadelphia), 

"Professor Wright's book is more comprehensive in its scope than any that have heretofore appeared, 
and has a field of its o^n" -Springfield Republican, 

''Now at least a book has been written upon the subject which is satisfying and complete 

The reading public already knows from the interesting little skits ri previous writers that no part of the world 
holds more picturesque and historic interest than does this. But \x can have no idea of how deep and how 

world-embracine is this interest until it has read what Dr. Wright has written about it It is difficult 

to see how any Rbrary can get along without Wright's Asiatic Russia. Certainly the subject is one of the most 
vital in the world. And, equally certain, this is by far the best work upon that subject." — Tribune (Chicago), 

COMBINATION OTT1.V, 

Records of the Past, i905 $2*00 

Asiatic Russia (2 volumes), Postage Paid 7*95 

Total * * $9.95 
3oth for $8.00 

Subscribers to Records of the Past, who have paid for 1905. desiring to 

avail themselves of this combination rate, may deduct the annual subscription 

P"^^- Address 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

ai5 Third Street, 5. E., Washin|:ton, D* C> 






RECORDS OF THE PAST and BIBUOTHEa SACRA 



Records op the Past is a strictly scientific publication, but we realize that a large number of 
the Laity, as well as the Clergy are interested in the great religious and social questions that are not, 
and cannot be, discussed within the limits of the popular magazines published in this country. 

Bibliotbeca Sacra is now in its 74th year, and is the oldest quarterly published in the United 
States. The contributors embrace many of the most prominent men of the religious bodies of 
America and Europe. Under the able editorship of the Rev. Prof. George Frederick Wright, D.D., 
LL.D., of Oberlin College, it has reached the highest standard of scholarship, and the widest treat- 
ment of the great social and religious questions of the day. 

We are able to make a clubbing rate with Bibliotbeca Sacra exceedingly favorable to the Clergj 
and Laity, Public Libraries and Reading Rooms, and will send to new subscribers the two periodicals, 
for 1905 for $3, thereby saving to the subscriber $2 on the two publications. The annual subscription 
of Records of the Past being $2, and the Bibliotbeca Sacra $}. 

Present subscribers to Records of the Past can have Bibliotbeca Sacra for 1904, by remitting 
to Records of tbe Past Exploration Society ^2.50. The renewal clubbing rate to the two periodicab 
for 1905, will be $4. Bibliotbeca Sacra is published quarterly at Oberlin, Ohio, on the first of 
January, April, July and October. Each issue contains 200 octavo pages. 

From Mr. James Bowron to the Editor of BibliothecA Sacra,: 

" I came to this country in 1877, and have been priyileged to take an active part in relij^ona life — a mem- 
ber of the International Committee of Y. M. C. A.; ex-chairman of Tennessee and Alabama, nnmberiog scwes 
of pastors, evangelists, etc., as my personal friends ; an active Bible student and teacher myself. I have never, 
in 2$ years, heard any human being pronouce the name of Bibliotbeca Sacra. I first heard of its existence 
through the Records of the Pasi^ and when in Egypt and Palestine last year I asked my friend, P. O. 
Winslow, of Boston, if you represented the constructive or destructive critics. On returning home I ordered 
the numbers for 1902 and 1903. I hsve just finished reading the January, 1903, number and am fasciiiated. 
The magazine should be read by every Pastor and Bible-teacher. Its calm, judicial analysis; its courteous, pa- 
tient tolerance ; its scholarly comment and interpretation, and its warm and devoted loyalty to Jesus Christ and 
to God's word, combine to make it the most valuable reading that I know of." 

PARTIAL CONTENTS OF THE 

Bibliothec^L Sacra* Vol. LX, 1903 

The Lansing Skull and the Early History of Mankind, by Prof, G. Frederick 
Wright, D. D., LL. D. ; The Fall as a Composite Narrative, by Prof. William 
Wallace Martin ; The Latest Translation of the Bible, by Henry M. Whitney ; 
The True Missions of Labor Unions, by President Charles William Eliot, LL. D, ; 
What is the Forgiveness of Sin ? by Rev. Wm. H. Walker, Ph. D. ; Is the World 
Spiritual ? by ex- President John Bascom, D. D., LL. D. ; Origin of New Species 
and of Man, by Prof. Geo. Macloskie, LL. D., D. S. C. : Italian Poetry of Our 
Time, by Rev. James Lindsay, D. D. ; The Formative Principle of Sociology, by 
the Rev. Burnett T. Stafford ; Legal Aspects of the Trial of Christ, by Hon. Henry 
M. Cheever ; Primacy of the Person in Education, by President Henry Chturchill 
King, D. D. ; The Treatment of the Jews in the Middle Ages, by Prof. David 
Schaff, D. D. ; The Samaritan Pentateuch, by Rev. Wm. E. Barton, D. D. ; The 
Study of English Literature as an Instrument of Christian Culture, by Rev. Henry 
M. Whitney. 

Records of the Past $2 00 

Bibliotbeca Sacra 3 00 

Total $5 00 

Both to New Subscribers ' 3 00 

The renewal clubbing rate is 4 00 

Back Numbers of BIBLIOTHECA SACRA and RECORDS OF THE PAST can be furnished. 
Address all communications to 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY, 

215 Third Street, S. E., Washington, D. C. 



PHOTOQRAPHIC DEPARTMENT 

The Photographic Dcpnrtmeut of the Sodctjr Is one 
of its most importBDt featurei. Bcln^ in conitnat com- 
mualcation with thoK engased la, the work of Bx- 
ploimtlon and research In diflercDt pnrta of the world 
we bare been able to secure Ihousaad* of negatlTes, 
from which we can furniih lantern slides, llaDSpBreD- 
des and photosiaphlc prints- 
All oar lontctu slide* sna transparendes are nsde by 
the wef process, which la the only one giving perfect 
results. Lists of slides In the foUowliig dlTUIons will 
be send 



Untem slides 50 c* 



i,tS.oo 



srapha In black and white or toned in sepia, 6^ by 6H 
Inches, so cents uch,ts.oo per doien. Bpedal term* 
win be made to achoots and colleges for prints, jK by 



BIUImI AKhteology 

Includes all discoveries made bearing on the Bible, 
historic (Biblical) localities and facsimiles of ancient 
man uic^pts and title pBgeaofdlffficnt editions of the 
Bible. Sacred fcssela and vcitmenta for ceremonisl 
use in either the Christian or Jewish churches. 

Ancient Rellsfons 

Includes Archcologlcal diocoveries made bearing on 



Cla5slcsl Archtcotogy 

Includes the results of discovery and research In 
Greece and Italy. 



AHthropolosy and Ethnolotry 

1 typts of existing and prehistoric races, 
from crania, sculptures and monuments. 

Geology 

Thlsdlvislon Includes discoveries In Vrrtebrste Pale- 
ontology, especially the larger Reptiles and MsniinaU : 
alio the I^ter Geological FotmatloDS in which Human 
Bemalus have been found. 

Historic Md Prehistoric Antiquities 

In this division the general rcaulUof Exploration 
and historical research in the ancient centetaDfcivilza- 
tlon In the two Uemisphereg, and It Includes Ruins, 
Sculptures. Plctognph* and Inscriptions, Implements, 
Utensils and Om a men IS in Stone, Copper, Binnu, Iron, 
Cold. Clay. Shell and Bone. 

Qeography 

Thlsdltislon embraces Natural Snnery, Character- 
Istlc Views of the Inhabitants, their Occupations, Cus- 

ally complete series of views In JAPAN, KORTHEKN 
CHINA, MANCHURIA. SIBERIA. TURKESTAN, 
ED9SIA,andTHECAUCASUS.GRHKNI,AND,WHITB 
MOUNTAINS and the MAINE COAST. 

Special Series 

ROMAN FORUM ; Latest views of and most recent 
dtcDveries In. Twenty-fourslides, I10.00. 

ASIA MINOR: Views along Ihe Turkish Military 
Road south of Trebiiond, theprobsblc line of retreat of 
XENOPHON-S TEN THOUSAND where they emerged 
on the Black Sea. The Series Includes Scenery, People 
and old Roman bridges. Flfleen Slides or Prints, 6^ 
by 8S inches, |6 00. 

CHINA, MING TOMBS : Pallow, columns, seren of 
the colossal stone animals along the avenue approach- 



ing the Tombs, and exterior and Interior views of the 
Tombt themselves. Twenly-four tlewa, tio-oo. 

GLACIALSBRIES: Including existlngGlacierstrom 
all parts of the World. Glsclal Deposits, Maps and 
IMagtatns. Seventy-five viewc, r3o.oo- 

HAN AND THE GLACIAL PERIOD i Including ex- 
isting Glaciers, GUdal Deposits, Human Remains 
found beneath Glacial Deposits, Maps and Diagrams- 
Complete series, one hundred views, tta.00. 

These series have been selected and arranged by Prof. 
George Frederick Wright, D.D.,LL. D., F. G. S. A., au- 
thor of The Ice Age in North America, Man and 
(As Glaeial Period, AiUUic JitMiio, elc This series 
la accompanied by an Introduction, and a complete de- 
scription of the views, maps and diagrams, wtilten by 
Profeaaor Wright. Single lantern slides or priuta from 
these spedal series 50 cent* •■=h or Jj per dOsen- 



ATelueolfoleat iattretli in AtitUie Jiuiiia h 

tntkna.) 

Bt Pbof. Ceo. Fbed. Wbioht. D.D.. LL.D.. F.Q.9.A. 
A Votive Adze ot Jaieite from ISexico J3 Vlevi.] 
Bt Proi. Uauhall H. Savillb. 
Pompeii. Ill Life and Art [10 ltliistratloTK.1 

Bl AUSBBT A. BOPKINS. 

The Stloaai Imcrlpllon and Tranilation (1 Illu»tr»- 
tlou.] 

PALISTI^B EXPI/OBITION FDND. 

Jinctait Corinth Uncovered [ll> lUustratlone.] 

Bi Abthub S-rooniBD Cooui, Ph.D. 
f*e Diacavert of Yucatan iin the Porttiauete In 
1498. An Ancient Chart 14 Illustrations.! 

Br De. Philip J. J. 



The Uoabitt Stone. lit aittarv and TraiMlatUm H 

lliUHtratlDD.] 

Db. Gitibbcbo Aim Pbof. Dbiveb. 
The Prehlttorlo Ruint of the BoHilticeit IT Iliintra- 
tlona.) 

Bt Pbop, U. Fbancis DirrT. 
Andtnl Corinth Uncovered iPart II) [9 IllDStrk- 

By Abthdb Stoddibd Coolev, Ps.D. 
The Rotftta Stone [1 Illustration,] 

Teanbution by Pbof. J. P. UAHAm, LLJ>. 
rite UIng Tombi [21 lUustrationa.] 

Bt Fhedehick EbnottTT WmiOHT. 
Exeax'aHone at Tell El-Uetfi, the Bile of Ancient 

Lachlih [IS IlluBtrntloDa.) 
Ahdi-Htba of Jenualem to the King of Hagpl. 
[From the Tell el-AmaraH CormpoDdeace lo wblcb 

I^fhlsb 1« mentloDed.] 
Some Ancient Bellct of the Ahorlginei of the Bo- 
Kalian Itlandt [18 JlluBlratloDS-l 

Bt Dk. I.obbszo Gobdos Yatks. 
CluthinB-i Zunt Folk Talet [Portrait.] 

Bt Dh. F. W. RoiHia. 

Ercai-atlan of the *dma Mound [.tl Illaatrstloas.] 

Bt PBor. WiLLUu C. Mills, B. Be 

Some Ceremonial Implemenle from Wetlerw Om- 

lario, Canada [23 IlluBtratloDB,] 



Jacguet de Uorpan |P( 



By W. J. WlNTBHBBBa. 



I nil 



Br GsOBOios 8 

Archaoloolcal Bitlorv of Ohio. 

Gditobial Rev IB w. 
Rock Piftnrei of yorthcm Africa (S Itlastratloos.; 
The Oldeet Civilization ot Greece 113 llliiBtratlnDa.' 
By PKOr. Geo. Fred. Weight. D.D., I.I. D.. F.fi.S.A. 
Archiroiogy of Lgtlon, Britith CalamMo [4T Illiw 



radon 



Bv Wm. Coplet Winslow, D.D., LL.D., D.C.L. 



J. de Borgan'a Wort In Perala (2 IlluscratlonB.] 

Bv J. Db MORiitN 
Blone Bglglee from the Southiceat [11 llluatra 

By Pnor. Wahren K. Mc 

Anthropoloov at the Hrellna of th 

Ancient Samarkand [10 lIluBtrallo 

By Fbedehiok B: 

The Poatil Man of Lansinii, Kar 



An Eovptian Idea of Beave 
Atiatie RiHiia. 



Rditoriai. Review. 
[30 IllUBtrallDiia.l 

AllTHlIB B. JlENDERBON. 



By EnnAR 
The Oldeil Book (n the Worla. 

Bt M. PllILlPPB VlBEY. 

John Wetlev Poieell [Portrall.l 

By Rev. Henbv Mason Bapm, D.CL. 

The Behlilun Inscription anil Trannlatlon [1 Illiis- 

trntlon.] 

Bt Ges. He.s'bt C, Rawlwsov 
Ptieblo OBiI Cllir Diretlera of the SoutiiireH 14 Illiia- 

iratloDB,] 



Babylon [2 IlliiatrBt 



rations.) 
F 
national Mu»e«n 

The Clayton Bto 



» A. PsTEBaos, M.D. 



Aboriginal I... 
Dr. John P. i 



ETpioratIc . 
Difcovery of a 
Emploratlon ol 



t Palea. 



Ancient Egyptian Tool. 

iippur [11 IlluatrBtlona.] 

BEv. Johm r, PiTEHS. Ph.D., D.D. 

Eilprechft Recent Excavaliotit at Xlppar 

By PRor. Albbb T. Clat, Ph.D. 

Hommuro6I'» Code of lAttct. Cuneiform Text aixl 



Frofeti.... . 
[is Illni 



The Architecture 



ration 



. B.a 



Gilgamei. the Bero of the Flood. 

Rock Carvingi from Ladakhl [1 IlluitnUoa.] 

Ercarationt In Homr. 

Ai'cient Toicnt on the Shores of LobSor. 

The HIttile Rains of Bllar, Aeia Blnar [19 tllm 



Rock Sculpture ' 



Bt Ubs. Qhobd-h. Hovm. 



liluati 
Jnctott Banki 



•t the Kulnt of Babt/lon (part //) [S 

niH Gbiuax Ohibntu. Sociict, 
Z IlluitratloDi.] 

Bt Db. W. a. p. MiBTlM 
and the BWt. 



tratloDS.] 

Bt Mihb Hblrm Lodisb Bishop. 
EaecavaUoH of Ike Ruint of Babulon (Part III) [4 
IIIustratlcmB.) 

The QesuiH Okiemtil Societt. 
Dltcovrrii ofDolment, Cromlechi. etc., bt Atgerbt 



Rock geulptarei at Vahr-i 

The BrOHie Bermei from AHtiUvthera |2 IllUBtrm- 



Bt Abther StoDWrD Coolet, P 
AnliQuillea nf the Vniltd 8late$—the CahokUt 
Moiiinti [10 llluitratloaH.} 

By Bbv, Henbt Mison Bxuij, D.C.L. 
A»ia Ulnor— Tumult and Rock Tomb: 
Mexico— DIscooerp of Ruini In the State of Puebta. 
Eaeavatton* of the KoBion " " "" 



u.D. 



--1898-1902 (12 



By PimDEiicK BBMNm Wbioiit. 
Glacinl ilan [10 lllURtrBllona.l 

By Paor. Geo. Feed. WeiOht, D.D., LL.D., F.O.S.A. 

Errncatio* of the Rulii of Baftwion (Port IV) (B 

lUuBCrat'---' 

Dr. Vbiila 

trait] 

ONenloI and CXruttcal Archaalora (n the United 
Stalei NalUmal Jtfiueum[I I1lDBtT»ttoiii.] 

Bv Ub. I. M. CiSititowicz. 
27k Put <i In Iht Pretent, 

Bt PEtoF. Otis T. M asoh. 

FUrum earned durtna the I\il<eoUiMa Spoch on the 

WalUof the Orotlo at Bernifat, Dordogne [* IIIIOB- 

Bv M. M. DiuCArrTAH, L'Abbe BbeDH., and 
AntiiiuUltiin Ml. Lebanon. ayHaJiinaatTM}on:'] 

™- "BS WHO " 

Jteeently JXiei 
Efagila The Babt/lonian Pantheon [II IllOBtra- 
By Dh. Fbjedrick DblitWH. 
Diteovery af Greek Papyri in Egypt [t llluitntlon.] 
An EtTuKan Bronte Chariot [B IllnatnUoDB.1 
Editorial Note: 
iBdBX to Vol. II Of BICOIIDB OF IHI PAn, IK*. 



THREE SERIES OF LANTERN SLIDES 

GLACIAL SERIES 

75 VIEWS— S30.00 

Including existing Glaciers from all parts of the world. Glacial Deposits, Maps and Diagrams. 

MAN AND THE GLACIAL PERIOD 

COMPLETE SER.IES-IOO VIEWS— $40.00 

Including existing Glaciers, Glacial Deposits, Human Remains found beneath Glacial Deposits, 
Maps and Diagrams. 

MAN AND THE GLACIAL PERIOD 

ABILIDGED SERIES— 60 VIEWS— $24.00 

These Series have been selected and arranged by Prof. George Frederick Wr.ght, D.D,, LL. D., 

F. G. S. A., Author of The Ice Age in North America, Man and the Olaclal Period, 

Asiatic Russia, etc. This Series is accompanied by an introduction, 

and a complete description of the views, maps and 

diagrams written by Prof. Wright. 

A list of these slides will be furnished on application. 

SINGLE SLIDES FROM THESE SERIES. 50 CENTS 



Records of the Past Exploration Society, 

215 THIRD STREET, SOUTHEAST, WASHINGTON, D. C. 



LANTERN SLIDES 

OF THE 

RUSSIAN JAPANESE WAR DISTRICT 

Manchuria and Eastern Siberia. 
100 Views Complete Series 100 Views 

WRITE FOR RARTICULAR8. 

RECORDS OF THE PAST EXPLORATION SOCIETY 

2ia Third Street. 8. B., Washington. D. C. 



INDIAN 
CURIOS 

Collection Weighing 1,S00 
Pounds, Crated. 

It contains baskets, pottery, Navaho 
blankets, bead-work moccasins, stone 
axes, pipes, bows and arrows, a Sioux 
war bonnet and winter count, an elk 
tooth dress, and hundreds of other 
articles : : : : : 



HOKI rNDIAN OIRL. 



Inspection Invited 

Address Communications to 

J. H. BRATLEY, 

Route I, Wichita, Kans.